Nammsyra 000014

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 23
__________
L.E.P. 1- 9 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
2- 23
23-11-11 MOD.20011P0003 INCORPORATED ALL
401- 402 ELECTRICS- GENERATION- DISTRIBUTION-
V.U.S AND AVIONICS- DEFINE SYSTEMS OF
THE BASIC AIRCRAFT-
MOD.20036P0033 INCORPORATED ALL
COMMUNICATIONS - HF SYSTEM - INSTALL
SYSTEM PROVISION FOR A SINGLE SYSTEM -
COMMUNICATIONS - HF SYSTEM - INSTALL
A FULL PROVISION FOR A SINGLE SYSTEM -
COMMUNICATIONS - HF1 SYSTEM - PROVIDE
POWER SUPPLY FOR ETOPS -
COMMUNICATIONS - HF1 - INSTALL FULL
PROVISION FOR EROPS
COMMUNICATIONS - HF SYSTEM - INTRODUCE
A HF SYSTEM ROHDE AND SCHWARTZ
NEW TOPIC/NEW CONFIGURATION ALL

802- 803, COMMUNICATIONS - VHF SYSTEM - INSTALL
805 FULL PROVISION FOR A THIRD SYSTEM -
23-13-00 MOD.26274P4773 INCORPORATED 001-002,

10, 13- NAVIGATION - ADF - INSTALL A SECOND ADF
16 RECEIVERS
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 003-099,
23-32-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

7
23-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 3
SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

501, 506, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
508- 510
23-33-31 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

403, 406 ADDED COMPACT DISK ITEM (6).

405

301- 302

10- 11,
13- 75
23-51-17 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

401- 402
23-61-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

601- 603, ADDED ZONES Z470 AND Z480
605

501- 521 COMMUNICATIONS - PROVIDE HOT MIKE
RECORDING
MOD.20351J0109 INCORPORATED ALL
LANDING GEAR - MODIFY LGCIU SYSTEM -
ELECTRICAL POWER - RELOCATE 3 CIRCUIT
BREAKERS FROM PANEL 120 VU TO 49 VU -
COMMUNICATIONS - AUDIO MANAGEMENT -
INTRODUCE AUDIO MANAGEMENT UNIT
STD B06
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
ACP IS OFF WORDING REVISED
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

21- 22,
29- 31,
35- 38,
41, 43-
A046
SYR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
404- 406

577- 584, SB 32-1346 INCORPORATED ALL
598,A501 LANDING GEAR - EXTENSION AND RETRACTION - INT
RODUCE POWER INTERRUPT PROTECTION CIRCUIT FOR
LGCIUS
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
TEXT UPDATE
CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 23-11-00 10 Nov01/06 23-11-33 406 May01/06

OF TEMP. 23-11-00 11 Nov01/99 23-11-36 401 Nov01/00
REVISION 23-11-00 12 Nov01/10 23-11-36 402 Nov01/00
23-11-00 13 Nov01/10 23-11-36 403 Nov01/03
L.E.P. R 1- 9 Aug01/11 23-11-00 14 Nov01/10 23-11-36 404 Nov01/00
T. of C. 1 Nov01/10 23-11-00 15 Nov01/06 23-11-36 405 Nov01/03
T. of C. R 2 Aug01/11 23-11-00 16 Nov01/06 23-11-36 406 Nov01/00
T. of C. R 3 Aug01/11 23-11-00 17 Nov01/06 23-11-36 407 Nov01/03
T. of C. R 4 Aug01/11 23-11-00 18 Nov01/06 23-11-36 408 Nov01/00
T. of C. R 5 Aug01/11 23-11-00 19 May01/06 23-11-37 401 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 6 Aug01/11 23-11-00 20 May01/06 23-11-37 402 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 7 Aug01/11 23-11-00 21 May01/06 23-11-37 403 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 8 Aug01/11 23-11-00 22 May01/06 23-11-37 404 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 9 Aug01/11 23-11-00 23 May01/06 23-11-37 405 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 10 Aug01/11 23-11-00 24 Nov01/06 23-11-37 406 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 11 Aug01/11 23-11-00 501 May01/11 23-11-37 407 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 12 Aug01/11 23-11-00 502 May01/11 23-11-37 408 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 13 Aug01/11 23-11-00 503 May01/11 23-11-37 409 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 14 Aug01/11 23-11-00 504 May01/11 23-11-37 410 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 15 Aug01/11 23-11-00 505 May01/11 23-11-37 411 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 16 Aug01/11 23-11-00 506 May01/11 23-11-37 412 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 17 Aug01/11 23-11-00 601 May01/11
T. of C. R 18 Aug01/11 23-11-00 602 May01/11 23-12-00 1 Nov01/10
T. of C. R 19 Aug01/11 23-11-00 603 May01/11 23-12-00 2 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 20 Aug01/11 23-11-00 604 Nov01/06 23-12-00 3 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 21 Aug01/11 23-11-00 605 Nov01/06 23-12-00 4 Nov01/09
T. of C. R 22 Aug01/11 23-11-00 606 Nov01/06 23-12-00 5 Nov01/09
T. of C. N 23 Aug01/11 23-11-00 607 Nov01/06 23-12-00 6 Nov01/09
23-11-00 608 Nov01/06 23-12-00 7 Nov01/09
23-00-00 1 Nov01/06 23-11-00 609 Nov01/06 23-12-00 8 Nov01/09
23-00-00 2 Nov01/07 23-11-00 610 Nov01/06 23-12-00 9 Nov01/09
23-00-00 3 Nov01/06 23-11-00 611 Nov01/06 23-12-00 10 Nov01/10
23-11-00 612 Nov01/06 23-12-00 11 Nov01/09
23-11-00 1 May01/08 23-11-00 613 Nov01/06 23-12-00 12 Nov01/09
23-11-00 2 Nov01/99 23-11-00 614 Nov01/06 23-12-00 13 Nov01/10
23-11-00 3 May01/06 23-11-11 N 401 Aug01/11 23-12-00 14 Nov01/09
23-11-00 4 Nov01/10 23-11-11 N 402 Aug01/11 23-12-00 15 Nov01/09
23-11-00 5 May01/03 23-11-33 401 May01/11 23-12-00 16 Nov01/09
23-11-00 6 Nov01/08 23-11-33 402 May01/11 23-12-00 17 May01/07
23-11-00 7 Nov01/08 23-11-33 403 Nov01/99 23-12-00 18 May01/07
23-11-00 8 Nov01/08 23-11-33 404 May01/11 23-12-00 19 May01/07
23-11-00 9 Nov01/10 23-11-33 405 Nov01/10 23-12-00 20 May01/07
23-L.E.P. Page 1
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-12-00 21 May01/07 23-12-11 408 Nov01/09 23-13-00 32 Nov01/10

23-12-00 22 May01/07 23-12-11 409 Nov01/10 23-13-00 33 Nov01/10
23-12-00 23 May01/07 23-12-11 410 Nov01/10 23-13-00 34 Nov01/10
23-12-00 24 May01/07 23-12-11 411 May01/05 23-13-00 35 Nov01/10
23-12-00 25 May01/07 23-12-11 412 May01/05 23-13-00 36 May01/11
23-12-00 26 May01/07 23-12-11 413 Nov01/10 23-13-00 37 Nov01/10
23-12-00 27 May01/07 23-12-11 414 May01/05 23-13-00 38 Nov01/10
23-12-00 28 May01/07 23-12-11 415 Nov01/09 23-13-00 39 May01/11
23-12-00 29 May01/07 23-12-11 416 Nov01/09 23-13-00 40 May01/11
23-12-00 30 May01/07 23-12-11 417 May01/11 23-13-00 41 May01/11
23-12-00 31 May01/07 23-12-11 418 May01/11 23-13-00 42 Nov01/10
23-12-00 32 Nov01/09 23-12-11 419 May01/11 23-13-00 43 Nov01/10
23-12-00 33 May01/07 23-12-11 420 Nov01/09 23-13-00 44 Nov01/10
23-12-00 34 Nov01/09 23-12-33 401 May01/11 23-13-00 45 Nov01/10
23-12-00 35 Nov01/10 23-12-33 402 May01/11 23-13-00 46 May01/11
23-12-00 36 Nov01/09 23-12-33 403 Nov01/09 23-13-00 47 May01/11
23-12-00 37 Nov01/09 23-12-33 404 May01/11 23-13-00 48 May01/11
23-12-00 38 Nov01/09 23-12-33 405 Nov01/09 23-13-00 49 May01/11
23-12-00 39 Nov01/09 23-12-33 406 Nov01/09 23-13-00 50 Nov01/10
23-12-00 40 Nov01/10 23-13-00 51 Nov01/10
23-12-00 41 Nov01/09 23-13-00 1 Nov01/10 23-13-00 52 Nov01/10
23-12-00 42 Nov01/09 23-13-00 2 Nov01/01 23-13-00 53 Nov01/10
23-12-00 43 Nov01/09 23-13-00 3 Nov01/10 23-13-00 54 Nov01/10
23-12-00 44 Nov01/09 23-13-00 4 Nov01/10 23-13-00 501 Nov01/07
23-12-00 45 Nov01/09 23-13-00 5 Nov01/10 23-13-00 502 May01/11
23-12-00 46 Nov01/10 23-13-00 6 Nov01/10 23-13-00 503 May01/11
23-12-00 47 Nov01/09 23-13-00 7 Nov01/10 23-13-00 504 May01/11
23-12-00 48 Nov01/09 23-13-00 8 Nov01/10 23-13-00 505 May01/11
23-12-00 49 Nov01/09 23-13-00 9 Nov01/10 23-13-00 506 May01/11
23-12-00 50 Nov01/10 23-13-00 R 10 Aug01/11 23-13-00 507 May01/11
23-12-00 51 Nov01/09 23-13-00 11 Nov01/10 23-13-00 508 May01/11
23-12-00 501 May01/11 23-13-00 12 Nov01/10 23-13-00 509 May01/03
23-12-00 502 May01/11 23-13-00 R 13 Aug01/11 23-13-00 510 May01/04
23-12-00 503 May01/11 23-13-00 R 14 Aug01/11 23-13-00 511 May01/11
23-12-00 504 May01/11 23-13-00 R 15 Aug01/11 23-13-00 512 May01/11
23-12-00 505 May01/11 23-13-00 R 16 Aug01/11 23-13-00 513 May01/07
23-12-00 506 May01/11 23-13-00 17 Nov01/10 23-13-13 401 May01/11
23-12-00 507 May01/11 23-13-00 18 Nov01/10 23-13-13 402 May01/11
23-12-00 801 Nov01/09 23-13-00 19 May01/11 23-13-13 403 May01/98
23-12-00 R 802 Aug01/11 23-13-00 20 May01/11 23-13-13 404 May01/06
23-12-00 R 803 Aug01/11 23-13-00 21 Nov01/10 23-13-13 405 May01/06
23-12-00 804 Nov01/09 23-13-00 22 Nov01/10
23-12-00 R 805 Aug01/11 23-13-00 23 May01/11 23-30-00 1 Nov01/08
23-12-00 806 Nov01/09 23-13-00 24 May01/11
23-12-11 401 Nov01/07 23-13-00 25 Nov01/10 23-31-00 1 May01/98
23-12-11 402 Nov01/09 23-13-00 26 Nov01/10
23-12-11 403 May01/05 23-13-00 27 Nov01/10 23-32-00 1 May01/11
23-12-11 404 Nov01/10 23-13-00 28 Nov01/10 23-32-00 2 May01/98
23-12-11 405 Nov01/10 23-13-00 29 Nov01/10 23-32-00 3 May01/98
23-12-11 406 Nov01/09 23-13-00 30 Nov01/10 23-32-00 4 May01/11
23-12-11 407 Nov01/10 23-13-00 31 May01/11 23-32-00 5 May01/98
23-L.E.P. Page 2
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-32-00 6 May01/98 23-33-00 22 May01/11 23-33-47 407 May01/11

23-32-00 R 7 Aug01/11 23-33-00 23 May01/11 23-33-47 408 May01/11
23-32-00 8 May01/98 23-33-00 24 May01/11 23-33-47 409 May01/07
23-32-00 201 May01/11 23-33-00 201 May01/07 23-33-52 401 May01/11
23-32-00 202 May01/11 23-33-00 202 May01/07 23-33-52 402 May01/11
23-32-00 203 May01/98 23-33-00 203 Aug01/98 23-33-52 403 May01/05
23-32-00 204 May01/07 23-33-00 204 Aug01/98 23-33-52 404 May01/11
23-32-00 205 May01/11 23-33-00 501 May01/10 23-33-52 405 Nov01/06
23-32-00 206 May01/11 23-33-00 502 May01/10 23-33-52 406 May01/05
23-32-00 207 May01/07 23-33-00 503 May01/10
23-32-00 R 501 Aug01/11 23-33-00 504 May01/10 23-34-00 1 Nov01/04
23-32-00 502 May01/11 23-33-00 505 May01/10 23-34-00 2 Nov01/98
23-32-00 503 May01/11 23-33-00 506 May01/10 23-34-00 3 Nov01/10
23-32-00 504 May01/11 23-33-00 507 May01/10 23-34-00 4 Aug01/98
23-32-00 505 May01/11 23-33-00 508 May01/10 23-34-00 5 Aug01/98
23-32-00 R 506 Aug01/11 23-33-00 509 Nov01/04 23-34-00 6 Aug01/99
23-32-00 507 May01/11 23-33-00 510 May01/07 23-34-00 7 Nov01/10
23-32-00 R 508 Aug01/11 23-33-00 511 May01/07 23-34-00 8 Nov01/10
23-32-00 R 509 Aug01/11 23-33-00 512 Nov01/98 23-34-00 9 Nov01/10
23-32-00 R 510 Aug01/11 23-33-00 513 Nov01/98 23-34-00 10 Nov01/10
23-32-00 511 May01/11 23-33-00 514 Nov01/98 23-34-00 11 Nov01/98
23-32-00 512 May01/11 23-33-00 515 Nov01/98 23-34-00 12 Nov01/98
23-32-00 513 Nov01/04 23-33-00 516 Nov01/98 23-34-00 13 Nov01/10
23-32-34 401 May01/11 23-33-00 517 Nov01/98 23-34-00 301 May01/04
23-32-34 402 May01/11 23-33-00 518 Nov01/10 23-34-00 302 May01/04
23-32-34 403 May01/98 23-33-00 519 Nov01/10 23-34-00 303 May01/11
23-32-34 404 May01/11 23-33-00 520 Nov01/10 23-34-00 304 May01/11
23-32-34 405 May01/11 23-33-12 401 May01/07 23-34-00 305 May01/11
23-32-34 406 May01/07 23-33-12 402 Aug01/98 23-34-00 306 May01/11
23-33-12 403 Aug01/98 23-34-00 307 May01/11
23-33-00 1 Nov01/10 23-33-12 404 May01/07 23-34-00 308 May01/11
23-33-00 2 Aug01/98 23-33-12 405 May01/07 23-34-00 309 May01/11
23-33-00 3 Aug01/98 23-33-12 406 Aug01/98 23-34-00 310 May01/11
23-33-00 4 Nov01/02 23-33-31 401 May01/11 23-34-00 311 May01/07
23-33-00 5 Aug01/98 23-33-31 402 May01/11 23-34-00 501 May01/07
23-33-00 6 May01/11 23-33-31 R 403 Aug01/11 23-34-00 502 May01/11
23-33-00 7 Nov01/02 23-33-31 404 May01/11 23-34-00 503 May01/11
23-33-00 8 May01/11 23-33-31 405 Nov01/09 23-34-00 504 May01/11
23-33-00 9 Aug01/98 23-33-31 R 406 Aug01/11 23-34-00 505 May01/11
23-33-00 10 Aug01/98 23-33-46 401 May01/07 23-34-00 506 May01/11
23-33-00 11 Aug01/98 23-33-46 402 Nov01/03 23-34-34 401 May01/11
23-33-00 12 May01/11 23-33-46 403 May01/10 23-34-34 402 May01/11
23-33-00 13 May01/11 23-33-46 404 May01/07 23-34-34 403 Aug01/99
23-33-00 14 May01/11 23-33-46 405 May01/10 23-34-34 404 May01/11
23-33-00 15 May01/11 23-33-46 406 May01/10 23-34-34 R 405 Aug01/11
23-33-00 16 May01/11 23-33-47 401 May01/11 23-34-34 406 May01/02
23-33-00 17 May01/11 23-33-47 402 May01/11 23-34-35 401 May01/07
23-33-00 18 May01/11 23-33-47 403 May01/11 23-34-35 402 Nov01/99
23-33-00 19 May01/11 23-33-47 404 Aug01/98 23-34-35 403 Aug01/99
23-33-00 20 May01/11 23-33-47 405 Aug01/98 23-34-35 404 May01/07
23-33-00 21 May01/11 23-33-47 406 May01/11 23-34-35 405 May01/07
23-L.E.P. Page 3
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-34-35 406 Nov01/99 23-36-22 410 May01/11 23-44-00 502 May01/02

23-36-22 411 May01/11 23-44-00 503 May01/06
23-36-00 1 Nov01/10 23-36-34 401 May01/11 23-44-00 504 Nov01/10
23-36-00 2 Aug01/98 23-36-34 402 Nov01/10 23-44-00 505 May01/06
23-36-00 3 Aug01/98 23-36-34 403 Aug01/98 23-44-00 506 May01/06
23-36-00 4 Nov01/10 23-36-34 404 May01/11 23-44-41 401 May01/11
23-36-00 5 Aug01/98 23-36-34 405 May01/07 23-44-41 402 May01/11
23-36-00 6 Nov01/10 23-36-34 406 Aug01/98 23-44-41 403 May01/98
23-36-00 7 Aug01/98 23-36-44 401 May01/11 23-44-41 404 May01/11
23-36-00 8 Aug01/98 23-36-44 402 Nov01/10 23-44-41 405 May01/11
23-36-00 9 Nov01/10 23-36-44 403 Aug01/98 23-44-41 406 May01/11
23-36-00 10 Nov01/10 23-36-44 404 May01/11 23-44-41 407 May01/11
23-36-00 11 Aug01/98 23-36-44 405 May01/07 23-44-42 401 May01/11
23-36-00 12 Nov01/10 23-36-44 406 May01/11 23-44-42 402 May01/11
23-36-00 13 Aug01/98 23-36-44 407 Nov01/05 23-44-42 403 May01/11
23-36-00 14 Nov01/10 23-36-52 401 Nov01/10 23-44-42 404 May01/98
23-36-00 15 Nov01/10 23-36-52 402 May01/11 23-44-42 405 May01/98
23-36-00 16 Feb01/99 23-36-52 403 Nov01/10 23-44-42 406 May01/98
23-36-00 17 Feb01/99 23-36-52 404 May01/11 23-44-42 407 May01/98
23-36-00 18 Nov01/10 23-36-52 405 May01/11 23-44-42 408 May01/98
23-36-00 19 Feb01/99 23-36-52 406 May01/07 23-44-42 409 May01/11
23-36-00 20 Nov01/10 23-44-42 410 May01/11
23-36-00 21 Feb01/99 23-42-00 1 Nov01/04 23-44-42 411 May01/09
23-36-00 22 Feb01/99 23-42-00 2 May01/06 23-44-42 412 May01/09
23-36-00 23 Nov01/10 23-42-00 3 May01/06 23-44-42 413 May01/09
23-36-00 24 Nov01/10 23-42-00 4 May01/06
23-36-00 201 May01/11 23-42-00 501 May01/09 23-51-00 1 Nov01/09
23-36-00 202 Nov01/10 23-42-00 502 May01/02 23-51-00 2 Nov01/09
23-36-00 203 May01/03 23-42-00 503 May01/98 23-51-00 3 May01/98
23-36-00 R 301 Aug01/11 23-42-21 401 May01/11 23-51-00 4 May01/98
23-36-00 R 302 Aug01/11 23-42-21 402 May01/11 23-51-00 5 May01/01
23-36-00 501 Nov01/08 23-42-21 403 May01/98 23-51-00 6 May01/98
23-36-00 502 May01/11 23-42-21 404 May01/11 23-51-00 7 May01/01
23-36-00 503 May01/11 23-42-21 405 May01/11 23-51-00 8 May01/98
23-36-00 504 May01/11 23-42-21 406 May01/11 23-51-00 9 May01/98
23-36-00 505 Nov01/98 23-51-00 R 10 Aug01/11
23-36-00 506 Nov01/98 23-43-00 1 Nov01/99 23-51-00 R 11 Aug01/11
23-36-00 507 May01/11 23-43-00 501 Feb01/99 23-51-00 12 May01/98
23-36-00 508 May01/11 23-43-00 502 Feb01/99 23-51-00 R 13 Aug01/11
23-36-00 509 May01/11 23-51-00 R 14 Aug01/11
23-36-00 510 May01/11 23-44-00 1 Nov01/04 23-51-00 R 15 Aug01/11
23-36-00 511 Nov01/00 23-44-00 2 May01/98 23-51-00 R 16 Aug01/11
23-36-22 401 May01/11 23-44-00 3 May01/98 23-51-00 R 17 Aug01/11
23-36-22 402 May01/07 23-44-00 4 May01/00 23-51-00 R 18 Aug01/11
23-36-22 403 Nov01/10 23-44-00 5 May01/00 23-51-00 R 19 Aug01/11
23-36-22 404 Nov01/10 23-44-00 6 Nov01/04 23-51-00 R 20 Aug01/11
23-36-22 405 May01/11 23-44-00 7 Nov01/04 23-51-00 R 21 Aug01/11
23-36-22 406 Nov01/10 23-44-00 201 May01/00 23-51-00 R 22 Aug01/11
23-36-22 407 May01/11 23-44-00 202 May01/02 23-51-00 R 23 Aug01/11
23-36-22 408 Nov01/10 23-44-00 203 May01/00 23-51-00 R 24 Aug01/11
23-36-22 409 May01/11 23-44-00 501 May01/00 23-51-00 R 25 Aug01/11
23-L.E.P. Page 4
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-51-00 R 26 Aug01/11 23-51-00 402 May01/11 23-51-34 405 May01/06

23-51-00 R 27 Aug01/11 23-51-00 403 May01/04 23-51-34 406 May01/06
23-51-00 R 28 Aug01/11 23-51-00 404 May01/11
23-51-00 R 29 Aug01/11 23-51-00 405 Nov01/05 23-60-00 1 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 30 Aug01/11 23-51-00 406 May01/11 23-60-00 2 Nov01/09
23-51-00 R 31 Aug01/11 23-51-00 407 May01/11 23-60-00 3 Nov01/09
23-51-00 R 32 Aug01/11 23-51-00 408 Nov01/05 23-60-00 4 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 33 Aug01/11 23-51-00 501 May01/11 23-60-00 5 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 34 Aug01/11 23-51-00 502 May01/11 23-60-00 6 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 35 Aug01/11 23-51-00 503 May01/11
23-51-00 R 36 Aug01/11 23-51-00 504 May01/11 23-61-00 1 May01/98
23-51-00 R 37 Aug01/11 23-51-00 505 Nov01/09 23-61-00 R 601 Aug01/11
23-51-00 R 38 Aug01/11 23-51-00 506 Nov01/09 23-61-00 R 602 Aug01/11
23-51-00 R 39 Aug01/11 23-51-00 507 May01/11 23-61-00 R 603 Aug01/11
23-51-00 R 40 Aug01/11 23-51-00 508 May01/11 23-61-00 604 Nov01/10
23-51-00 R 41 Aug01/11 23-51-00 509 May01/11 23-61-00 R 605 Aug01/11
23-51-00 R 42 Aug01/11 23-51-00 510 May01/11 23-61-00 606 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 43 Aug01/11 23-51-00 511 May01/11 23-61-41 401 May01/11
23-51-00 R 44 Aug01/11 23-51-00 512 May01/11 23-61-41 402 May01/11
23-51-00 R 45 Aug01/11 23-51-00 513 May01/11 23-61-41 403 May01/11
23-51-00 R 46 Aug01/11 23-51-00 514 May01/11 23-61-41 404 May01/11
23-51-00 R 47 Aug01/11 23-51-00 515 May01/11 23-61-41 405 May01/11
23-51-00 R 48 Aug01/11 23-51-00 516 May01/11 23-61-41 406 May01/11
23-51-00 R 49 Aug01/11 23-51-00 517 May01/11 23-61-41 407 May01/11
23-51-00 R 50 Aug01/11 23-51-00 518 May01/11 23-61-41 408 May01/11
23-51-00 R 51 Aug01/11 23-51-00 519 May01/11 23-61-41 409 May01/11
23-51-00 R 52 Aug01/11 23-51-00 520 May01/11 23-61-41 410 May01/11
23-51-00 R 53 Aug01/11 23-51-00 521 May01/11 23-61-42 401 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 54 Aug01/11 23-51-00 522 May01/11 23-61-42 402 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 55 Aug01/11 23-51-00 523 May01/06 23-61-42 403 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 56 Aug01/11 23-51-00 524 May01/06 23-61-42 404 May01/98
23-51-00 R 57 Aug01/11 23-51-00 525 May01/11 23-61-42 405 May01/98
23-51-00 R 58 Aug01/11 23-51-00 526 May01/11 23-61-42 406 May01/08
23-51-00 R 59 Aug01/11 23-51-12 401 May01/11 23-61-42 407 May01/08
23-51-00 R 60 Aug01/11 23-51-12 402 May01/11 23-61-42 408 May01/08
23-51-00 R 61 Aug01/11 23-51-12 403 May01/98 23-61-42 409 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 62 Aug01/11 23-51-12 404 May01/11 23-61-42 410 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 63 Aug01/11 23-51-12 405 May01/11 23-61-42 411 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 64 Aug01/11 23-51-12 406 May01/11 23-61-42 412 May01/09
23-51-00 R 65 Aug01/11 23-51-12 407 May01/11 23-61-42 413 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 66 Aug01/11 23-51-13 401 May01/11 23-61-42 414 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 67 Aug01/11 23-51-13 402 May01/11 23-61-42 415 May01/09
23-51-00 R 68 Aug01/11 23-51-13 403 May01/98 23-61-42 416 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 69 Aug01/11 23-51-13 404 May01/11 23-61-42 417 Nov01/06
23-51-00 R 70 Aug01/11 23-51-13 405 May01/11 23-61-42 418 May01/09
23-51-00 R 71 Aug01/11 23-51-17 R 401 Aug01/11 23-61-42 419 May01/09
23-51-00 N 72 Aug01/11 23-51-17 R 402 Aug01/11 23-61-42 420 May01/09
23-51-00 N 73 Aug01/11 23-51-34 401 May01/11 23-61-42 421 May01/09
23-51-00 N 74 Aug01/11 23-51-34 402 May01/11 23-61-42 422 May01/09
23-51-00 N 75 Aug01/11 23-51-34 403 May01/98 23-61-42 423 May01/09
23-51-00 401 May01/11 23-51-34 404 May01/11 23-61-42 424 May01/09
23-L.E.P. Page 5
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-61-42 425 May01/09 23-71-14 404 May01/98 23-72-51 412 Nov01/09

23-61-42 426 May01/09 23-71-14 405 May01/06 23-72-51 413 May01/08
23-61-42 427 May01/09 23-71-35 401 May01/11 23-72-51 414 May01/08
23-61-42 428 May01/09 23-71-35 402 May01/11
23-61-42 429 May01/09 23-71-35 403 May01/98 23-73-00 1 Nov01/06
23-61-42 430 May01/09 23-71-35 404 May01/98 23-73-00 2 Nov01/06
23-71-35 405 Nov01/04 23-73-00 3 May01/04
23-71-00 1 Nov01/10 23-71-35 406 Nov01/09 23-73-00 4 May01/04
23-71-00 2 May01/98 23-71-35 407 Nov01/09 23-73-00 5 May01/04
23-71-00 3 May01/98 23-71-35 408 Nov01/09 23-73-00 6 May01/04
23-71-00 4 Nov01/10 23-71-35 409 Nov01/09 23-73-00 7 May01/04
23-71-00 5 Nov01/10 23-71-35 410 Nov01/09 23-73-00 8 May01/04
23-71-00 6 Nov01/10 23-71-35 411 Nov01/09 23-73-00 9 May01/04
23-71-00 7 Nov01/10 23-71-35 412 May01/11 23-73-00 10 May01/04
23-71-00 8 May01/11 23-71-35 413 Nov01/09 23-73-00 11 May01/04
23-71-00 9 Nov01/10 23-71-35 414 Nov01/09 23-73-00 12 May01/04
23-71-00 10 Nov01/10 23-71-35 415 May01/11 23-73-00 13 Nov01/06
23-71-00 11 Nov01/10 23-73-00 14 Nov01/07
23-71-00 12 Nov01/10 23-72-00 1 May01/11 23-73-00 15 Nov01/10
23-71-00 13 May01/11 23-72-00 2 Nov01/04 23-73-00 16 Nov01/10
23-71-00 14 May01/11 23-72-00 3 Nov01/04 23-73-00 17 May01/04
23-71-00 R 501 Aug01/11 23-72-00 4 Nov01/10 23-73-00 18 May01/04
23-71-00 R 502 Aug01/11 23-72-00 5 May01/11 23-73-00 19 May01/04
23-71-00 R 503 Aug01/11 23-72-00 501 May01/07 23-73-00 20 May01/04
23-71-00 R 504 Aug01/11 23-72-00 502 May01/07 23-73-00 R 21 Aug01/11
23-71-00 R 505 Aug01/11 23-72-00 503 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 22 Aug01/11
23-71-00 R 506 Aug01/11 23-72-00 504 Nov01/04 23-73-00 23 Nov01/10
23-71-00 R 507 Aug01/11 23-72-00 505 Nov01/04 23-73-00 24 May01/04
23-71-00 R 508 Aug01/11 23-72-00 506 Nov01/04 23-73-00 25 May01/04
23-71-00 R 509 Aug01/11 23-72-00 507 Nov01/04 23-73-00 26 May01/04
23-71-00 R 510 Aug01/11 23-72-00 508 Nov01/04 23-73-00 27 Nov01/10
23-71-00 R 511 Aug01/11 23-72-22 401 Nov01/04 23-73-00 28 Nov01/10
23-71-00 R 512 Aug01/11 23-72-22 402 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 29 Aug01/11
23-71-00 R 513 Aug01/11 23-72-22 403 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 30 Aug01/11
23-71-00 R 514 Aug01/11 23-72-22 404 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 31 Aug01/11
23-71-00 R 515 Aug01/11 23-72-22 405 Nov01/04 23-73-00 32 Nov01/99
23-71-00 R 516 Aug01/11 23-72-22 406 Nov01/04 23-73-00 33 Nov01/99
23-71-00 R 517 Aug01/11 23-72-22 407 Nov01/04 23-73-00 34 Nov01/99
23-71-00 R 518 Aug01/11 23-72-22 408 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 35 Aug01/11
23-71-00 N 519 Aug01/11 23-72-22 409 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 36 Aug01/11
23-71-00 N 520 Aug01/11 23-72-51 401 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 37 Aug01/11
23-71-00 N 521 Aug01/11 23-72-51 402 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 38 Aug01/11
23-71-13 401 May01/11 23-72-51 403 Nov01/04 23-73-00 39 May01/98
23-71-13 402 May01/11 23-72-51 404 Nov01/04 23-73-00 40 Nov01/06
23-71-13 403 May01/98 23-72-51 405 May01/08 23-73-00 R 41 Aug01/11
23-71-13 404 May01/98 23-72-51 406 Nov01/04 23-73-00 42 May01/98
23-71-13 405 May01/06 23-72-51 407 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 43 Aug01/11
23-71-13 406 May01/06 23-72-51 408 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 44 Aug01/11
23-71-14 401 May01/11 23-72-51 409 Nov01/04 23-73-00 R 45 Aug01/11
23-71-14 402 May01/11 23-72-51 410 Nov01/09 23-73-00 R 46 Aug01/11
23-71-14 403 May01/98 23-72-51 411 May01/08 23-73-00 R 47 Aug01/11
23-L.E.P. Page 6
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-73-00 R 48 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R 99 Aug01/11 23-73-00 203 May01/07

23-73-00 R 49 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 0 Aug01/11 23-73-00 204 May01/07
23-73-00 R 50 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 1 Aug01/11 23-73-00 205 May01/07
23-73-00 R 51 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 2 Aug01/11 23-73-00 206 May01/07
23-73-00 R 52 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 3 Aug01/11 23-73-00 207 Nov01/09
23-73-00 R 53 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 4 Aug01/11 23-73-00 208 Nov01/09
23-73-00 R 54 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 5 Aug01/11 23-73-00 209 May01/07
23-73-00 R 55 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 6 Aug01/11 23-73-00 210 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 56 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 7 Aug01/11 23-73-00 211 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 57 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 8 Aug01/11 23-73-00 212 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 58 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 9 Aug01/11 23-73-00 213 May01/07
23-73-00 R 59 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 10 Aug01/11 23-73-00 214 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 60 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 11 Aug01/11 23-73-00 215 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 61 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 12 Aug01/11 23-73-00 216 May01/07
23-73-00 R 62 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 13 Aug01/11 23-73-00 217 May01/07
23-73-00 R 63 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 14 Aug01/11 23-73-00 218 May01/07
23-73-00 R 64 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 15 Aug01/11 23-73-00 219 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 65 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 16 Aug01/11 23-73-00 220 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 66 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 17 Aug01/11 23-73-00 221 Nov01/09
23-73-00 R 67 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 18 Aug01/11 23-73-00 222 Nov01/09
23-73-00 R 68 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 19 Aug01/11 23-73-00 223 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 69 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 20 Aug01/11 23-73-00 224 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 70 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 21 Aug01/11 23-73-00 225 May01/07
23-73-00 R 71 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 22 Aug01/11 23-73-00 226 May01/07
23-73-00 R 72 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 23 Aug01/11 23-73-00 227 Nov01/02
23-73-00 R 73 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 24 Aug01/11 23-73-00 228 May01/07
23-73-00 R 74 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 25 Aug01/11 23-73-00 301 May01/09
23-73-00 R 75 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 26 Aug01/11 23-73-00 302 May01/09
23-73-00 R 76 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 27 Aug01/11 23-73-00 303 May01/09
23-73-00 R 77 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 28 Aug01/11 23-73-00 401 May01/11
23-73-00 R 78 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 29 Aug01/11 23-73-00 402 May01/08
23-73-00 R 79 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 30 Aug01/11 23-73-00 403 May01/11
23-73-00 R 80 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 31 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R 404 Aug01/11
23-73-00 R 81 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 32 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R 405 Aug01/11
23-73-00 R 82 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 33 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R 406 Aug01/11
23-73-00 R 83 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 34 Aug01/11 23-73-00 407 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 84 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 35 Aug01/11 23-73-00 408 May01/06
23-73-00 R 85 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 36 Aug01/11 23-73-00 409 May01/07
23-73-00 R 86 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 37 Aug01/11 23-73-00 410 May01/07
23-73-00 R 87 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 38 Aug01/11 23-73-00 411 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 88 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 39 Aug01/11 23-73-00 412 May01/06
23-73-00 R 89 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 40 Aug01/11 23-73-00 413 May01/07
23-73-00 R 90 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 41 Aug01/11 23-73-00 414 May01/07
23-73-00 R 91 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 42 Aug01/11 23-73-00 415 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 92 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 43 Aug01/11 23-73-00 416 May01/06
23-73-00 R 93 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 44 Aug01/11 23-73-00 417 May01/07
23-73-00 R 94 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 45 Aug01/11 23-73-00 418 May01/07
23-73-00 R 95 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R A 46 Aug01/11 23-73-00 419 Nov01/06
23-73-00 R 96 Aug01/11 23-73-00 D A 47 23-73-00 420 May01/06
23-73-00 R 97 Aug01/11 23-73-00 201 May01/07 23-73-00 501 May01/11
23-73-00 R 98 Aug01/11 23-73-00 202 May01/07 23-73-00 502 May01/11
23-L.E.P. Page 7
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-73-00 503 May01/11 23-73-00 554 May01/06 23-73-00 A505 May01/08

23-73-00 504 May01/11 23-73-00 555 May01/06 23-73-00 A506 May01/08
23-73-00 505 May01/11 23-73-00 556 May01/06 23-73-11 401 Nov01/06
23-73-00 506 May01/11 23-73-00 557 May01/06 23-73-11 402 Nov01/06
23-73-00 507 May01/11 23-73-00 558 May01/06 23-73-11 403 May01/98
23-73-00 508 May01/11 23-73-00 559 May01/06 23-73-11 404 Nov01/06
23-73-00 509 May01/11 23-73-00 560 May01/06 23-73-11 405 May01/07
23-73-00 510 May01/11 23-73-00 561 May01/11 23-73-11 406 May01/07
23-73-00 511 May01/11 23-73-00 562 May01/11 23-73-12 401 May01/05
23-73-00 512 May01/11 23-73-00 563 Nov01/10 23-73-12 402 Nov01/01
23-73-00 513 May01/11 23-73-00 564 Nov01/10 23-73-12 403 May01/98
23-73-00 514 May01/11 23-73-00 565 May01/11 23-73-12 404 Nov01/01
23-73-00 515 Nov01/06 23-73-00 566 May01/11 23-73-12 405 Nov01/01
23-73-00 516 May01/11 23-73-00 567 May01/11 23-73-12 406 Nov01/01
23-73-00 517 May01/11 23-73-00 568 Nov01/06 23-73-12 407 Nov01/01
23-73-00 518 May01/11 23-73-00 569 May01/07 23-73-12 408 May01/98
23-73-00 519 May01/11 23-73-00 570 May01/11 23-73-12 409 Nov01/01
23-73-00 520 May01/11 23-73-00 571 May01/11 23-73-12 410 Nov01/01
23-73-00 521 May01/11 23-73-00 572 May01/11 23-73-12 411 Nov01/01
23-73-00 522 May01/11 23-73-00 573 May01/11 23-73-12 412 Nov01/01
23-73-00 523 May01/11 23-73-00 574 May01/11 23-73-12 413 May01/98
23-73-00 524 May01/11 23-73-00 575 May01/11 23-73-12 414 Nov01/01
23-73-00 525 May01/11 23-73-00 576 May01/11 23-73-12 415 Nov01/01
23-73-00 526 May01/11 23-73-00 R 577 Aug01/11 23-73-12 416 Nov01/01
23-73-00 527 May01/11 23-73-00 R 578 Aug01/11 23-73-12 417 Nov01/01
23-73-00 528 May01/11 23-73-00 R 579 Aug01/11 23-73-12 418 May01/98
23-73-00 529 May01/11 23-73-00 R 580 Aug01/11 23-73-12 419 Nov01/01
23-73-00 530 May01/11 23-73-00 R 581 Aug01/11 23-73-12 420 Nov01/01
23-73-00 531 May01/11 23-73-00 R 582 Aug01/11 23-73-12 421 May01/03
23-73-00 532 May01/11 23-73-00 R 583 Aug01/11 23-73-12 422 May01/05
23-73-00 533 May01/11 23-73-00 R 584 Aug01/11 23-73-12 423 May01/03
23-73-00 534 May01/11 23-73-00 585 May01/08 23-73-12 424 May01/05
23-73-00 535 May01/11 23-73-00 586 May01/11 23-73-13 401 May01/07
23-73-00 536 May01/11 23-73-00 587 Nov01/06 23-73-13 402 May01/07
23-73-00 537 May01/11 23-73-00 588 Nov01/05 23-73-13 403 May01/07
23-73-00 538 May01/11 23-73-00 589 Nov01/06 23-73-13 404 May01/07
23-73-00 539 May01/11 23-73-00 590 May01/07 23-73-13 405 May01/07
23-73-00 540 May01/11 23-73-00 591 Nov01/01 23-73-13 406 May01/07
23-73-00 541 May01/11 23-73-00 592 May01/11 23-73-14 401 May01/07
23-73-00 542 May01/11 23-73-00 593 May01/07 23-73-14 402 May01/07
23-73-00 543 May01/11 23-73-00 594 Nov01/08 23-73-14 403 May01/98
23-73-00 544 May01/11 23-73-00 595 May01/11 23-73-14 404 May01/07
23-73-00 545 May01/11 23-73-00 596 May01/11 23-73-14 405 May01/07
23-73-00 546 May01/11 23-73-00 597 Nov01/08 23-73-14 406 May01/10
23-73-00 547 May01/11 23-73-00 R 598 Aug01/11 23-73-14 407 May01/06
23-73-00 548 May01/11 23-73-00 599 May01/08 23-73-14 408 May01/06
23-73-00 549 May01/11 23-73-00 A500 May01/08 23-73-14 409 May01/06
23-73-00 550 May01/11 23-73-00 R A501 Aug01/11 23-73-14 410 May01/06
23-73-00 551 May01/11 23-73-00 A502 May01/08 23-73-14 411 Nov01/00
23-73-00 552 May01/11 23-73-00 A503 May01/11 23-73-14 412 Nov01/00
23-73-00 553 May01/06 23-73-00 A504 May01/11 23-73-18 401 Nov01/06
23-L.E.P. Page 8
Aug 01/11
SYR
23-73-18 402 Nov01/06 23-73-46 407 Nov01/01 23-73-62 401 Nov01/06

23-73-18 403 May01/98 23-73-46 408 Nov01/06 23-73-62 402 Nov01/08
23-73-18 404 May01/07 23-73-46 409 May01/07 23-73-62 403 May01/98
23-73-18 405 May01/07 23-73-46 410 May01/07 23-73-62 404 May01/98
23-73-18 406 May01/07 23-73-46 411 Nov01/10 23-73-62 405 Nov01/06
23-73-19 401 May01/07 23-73-46 412 Nov01/10 23-73-62 406 May01/10
23-73-19 402 May01/06 23-73-46 413 Nov01/01 23-73-62 407 May01/10
23-73-19 403 May01/98 23-73-46 414 May01/07 23-73-62 408 Nov01/03
23-73-19 404 May01/07 23-73-47 401 Nov01/06 23-73-62 409 Nov01/08
23-73-19 405 May01/07 23-73-47 402 Nov01/09 23-73-62 410 Nov01/08
23-73-19 406 May01/07 23-73-47 403 Nov01/10 23-73-62 411 Nov01/08
23-73-22 401 May01/07 23-73-47 404 Nov01/01 23-73-62 412 Nov01/08
23-73-22 402 May01/07 23-73-47 405 Nov01/06 23-73-62 413 Nov01/06
23-73-22 403 May01/98 23-73-47 406 Nov01/06 23-73-62 414 May01/10
23-73-22 404 May01/06 23-73-47 407 Nov01/10 23-73-62 415 Nov01/98
23-73-22 405 May01/07 23-73-47 408 Nov01/10 23-73-63 401 May01/07
23-73-22 406 Nov01/06 23-73-47 409 Nov01/09 23-73-63 402 May01/07
23-73-22 407 May01/07 23-73-47 410 Nov01/06 23-73-63 403 May01/07
23-73-34 401 May01/11 23-73-48 401 May01/07 23-73-63 404 May01/98
23-73-34 402 May01/11 23-73-48 402 Nov01/10 23-73-63 405 May01/98
23-73-34 403 May01/98 23-73-48 403 Aug01/98 23-73-63 406 May01/07
23-73-34 404 Nov01/10 23-73-48 404 May01/98 23-73-63 407 May01/07
23-73-34 405 Nov01/10 23-73-48 405 May01/98 23-73-63 408 May01/07
23-73-34 406 Nov01/10 23-73-48 406 May01/07 23-73-63 409 May01/07
23-73-34 407 Nov01/07 23-73-48 407 Nov01/10 23-73-63 410 May01/07
23-73-38 401 May01/07 23-73-48 408 Nov01/10 23-73-63 411 May01/07
23-73-38 402 May01/07 23-73-48 409 Nov01/10 23-73-64 401 Nov01/06
23-73-38 403 May01/98 23-73-49 401 Nov01/06 23-73-64 402 May01/07
23-73-38 404 May01/07 23-73-49 402 Nov01/09 23-73-64 403 May01/98
23-73-38 405 May01/07 23-73-49 403 May01/98 23-73-64 404 May01/07
23-73-38 406 May01/07 23-73-49 404 Nov01/09 23-73-64 405 Nov01/07
23-73-38 407 May01/07 23-73-49 405 Nov01/06 23-73-64 406 Nov01/07
23-73-38 408 May01/07 23-73-49 406 Nov01/06 23-73-64 407 Nov01/07
23-73-38 409 May01/07 23-73-49 407 Nov01/09 23-73-64 408 May01/10
23-73-38 410 May01/07 23-73-49 408 Nov01/09 23-73-64 409 May01/10
23-73-38 411 May01/07 23-73-49 409 May01/07 23-73-64 410 Nov01/07
23-73-44 401 Nov01/09 23-73-51 401 Nov01/06 23-73-64 411 Nov01/07
23-73-44 402 May01/07 23-73-51 402 May01/07 23-73-64 412 Nov01/07
23-73-44 403 May01/07 23-73-51 403 May01/98
23-73-44 404 Nov01/09 23-73-51 404 May01/10
23-73-44 405 May01/07 23-73-51 405 May01/98
23-73-44 406 Nov01/09 23-73-51 406 Feb01/00
23-73-44 407 Nov01/09 23-73-51 407 May01/10
23-73-44 408 Nov01/09 23-73-51 408 May01/10
23-73-44 409 Nov01/09 23-73-51 409 May01/07
23-73-46 401 Nov01/06 23-73-51 410 May01/10
23-73-46 402 May01/07 23-73-51 411 May01/10
23-73-46 403 Nov01/10 23-73-51 412 May01/10
23-73-46 404 Nov01/10 23-73-51 413 May01/07
23-73-46 405 Nov01/01 23-73-51 414 May01/07
23-73-46 406 Nov01/01 23-73-51 415 May01/07
23-L.E.P. Page 9
Aug 01/11
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL
________________________ 23-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Speech Communication 1 ALL
Data Transmission (optional 1 ALL
system)
Passenger Address and 2 ALL
Entertainment
Interphone 2 ALL
Audio Integrating 3 ALL
Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60) 3 ALL
Audio-Video Monitoring and 3 ALL
Intercommunication
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Interface with the RMPs 4 ALL
Interface with the AMU 4 ALL
Interface with the CFDIU 4 ALL
Interface with the LGCIU 4 ALL
Interface with the SDACs 4 ALL
Power Supply 4 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
Output Interface 7 ALL
Component Description 9 ALL
HF Transceiver - Description 9 ALL
Characteristics 9 ALL
Operation 9 ALL
HF Antenna Coupler 14 ALL
Operation 16 ALL
Receive Function 16 ALL
Transmit Function 16 ALL
Indication of Transmission Out 16 ALL
of Frequency Range
Test 18 ALL
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) 18 ALL
General Operation 18 ALL
Functional Description 18 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 24 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions
23-CONTENTS Page 1
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the HF System 501 ALL
Bite Test of the HF System 505 ALL
HF SYSTEM 23-11-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check of the Electrical Bonding of 601 ALL
the HF System
ANTENNA - HF 23-11-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Installation of the HF Antenna 401 ALL
(5RE)
TRANSCEIVER - HF 23-11-33
Removal of the HF Transceiver 401 ALL
(3RE1, 3RE2)
Installation of the HF Transceiver 404 ALL
(3RE1, 3RE2)
COUPLER - HF 23-11-36
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler 401 ALL
Installation of the HF Antenna 406 ALL
Coupler
FEEDER - HF 23-11-37
Removal of the HF Feeder 401 ALL
Installation of the HF Feeder 406 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 4 ALL
VHF1 System 4 ALL
VHF2 System 4 ALL
VHF3 System 4 ALL
Interface 4 ALL
Output Interface 7 001-002,
VHF Transceiver 10 ALL
VHF Antenna 29 ALL
Operation 31 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 2
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Receive Function 31 ALL
Transmit Function 31 ALL
Test 31 ALL
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE) 31 001-002,
General Operation 32 001-002,
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE) 34 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

Operational Test of the VHF System 501 ALL
BITE Test of the VHF System 505 ALL
VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of VHF Antenna 801 ALL
ANTENNA - VHF 23-12-11
Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) 401 ALL
and (4RC2)
Installation of the VHF Antennas 405 ALL
(4RC1) and (4RC2)
Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3) 412 ALL
Installation of the VHF Antenna 416 ALL
(4RC3)
TRANSCEIVER - VHF 23-12-33
Removal of the VHF Transceiver 401 ALL
(1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
Installation of the VHF 404 ALL
Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00

General 1 ALL
Electrical Power Supply 5 ALL
RMP External Description - Front 10 ALL
face
RMP External Description - Back 14 ALL
Characteristics - Frequency 14 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 3
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ranges
Characteristics - Electrical 14 ALL
power supply
Characteristics - Data 16 ALL
transmission and reception
Characteristics - Light and 16 ALL
display test
Characteristics - Micro power 16 ALL
interruption and power supply
cut-off
Operation - General 16 ALL
Normal Mode - Frequency 16 ALL
selection
Normal Mode - SEL indicator 19 ALL
light
Normal Mode - AM mode selection 19 ALL
Normal Mode - ON/OFF latching 19 ALL
switch
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - 20 ALL
Mode selection
Frequency and course selection
for radio navigation equipment
BFO mode selection
Frequency selection for radio
communication transceivers
Operation 24 ALL
Normal Mode 24 ALL
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode 24 ALL
Interface 31 ALL
Connection with the Centralized 31 ALL
Fault Display System (CFDS)
Test 39 ALL
RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00

23-CONTENTS Page 4
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the Radio 501 ALL
Management
Operational Test of the Radio 504 ALL
Navigation Selection in Standby
Mode with the RMP1 and 2.
BITE Test of the Radio Management 510 ALL
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) 23-13-13
Removal of the Radio Management 401 ALL
Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
Installation of the Radio 404 ALL
Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
___________________________________
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT 23-30-00
General 1 ALL
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM 23-31-00

General 1 ALL
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00

SYSTEM
General 1 ALL
Detailed description of the 1 ALL
installed Announcement System
Power Supply 4 ALL
PRAM 4 ALL
Defined System Characteristics 6 ALL
System Operation 7 ALL
Control Keys 7 ALL
Boarding Music Control Keys 8 ALL

SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Replacement of the Sound Recording 201 ALL
Medium of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music
(PRAM) Reproducer
23-CONTENTS Page 5
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Initialization of the Prerecorded 205 ALL
Anouncement and Boarding Music
(PRAM) Reproducer

SYSTEM
Test of the Prerecorded 501 ALL
Announcement Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and
Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
Test of the Boarding Music 508 ALL
Operation of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music
(PRAM) Reproducer
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC 23-32-34
Removal of the Announcement/Music 401 ALL
Tape Reproducer (10RX)
Installation of the 404 ALL
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
(10RX)
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-00

General 1 ALL
Description of the installed 1 ALL
Systems
Power Supply 6 ALL
Interface 6 ALL
System Interfaces 6 ALL
Installed Units 6 ALL
System Operation 22 ALL
Operation of the PES Music 22 ALL

Replacement of the Compact Disks 201 ALL
for the Passenger Entertainment
System (PES)
23-CONTENTS Page 6
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

BITE-Test of the Passenger 501 ALL
Entertainment System (Music) with
the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP)
BITE-Test of the Passenger 505 ALL
Entertainment System (Music) with
the Multipurpose Control and
Display Unit (MCDU)
Operational Test of the Passenger 509 ALL
Entertainment System (Music)
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch 519 ALL
Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(8MK)
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) 23-33-12
Removal of the Passenger Control 401 ALL
Unit (PCU)
Installation of the Passenger 404 ALL
Control Unit (PCU)
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-31
SYSTEM, MAIN
Removal of the Passenger 401 ALL
Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
Installation of the Passenger 404 ALL
Entertainment System Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) 23-33-46
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box 401 ALL
(SEB)
Installation of the Seat 404 ALL
Electronic Box (SEB)
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) 23-33-47
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box 401 ALL
(WDB)
Installation of the Wall 406 ALL
Disconnect Box (WDB)
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-52
SYSTEM
23-CONTENTS Page 7
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the PES Reproducer 401 ALL
(10MK)
Installation of the PES Reproducer 404 ALL
(10MK)
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00

General 1 ALL
System Integration 1 ALL
Inputs from other Systems 3 ALL
System Output 3 ALL
Power Supply 3 ALL
Interface 3 ALL
System Interfaces 3 ALL
Installed Components 3 ALL
The Digital Interface Unit 8 ALL
Operation/Control and Indication 10 ALL
Operation of the Passenger 10 ALL
Information System

SERVICING 301 ALL
Procedure to Update the DIU 301 ALL
Database Software

Visual Information-System
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) 23-34-34
Removal of the Digital Interface 401 ALL
Unit (DIU) (190MH)
Installation of the Digital 404 ALL
Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
CONTROL UNIT - REMOTE 23-34-35
Removal of the Remote Control Unit 401 ALL
191MH
Installation of the Remote Control 404 ALL
Unit 191MH
23-CONTENTS Page 8
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

General 1 ALL
Description of the installed 4 ALL
Systems
Power Supply 6 ALL
Installed Components 6 ALL
Operation 14 ALL
Operation of the PES Video 14 ALL

Cleaning of the Video Tape 201 ALL
Reproducer

SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Monitor and 301 ALL
Display Screens in the Cabin

Entertainment (Video)
MONITOR 23-36-22
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted 401 ALL
Display-Units (HMDU)
Installation of the LH Hatrack 404 ALL
Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted 407 ALL
Display-Units (HMDU)
Installation of the RH Hatrack 409 ALL
Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO 23-36-34
Removal of the System Control Unit 401 ALL
(SCU)
Installation of the System Control 404 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 9
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Unit (SCU)
TAPPING UNIT 23-36-44
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU) 401 ALL
Installation of the Tapping Unit 404 ALL
(TU)
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT 23-36-52
Removal of the Video Tape 401 ALL
Reproducer (VTR)
Installation of the Video Tape 404 ALL
Reproducer (VTR)
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Operation 3 ALL
Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member 3 ALL
Call
Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic 3 ALL
Call
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00

Operational Test of the Mechanic 501 ALL
Call
HORN - MECHANIC CALL 23-42-21
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn 401 ALL
(15WC)
Installation of the Mechanic Call 404 ALL
Horn (15WC)
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00

General 1 ALL
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00

Operational Test of the Cabin and 501 ALL
Flight Crew Interphone System.
23-CONTENTS Page 10
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00

General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Operation/Control and Indication 6 ALL
Operation from the Cockpit 6 ALL
Operation from the Cabin 6 ALL
Attendant Stations
Operation from a Service 7 ALL
Interphone Jack with a connected
Boomset

Operation of the Service 201 ALL
Interphone System

Operational Test of the Service 501 ALL
Interphone
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER 23-44-41
PLANT)
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance 401 ALL
Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
Installation of the Jack - 405 ALL
Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1,
4000RJ2)
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-42
JACKS
Removal of the Isolation Units 401 ALL
Installation of the Isolation 409 ALL
Units
AUDIO MANAGEMENT 23-51-00

General 1 ALL
The audio management system 1 ALL
provides the means for using:
23-CONTENTS Page 11
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Audio Management System - Audio 10 ALL
Management Unit (AMU)
Audio Management System - Audio 10 ALL
Control Panels (ACP)
Audio Management System - 10 ALL
Boomset Receptacle and Headset
Jack
Audio Management System - Hand 10 ALL
Mic
Audio Management System - Loud 10 ALL
Speaker Potentiometers
Audio Management System - Radio 11 ALL
PTT Switches
Audio Management System - 11 ALL
Oxygen-mask Stowage-boxes
Audio Management System - Flight 11 ALL
Interphone Jack
Audio Management System - AUDIO 11 ALL
SWITCHING Selector Switch
Audio Management System - SELCAL 11 ALL
Code Panel
Power Supply 11 ALL
Busbar 101PP 11 ALL
Busbar 401PP 13 ALL
Audio Control Panel-Function 13 ALL
Audio Control Panel-Mechanical 13 ALL
description-Front face
Audio Control Panel- Functional 13 ALL
description
Audio Control Panel- Functional 16 ALL
description-Transmission channel
selection
Audio Control Panel-Functional 16 ALL
description-Selection of
reception
description-Call indication
description-VOICE selection
description-INT/RAD switch
description-Lighting
SELCAL Code Panel 28 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 12
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Audio Management Unit 32 ALL
Operation 32 ALL
Transmission Function - General 34 ALL
Transmission Function - 34 ALL
Composition of Circuit
Transmission with Boomset
Transmission with Oxygen Mask
Microphone
Transmission with Hand
Microphone
Transmission on Passenger
Address Channel
Transmission Function - Muting 39 ALL
Circuit
Reception Function 39 ALL
Emergency Function 47 ALL
FAA/CAA Recording Function 47 ALL
Flight Interphone Function 54 ALL
SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call 58 ALL
- Cabin Attendant Call
Pin-Program 63 ALL
Electrical Power Supply 63 ALL
BITE Test 66 ALL
Purpose 66 ALL
Functional description 67 ALL
Power-up Tests Initialization 74 ALL
and Cockpit Repercussions

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Radio PTT 401 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-06 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Radio PTT 407 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)

23-CONTENTS Page 13
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the Audio 501 ALL
Management
Operational Test of the SELCAL 509 ALL
System
Operational Test of the CAPT and 513 ALL
F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd
OCCUPANT ACP
Operational Test of the Oxygen 519 ALL
Mask Microphone
BITE Test of the Audio System 524 ALL
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) 23-51-12
Removal of the Audio Control Panel 401 ALL
(ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)
Installation of the Audio Control 405 ALL
Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3,
2RN4, 2RN5)
CODE PANEL - SELCAL 23-51-13
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel 401 ALL
(3RN)
Installation of the SELCAL Code 404 ALL
Panel (3RN)
SWITCH - RADIO PTT 23-51-17
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch 401 ALL
(11RN, 12RN)
Installation of the Radio PTT 402 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) 23-51-34
Removal of the Audio Management 401 ALL
Unit (AMU) (1RN)
Installation of the Audio 404 ALL
Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
__________________
STATIC DISCHARGING 23-60-00
General 1 ALL
Power Supply 5 ALL
Interface 5 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 5 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 14
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00
General 1 ALL
STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
- Check Resistance of Tip to 601 ALL
Retainer - Check Bonding of
Retainer to Structure
DISCHARGER - STATIC 23-61-41
Removal of the Static Discharger 401 ALL
Installation of the Static 406 ALL
Discharger
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-42
Removal of the Static Discharger 401 ALL
Retainer
Installation of the Static 414 ALL
Discharger Retainer
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00

General 1 ALL
The cockpit voice recorder 1 ALL
system consists of:
Power Supply 5 ALL
Automatic Recording Mode 5 ALL
Manual Recording Mode 7 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
Cockpit Voice Recorder 8 ALL
Microphone Amplifier 18RK
Cockpit Voice Recorder 8 ALL
Microphone 16RK
Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK 8 ALL
Operation 12 ALL
Recording 12 ALL
Erasure 13 ALL
Test 14 ALL
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00
23-CONTENTS Page 15
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the CVR and 501 ALL
the CVR Channel Recording
Operational Test of the CVR 506 ALL
Recording Logic Including Time
Delay Relay
Operational Test of the Underwater 513 ALL
Locating Beacon (ULB)
Functional Test of the bulk-erase 518 ALL
function and bulk-erase
inhibition-logic of the CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR 23-71-13
Removal of the CVR Microphone 401 ALL
(16RK)
Installation of the CVR Microphone 404 ALL
(16RK)
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE 23-71-14
Removal of the CVR Microphone 401 ALL
Amplifier (18RK)
Installation of the CVR Microphone 404 ALL
Amplifier (18RK)
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) 23-71-35
Removal of the Cockpit Voice 401 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Installation of the Cockpit Voice 404 ALL
Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Removal of the Cockpit Voice 406 ALL
Recorder (CVR) Rack
Installation of the Cockpit Voice 409 ALL
Recorder (CVR) Rack
Scheduled Replacement of the 412 ALL
Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB)
and Battery
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00

General 1 ALL
The Cockpit Door Surveillance 1 ALL
System (CDSS) has the following
components:
Power Supply 4 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 16
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Interface 4 ALL
Description of Components 5 ALL
installed
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00

Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Anti-Hijack
Camera-Monitoring-System
BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack 506 ALL
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE 23-72-22
SYSTEM
Removal of the Cockpit-Door 401 ALL
Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
Installation of the Cockpit-Door 406 ALL
Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM 23-72-51
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System 401 ALL
Cameras
Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
Adjustment of the Cameras 410 ALL
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00

(CIDS)
General 1 ALL
Principle 13 ALL
General 14 ALL
Power Supply 16 ALL
Normal Mode 16 ALL
Emergency Mode 16 ALL
Interface 21 ALL
CIDS Equipment Connections 21 ALL
CIDS Director 22 ALL
Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) 41 ALL
Forward Attendant Panel 53 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 17
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Aft Attendant Panel 62 ALL
Programming and Test Panel 66 ALL
Attendant Indication Panel 71 ALL
Area Call Panel 74 ALL
PA Loudspeaker 76 ALL
CIDS Energization 77 ALL
Passenger Address System 77 ALL
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone 83 ALL
System
Passenger Lighted Signs 89 ALL
Passenger Call System 92 ALL
Test Bite 95 ALL
Programming and Test Modes 95 ALL
System Status Mode 97 ALL
System Test Mode A 12 ALL
Programming Mode A 25 ALL
Failure Detection and A 30 ALL
Transmission
CIDS Power-Up Test A 30 ALL

(CIDS)
Energize the Cabin 201 ALL
Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
De-energize the Cabin 204 ALL
(CIDS)
Cabin Layout Selection 206 ALL
Cabin Zones Programming 210 ALL
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C 217 ALL
Passenger Address (PA) Level 221 ALL
Adjustment via PTP
Passenger Address (PA) Level 225 ALL
Interrogation via CFDS

(CIDS)
SERVICING 301 ALL
Cleaning of the Flight Attendant 301 ALL
Panel (FAP)
23-CONTENTS Page 18
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

(CIDS)
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the CIDS Director 401 ALL
(101RH/102RH)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
23-73-01-0)1)
Reactivation of the CIDS Director 403 ALL
(101RH/102RH)
23-73-01-0)1)
Deactivation of the Forward 404 ALL
Attendant Panel (120RH)
Reactivation of the Forward 407 ALL
Deactivation of the Programming 409 ALL
and Test Panel (110RH)
Reactivation of the Programming 411 ALL
and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide
Bottle Pressure Indication,
Emergency Exits
23-73-07-2)b)
and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide
Bottle Pressure Indication,
Emergency Exits
23-73-07-2)b)
and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency
System Test, Cabin Emergency
Lighting System
23-73-07-1)
and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency
System Test, Cabin Emergency
Lighting System
23-CONTENTS Page 19
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
23-73-07-1)

(CIDS)
BITE-test of the Cabin 501 ALL
(CIDS) through the PTP
BITE-test of the Cabin 507 ALL
(CIDS) through the CFDS
Operational test of the DEU, the 512 ALL
secondary power supply and the
DEU-A cut-off
Operational test of the 515 ALL
power-transfer function
Operational test of the Cabin and 519 ALL
Flight Crew Interphone System
Operational test of the Passenger 547 ALL
Address (PA) system
Operational test of the passenger 569 ALL
call system
Operational test of the cabin 575 ALL
signs
Operational test of the Emergency 585 ALL
Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System
Operational test of the passenger 590 ALL
call lamps through the MCDU
Operational test of the cabin LED 594 ALL
lamps through the MCDU
Verification of Speech 598 ALL
Intelligibility of the Passenger
Address (PA) System according to
CAA Spec. 15
CALL PANEL - AREA 23-73-11
Removal of the Area Call Panel 401 ALL
(340RH)
Installation of the Area Call 404 ALL
Panel (340RH)
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 23-73-12
Removal of the Forward Attendant 401 ALL
Panel (FAP) 120RH
23-CONTENTS Page 20
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Forward 404 ALL
Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH
Removal of the Light Module 406 ALL
Installation of the Light Module 409 ALL
Removal of the Audio Module 411 ALL
Installation of the Audio Module 414 ALL
Removal of the Miscellaneous 416 ALL
Module
Installation of the Miscellaneous 419 ALL
Module
Replacement of the Switchguard 421 ALL
from the Forward Attendant Panel
(FAP)
ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) 23-73-13
Removal of the Aft/Additional 401 ALL
Installation of the Aft/Additional 404 ALL
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY 23-73-14
Removal of the Lavatory Call Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Lavatory Call 404 ALL
Light
Removal of the Seat Row 407 ALL
Call/Numbering Light
Installation of the Seat Row 410 ALL
Call/Numbering Light
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 23-73-18
Removal of the Programming and 401 ALL
Test Panel (110RH)
Installation of the Programming 404 ALL
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT 23-73-19
Removal of the Cabin Assignment 401 ALL
Module (115RH)
Installation of the Cabin 404 ALL
Assignment Module (115RH)
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT 23-73-22
Removal of the Attendant 401 ALL
Indication Panel (320RH, 321RH,
322RH)
Installation of the Attendant 405 ALL
23-CONTENTS Page 21
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Indication Panel (320RH, 321RH,
322RH)
DIRECTOR - CIDS 23-73-34
Removal of the CIDS Director 401 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
Installation of the CIDS Director 404 ALL
(101RH, 102RH)
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT 23-73-38
Removal of the Power Unit for the 401 ALL
Passenger Reading Light
Installation of the Power Unit for 405 ALL
the Passenger Reading Light
Replacement of the Power Unit 409 ALL
Fuses for the Passenger Reading
Light
CRADLE - HANDSET 23-73-44
Removal of the Handset/Cradle 401 ALL
(330RH, 332RH)
Installation of the Handset/Cradle 404 ALL
(330RH, 332RH)
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A 23-73-46
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder 401 ALL
Unit A (200RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B 23-73-47
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder 401 ALL
Unit B (300RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B 23-73-48
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount 401 ALL
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - 406 ALL
Mount
BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT 23-73-49
Removal of the Printed Circuit 401 ALL
Board
Installation of the Printed 405 ALL
Circuit Board
23-CONTENTS Page 22
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
CHAPTER 23
__________
COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LOUDSPEAKER 23-73-51
Removal of the Loudspeaker 401 ALL
Installation of the Loudspeaker 408 ALL
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT 23-73-62
Removal of the Return to Seat sign 401 ALL
Removal of the Return to Seat sign 406 ALL
(LED)
Installation of the Return to Seat 409 ALL
sign
Installation of the Return to Seat 413 ALL
sign (LED)
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT 23-73-63
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten 401 ALL
Seat Belt sign from the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the
C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
Installation of the No 407 ALL
Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in
the Passenger Service Information
Unit and the C/B panels
2000VU/2001VU
LIGHT - READING 23-73-64
Removal of the Reading Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Reading Light 404 ALL
Operational test of the Reading 408 ALL
Light
23-CONTENTS Page 23
Aug 01/11
SYR
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The communication system is used for speech communications and optionally
for data communications.
The communication system is used for communication between the crew members
and betwenn the crew members and the ground personnel.
It is also used to communicate with the passengers, other aircraft and the
ground stations (speech and data).
2. Description
___________
A. Speech Communication
(1) High Frequency (HF) system (Ref. 23-11) (optional system)

This system has two transceivers and their related equipment for
long-range voice communications.
(2) Very High Frequency (VHF) system (Ref. 23-12)

This system has two or three transceivers and their related equipment
for short-range voice communications.
R The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data
R (Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) or
Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)).
(3) Radio Management Panels (RMP) (Ref. 23-13)

The RMPs enable a centralized frequency control of the VHF and HF
radio communication equipment.
R The RMPs also enable the frequency control of the radio navigation
R equipment (VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR), Distance Measuring
R Equipment (DME), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Automatic Direction
Finder (ADF)) in case of failure of the Flight Management and
Guidance System (FMGC).
(4) Voice privacy system (Ref. 23-14)

The voice privacy system provides a means for coding HF
communications between the aircraft and DT.HU.Department in order to
protect confidential communications.
B. Data Transmission (optional system)
(1) ACARS (Ref. 23-24) (optional system)

The ACARS management unit allows the management of the data entered
by the crews and transmitted to the ground (SDAC, AIDS, CFDS, FMGEC).
R It also allows the reception, printing and display of ground messages
R on the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).

EFF :

ALL 23-00-00

Page 1
Nov 01/06

SYR
These data are transmitted through the VHF3 system (or through the
Satellite Communication (SATCOM) system if installed).
(2) SATCOM (Ref. 23-28) (optional system)

The function of the SATCOM system is the reception in the L-Band and
processing of signals through aeronautical services satellites. This
system is used for all aeronautical satellite communications (cockpit
voice, passenger telephone and data services) with the ground.
C. Passenger Address and Entertainment

This system comprises: (Ref. 23-30)
- Prerecorded Announcements and Music (PRAM) system (Ref. 23-32)
- Passenger Entertainment System (Music)/Passenger Services System (PES
(Music)/PSS) (Ref. 23-33)
- Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) (Ref. 23-34)
- Passenger Air-to-ground Telephone System (PATS) (Ref. 23-35)
- Passenger Entertainment System (Video) (PES (Video)) (Ref. 23-36)
- Passenger facility (AM/FM radio) (Ref. 23-37)
The Passenger Address System (Ref. 23-31) is part of the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73).
D. Interphone
The Interphone system comprises:
(1) Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (Ref. ATA 23-42)

Moreover, when the aircraft is battery supplied, the system comprises
an aural warning function for the following status:
- Auxiliaire Power Unit (APU) fire
- ADIRS supplied by batteries
- Equipment ventilation faulty
R - Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) operation (if installed).
(2) Flight crew interphone (Ref. 23-43)

The cockpit-to-ground crew call system is used to:
- Call a ground mechanic from the cockpit
- Call a crew member from the ground.
The flight crew interphone system is part of the CIDS.
(3) Cabin and service interphone (Ref. 23-44)

The cabin and service interphone system is used for the telephone
communications on the ground between the flight crew and the ground
service personnel.

EFF :

ALL 23-00-00

Page 2
Nov 01/07

SYR
E. Audio Integrating
The Audio Integrating System (AIS):
The AIS integrates and manages all audio signals (audio outputs,
R microphone inputs, sidetone and push-to-talk) supplied by and sent to the
R radio communication and radio navigation systems.
R This system also provides the SELCAL function and call and flight
R interphone functions.
F. Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60)

Static dischargers are installed on the aircraft to protect the
R communication systems from interference caused by static electricity.
G. Audio-Video Monitoring and Intercommunication

This system comprises:
(1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71)

R The CVR automatically records the crew conversations and audio
R communications to help investigation after an aircraft accident or
R incident.
(2) CIDS (Ref. 23-73)

The CIDS is a microprocessor-based system.
It is used to do the functional control, operation, testing and
monitoring of the cabin systems.
These system functions are provided by the CIDS:
- Passenger address
- Passenger call
- Passenger lighted signs
- General cabin illumination control
- Cabin and flight crew interphone
- Emergency evacuation signalling
- Lavatory smoke warning
- Escape slide reservoir pressure monitoring
- Service interphone (partially integrated into the CIDS)
- Extended emergency lighting test.
(3) Cabin Management System (CMS) (Ref. 23-74) (optional system)

The CMS provides a direct contact for the cabin crew with the ground.
The cabin crew uses the CMS to transmit and receive real-time data
(e.g. passenger information and reservations, maintenance reports,
R security catering and beverages), through the ACARS.

EFF :

ALL 23-00-00

Page 3
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. _______
General
The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice
communications between:
- Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
- The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
The HF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 719 (i.e.
2.8 to 23.999 MHz, with 1 KHz spacing between channels).
The aircraft is provided with a single HF system (HF1).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3RE1 XCVR-HF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-11-33
4RE1 COUPLER-HF, 1 261 23-11-36
5RE ANTENNA-HF 322 23-11-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
1RG1 RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1 11VU 211 831 23-13-13
1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 1
May 01/08
R
SYR
R HF System - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 2
Nov 01/99

SYR
R HF System - Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 3
May 01/06

SYR
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The HF system has:
- An HF transceiver
- An HF coupler
- An HF antenna.
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and components:
- Radio Management Panels (RMP)
- Audio Management Unit (AMU)
- Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
- Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
- System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
A. Interface with the RMPs

The RMPs are centralized systems used for selection of the
frequency/channel and display of the HF system. They are also used to
switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).
B. Interface with the AMU

The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective
CALLing (SELCAL) systems by means of the Audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref.
23-51).
C. Interface with the CFDIU

The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).
D. Interface with the LGCIU

In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight
or on the ground) to the HF BITE (Ref. 32-31)
E. Interface with the SDACs

The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system
throuigh the KEY EVENT output of the HF transceiver and record the
transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the HF system has been transmitting
(Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for last more 1 minute, the HF-X EMITTING
indication is displayed on the ECAM display (EWD) (Ref. ATA 31-54).
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The HF1 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:
- From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
- Through circuit breaker 1RE1 located on the overhead panel 49VU.
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) provides the supplied to the HF1 antenna coupler
(4RE1) with 28VDC and monophase 115VAC.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 4
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R HF System - Block Diagram
R Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 5
May 01/03

SYR
HF System - Power Supply
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 6
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
5. Interface
_________
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type 1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of a two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through
words from RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each HF transceiver transmits labels 354, 356,
377.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
The following table gives:
- EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- WORD RANGE/OPER RANGE/RESOLUTION ACCURACY: measurement range.
Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value changes, the
change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- XMSN/INTV: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE :
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 7
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU IDENT | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 50 | ISO| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the HF transceiver is 019.
(2) Output Discretes

These output discretes are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME ELECTRICAL LEVEL TO SIGNAL STATUS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KEY EVENT GND/O.C. SDAC GND=EMISSION
PPT GND/O.C. HF COUPLER
& AMU GND=EMISSION
RECHANNEL PULSE (1) 5V/O.C. HF COUPLER
TUNE POWER (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
RELAY INTERLOCK (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
INTERLOCK EXITATION (1) 28V/O.C. HF COUPLEUR
NOTE : (1) These discretes are not used in normal operation when the
____
coupler is controlled via RF-cable.
(3) Output Analog Signals

These Output Analog Signals are the same for each HF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT MODULATION AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT MODULATION AMU

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 8
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
6. _____________________
Component Description
R A. HF Transceiver - Description
R
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case size is
6MCU.
R
R (1) HF transceiver face

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The face of the transceiver features:
- TEST pusbutton switch
- three red warning lights: LRU FAIL, COUPLER FAIL, CONTROL INPUT
FAIL
- a transportation handle
- an identification plate.
R
R (2) HF transceiver back

The back comprises a size 2 connector including 3 plugs to enable:
- connection with the automatic test circuits (Top Plug-TP)
- connection with the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle
plug-MP)
- connection with the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug-BP).
- index PIN CODE 10 is used.
R
R B. Characteristics
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
R
R C. Operation
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The unit is of modular design and consists of a receiver/exciter A1, a
power amplifier A3, a power supply A4, an EMC filter A7, a motherboard
A6, a controller voice A8, an interface 1 A9, a LED Board A5 and an ON/
OFF module A15.
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 is controlled via two ARINC 429 serial
ports which are connected on the aircraft to the radio management panel.
the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 is configured for control via ARINC
words both with label 037 (old HF), and words with label 205, 206, 207
(new HF).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 9
Nov 01/10

SYR
HF Transceiver Face
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 10
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
Transceiver - Simplified Block Diagram
R Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 11
Nov 01/99

SYR
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 can be connected by means of two
further ARINC 429 ports (receive and transmit) to an on-board central
fault display system according to ARINC 604 or central maintenance system
. The transceiver automatically detects to which kind of aircraft
maintenance system it is connected.
The antenna coupler FK 516 (part of the 400 W HF radio XK 516 D) is
connected to the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 only by a coaxial cable.
This coaxial cable carries the RF signal, the coupler power supply (+28
V), control data for the coupler and acknowledgements and BITE data from
the coupler. The data transfer between the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1
and the antenna coupler FK 516 takes the form of serial data telegrams
via the inner conductor of the coaxial cable.
In conjunction with antenna couplers of other manufacturers , the 400 W
HF transceiver XK 516 D1 provides the necessary control signals in this
connection, such as rechannel pulse, tune power and interlock excitation.
the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 automatically recognizes which coupler
is connected (antenna coupler FK 516 or other coupler).
R
R (1) Theory of operation

R
R (a) General
The 400 W HF transceiver XK 16 D1 performs reception and
transmission of voice and data in the frequency range 2.0 MHz to
29.999 MHz.
The nominal output power of the transmitter is 400 W PEP with a
maximum average power of 125 W.
The drive signal for the RF amplifier is generated in the
receiver/exciter A1. The audio signal (voice and data) is
digitized in this module and converter to the necessary
modulation signals (SSB or AM(E)) in a signal processor with the
aid of digital signal processing algorithms at 25 kHz. This
signal undergoes analog conversion again and is converted via two
mixers to the final RF level.
The frequencies of the conversion oscillators are obtained in a
synthesizer according to the method of digital direct signal
synthesis (DDS). This synthesizer also generates the frequencies
of the conversion oscillators for the receive direction.
When receiving, the RF signal is converted by means of two mixer
stages to the second IF of 25 kHz. This IF signal is digitized
and undergoes further conditioning in the signal processor. The
additional functions such as filtering, demodulation and control
for instance are achieved by means of software and appropriate
algorithms. The processed signal subsequently undergoes analog
conversion again and is output via the relevant audio interfaces.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 12
Nov 01/10

SYR
the 400 W HF transceiver XK 516 D1 provides the following audio
interfaces according to ARINC 719:
- audio with sidetone
- SELCAL
- data audio
All external interfaces are taken through an EMC filter in order
to suppress spurious signals.
The internal BITE system of 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1
detects a defective LRU by means of continuous monitoring and
localizes the fault down to functional units on modules (SRU). In
addition, automatic and manual tests can be initiated.
The results of the continuous monitoring are permanently supplied
to the CFDIU in the normal mode according to ARINC 604. In the
interactive mode according to ARINC 604 the faults of previous
flight legs, test initiation and more detailed fault information
(troubleshooting data) are displayed.
400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 is configured for connection to a
115 V, 400 Hz, 3-phase approx. 1000 W supply. The internal
voltages are generated in the power supply module.
R
R (2) Test
Correct operation of the transceiver and the associated couple can be
checked by means of the BITE (See Para. 8).
A summary of the result is displayed on the three LEDs on front of
the transceiver.
R
R (a) LRU FAIL red light (LED)

Failure within transceiver.
R
R (b) COUPLER FAIL red light (LED)

COUPLER FAIL red light comes on when a failure is detected in
antenna circuit, such as:
- coupler failure
- excessive tuning time
- excessive antenna reactance
- lock of system due to PTT activation of neighbour system in
dual system installation.
R
R (c) CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light (LED)

CONTROL INPUT FAIL red light comes on when there are serial
message faults on the frequency control inputs such as:
- absence of label
- insufficient refresh rate
- message not valid.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 13
Nov 01/10

SYR
R (d) TEST pushbutton switch
When pressing the TEST pushbutton switch, all the lights come on
and the Built- in Test is started. Result of the test is
displayed on the LEDs and available in the BITE system (Ref.
Para. 8).
R D. HF Antenna Coupler
(Ref. Fig. 007)
(1) Description
Antenna Coupler FK 516 transforms the antenna impedance automatically
into the 50 ohms output impedance of 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1.
Throughout the specified frequency range, the unit is able to tune
grounded rod antennas as well as grounded wire antennas to a VSWR of
typical not more than 1.3:1.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 can be used in a single or dual system. In
this system one antenna is operating with two transceivers. While one
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is tuning or in the transmit mode, the other
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is interlocked.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 is a hermetically sealed unit pressurized with
50 kPa (overpressure: 150 kPa absolute). The unit is provided with
three connectors for external connections:
- Antenna connector
- Coaxial N-type male connector for RF, control and DC inputs from
400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1.
- Chassis connector (26-contacts) for interlock functions with
another Antenna Coupler FK 516, test functions and 115-V Power
Supply.
The unit is of modular design and consists of RF Unit A1 with Test
Board A11, Modem A2, Directional Coupler A5, Tuning Control A3,
Relay Board A4, Isolation Amplifier A6 and Power Board A7.
Only one RF cable is required for the electrical connection of 400
W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 and antenna coupler FK 516. This cable
is used for the transfer of the RF transmitter and receiver
signals, the antenna coupler FK 516 supply voltage and the antenna
coupler FK 516 control information.
Also possible is an additional ARINC 719 wiring. But in conjunction
with the R&S 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516 D1 only the 115 V supply
voltage is used.
No controls or indicators are located on Antenna Coupler FK 516.
All settings and status messages are transferred via the RF cable
in the form of serial telegrams from 400 W HF Transceiver XK 516
D1, or via test interface X42 in the case of test operation. At
both interfaces the transfer takes the form of ASCII telegrams
which can be generated or displayed and evaluated by means of a
suitable terminal or PC with terminal program for both interfaces.
Antenna Coupler FK 516 provides up to 1500 presettable intelligent
RF channels (learn mode). If a known frequency is called up,
Antenna Coupler FK 516 locks in to the frequency within 20 ms. A
new frequency is locked and learned within 1 s (typical value : < 7
s maximum).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 14
Nov 01/10

SYR
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 15
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 008)
7. Operation
_________
A. Receive Function
The HF audio modulated signals transmitted by the stations are picked-up
by the antenna and transmitted to the antenna coupler.
The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF
transceiver.
The signal from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a
coaxial cable.
The HF transceiver, tuned on the selected frequency by one of the RMP,
demodulates HF signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
B. Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver
through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected by one of the RMP,
transforms the AF signals into HF modulated signals.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna
coupler.
They are then transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the HF system in transmit mode.
The connection is obtained through the KEY EVENT output information of
the HF transceiver.
C. Indication of Transmission Out of Frequency Range

The HF system is designed to operate within the frequency range from 2.8
to 23.999 MHz.
However, the RMP enables frequency display in the 2 to 29.999 MHz range.
If the out-of-range values of the HF transceiver are displayed on the
RMP, the operating anomaly is indicated as follows:
- at first activation of the PTT switch: a 1000 Hz audio signal is
triggered
- interruption of the signal after 15 s approximately
- triggering of the signal at each attempt to transmit.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 16
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
HF Antenna Coupler Operation - Block Diagram
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 17
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
8. Test
____
A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The BITE:
- transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message
to the CFDIU
- memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments
- monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
B. General Operation
The BITE may operate in two modes:
- the normal mode
- the menu mode.
(1) The normal mode

During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of
the HF system. It transmits its information to the CFDIU during the
flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in the
fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) The menu mode

The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF
transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- LRU IDENT
- TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
- TEST
C. Functional Description
(Ref. Fig. 009, 010, 011, 012, 013)
To utilize the BITE system, it is necessary to get through one of the two
MDCUs (Multipurpose Control Display Unit) (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref.ATA
31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 18
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT
R Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 19
May 01/06

SYR
BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 20
May 01/06

SYR
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
R Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 21
May 01/06

SYR
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
R Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 22
May 01/06

SYR
BITE - TEST
R Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 23
May 01/06

SYR
D. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization

- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration:
. whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests

- Duration: 10 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
. none
(3) Results of power-up tests

(cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of test pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
. none except audio functions available from selected frequency
- Tests failed:
. none except audio functions not available from selected frequency

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 24
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________
TASK 23-11-00-710-001
Operational Test of the HF System
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER

_______
OPERATIONS. TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL
OPERATIONS CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR START A FIRE.
NOTE : During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.

____
NOTE : The transmission and reception test of the HF system is the same for all
____
the crew stations. You must do the test at each crew station.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate
correctly.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 BOOMSET 600 OHMS
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 501
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the face of the transceiver, make sure that no lights are on.
R (3) Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel at all the crew
stations.
Subtask 23-11-00-865-050
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
4. Procedure
_________
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS
_______
AVAILABLE BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
CAUTION : IF THE TRANSCEIVER FAN DOES NOT OPERATE STOP THE TRANSMISSION
_______
IMMEDIATELY.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the HF System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The RMP shows the last frequencies
to ON. and the last function used.
- Push the HF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
- In the STBY/CRS display window,

with the dual selector knob, set
the frequency of a station that
transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - The frequency set comes into view in

this, push the transfer the active display window.
pushbutton switch (double arrow)
between the two display windows.
2. On the ACP of the station under

maintenance:
- Push the HF1 transmission - The green bars on the HF1

pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch come
on.
- Push and release the HF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch. fully out and comes on.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - During the tuning (which continues
and release it (You can do this for approximately 5 seconds), the
operation on the PTT switch of reception stops and you can hear a
the sidestick controller at the signal of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
CAPT. or F/O station).
- After the tuning, make sure that the

reception in the boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the HF1 reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD - Make sure that the fan of the
and hold it in this position transceiver operates correctly.
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
- Hold the INT/RAD switch in the - You must hear your voice in the
RAD position and speak in the boomset.
boomset microphone (At the CAPT.
or F/O station, you can hold the
PTT switch on the sidestick
controller).
- Make sure that the transmission is

correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
station).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1
reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-11-00-740-001
Bite Test of the HF System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the HF system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(2) Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the
transceiver do not come on.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page(Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 505
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-11-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the HF System
NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the
____
indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu page: On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The HF-1(2) page comes into view.
the HF1(HF2) indication.
2. On the HF-1(2) page :
- Push the line key adjacent to - The HF-1(2) TEST page comes into view
the TEST indication. and shows the TEST OK indication.
3. On the MCDU keyboard :
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. - The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-00-862-051
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 506
May 01/11

SYR
HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________
TASK 23-11-00-200-001
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To measure the electrical bonding resistance.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
R No specific 1 MILLIOHMMETER 0,5 OHM MAX, 10 A MAX - MULTIRANGE
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 601
May 01/11

SYR
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different

Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
23-11-00-710-001 Operational Test of the HF System
23-11-00-740-001 Bite Test of the HF System
23-11-36-000-001 Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
23-11-36-400-001 Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
53-45-11-000-001 Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
55-32-11-000-001 Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
55-32-11-400-001 Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
23-11-00-991-002 Fig. 601
23-11-00-991-004 Fig. 602
23-11-00-991-003 Fig. 603
23-11-00-991-006 Fig. 604
23-11-00-991-001 Fig. 605
23-11-00-991-007 Fig. 606
23-11-00-991-008 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-00-941-050
R A. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) at Zone 322.
Subtask 23-11-00-010-050
B. Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-865-061
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 602
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-11-00-869-052
D. Tool
R To do this procedure, use a MILLIOHMMETER 0,5 OHM MAX, 10 A MAX -
R MULTIRANGE , with the related leads and prods, as follows:
(1) Range and output test current:

- 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for a max.
resistance value of not more than 200 milliohms).
(2) Accuracy:
- plus or minus 10% of the measured value.
Subtask 23-11-00-020-051
E. Remove the HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050
A. Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
(1) On the coupler rack:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout
(not painted) and the bonding lead (1):
1
_ If the value is less than 2 milliohms:
- Go to step (2).
2
_ If the value is more than 2 milliohms:
- Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
- Remove the coupler rack.
- Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
- Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler
rack (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
- Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and
washers.
- Do again the step (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 603
May 01/11

SYR
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
Figure 601/TASK 23-11-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 604
Nov 01/06

SYR
(2) On the antenna/feeder assembly:
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
- Go to the para. B.
2
- Go to step (3).
(3) On the antenna:

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-003)
(a) Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).
(b) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the

antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding lead (2).
1
- Go to step (4).
2
- Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and
lower parts of the antenna (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005)
and/or change the feedline (1).
(c) Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).
(4) Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-

001).
(a) If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:
- Go to step (5).
(b) If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:
(5) On the fuselage/circular plate:

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-006)
(a) Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 605
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly
Figure 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 606
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna
Figure 603/TASK 23-11-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 607
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
Figure 604/TASK 23-11-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 608
Nov 01/06

SYR
(b) Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.
(c) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the
rack and the bonding lead (3).
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-001)
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (6).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 milliohm:
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-007)
- Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
- Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
- Remove the coupler rack
- Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005) of the coupler rack
- Install the coupler rack
(d) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
_______
(e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage.
(f) Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(g) Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws
(1).
(6) On the fuselage/circular plate:

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-008)
(a) Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circulate

plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1
_ If the value is less than 1 milliohm:
- Go to step (7).
2
_ If the value is more than 1 millohm:
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE

_______
SCREWS.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 609
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support
Figure 605/TASK 23-11-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 610
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
Figure 606/TASK 23-11-00-991-007

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 611
Nov 01/06

SYR
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
Figure 607/TASK 23-11-00-991-008

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 612
Nov 01/06

SYR
- Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
- Repair the bonding of the four screws (1) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005)
- Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
- Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) on the fuselage between
the fusealge and the circular plate
- Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026)
- Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the
srews (1)
(7) On the antenna/feeder assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 23-11-00-991-004)
contour (not painted) and the center contact.
1
2
_ If the value more than 10 milliohms:
- Go back to step (1).
Subtask 23-11-00-420-051
B. Install the HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-865-063
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-11-00-740-054
D. Do the BITE test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-710-060
E. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 613
Nov 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-00-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(2) Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-
001) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-00-942-050
B. Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-00

Page 614
Nov 01/06

SYR
ANTENNA - HF (5RE) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 23-11-11-400-001
Installation of the HF Antenna (5RE)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-865-057
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-11-11-865-058
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 401
Aug 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________

EFF :

ALL 23-11-11

Page 402
Aug 01/11

SYR
TRANSCEIVER - HF (3RE1) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 23-11-33-000-001
Removal of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-11-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-33-865-050
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-11-33-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the

access door 824 in zone 128.
(2) Open the access door 824.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001)
Subtask 23-11-33-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Transceiver
(1) Loosen the nuts (3).
(2) Lower the nuts (3).
(3) Pull the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the
electrical connectors (1).
(4) Remove the HF transceiver (5).
R (5) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
HF Transceiver
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 403
Nov 01/99

SYR
TASK 23-11-33-400-001
Installation of the HF Transceiver (3RE1, 3RE2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-11-00-740-001 Bite Test of the HF System
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
23-11-33-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-33-860-050
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in

position at the access door 824 in zone 128.
(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-11-33-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3RE1
FOR 3RE2
C/B NOT APPLICABLE
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-33-991-001)
Subtask 23-11-33-420-050
A. Installation of the HF Transceiver
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(5) Install the HF transceiver (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electricals connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 405
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-11-33-865-052
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 3RE1
R 49VU COM/HF1 1RE1 HA14
R FOR 3RE2
C/B NOT APPLICABLE
Subtask 23-11-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001)
NOTE : As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test

____
without the CFDS (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-33-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(3) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-33

Page 406
May 01/06

SYR
COUPLER - HF (4RE1) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 23-11-36-000-001
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-23-42-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
23-11-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-36-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 401
Nov 01/00

SYR
Subtask 23-11-36-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-11-36-860-052
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Make sure that the lights on the face of the transceiver are not on.
(2) On the related Radio Management Panel (RMP), put the ON/OFF selector
switch to ON. Make sure that the RMP shows the last frequency and
function used.
(3) Push the related HF1 (HF2) pushbutton switch and monitor that the
integrated green LED comes on. Additionally the white SEL indicator
light comes on.
(4) With the dual selector knob set a station frequency in the STBY/CRS
window.
(5) Push the transfer pushbutton switch (left-right arrow) between the
two display windows to start the set frequency. This sets the antenna
coupler to its home position.
NOTE : You must not transmit on this set frequency. If you activate
____
the transceiver to transmit, the home position of the
coupler is discarded.
NOTE : The HF antenna coupler must not be removed before it is set to

____
its home position.
NOTE : If you activated the transmitter by mistake, do the procedure

____
described above again.
(6) On the related RMP, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 402
Nov 01/00

SYR
Subtask 23-11-36-865-050
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050
E. Get Access
R (1) Remove the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
R (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001)
Subtask 23-11-36-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the antenna coupler
(1).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3) Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.
(4) Carefully remove the antenna coupler (1) from the rack (4).
(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and
(6).
CAUTION : CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF
_______
YOU PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL
DAMAGE.
(6) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make

sure that:
FOR 4RE1
R the electrical connectors (2) are connected to the related dummy
R plugs, which are installed near to frame C68.
FOR 4RE2

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 403
Nov 01/03

SYR
HF Antenna Coupler
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 404
Nov 01/00

SYR
R the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is installed and
R the electrical connectors (2) are connected to it.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 405
Nov 01/03

SYR
TASK 23-11-36-400-001
Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-42-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
23-11-36-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
42-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 406
Nov 01/00

SYR
Subtask 23-11-36-865-051
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-36-991-001)
Subtask 23-11-36-420-050
A. Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Carefully install the HF antenna coupler (1) into the rack (4).
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3), until the
antenna coupler (1) is correctly attached.
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2).
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the antenna coupler (1)
(10) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make

sure that:
FOR 4RE1
R the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from the related dummy
R plugs, which are installed near to frame C68.
FOR 4RE2
R the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is removed and
R the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from it.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 407
Nov 01/03

SYR
Subtask 23-11-36-865-052
breaker(s):
1RE1.
Subtask 23-11-36-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
Subtask 23-11-36-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-36

Page 408
Nov 01/00

SYR
FEEDER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________
TASK 23-11-37-000-001
Removal of the HF Feeder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-33-41-000-002 Removal of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)
23-11-37-991-001 Fig. 401
23-11-37-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-37-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 401
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-11-37-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the related HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001).
(2) If necessary, remove the upper attachment of the aft galley

(Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002).
(3) In the cabin:
(a) Remove the related HF coupler rack.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-37-991-001)
1
_ Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and remove the screws
(1) and the washers (2).
2
_ Remove the HF coupler rack (3).
(4) From the external side of the fuselage:
(a) Remove the dorsal fin (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001).
Subtask 23-11-37-865-050
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-11-37-991-002)
Subtask 23-11-37-020-050
A. Removal of the HF Feeder
(1) In the cabin:
(a) Remove the countersunk screws (10), which attach the flange (8)
to the coupler rack support bracket (9).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 402
Nov 01/09

SYR
HF Coupler Rack
Figure 401/TASK 23-11-37-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 403
Nov 01/09

SYR
HF Feeder
Figure 402/TASK 23-11-37-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 404
Nov 01/09

SYR
(b) Removal of lockwire:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
Remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (7).
(c) Loosen the nut (7).
(a) Remove the cap nut (11) for the related feedline lug (12) from
the HF antenna (1).
(b) Remove the feedline lug (12) from the HF antenna (1).
(c) Carefully remove the sealant from the heads of the bolts (3) and
from around the flange (5) of the HF feeder (6) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(d) Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the flange (5).
(e) Carefully loosen the flange (5) of the HF feeder (6) from the
aircraft structure.
(3) In the cabin:
(a) Fully loosen the nut (7) and remove the flange (8).
(a) Carefully remove the HF feeder (6).
NOTE : The feedline (2) is part of the feeder (6). It is not

____
possible to disconnect the feedline from the feeder.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 405
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 23-11-37-400-001
Installation of the HF Feeder
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-012 USA VV-P-236

PURE MINERALVASELINE OR PETRO- LATUM (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 07-001B
ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-013 USA MIL-PRF-81733
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 406
Nov 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-720-005 Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different

Components (But not the Fluid Systems and the
Components Installed on Composite materials)
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-11-36-400-001 Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
External Power
25-33-41-000-002 Removal of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or 6483MM)
25-33-41-400-002 Installation of the Aft Galley Unit (6481MM or
6483MM)
53-45-11-400-001 Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
23-11-37-991-001 Fig. 401
23-11-37-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 407
Nov 01/09

SYR
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
Subtask 23-11-37-860-051
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the related HF coupler is removed (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-
000-001).
(3) If necessary, make sure that the upper attachment of the aft galley
is removed (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002).
(4) Make sure that the related HF coupler rack is removed.
(5) Make sure that the dorsal fin is removed (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-
001).
Subtask 23-11-37-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-11-37-991-002)
Subtask 23-11-37-160-050
A. Preparation for Installation
(1) Remove the sealant from around the hole for the HF feeder and from
the antenna (1) connection with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 408
Nov 01/09

SYR
(4) Prepare for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 23-11-37-420-050
B. Installation of the HF Feeder
(a) Put the HF feeder (6) in position through its hole in the
aircraft structure.
(2) In the cabin:
(a) Loosely install the flange (8) on the HF feeder (6) with the nut
(7).
(3) From the external side of the aircraft:
(a) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating surface of the
flange (5).
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-012) to the lower side of
the flange (5).
(c) Install the bolts (3) with the washers (4) on the flange (5).
(d) Tighten the bolts (3) in a diagonally opposite sequence.
NOTE : The bolts (3) give the electrical bonding between the HF
____
feeder (6) and the aircraft structure.
(e) Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the flange

(5) and the aircraft structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable
value given in (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
(f) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the flange (5) and on
the heads of the bolts (3).
(g) Make the contour of the sealant around the flange (5) and on the
heads of the bolts (3) smooth.
(h) Install the feedline lug (12) on the HF antenna (1).
(i) Install the cap nut (11).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 409
Nov 01/09

SYR
(j) Torque the cap nut (11) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in)
(k) Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF

antenna (1) and the feedline (2) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005).
(l) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) to the cap nut (11), the feedline lug (12) and if
necessary to the adjacent area of the HF antenna (1).
(4) In the cabin:
(a) Install the flange (8) on the coupler rack support bracket (9)
with the countersunk screws (10).
(b) Tighten the countersunk screws (10) in a diagonally opposite

sequence.
NOTE : The countersunk screws (10) give the electrical bonding

____
between the HF feeder (6) and the coupler rack support
bracket (9).
(c) Tighten the Nut (7).
(d) Safety the nut (7).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
Safety the nut (7) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(e) Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF

feeder (6) and the coupler rack support bracket (9) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-720-005).
(f) Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) to the countersunk screws (10).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 410
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-11-37-410-050
C. Close Access
(1) From the cabin side:
(a) Install the related HF coupler rack

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-11-37-991-001)
1
_ Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
2
_ Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the
adjacent area.
3
_ Prepare for electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
4
_ Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and install the
screws (1) and the washers (2).
5
_ Tighten the screws (1).
NOTE : The screws (1) give the electrical bonding between the
____
HF coupler rack (3) and the aircraft structure.
6
_ Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF
coupler rack (3) and the aircraft structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-720-005).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the
applicable value given in (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002).
7
_ Apply PAINTS FOR DETAIL (INTERNAL AND EXTERN AL) (Material No.
07-001B) to the heads of the screws (1).
(2) If removed, install the upper attachment of the aft galley (Ref. TASK
25-33-41-400-002).
(3) Install the related HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001).
(a) Install the dorsal fin (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001).
Subtask 23-11-37-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1RE1

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 411
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-11-37-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-11-37-860-052
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-11-37

Page 412
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________
1. _______
General
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice
communications between:
- different aircraft in flight
- aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 25 KHz spacing between channels).
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716
(i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 8.33 KHz spacing between channels).
The aircraft is equipped with two identical VHF systems which are fully
independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data link messages
(ACARS or ATSU).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RC1 XCVR-VHF, 1 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
1RC2 XCVR-VHF, 2 82VU 128 824 23-12-33
1RC3 XCVR-VHF, 3 81VU 127 824 23-12-33
4RC1 ANTENNA-VHF, 1 224 23-12-11
4RC2 ANTENNA-VHF, 2 154 23-12-11
4RC3 ANTENNA-VHF, 3 254 23-12-11
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12
3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 1
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 2
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF System - Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 3
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
R
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
Each VHF system is composed of:
- A transceiver
- A blade antenna.
The VHF system is associated with:
- The Radio Management Panels (RMP).
These are centralized systems which enable the frequency display of the
VHF system (Ref. 23-13).
- The Audio Management Unit (AMU) for connections to the audio integrating
and SELCAL systems (Ref. 23-51)
- The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (by the MCDU) which
is a centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32)
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) which indicates the
aircraft status (flight or ground) (Ref. 32-31)
- The System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) which collects
transmission data from the VHF system (Ref. 31-54).
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R
A. VHF1 System
The VHF1 system is supplied with 28VDC:
- From the 28VDC ESS BUS 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC1 located on the overhead panel 49VU, in the
cockpit.
In case of emergency the VHF1 system operates through the DC emergency
generation.
B. VHF2 System
- From the 28VDC BUS 2 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC2 located on the rear panel 121VU, in the
cockpit.
C. VHF3 System
- From the 28VDC BUS1 1PP (sub-busbar 101PP)
- Through circuit breaker 2RC3 located on the rear panel 121VU in the
cockpit.
5. Interface
_________

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 4
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF System - Block Diagram
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 5
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
VHF Systems - Power Supply
R Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 6
Nov 01/09

SYR
**ON A/C 001-002,
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of
system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 356, 377
and 030.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 030 |FREQUENCY | | | | | 200| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 7
Nov 01/09

SYR
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,

R
A. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of
system has anARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output.
This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
words from the RMPs. These words have a structure and a refresh rate
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 354,
356, 377.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 8
Nov 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 354 |LRU | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| 356 |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
| |MESSAGE | | | | | 250|ISO5| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The equipment code of the VHF tranceiver is 016.

These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 9
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
6. _____________________
A. VHF Transceiver
R (1) VHF transceiver-Description

The VHF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications.
The case size is 3MCU.
R
**ON A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C 001-002,
R (a) VHF transceiver face

The face features :
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- A SQ/TEST pushbutton switch
- A red warning light: DATA IN
- A green indicator light: COM
- A red warning light: COM
- A transportation handle
- An identification plate.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 10
Nov 01/10

SYR
VHF Transceiver
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 11
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF Transceiver
Figure 005A

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 12
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (a) VHF transceiver face

The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
- Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
- A TEST pushbutton switch to manually trigger tests
- A FAIL LRU red indicator light:
This light comes on when the continuous or/and manually
triggered tests detect a malfunction in the transceiver and not
in the inputs (discrete or ARINC 429 bus)
- A FAIL IN red indicator light:
This light comes on when the VHF transceiver detects a
malfunction in the inputs (DFS ARINC 429 bus)
- A PASS green indicator light:
This light comes on when the continuous or/and manually
triggered tests do not detect any malfunctions
- A VSWR red indicator light:
This light comes on when the transceiver measures a Voltage
Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) larger than 2:1
- A TX green indicator light:
This light comes on when the transceiver is transmitting
- A RX green indicator light:
This light comes on when the transceiver is receiving
- A handle
**ON A/C ALL
R (b) VHF transceiver back

The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
- The automatic test circuits (Top Plug TP)
- The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
- The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
(2) Characteristics
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various
control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply with ARINC 429.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000
and 136.975 MHz with 8,33 KHz spacing between channels (it has a
possibility of 2278 channels).
(3) Operation

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 13
Nov 01/10

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-12-00

Page 14
Nov 01/09

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-12-00

Page 15
Nov 01/09

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-12-00

Page 16
Nov 01/09

SYR
**ON A/C 003-003,
(a) General operation

The transceiver consists of five sections:
- Transmit/Receive (T-R) switch and filter
- Receiver
- Receiver/synthesizer
- Transmitter synthesizer - I/Q modulator - I/Q modulator filter
- Transmitter.
In Receive mode:
The VDR (VHF Data Radio) RF module amplifies and converts RF
signal received by the antenna into intermediate frequency (I-F)
and analog signals to make it processed by the digital-signal
processor (DSP) of the main processor module.
In Transmit mode:
The RF module modulates the analog signals provided by the DSP
section onto RF signals for transmission through the antenna.
The main processor module sends selection voltage to the
transmitter and control signal to the receiver synthesizer to
control the transmit/receive switch and filter.
The received signal in the transmit/receive switch and filter is
checked by the main processor preselector tune coming through the
receiver.
Channel spacing selection and DSP automatic gain control (AGC)
from the main processor module control IF and audio outputs
produced in the receiver.
The synthesizer data from the main processor controls the
receiver synthesizer and the transmitter synthesizer.
The receiver synthesizer data from the main processor provides
the first local oscillator (L.O) frequency output to the
transmit/receive switch and filter.
After the VDR detects that the microphone is in the transmit
position for a duration longer than 30 seconds, 1KHz interrupted
tone (1/2 second on, 1/2 second off) is emitted for five seconds
via the audio/sidetone output. After a total of 35 seconds, the
VDR turns off the transmitter and the 1KHz interrupted sidetone.
To reactivate the transmitter, the microphone PUSH-TO-TALK button
must be released and then rekeyed.
(b) Not Applicable

R

EFF :

003-003, 23-12-00

Page 17
May 01/07

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1097 For A/C 003-003,
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through:

- The receiver
- The power amplifier
- The synthesizer
- The microprocessor.
The FM Immunity Filter:
- Is a high-pass filter with a stop band attenuation at 108 MHz
greater than 10 dB.
- This filter prevents interference from high-power FM broadcast
stations.
The antenna switch:
- Routes the input signal from the antenna to the receiver via
the FM immunity filter in the receive mode
- Connects the power amplifier RF output to the antenna in the
transmit mode.
The transceiver has two serial inputs: a port A serial input and
a port B serial input. It can therefore be controlled through
either input depending on the status of a discrete delivered by
the frequency control system.
The data corresponding to the frequency selected on the RMP is
sent to the transceiver in the form of a 32-bit serial word
through an ARINC 429 bus. This serial word contains the label,
the source/destination identifier, the frequency data, the status
and the parity bit. Each serial word is applied to an ARINC 429
receiver made up of differential amplifiers. These amplifiers
convert the ARINC data into TTL logic signals for analysis by the
microprocessor. After acquisition of these signals, the
microprocessor supplies tuning data to the synthesizer in BCD
form. The synthesizer processes these data and then generates a
frequency to tune the receiver and the power amplifier to the
RMP-selected frequency.
(a) Receive mode

The signal is applied to one of two low-pass filters. Selection
of the low band or high band filter is made depending on the
received frequency (118 to 127.975 Mhz or 128 to 136.975Mhz).
These filters prevent the undesired frequencies from being fed
back to the antenna. After filtering, the signal is applied to a
first mixer where it is mixed with the signal from the frequency
synthesizer. This first IF output is then filtered by a crystal
filter and amplified (40 dB of gain depending on AGC).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 18
May 01/07
R
SYR
The signal is then applied to a second mixer. This mixer receives
the modulated 20.025Mhz signal and a 9.325 Mhz frequency signal
produced by a crystal oscillator.
The output provides a second IF signal of 10.7Mhz.
This second IF signal is filtered and amplified twice before
detection. Both IF amplifiers provide a gain of 70 dB.
The complete amplification channel provides a total gain of
110dB.
The modulated signal is then applied to a detection circuit and
to a buffer amplifier. This detection circuit also controls the
AGC circuit which controls the IF amplifier gain. The buffer
amplifier output demodulated signal is applied to the data
circuit and audio circuit.
(b) Transmit mode

The signal from the microphone or data circuit is applied to a
low-pass filter and compressor. The compressor maintains a
constant modulation percentage (90%) regardless of the audio
input level.
The compressor output is fed to one input of the feedback
amplifier. The other input is fed by the forward power output of
the directional coupler. Both inputs are compared in the feedback
amplifier to provide a linearized output. The output of the
feedback amplifier is applied to one input of a variable
attenuator which receives the Radio Frequency (RF) from the
synthesizer on the other input.
The RF signal is modulated in amplitude after it has been fed
into the variable attenuator by the regulated audio signal.
This signal is then amplified, filtered and sent to the antenna
via a solid-state TR switch.
**ON A/C ALL
(c) Receiver
**ON A/C 001-002,
(d) Frequency synthesizer

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The frequency synthesizer consists of two phase/frequency locked
loops. The low frequency loop provides a low-noise reference
frequency controlled by a crystal.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 19
May 01/07
R
SYR
VHF Transceiver - Frequency Synthesizer - Block Diagram
Figure 006

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 20
May 01/07

SYR
The VHF VCO (voltage control oscillator) is then locked to this
reference and provides excitation for the transmitter and
receiver mixer, free of noise and spurious signals. In addition
to frequency control functions per 429 frequency data, the LF
loop performs lock-monitoring and transmit-enable functions for
transmitter control.
1
_ Low frequency loop (LF)
To ensure synthesizer frequency stability and accuracy, all
frequencies are referenced to a 2.56 MHz crystal oscillator.
The synthesizer LSI (large scale integrator) receives
frequency inputs from the reference oscillator and LF VCO and
performs a phase/frequency comparison based on channel
frequency data received from the microprocessor. The
phase/frequency detector output is filtered to remove
reference frequency components and applied to the VCO.
The LF VCO is a high Q, stable, varactor tuned oscillator
which responds to tuning voltage from the synthesizer. Gain
and isolation for the VCO output are provided for the buffer
amplifier and two drivers which supply VCO outputs to the LSI
and the VHF loop.
In addition to the primary function of frequency control, the
LSI provides several secondary functions. The phase-lock
status of the LF loop is monitored in the LSI. These functions
are then combined with PTT information to prohibit
transmissions on invalid frequencies.
2
_ VHF loop
The VHF VCO, similar to the LF VCO, is a high Q low-noise
oscillator controlled by a varactor. This oscillator is tuned
by tuning voltage from the loop filter.
The frequency range of the VCO is:
- 118.000 MHz to 136.975 MHz in the transmit mode
- 139.400 MHz to 158.375 MHz in the receive mode.
To maintain high spectral purity, the VHF VCO output passes to
a buffer amplifier prior to further amplification.
The 1mW RF output is switched to either transmitter or
receiver in response to PTT information and loop lock data.
A third driver amplifier applies VHF VCO frequencies to a
fixed divider (by 10) for application to a high-speed
phase/frequency detector. In the detector the signal is
compared with the reference signal from the LF loop.
The phase/frequency detector outputs are filtered and applied
to the VHF VCO for fine tuning. Use of the high-speed
phase/frequency detector in the high gain VHF loop allows use
of a wide-band phase-locked loop. A second output from the

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 21
May 01/07

SYR
phase/frequency detector is sent to the LF board for lock
monitoring.
(e) Audio processing

(Ref. Fig. 007)
The microphone input-circuit provides excitation and couples
voice modulation to the compressor circuits. The compressor
circuits level the range of input signal amplitudes to maintain a
high level of modulation without overmodulating. The compressed
signal is amplified and applied to the modulator located on the
transmitter assembly. Data inputs are similarly processed and
applied to the modulator.
In addition to transmitted audio or data control, final receiver
audio amplification and filtering are performed on this circuit
board. Service adjustments are provided for data and voice audio
output levels in accordance with ARINC requirements.
**ON A/C 001-002,
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
(e) Audio processing

(Ref. Fig. 007A)
The microphone input-circuit provides excitation and couples
voice modulation to the compressor circuits. The compressor
circuits level the range of input signal amplitudes to maintain a
high level of modulation without overmodulating. The compressed
signal is amplified and applied to the modulator located on the
transmitter assembly. Data inputs are similarly processed and
applied to the modulator.
In addition to transmitted audio or data control, final receiver
audio amplification and filtering are performed on this circuit
board. Service adjustments are provided for data and voice audio
output levels in accordance with ARINC requirements.

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 22
May 01/07

SYR
VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
Figure 007

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 23
May 01/07
R
SYR
VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
Figure 007A

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 24
May 01/07

SYR
**ON A/C 001-002,
(f) Data interface

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The data interface board receives the 32 bit, BCD coded serial
word from the RMP. This serial word is input to the port selector
which selects either port A (onside port) or port B (offside
port) as specified by the select discrete of the RMP. The
selected bipolar signal is converted and passed to the 429 LSI.
The 429 LSI performs the function of receiving all 32 bits and
latching the tuning word in a buffer. It then interrupts the
processor where the received tuning word is checked for proper
label, SDI, word status and channel frequency data. If the word
is determined to be acceptable, it is used to tune the
transceiver.
The 429 LSI is also used to receive centralized fault display
system (CFDS) commands and maintenance data via a bit 429 input
port. The maintenance data is received continuously in normal
mode from the centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
and it provides information about the aircraft environment which
is recorded in the fault memory when a fault is detected by the
transceiver. In menu mode, commands from the CFDS are received on
this port and the transceiver outputs 429 words to display a menu
on the multipurpose control and display unit (MCDU). In the
normal mode, the transceiver sends fault message information to
the CFDIU when a fault is continuously detected for two seconds,
and the fault along with the aircraft environment information is
stored in nonvolatile memory. In addition to frequency and 429
BITE port management, the fault analysis is performed by the
microcomputer. The microcomputer interrogates various functions
on the other modules within the transceiver. The sampled analog
and digital information is processed to determine fault
priorities; failures are indicated with LED indicator for visual
display.

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 25
May 01/07
R
SYR
VHF Transceiver - Data Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 008

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 26
May 01/07
R
SYR
**ON A/C 001-002,
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
(f) Data interface

(Ref. Fig. 008A)
The data interface board receives the 32 bit, BCD coded serial
word from the RMP. This serial word is input to the port selector
which selects either port A (onside port) or port B (offside
port) as specified by the select discrete of the RMP. The
selected bipolar signal is converted and passed to the 429 LSI.
The 429 LSI performs the function of receiving all 32 bits and
latching the tuning word in a buffer. It then interrupts the
processor where the received tuning word is checked for proper
label, SDI, word status and channel frequency data. If the word
is determined to be acceptable, it is used to tune the
transceiver.
The 429 LSI is also used to receive centralized fault display
system (CFDS) commands and maintenance data via a bit 429 input
port. The maintenance data is received continuously in normal
mode from the centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
and it provides information about the aircraft environment which
is recorded in the fault memory when a fault is detected by the
transceiver. In menu mode, commands from the CFDS are received on
this port and the transceiver outputs 429 words to display a menu
on the multipurpose control and display unit (MCDU). In the
normal mode, the transceiver sends fault message information to
the CFDIU when a fault is continuously detected for two seconds,
and the fault along with the aircraft environment information is
stored in nonvolatile memory. In addition to frequency and 429
BITE port management, the fault analysis is performed by the
microcomputer. The microcomputer interrogates various functions
on the other modules within the transceiver. The sampled analog
and digital information is processed to determine fault
priorities. In BITE DISPLAY mode, in the event of a detected
failure, additional help screens are provided on the LCD of the
front panel of the VDR to locate the detected failure to a
module.
**ON A/C 001-002,
(4) Test
After installation, the correct operation of the transceiver is
checked by means of the SQ/TEST pushbutton switch.
When you press this pushbutton switch:
- The squelch is disabled which causes background noise to be heard

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 27
May 01/07

SYR
VHF Transceiver - Data Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 008A

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 28
May 01/07

SYR
- The COM annunciator lights (red and green), the DATA IN warning
light (red) come on (for 3 seconds approximately).
When you release this pushbutton switch:
- All the lights go off and the test is performed (for 3 seconds
approximately).
As soon as the test is completed, the lights show the results:
PASS - Green COM
FAIL - Red COM
FAIL - Red DATA IN.
**ON A/C 001-002,
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
(4) Test Various tests are continuously performed both on hardware and
software elements, including voltage level timing, algorithms and
discrete signals. the tranceiver status is displayed on the VDR and
on the CFDIU. The functional test can be started from the tranceiver
front panel with the two pushbutton switches.
**ON A/C 001-003,
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
(5) Software loading mode The sofware program is loaded into a

non-volatile memory from a program card when this card is inserted
into tranceiver front panel. The front panel pushbutton switches and
LCD display are used to control this operation.
**ON A/C ALL
B. VHF Antenna
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The VHF antenna is a white blade antenna. It weighs 1.2 kg.
This antenna is composed of:
- An aluminum base plate
- A laminated radome
- A duralinox leading edge
- A C-type coaxial connector surrounded by a seal.
The antenna is connected to the transceiver by means of a coaxial
cable. It is screwed on to the fuselage. The attachment screws ensure
the electrical bonding.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 29
May 01/07

SYR
VHF Antenna
Figure 009

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 30
May 01/07

SYR
(2) Operation
The VHF antenna, the height of which corresponds to a quarter of the
wavelength, provides a quasi-omnidirectional radiation.
This antenna allows the transmission and reception of VHF signals
over the 116 to 156 MHz frequency range. Its impedance is 50 ohms and
its standing-wave ratio is lower than 2 over the 118 to 137 MHz VHF
frequency range.
7. Operation
_________
A. Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the
stations. These signals are transmitted to the transceiver by a coaxial
cable.
The transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP (Ref. 23-13)
demodulates the VHF received signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU to the audio equipment or
SELCAL system.
B. Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the VHF
transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP transforms
the AF signals into VHF modulated signals.
The VHF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the VHF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record
the use of the VHF system in transmit mode. The connection is obtained
through the PTT switch.
8. Test
____
**ON A/C 001-002,
A. Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently VHF system status and an identification message
to the CFDIU
- Memorizes the failures occured during the last 63 flight legs
- Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP and CFDIU)
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
- Can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 31
May 01/07

SYR
The BITE has two operation modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous
status of the VHF system. It transmits these information signals to
the CFDIU during the flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals
in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 100 ms
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) Menu mode

This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF
transceiver BITE. This is by means of the MCDU of the maintenance
system.
The VHF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
- A LAST LEG REPORT
- The PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
- The LRU IDENTIFICATION
- A TEST.
R
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,

R
**ON A/C 001-002, 004-099,
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,

R
(Ref. Fig. 010)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 32
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF System - BITE Monitoring
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 33
May 01/07
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,

R
A. Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently the VHF system status and an identification
message to the CFDIU
- Memorizes the failures occured during the last 63 flight legs
- Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU)
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and the result
of the self-tests
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through menus.
The BITE has two operation modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

In normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the VHF system. It transmits these information signals to the
CFDIU during the flight.
(max) through an ARINC 429 message with label 356.
(2) Menu mode

This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF
transceiver BITE, through the MCDU (maintenance menu).
In menu mode, the VHF menu gives access to these pages:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- LRU IDENTIFICATION
- GND SCANNING
- CLASS 3 FAULTS
- TEST
- GROUND REPORT

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 34
Nov 01/09

SYR
R
R **ON A/C ALL
R C. Functional Description
R (1) LAST LEG REPORT
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 011A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R This report contains the Class 1 and 2 internal and external faults
R recorded during the last flight.
R (2) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 012A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R The messages shown on this report are identical to those given in the
R paragraph above but they are related to the faults that occurred
R during the last 63 flights.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 35
Nov 01/10

SYR
VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 36
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 011A

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 37
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 38
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
Figure 012A

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 39
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
R (3) LRU IDENTIFICATION
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 013)
R **ON A/C 004-099,
R (Ref. Fig. 013A)
R **ON A/C 001-003,
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 013B)
R **ON A/C ALL
R This report displays the Part Number (P/N) and the Serial Number
R (S/N).
R (4) GROUND SCANNING
R **ON A/C 001-003,
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 014)
R **ON A/C ALL
R This function is used to monitor and detect anomalies on the ground.
R (5) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
R **ON A/C 001-003,
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 015)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 40
Nov 01/10

SYR
VHF system - LRU IDENT
Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 41
Nov 01/09

SYR
R Figure 013A

R

EFF :

004-099, 23-12-00

Page 42
Nov 01/09

SYR
R Figure 013B

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 43
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - GND SCANNING
R Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 44
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
R Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 45
Nov 01/09

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
R This function is used to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault

R to detect any software bug. Two types of data are displayed on the
R MCDU:
R - Correlation parameters, which are the date and the UTC.
R - Snapshot data.
R (6) CLASS 3 FAULTS
R **ON A/C 001-003,
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 016)
R **ON A/C ALL
R This report contains the Class 3 internal and external faults

R recorded during the last flight.
R (7) TEST
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 017)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 017A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R A VHF built-in functional test can be initiated by pushing, on the

R MCDU, the line key adjacent to the TEST indication on the VHF
R maintenance sub-menu. The test sequence is shown on the figure.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 46
Nov 01/10

SYR
VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
R Figure 016

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 47
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - TEST
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-002, 23-12-00

Page 48
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF system - TEST
Figure 017A

R

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 49
Nov 01/09

SYR
R (8) GROUND REPORT
R **ON A/C 001-003,
R Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
R **ON A/C ALL
R This function is used to display Class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when

R they are detected on the ground. These faults differ from these
R faults displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and CLASS 3 FAULTS. The
R figure shows examples of internal faults recorded on the ground by
R the VHF system.
R (9) SPECIFIC DATA

R This report displays the total flight time. The BITE system is used
through one of the two MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 (Ref. ATA 22-82-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 50
Nov 01/10

SYR
VHF system - GROUND REPORT
R Figure 018

R

EFF :

001-003, 23-12-00

Page 51
Nov 01/09

SYR
VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________
TASK 23-12-00-710-001
Operational Test of the VHF System
_______

____
NOTE : The transmission and reception test of the VHF system is the same for
____
all the crew stations. You must do the test at each station.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate
correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 501
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-050
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
R (2) Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel at all the crew
stations.
Subtask 23-12-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
_______
Subtask 23-12-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the VHF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1: On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green LED on this pushbutton
pushbutton switch. switch comes on.
- The SEL indicator light (amber LED)
comes on only for the VHF2 system.

transmits.

this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
2. On the ACP of the station under On the ACP:

maintenance:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 (VHF2, - The reception pushbutton switch comes
VHF3) reception pushbutton fully out and comes on.
switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the VHF1 (VHF2, - The reception you can hear must
VHF3) reception pushbutton change smoothly without interference.
switch clockwise.
- Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD

and hold it in this position
(You can do this operation on
the PTT switch of the sidestick
station).
- Speak in the boomset microphone. - Make sure that the transmission is

correct.
- Release the INT/RAD switch (or - The INT/RAD switch comes back to the
the PTT switch on the sidestick center position.
station).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-00-860-051-A
(1) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
and the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception pushbutton switch.
(2) On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3) Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-12-00-740-001
BITE Test of the VHF System
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the VHF system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-052

002).
(2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
(3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 505
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-12-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-002,
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the VHF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The VHF-1 (2) page comes into view.
the VHF1 (VHF2) indication.
2. On the VHF-1 (2) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - After some seconds the NO FAULT
the TEST indication. DETECTED indication comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:
- On the MCDU, push the line key

adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 506
May 01/11

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1091 For A/C 001-002,
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050-A
A. BITE Test of the VHF System
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The VHF-1 (2, 3) page comes into
the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) view.
indication.
2. On the VHF-1 (2, 3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - After some seconds the TEST OK
the TEST indication. indication comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:

**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-00-862-051
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 507
May 01/11

SYR
VHF SYSTEM - REPAIRS
____________________
TASK 23-12-00-370-001
Repair of VHF Antenna
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific emery cloth, 320 degrees

No specific masking paper
Material No. 05-065 C Z-24.380
EROSION PROTECTIVE TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-010 USA TT-I-735 GRADE A
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-018
POLYURETHANE FINNISH PAINT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-059 F AIMS 04-04-013
LOW VOC EXT.TOP COAT FOR TWO COAT SYSTEMS
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 801
Nov 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-11-000-001 Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)

23-12-11-000-002 Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
R
23-12-11-400-001 Installation of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
23-12-11-400-002 Installation of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
R
24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
CMM 231211
SIL 34-058
SRM 515712
23-12-00-991-001 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-861-052
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-12-00-010-050
B. If necessary, remove the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001) or

(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 802
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 23-12-00-991-001)
R Subtask 23-12-00-370-050-A
R A. Repair of VHF Antenna
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
_______
R AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
R IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH
R OR IN YOUR EYES :
R -FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15
R MINUTES.
R -GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
R DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF
R HEAT.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE
R AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R NOTE : In case of erosion, the antenna can be repaired with:

____
R - paint
R or
R - anti-erosion tape
R (1) If the antenna shows paint cracks or any other physical damage
R outside the authorized area for repair, the antenna must be replaced:
R (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-001)
R or
R (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002)
R (2) Apply the paint:
R (a) Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010)
R and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (b) Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
R No. 08-074) to the adjacent components and areas.
R (c) Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320 degrees.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 803
Aug 01/11

SYR
VHF Antenna
Figure 801/TASK 23-12-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 804
Nov 01/09

SYR
R (d) Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-010) and
R a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
R THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
R USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A
R MASK.
R (e) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-018) or

R STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-059) on the authorized area.
R NOTE : For the geometrical details of the authorized area use the
____
R Service Information Letter (Ref. SIL 34-058).
R 1
_ Make sure that the thickness of the paint layer is not more
R than 0.35 mm (0.0137 in.).
R 2
_ The paint layer must be of the same colour as the original
R (Ref. CMM 231211).
R (3) Apply anti-erosion tape:
R (a) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-065) on the

R authorized area (Ref. SRM 515712).
R NOTE : The procedure to apply the anti-erosion tape is similar to

____
R the procedure described in the Structure Repair Manual.
R The anti-erosion tape can be an electro-static discharger
R to the antenna. After the anti-erosion tape is installed,
R if the flight crew reports static noise on VHF Antenna,
R the tape must be removed.
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-12-00-410-050-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) If necessary, install the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002) or

R (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-001).
R (2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 805
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-12-00-862-052
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-00

Page 806
Nov 01/09

SYR
ANTENNA - VHF (4RC1,4RC2,4RC3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-12-11-000-001
Removal of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 4RC1
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 401
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4RC1
FOR 4RC2
Subtask 23-12-11-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Get access to the VHF Antennas:

FOR 4RC1
put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 220.
FOR 4RC2
find the VHF antenna 4RC2 at Zone 154.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-11-020-050
A. Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC1
R (1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
R (2) Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage
R structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
R (3) Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).
R (4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
R (4)
R (5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector
R (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 402
Nov 01/09

SYR
R VHF Antennas
Figure 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 403
May 01/05

SYR
(6) Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and
attach it to the fuselage.
R (7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(8) Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-020-054
B. Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC2
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) and (7) with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (6) and (7) from the antenna (1).
R (4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
R (4).
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector
(2).
(8) Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 404
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-12-11-400-001
Installation of the VHF Antennas (4RC1) and (4RC2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013A C Z-24.223

RELEASE AGENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-019B USA AMS 3267
R LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 405
Nov 01/10

SYR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 O-ring 23-12-11 01 -010
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

23-12-00-710-001 Operational Test of the VHF System
R 23-12-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone
220.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 4RC1
FOR 4RC2

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 406
Nov 01/09

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-12-11-910-052
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(2) Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the
fuselage structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and the lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Apply the masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-074) to:
- the edge of the antenna (1)
- the holes of the screws (6) or (7)
R - the hole for the antenna connector (2).
(5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013A) to the bottom of
the antenna (1).
R (6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019B) to the area of the fuselage
adjacent to the antenna (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 407
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-12-11-420-051
B. Installation of the VHF Antennas 4RC1

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the
R antenna connector (2).
(2) Remove the masking tape from:

- The coaxial cable (5)
R - The holes of the screws (6)
R - The hole for the antenna connector (2).
condition.
R (4) Put the new O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (1).
R (5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).
R (6) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the
R fuselage structure.
R (7) Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.
R NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding
____
R between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
(8) Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure in not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
(9) Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 408
Nov 01/09

SYR
R (10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
R lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the base of the
antenna (1).
(14) Let the sealant become dry.
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
screw heads (6), and the antenna base seal.
NOTE : It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of

____
the antenna and on the head of the screws.
Subtask 23-12-11-420-054
C. Installation of the VHF Antenna 4RC2

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the
antenna connector (2).

- The holes of the screws (6) and (7)
- The hole for the antenna connector (2).
condition.
(4) Put the new O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (1).
(5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 409
Nov 01/10

SYR
(6) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) and (7) at
the fuselage structure.
(7) Tighten the screws (6) and (7) diagonally.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (6) and (7) give the electrical
____
bonding between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
fuselage structure in not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (6)
and (7).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the base of the
antenna (1).
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
screw heads (6) and (7), and the antenna base seal.

____
Subtask 23-12-11-865-052
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
R 121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
R
Subtask 23-12-11-710-050
R E. Test of the VHF System

R
R (1) Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-
001).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 410
Nov 01/10

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-11-942-050
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 411
May 01/05
R
SYR
TASK 23-12-11-000-002
Removal of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-074

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-11-991-003 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 412
May 01/05

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-12-11-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 254.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003)
Subtask 23-12-11-020-052
A. Removal of the VHF Antenna
(1) Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER -
NON METALLIC.
(2) Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage
structure with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(3) Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).
(4) Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector
(4).
(5) Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector
(2).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 413
Nov 01/10

SYR
VHF Antenna.
Figure 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 414
May 01/05
R
SYR
R (8) Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 415
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 23-12-11-400-002
Installation of the VHF Antenna (4RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73

RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-019 USA AMS 3267/3
NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 416
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 O-ring 23-12-11 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-005 Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.

23-12-11-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone
254.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 417
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-12-11-991-003)
Subtask 23-12-11-910-053

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(2) Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the
fuselage structure with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003).
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and the lint-free cloth
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(4) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074) at the
edge of the antenna (1), the holes of the screws (6) and the antenna
connector (2).
(5) Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to
the bottom of the antenna (1).
(6) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) on to the area of the
fuselage that interfaces with the antenna (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 418
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-12-11-420-052
B. Installation of the VHF Antenna

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and
from the antenna connector (2).

- The holes of the screws (6)
- The hole for the antenna connector (2).
condition.
R (4) Put the new O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the
antenna (1).
(5) Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the VHF antenna connector
(2).
(6) Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the
fuselage structure.
(7) Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.
NOTE : The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding
____
between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure.
fuselage structure is not more than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-005).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 419
May 01/11

SYR
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
R (12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
R (13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the base of the
R antenna (1).
R (15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to all of the sealed
R screw heads (6), and the antenna base seal.

____
Subtask 23-12-11-865-055
breaker(s):
2RC3.
Subtask 23-12-11-710-051
D. Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-11-942-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-11

Page 420
Nov 01/09

SYR
TRANSCEIVER - VHF (1RC1,1RC2,1RC3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-12-33-000-001
Removal of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-12-33-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
FOR 1RC2
FOR 1RC3

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-12-33-010-050
B. Get Access

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001-A)
Subtask 23-12-33-020-050
A. Removal of the VHF Transceiver
(3) Pull the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the
(4) Remove the VHF transceiver (5).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
VHF Transceiver
R Figure 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 403
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 23-12-33-400-001
Installation of the VHF Transceiver (1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-12-00-740-001 BITE Test of the VHF System
23-12-33-991-001-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-860-050


EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-12-33-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
FOR 1RC2
FOR 1RC3
R
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-12-33-991-001-A)

R
Subtask 23-12-33-420-050
A. Installation of the VHF Transceiver
correct condition.
(5) Install the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the
electrical connectors(1).

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 405
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-12-33-865-052-A
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RC1
FOR 1RC2
FOR 1RC3
R
Subtask 23-12-33-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-740-001)

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-12-33-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-12-33

Page 406
Nov 01/09

SYR
RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF, HF)
frequency control.
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance
computers (FMGC) for radio navigation frequencies control (VOR/DME, ILS,
MLS/GLS (if activated), ADF(if installed)).
R
R The aircraft is equipped with two RMPs which are identical and
R interchangeable.
R Full provision for a third RMP is installed on the aircraft.
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 23-1188 For A/C ALL
R They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance
R computers (FMGC) for radio navigation frequencies control (VOR/DME, LS,
R ADF(if installed)).
R The aircraft is equipped with three RMPs which are identical and
R interchangeable.
R **ON A/C ALL
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 23-1188 For A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
**ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 1
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Radio Management - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 2
Nov 01/01

SYR
R Radio Management - Component Location
R Figure 001A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 3
Nov 01/10

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1RG3 RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3 20VU 211 831 23-13-13
R **ON A/C ALL
3CA1 MCDU-1 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

3CA2 MCDU-2 11VU 211 831 22-82-12

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 4
Nov 01/10

SYR
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The radio management system is connected to:
- The VHF and HF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12 and 23-11)
- The VOR, DME, ADF (if installed) and ILS radio-navigation equipment (Ref.
34-55, 34-51, 34-53 and 34-36)
- The Flight Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) (Ref. 22-83)
- The Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
- The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31).
4. Electrical
_______________________
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C ALL
The RMP1 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC ESS bus 4PP (sub-busbar
401PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG1 on the overhead panel 49VU (in the
cockpit).
The RMP1 is supplied by the emergency system.
The RMP2 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
through 3A circuit breaker 2RG2 on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in
the cockpit).
R **ON A/C ALL
R The RMP3 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 1PP (sub-busbar 103PP)
R through 3A circuit breaker 2RG3 on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in
R the cockpit).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 5
Nov 01/10

SYR
Radio Management - Communication Architecture
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 6
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Radio Management - Navigation Architecture
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 7
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Radio Management - System Power Supply
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 8
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R Radio Management - System Power Supply
R Figure 004A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 9
Nov 01/10

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
5. _____________________
A. RMP External Description - Front face

(Ref. Fig. 005)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 005A)
**ON A/C ALL
Front face features:

- Two display windows. These windows have liquid crystal displays (LCD)
with a high contrast:
. ACTIVE frequency display for frequencies output by the RMP.
. STBY/CRS (standby/course) display for preset frequencies (and courses
for the VOR and the ILS).
- A pushbutton switch which permits the transfer of frequencies from one
display to the other.
- Five pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of
the VHF and HF systems.
- A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions between
the different RMPs.
- A dual selector knob for the selection of frequency and course.
- Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of
specific modes :
**ON A/C ALL
- A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions between

the different RMPs.
- A dual turbo tuning selector knob for the selection of frequency and
course proportionally to its rotation speed.
- Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of
specific modes :

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 10
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
RMP - Front Face
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 11
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
RMP - Front Face
Figure 005A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 12
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R .AM pushbutton switch for the HF system

R .BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (if installed)
R **ON A/C 003-099,
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system

.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (this pushbutton switch is not
used on the RMP2) (if installed)
R **ON A/C ALL
- A pushbutton switch with NAV selection feedback. A Plexiglas guard

protects this pushbutton switch. This pushbutton switch lets the
selection of the radio-navigation back up mode.
R **ON A/C 001-002,
R - Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of

R the radio navigation systems (VOR, ILS, ADF (if installed) and a
R provision)
R **ON A/C 003-099,
- Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of

the radio navigation systems (VOR, ILS, ADF (if installed) and a
provision)
The pushbutton switch corresponding to the ADF2 system is not used on
the RMP2.
R **ON A/C 003-099,
R Post SB 23-1188 For A/C 003-099,
- Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of

R the radio navigation systems (VOR, ILS, ADF (if installed) and a
R provision)
The pushbutton switch corresponding to the ADF2 system is not used on
the RMP2.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 13
Aug 01/11

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
- A latching ON/OFF switch to set the RMP to ON and to OFF.
B. RMP External Description - Back

The back is equipped with a round 55-pin connector.
C. Characteristics - Frequency ranges

(Ref. Fig. 006)
- VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 8,33 KHz or 25 KHz according to the pin prog
The KHz figure is not given with 25 KHz spacing.
- HF: narrow band 2.8 to 23.999 MHz or wide band 2 to 29.999 MHz,
according to the pin prog.
Channel width: 1 KHz or 100Hz according to the pin prog.
NOTE : For narrow band, the frequencies between 2 and 2.799 are
____
selectable for operating facilities but the HF transceiver could
not be tuned on these frequencies.
- ADF: 190 to 1750.5 KHz

Channel width: 0.5 KHz
- VOR : 108 to 117.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz
Between 108 and 112 MHz, the VOR frequencies are the ones in which the
figure corresponding to the tenths of MHz is even (e.f. 108.00, 108.05,
108.20... 111.85).
All the frequencies from 112 MHz included, which end in 50 KHz are VOR
frequencies.
Only the frequencies assigned to the VOR system can be displayed when
VOR is selected.
Course : 0 to 359⁰.
- ILS : 108 to 111.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz.
The ILS frequencies are the one in which the figure corresponding to
the tenths of MHz is odd (e.f. 108.10, 108.15, 108.30... 111.95).
Only the frequencies assigned to the ILS can be displayed when ILS is
selected.
Course : 0 to 359⁰.
D. Characteristics - Electrical power supply

Power: 27.5VDC
Placard: 5VAC
Selection feedback: 5VAC

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 14
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with 8.33 KHz
actived
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL

23-13-00 Page 15
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
E. Characteristics - Data transmission and reception
The RMP transmits and receives data in compliance with low speed ARINC
429 standards (between 12.5 and 14 kbits/s).
The radio-communication and the radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words having a structure and a refresh
rate defined in the ARINC characteristics related to these systems.
F. Characteristics - Light and display test

This test is initiated when you set the three-position INT LT/ANN LT
switch on the overhead panel 25VU in the cockpit to TEST (Ref. 33-10).
During the test:
- The displays show 8s on the RMP.
- All the selection feed back lights come on.
During the test, the RMP does not take into account selection made on its
front face. It transmits the data corresponding to its configuration at
the test initiation.
G. Characteristics - Micro power interruption and power supply cut-off

Any micro power interruption less than 200 ms has no influence on the
RMP. In the event of power supply cut-off, the RMP memorizes the context.
Consequently, the last configuration selected can be restored when the
power supply becomes available again.
H. Operation - General
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
- The normal mode (radio communication selection)
- The back up mode (radio communication and radio navigation selection).
J. Normal Mode - Frequency selection

(Ref. Fig. 007)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 007A)
**ON A/C ALL
The RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceiver.

- Selection of the transceiver is accompanied by a selection feedback and
the frequencies which have been previously selected and preset appear
in the ACTIVE and STBY/CRS display windows respectively.
- Only the preset frequency can be modified by means of the dual selector
knob.
- When the preset frequency corresponds to the desired value, you press
the transfer pushbutton to render it active. The displayed values are
then changed over and the RMP modifies its output data accordingly.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 16
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 17
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
Figure 007A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 18
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R K. Normal Mode - SEL indicator light
It is possible to control the operating frequency of any transceiver
through one RMP. Nevertheless each RMP is more particularly allocated to
one or several systems:
If 2 RMPs are installed:
- The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 and HF1(*) transceivers
- The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2, VHF3(*) and HF2(*) transceiver.
(* = if installed)
**ON A/C ALL
If 3 RMPs are installed:

- The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 transceiver
- The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2 transceiver
- The RMP3 is associated with the VHF3(*), HF1(*) and HF2(*)
transceivers.
(* = if installed)
**ON A/C ALL
Each time the system operates in a different configuration (cross

selection), the SEL indicator lights on the two RMPs concerned come on
(e.g. when the VHF2 transceiver is selected on the RMP1, the SEL
indicator lights on the RMP1 and the RMP2 come on).
R
R L. Normal Mode - AM mode selection

The AM pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the selection of
the AM mode (amplitude modulation) for the HF transceivers.
This pushbutton is inoperative unless an HF transceiver has been
previously selected on the same RMP.
The selection is memorized when another system is selected.
The other RMPs take into account this selection through their dialogue
buses.
If AM mode is not selected , the default mode is USB.
R
R M. Normal Mode - ON/OFF latching switch

The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of the ON/OFF
latching switch (OFF position). When the RMP1 or the RMP2 is off, it
becomes transparent for the RMP3. The de-activated RMP then directly
connects (by means of internal relays) the RMP3 communication buses to
the VHF and HF transceivers.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 19
May 01/11

SYR
R N. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Mode selection
R
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
**ON A/C ALL
It is possible to select this mode when you press the NAV pushbutton
switch (protected by a grid-type guard to avoid unwanted selections).
The selection is accompanied by a selection feedback.
This selection has no effect on the display (the same radio communication
transceiver remains selected) but the values on the RMP radio-navigation
output bus are modified. These values are no longer the values delivered
by the FMGC but those memorized by the RMP (i.e. values previously
selected in radio-navigation back-up mode).
It is not possible to select radio-navigation equipment unless the
radio-navigation back-up mode has been previously selected.
**ON A/C ALL
The selection of this mode is possible only on the RMP1 and the RMP2.
**ON A/C ALL
R P. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Frequency and course selection for radio

R navigation equipment
The selection of a radio navigation system is accompanied by a selection
feedback.
The frequency previously selected in radio-navigation back-up mode for
this system is displayed.
For the ADF, there is only a selection of frequency. This selection is
the same as for the VHF and HF transceivers (if installed) (Ref. para. 5.
(3) (a) 1_ Frequency selection).
If ADF 1 is not installed, a hard pin-prog on the RMP will inform this
one about NO ADF configuration.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 20
May 01/11

SYR
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 21
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Figure 008A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 22
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
This programming must be done on all RMPs. Then the ADF keys shall not be
usable on the RMP 1.
In addition a label 040 will be generated by the RMP to inform
accordingly the CFDIU and other peripherals.
For the VOR and the ILS, there is a selection of frequency and course as
described in figure
(Ref. Fig. 008)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
**ON A/C ALL
There is no selection for the DME : the DME receives the VOR and ILS
frequencies from the RMP with the corresponding label.
The DME then operates with the DME frequencies associated with the VOR
and ILS frequencies.
R
R Q. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - BFO mode selection

A BFO pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the selection of
the BFO mode (Beat Frequency Oscillator) for the ADF system. This
pushbutton switch is inoperative unless the ADF has been previously
selected.
This selection is memorized when another system is selected.
R
R R. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Frequency selection for radio

R communication transceivers
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the radio-communication systems can be
selected as in normal mode.
Transition from a radio-navigation system to a radio-communication system
does not require de-activation of the back-up mode.
When a radio navigation system is selected, the SEL indicator light
continues to indicate the configurations described in paragraph 5. (3)
(a) 2_ SEL indicator light.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 23
May 01/11

SYR
6. _________
Operation
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
- The normal mode
- The radio-navigation back-up mode.
A. Normal Mode
(Ref. Fig. 009)
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceivers.
The operating frequencies of all the transceivers can be displayed and
modified on one RMP.
The RMPs exchange the various frequencies selected for the transceivers
through dialogue buses.
Any new selection made on one RMP is taken into account by the other.
Each RMP has two output buses connected to the radio communication
equipment:
- The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1, VHF3 (if fitted) and HF1 (if
fitted) frequencies.
- The RMP2(1) COM BUS 2 delivers the VHF2 and HF2 (if fitted)
frequencies.
Each transceiver receives the appropriate output bus from the RMP1 and
RMP2.
The transceiver only takes into account one of the two signals (depending
on the status of a discrete received from the RMP1 or 2).
In the event of failure of one RMP, the reconfiguration is possible to
control the radio communication equipment.
(Ref. Fig. 010)
**ON A/C ALL
In addition, the RMP1 or the RMP2 (set to OFF) can be made transparent
for the RMP3 (its output buses are linked to the RMP1 and RMP2 only).
In the event of failures of one or two RMPs, the reconfigurations are
possible to control the radio communication equipment.
(Ref. Fig. 010A)
**ON A/C ALL
B. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode

This mode is selected in the event of failure of both FMGCs, on the RMP1
and the RMP2 only.
In addition to normal mode functions it also enables the frequency
control of the radio navigation equipment :
- On Captain side (VOR1, DME1, ILS1, ADF1(*)) for the RMP1
- On First Officer side (VOR2, DME2, ILS2, ADF2(*)) for the RMP2.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 24
May 01/11
R
SYR
Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
Figure 009

R

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 25
Nov 01/10

SYR
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 26
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-13-00

Page 27
Nov 01/10

SYR
R Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
R Figure 010A (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 28
Nov 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 29
Nov 01/10

SYR

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 30
Nov 01/10

SYR
(*) if installed
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 transmit on a dedicated output bus the frequencies
to the radio navigation equipment. In addition, the RMP1 (RMP2) receives
the FMGC1 (FMGC2) management bus.
In normal mode, these input and output are directly interconnected by
means of internal relays. The RMP is thus transparent to the onside FMGC.
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the output bus transmits frequencies
generated by the RMP.
Each radio-navigation system receives the output bus from the onside RMP
and the management bus from the offside FMGC. Only one input is taken
into account according to the status of a discrete received from the RMP.
This enables reconfigurations in case of failure of one or two FMGCs.
(Ref. Fig. 012)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 exchange, through the dialogue buses, the frequency
and the course for the ILS: the selected values are identical for the
ILS1 and the ILS2 at selection of the back-up mode on the RMP1 and the
RMP2.
The ILS course and frequency are the only radio-navigation data exchanged
through the dialogue buses.
7. Interface
_________
A. Connection with the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)

The RMP1 is linked to the CFDS by means of two buses:
- The RMP1 receives a bus from the CFDIU which transmits general
parameters (UTC, date, flight phase etc.) and interrogations (selection
of the menu mode, etc.).
- The RMP1 then transmits these data to the RMP2 through its output
dialogue bus.
- The RMP1 output bus sent to the VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) is
also connected to the CFDIU.
In addition to VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) frequencies, the
RMP1 transmits system maintenance data through this bus.
When the CFDIU interrogates the RMP2, this RMP transmits the data (menu
pages, data pages, etc.) to the RMP1 through its dialogue output bus.
The RMP1 then transmits these data to the CFDIU.
Each RMP receives a discrete giving the landing gear configuration.
The RMP1 receives this discrete from the LGCIU1 (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit) and the RMP2 from the LGCIU2.
Each RMP uses this discrete for confirmation of the flight phase
information coming from the CFDIU.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 31
May 01/11
R
SYR
Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 32
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-13-00

Page 33
Nov 01/10

SYR
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration
Figure 012 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 34
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 35
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
B. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words. These words have a structure
and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 356 and
377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037 and 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100,
033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The following table gives:
- SYS LABEL SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the
parameter is available
- PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
- RANGE ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum value transmitted. When
the digital value changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
- UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
- SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
- DATA BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
- UPD/MSEC: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given
in milliseconds
- CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
- ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
- SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 36
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 030 | VHF |118-136.975 |MHz | | 18 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 037 | HF |2.8-24 |MHz | | 18 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 035 | DME |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |135.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 032 | ADF |190-1750 |KHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | FREQ | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 034 | VOR |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |117.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 024 | VOR CRS |0-359 |Deg | 3 | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 100 | VOR CRS |0-359 |Deg | 12 | 11 | 180| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 033 | ILS |108.00 | | | | | | | |
| | FREQ |111.95 |MHz | | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 017 | ILS CRS |0-359.9 |Deg | 4 | 15 | 180| BCD| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 105 | ILS CRS |0-359.9 |Deg | 11 | 11 | 180| BNR| | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 356 |BITE | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | 100| BNR| | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 377 |EQUIP | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENT | | | | |1000| BCD| | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 37
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
B. Output Interface
(1) Digital Outputs

The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the
frequency and course data through words. These words have a structure
and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047,
356, 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047,
377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100,
033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LABEL | Parameter/Def. | Word range | Unit | Rate | Code | Source Orig | Bit|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 030 |VHF FREQ 25KHz | 118-136.975| MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 047 |VHF FREQ 8.33KHz| 118-136.975| MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 037 | HF FREQ | 2.8 - 24 | MHz | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
| 035 | DME FREQ | 108-135.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 032 | ADF FREQ | 190 - 1750 | KHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 040 | 0 ADF option| | | 190ms| | BUS COM 1 | 11 |
| 034 | VOR FREQ | 108-117.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 024 | VOR CRS | 0 - 359 | deg | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 100 | VOR CRS | 0 - 359 | deg | 150ms| BNR | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 033 | ILS FREQ | 108-111.95 | MHz | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 017 | ILS FREQ | 0 - 359.9 | deg | 150ms| BCD | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 105 | ILS CRS | 0 - 359.9 | deg | 150ms| BNR | BUS NAV 1/2 | |
| 356 | BITE STATUS | | | 190ms| ISO | BUS COM 1 | |
| 377 | EQUIP IDENT | | | 190ms| BCD | BUS COM 1/2 | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 38
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COM PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO COM GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV PORT SELECT GND/O.C. RADIO NAV GND = PORT B

EQUIPMENT SELECT
NAV CONTROL GND/O.C. FMGC GND = RMP FAIL
R 8. Test
____
R A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and
identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display
Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the
CFDIU.
- Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments.
- Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests.
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
R B. General Operation
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the RMP. It transmits these information signals to the CFDIU
during the concerned flight.
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356, and label 377 with equipment
id:36.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 39
May 01/11

SYR
(2) Menu mode
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by
means of the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
- TEST.
**ON A/C ALL
R A. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)

The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and
identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display
Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
- Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the
CFDIU.
- Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight
segments.
- Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
- Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and
self-tests.
- Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
R B. General Operation
The BITE can operate in two modes:
- The normal mode
- The menu mode.
(1) Normal mode

In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status
of the RMP. It transmits these information signals to the CFDIU
during the concerned flight.
by an ARINC 429 message with label 356, and label 377 with equipment
id:36.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 40
May 01/11

SYR
(2) Menu mode
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by
means of the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
- LAST LEG REPORT
- GROUND SCANNING
- CLASS 3 FAULT
- GROUND REPORT
- TEST.
**ON A/C ALL
R C. Functional Description
(Ref. Fig. 013)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 013A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 014)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 014A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 015)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 015A, 016)

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 41
May 01/11

SYR
Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 42
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 013A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 43
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 44
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 014A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 45
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Figure 015

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 46
May 01/11
R
SYR
Figure 015A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 47
May 01/11
R
SYR
BITE - GROUND SCANNING
Figure 016

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 48
May 01/11
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 017)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 017A, 018, 019, 020)
**ON A/C ALL
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref. 31-32).
The MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 are installed in the cockpit, on the center
pedestal.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 49
May 01/11
R
SYR
BITE - TEST
Figure 017

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 50
Nov 01/10

SYR
BITE - TEST
Figure 017A

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 51
Nov 01/10

SYR
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 018

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 52
Nov 01/10

SYR
BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 019

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 53
Nov 01/10

SYR
BITE - GROUND REPORT
Figure 020

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 54
Nov 01/10

SYR
RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 23-13-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Radio Management
_______
NOTE : You can do this test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the dialog between the Radio Managemnt Panels (RMP).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-13-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 501
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-13-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Radio Management
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.

transmits.
- Start this frequency. To do - In the ACTIVE display window, the

this, push the transfer frequency set comes into view.
between the two windows.
2. On the RMP2:
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch. - The ACTIVE display window shows the
same frequencies as the RMP1.
- The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the RMP1 and the RMP2:

- The SEL indicator light (amber LED)
is on.

set a new frequency with the
dual selector knob.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
this, push the transfer frequency set comes into view.
between the two windows.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-860-050
(1) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 503
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-13-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with the
RMP1 and 2.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 231300-01

To do a check of the RMP1 and RMP2 operation in standby mode for the radio
navigation.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 HEADSET 600 OHMS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-051

002).
R (2) Connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the HEADSET connector of the Captain
station.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 504
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-13-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
49VU NAV/ILS/1 1RT1 G12
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
**ON A/C 001-002,
121VU COM NAV/ADF/2 1RP2 K02
**ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/ILS/2 1RT2 K09

121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-13-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with

the RMP1 and 2
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1 and RMP2: On the RMP1 and RMP2:
- Push the NAV pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 505
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the ILS pushbutton switch. - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch comes on.
NOTE : For the RMPs that have the
____
LS label (and not the ILS
label), push the LS
pushbutton switch.
- The set ILS frequency comes into view

in the two display windows.
2. On the RMP1 (RMP2):

- In the STBY/CRS window, set an
ILS frequency of 109.5 Mhz with
the dual selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do On the RMP1 and RMP2:

this, push the transfer - In the ACTIVE display window, the set
pushbutton switch (double arrow) frequency comes into view.
On the RMP1 (RMP2):
- In the STBY/CRS display window, the

set course comes into view.
- Set a course of C090 with the - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
dual selector knob. course C090 comes into view.
- Start this course. To do this, - In the STBY/CRS display window, the

push the transfer pushbutton frequency 109.5MHz comes into view.
switch (double arrow) between
the two display windows.
3. On the RMP2 (RMP1): On the RMP2 (RMP1):
switch goes off.
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch - The two display windows go off.
to OFF.
4. On the RMP1 (RMP2): On the RMP1 (RMP2):

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 506
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the VOR pushbutton switch. - On the ILS pushbutton switch, the
green LED goes off.
NOTE : For the RMPs that have the LS

____
label (and not the ILS label),
push the LS pushbutton switch.
- On the VOR pushbutton switch, the

green LED comes on.
- The set VOR frequency comes into view


set a VOR frequency of 117.5 MHz
with the dual selector knob.

this, push the transfer frequency 117.5 MHz comes into view.
- In the STBY/CRS display window, the

set course comes into view.
- Set a course of C075 with the - In the STBY/CRS display window, the
dual selector knob. course C075 comes into view.
- Start this course. To do this, - In the STBY/CRS display window, the

push the transfer pushbutton frequency 117.5 MHz comes into view.
switch (double arrow) between
the two display windows.
5. On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the
the aircraft has two ADFs): aircraft has two ADFs):
- Push the ADF pushbutton switch. - On the VOR pushbutton switch, the
green LED goes off
- On the ADF pushbutton switch, the
green LED comes on.
- The set ADF frequency comes into view


EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 507
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP) : On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP):
- Push and release the ADF1 and - The ADF1 and ADF2 reception
ADF2 reception pushbutton pushbutton switches come fully out
switch. and come on.
7. On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the
the aircraft has two ADFs): aircraft has two ADFs):
- Set a local NDB frequency - In the STBY/CRS display window, the

(non-radiophonic) with the dual set frequency comes into view.
selector knob.
- Start this frequency. To do - The two frequencies change.

this, push the transfer
If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type

station:
- You cannot hear the identification
signal in the headset.
station:
- You can hear the identification
- Push the BFO pushbutton switch. If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type

station:
- You can hear the identification
station:
- You cannot hear the identification
switch goes off.
- The RMP shows the set frequencies and

function in the communication mode.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 508
May 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-860-052
(1) On the ACP, push the ADF1 (ADF2) reception pushbutton switch
(3) Disconnect the headset from the HEADSET connector of the Captain
station.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 509
May 01/03
R
SYR
TASK 23-13-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Radio Management
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the RMPs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-053

002).
R (2) On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
R (3) On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page(Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 510
May 01/04

SYR
Subtask 23-13-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the Radio Management
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the SYSTEM On the MCDU:

REPORT/TEST/COM menu page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2) page comes into view.
the RMP1 (RMP2) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the TEST OK indication comes into
the TEST indication. view.
3. On the MCDU :


EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 511
May 01/11

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-A
A. Bite Test of the Radio Management
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu page: On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the RMP1(RMP2-RMP3) indication.
2. On the RMP 1(2,3) page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - the initial conditions and the normal
the TEST indication. test sequence come into view the WAIT
FOR XX SECONDS indication comes into
view the TEST OK indication comes
into view.
3. On the RMP 1 page:
- the SWITCH ON RMP3 indication is

shown.
4. On the MCDU, push the line key

adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 512
May 01/11

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-00-862-052
(1) On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-00

Page 513
May 01/07

SYR
R RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) (1RG1,1RG2,1RG3) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-13-13-000-001
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-13-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
FOR 1RG2

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-13-13-020-050
A. Removal of the RMP
(1) Loosen the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
(2) Pull the RMP (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the plug (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4) Remove the RMP (2).
R (5) Put CAP - BLANKING on the plug (4) and on the receptacle (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
Figure 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-13-13-400-001
R Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-13-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Radio Management

23-13-00-740-001 BITE Test of the Radio Management
23-13-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1RG1
FOR 1RG2
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-13-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-13-13-420-050
A. Installation of the RMP

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 404
May 01/06

SYR
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the plug (4) and the receptacle (3).
(4) Make sure that the plug (4) and the receptacle (3) are clean and in
the correct condition.
(5) Connect the plug (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6) Install the RMP (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
Subtask 23-13-13-865-055
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 1RG1
R 49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
R FOR 1RG2
R 121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
Subtask 23-13-13-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the Radio Management (Ref. TASK 23-13-00-740-001)

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-13-13-860-050
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-13-13

Page 405
May 01/06

SYR
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R
R The function of the Passenger Address and Entertainment Systems is, to give
R announcements and entertainment programs to the passengers.
R The Passenger Address System (23-31-00) is included in the Cabin
R Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).
R The Passenger Entertainment System options are as follows:
R - The Prerecorded Announcement and Music System RX (23-32-00)
R - The Passenger Entertainment System Music MK (23-33-00)
R - The Pax-Facilities Air to Ground Telephone RD (23-35-00)
R - The Passenger Entertainment System Video MH (23-36-00)
R - The Pax-facilities AM/FM Radio System MH (23-37-00)
R - The Passenger Service System MN (23-38-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-30-00

Page 1
Nov 01/08

SYR
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM (SEE ALSO 23-73-00) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The passenger address system, circuit RM is described in the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-31-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer 10RX is to play prerecorded messages. It also plays boarding
music programs on a cassette tape to the passengers through the aircraft
passenger address system. The PRAM is controlled by the audio module, which
is a part of the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH. It is installed in the cabin at the
forward attendant station. The PRAM and the audio module are connected with
two ARINC 429 data buses. They go through the Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) director (Ref. 23-73-00) to receive and transmit control data.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10RX PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT/BOARDING 88VU 128 23-32-34
MUSIC REPRODUCER
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
3. __________________
System Description
R A. Detailed description of the installed Announcement System
R (1) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer

R
R The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer is
R installed in the avionics compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600) box.
It has a total of four cassette decks. Two are for the prerecorded
announcement reproduction and the other two are for the boarding
music reproduction.
Up to 256 prerecorded announcements are stored on two tapes in the
prerecorded announcement reproducer (each minimum 30 s). The PRAM has
the capability to produce an emergency announcement in the event of a
rapid cabin decompression . An emergency announcement is stored in a
Solid State Stored Voice (SSSV). A ground signal from a rapid
decompression, triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the
Fwd Attnd panel (120RH) (except the output level of normal and
emergency announcements). They are adjustable at the front of the
reproducer.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 1
May 01/11

SYR
Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 2
May 01/98

SYR
Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 3
May 01/98

SYR
(2) The boarding music reproducer 10RX has two identical tape decks with
four channels. Two cassette tapes are used alternately. When one is
playing the other rewinds to give continuous play.
(3) The audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH controls the
prerecorded announcements and the Boarding Music (BGM). The
reproducer and Fwd Attnd panel have two ARINC 429 data bus lines
(transmit and receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref.
23-73-00).
(4) The prerecorded announcement section of the audio module has four 3
digit LED displays, a READY light (if lit, reproducer is ready to
play back the next announcement) and a numeric keyboard with
pushbutton switches as follows:
- START NEXT
- START ALL
- STOP
- CLEAR
- ENTER
(5) The boarding music section (BGM channel) has:

One LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control), and
pushbutton switches as follows:
- an ON/OFF pushbutton switch,
- a SEL pushbutton switch (channel select),
- a ( - ) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
- a ( + ) pushbutton switch (volume increase).
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R 115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the normal busbar 210XPA through the
circuit breaker 2RX.
5. _____________________
A. PRAM
The pram reproducer contains total four cassette tape decks, two for the
prerecorded announcement reproducing and another two for the boarding
music reproducing. Additionally a Solid State Voice Storage circuit for
emergency announce is installed.
(1) Announcement
Two identical tape decks are installed for the pre-recorded
announcements, each loaded with identically prerecorded tape
cassettes. The tape cassettes are pre-recorded with a special
four-track arrangement in one direction only. Up to 256 announcements
are stored on one tape cassette. When one tape deck is in play mode,
the other winds to give continuous play.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 4
May 01/11

SYR
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 5
May 01/98

SYR
The PRAM transmits an emergency announcement automatically if a rapid
cabin decompression occurs. The emergency announcement is stored in a
Solid State Stored Voice (SSSV). An electrical ground signal caused
by a rapid cabin decompression starts the emergency announcement. The
ouput-level of the normal and emergency announcements can be adjusted
at the front of the reproducer.
(2) Boarding-Music
Two identical tape decks (A and B) are installed for the BGM, each
loaded with a tape cassette. The tape cassettes are pre-recorded with
a special four-track arrangement in one direction only. Each tape
cassette has four BGM programs in mono mode or two in stereo mode. In
stereo mode, track 1 and 3, and track 2 and 4 are paired (track 1 and
2 are the left stereo channels and track 3 and 4 are the right stereo
channels). Tape A contains the first half of the program and tape B
the second half. When one tape deck is in play mode, the other winds
to give continuous play.
B. Defined System Characteristics
(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 13000 Hz +/- 3 dB.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 45 dB minimum in reference to 0 dBm output

level.
(3) The harmonic distortion, 1.0 % maximum at 0.48 V output.
(4) The Wow of Flutter (WRMS), 0.1 % maximum.
(5) The output level, announce 0.48 V + 3 dB, -0 dB into 600 Ohm balanced
load. Boarding music 0.775 V +/- 3 dB into 600 Ohm balanced load.
(6) The output level controls, (two screwdriver adjustable volume

controls on the front panel of the main unit) for emergency and
normal announcement control output level from -20 dB to + 6dB
minimum.
(7) The number of messages, a total of 256 in a C-60 type cassette which
has a play time of 120 minutes.
(8) The access time which is of 3 s maximum for access to announcement in

the stand-by condition. A 1 s maximum for access to the emergency
announcment through the rapid decompression switch. A 1 s maximum for
access to SSSV programs.
(9) The emergency announcement repeat which you can set for 1 to 8 times
through an internal preset switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 6
May 01/98

SYR
(10) A power consumption of 30 W maximum with 115 V AC - 400 Hz.
(11) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.
6. ________________
System Operation
R A. Control Keys
R The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) system is
R controlled during normal operation from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd
R panel 120RH. The system initialization is made automatically when the
R reproducer receives 115 V AC. During the initialization the LED display
R on the audio module is not shown. The least significant digit LED of the
R announcer display will show 0 when the initialization is complete. The
R operation procedures to program and release the announcements are as
R follows:
(1) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1
position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the
MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in
data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding
announcement.
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in
the same as for the MEMO 1 display.
The messages keyed-in into the MEMO 1, MEMO 2, and MEMO 3 display are
alternately played from tape deck A and tape deck B.
(2) CLEAR
When the cursor has moved into the related position (MEMO 1, MEMO 2
or MEMO 3) and the CLEAR pushbutton switch is pushed, the display
clears.
(3) START NEXT

When the START NEXT pushbutton switch is pushed the message shown on
the MEMO 1 display moves up to the ON ANNOUNCE display. The MEMO 2
display message then moves up to the MEMO 1 display. The message
shown on the MEMO 3 display moves up to the MEMO 2 display.
(4) START ALL

All messages keyed on MEMO 1, MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 will be announced
continuously until the last announcement has finished (number 0). In
this continuous mode, it can add another message for announcement
after the messages that you have keyed-in.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 7
Aug 01/11

SYR
(5) STOP
When the STOP pushbutton switch is pushed, the message announcement
stops immediately.
B. Boarding Music Control Keys
(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF pushbutton switch is pushed, the light in the
pushbutton switch comes ON. The channel 1 is automatically displayed
on the BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF pushbutton is pushed
again, the light goes OFF.
(2) SEL
When the SEL pushbutton switch is pushed, the system selects one of
the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending code (four channels in
the mono mode, two in the stereo mode).
(3) VOLUME
The LEDs on the volume display show the volume level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - )
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level decreases.
(5) ( + )
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level increases.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 8
May 01/98

SYR
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-00-860-001
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded Announcement and

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-32-00-700-001 Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the

Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
23-32-00-710-002 Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the
Reproducer
23-32-00-860-002 Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and
23-32-00-991-001 Fig. 201

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 201
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-865-066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
Subtask 23-32-00-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone

128.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-32-00-991-001)
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052
A. Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
(1) Remove the PRAM reproducer.
(a) Loosen the nuts (3) at the front of the rack (2).
(b) Lower the nuts (3) from the lugs (7).
(c) Pull the PRAM reproducer (8) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
(d) Remove the PRAM reproducer (8).
(2) Disengage the latches (5) and open the doors (4) on the two sides of
the reproducer (8).
(3) Remove the audio cassettes (9) from the cassette drives.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 202
May 01/11

SYR
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes
Figure 201/TASK 23-32-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 203
May 01/98

SYR
(4) Install the new audio cassettes (9) in the cassette drives.
NOTE : Make sure that the identification label on each audio cassette
____
agrees with the identification label on the doors next to each
cassette drive (6).
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the
cassettes after installation.
(5) Close the doors (4) on the two sides of the PRAM reproducer (8) and
let the latches (5) engage.
(6) Install the PRAM reproducer
(a) Install the PRAM reproducer (8) on its rack (2).
(b) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (7) and tighten them.
R Subtask 23-32-00-865-067
R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 2RX
Subtask 23-32-00-860-050
C. Do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002)
Subtask 23-32-00-710-056
R D. Do the test of the prerecorded announcement/boarding music operation of

R the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-
710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 204
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-32-00-860-002
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)

Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
- To Set the Audio Cassette(s) to the Starting Position

- To Inform the PRAM Reproducer about the Contents of the Audio Cassette(s)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the
Reproducer
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-051
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 205
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-32-00-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
Subtask 23-32-00-010-051
C. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone

128.
Subtask 23-32-00-820-050
D. Preparation for Initialization
(1) Make sure that in the avionics compartment the audio cassette(s)
is(are) installed correctly in the PRAM reproducer (10RX). (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053
A. Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer
(1) Open the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel
2000VU.
(2) Close the C/B CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel
2000VU to reset the PRAM reproducer 10RX.
(3) Make sure that in the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer
10RX the upper rotary selector MUSIC CH SELECT is in the REMOTE
position.
(4) Make sure that all displays on the audio module of the Forward
Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH show 0.
(5) Make sure that the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in
the MEMO 1 position.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 206
May 01/11

SYR
(6) In the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer 10RX, turn the
lower rotary selector TEST to the TAPE INITIAL position.
(7) Wait for a minimum of 6 seconds.
(8) Make sure that the ON ANNOUNCE display on the audio module of the FAP
shows 0 and the BGM display shows 1.
(9) In the avionics compartment on the PRAM reproducer 10RX, turn the
lower rotary selector TEST to the NORMAL position.
(10) Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display
R shows I-I to indicate that the initialization is in progress.
(11) Wait for up to 6 minutes.
(12) Make sure that after the initialization is completed:

- the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1
position
R - the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a
R number is shown in its place.
Subtask 23-32-00-720-051
B. Do the test of the prerecorded announcement operation of the PRAM

reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 824.
Subtask 23-32-00-862-051
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 207
May 01/07

SYR
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-00-700-001
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement

and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
_______
R NOTE : The AMM task is applicable only if the PRAM unit is installed and
____
R function selected thru CAM programming.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 501
Aug 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-050
Subtask 23-32-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
Subtask 23-32-00-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 7WR HA08

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001).
(2) Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
(3) In the cabin, on each emergency oxygen container, pull the door stops
and turn them 90 degrees to the test position.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation
NOTE : The subsequent procedure is a general test. The prerecorded

____
announcements are normally established by the operator in
accordance with the PRAM-Vendor. Therefore the prerecorded
announcement numbers may be different.
NOTE : You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

2000VU: 120RH, prerecorded announcement
- close the circuit breaker PRAM section:
(2RX). - all displays show 0.
- the cursor is in the MEMO 1 position.
2. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded

announcement section: announcement section:
- set the announcement 1 to MEMO 1 - the MEMO 1 display shows 1.
and push the ENTER pushbutton - the cursor moves to the MEMO 2
switch. position.
- after some seconds the READY light
comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch. position.

switch. position.

- push the START NEXT pushbutton - the number shown on the MEMO 1
switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 2
display moves to the MEMO 1 display.
- the number shown on the MEMO 3
display moves to the MEMO 2 display.
- the MEMO 3 display shows 0.
In the cabin and the lavatories:

- you can hear the announcement 1 from
the loudspeakers.
NOTE : After an announcement has finished the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
____
6. On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded In the cabin and the lavatories:

announcement section: - you can hear the announcements 2 and
- push the START ALL pushbutton 3 from the loudspeakers in sequence.
switch.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded

announcement section:
- the READY light goes off.

and push the ENTER pushbutton - after some seconds the READY light
switch. comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch and before the display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
announcement has finished push display.
the STOP pushbutton switch.

the loudspeakers until you push the
STOP pushbutton switch.

- the ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.

- set the announcement 350 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 350.
1.

- push the ENTER pushbutton - the MEMO 1 display shows E and
switch. after some seconds the display
changes to 0.

- set the announcement 1 to MEMO - the shown announcement on the MEMO 1
1 and push the CLEAR display changes from 1 to 0.
pushbutton.

- set the announcement 2 to MEMO - the MEMO 1 display shows 2.
1 and push the ENTER pushbutton - after some seconds the READY light
switch. comes on.

switch. display moves to the ON ANNOUNCE
display.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 505
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the MEMO 1 display shows 0.

the loudspeakers.

- the READY light goes off.
Subtask 23-32-00-710-058
B. Test of the Emergency Announcement
(1) Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers are
pulled out and turned to the TEST position.
R CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR
_______
R MORE THAN 5 SECONDS.
NOTE : This Test is necessary, if an emergency announcement is

____
recorded on the PRAM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 1. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,

21VU, oxygen control section: oxygen control section:
- lift the guard and push the - the PASSENGER SYS ON light on the
oxygen MASK MAN ON pushbutton. right side of the MASK MAN ON switch
comes on.
In the cabin:
- the automatic emergency announcement
is heard from all the cabin and
lavatory loudspeakers.
R 2. On the cockpit overhead panel On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU,

50VU, oxygen control section: oxygen control section.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 506
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the OXYGEN TMR RES - the PASSENGER SYS ON light on the
pushbutton. right side of the MASK MAN ON switch
goes off.
On the FAP 120RH: In the cabin:

- push the PRE REC ANN STOP - the automatic emergency announcement
membrane switch. stops.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
position until they engage.
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
position and let them retract into their containers.
Subtask 23-32-00-865-060
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-32-00-862-050
C. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 507
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-32-00-710-002
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and

1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-052

R

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 508
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-32-00-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052
R (1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001) is energized.
(2) Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 509
Aug 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-32-00

Page 510
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055
A. Test of the Boarding Music Operation
NOTE : You can check the announcements only if they are recorded.
____
(1) Do this test.
NOTE : After the selection of a new boarding music channel it may

____
take some seconds before you can hear the music of the new
boarding music channel from the loudspeakers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:

(FAP) 120RH, music section: - the light in the MUSIC ON/OFF
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton pushbutton switch comes on.
switch. - the channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC
channel display.

- you can hear the channel 1 music from
the loudspeakers.
2. On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton On the FAP 120RH, music section:
switch. - the channel 2 is shown on the MUSIC
channel display.

the loudspeakers.
3. On the FAP 120RH, music section: On the FAP 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton - the channel 3 is shown on the MUSIC
switch. channel display.

the loudspeakers.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 511
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the loudspeakers.

the loudspeakers.
- push the (-) pushbutton switch. - the LEDs on the MUSIC volume display
show the new volume level.

- the volume level of the music
decreases.
- push the (+) pushbutton switch. - the LEDs on the MUSIC volume display
show the new volume level.

- the volume level of the music
increases.
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton - the light in the MUSIC ON/OFF
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.

- the channel 1 music stops.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-00-942-054
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 512
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-32-00-862-053
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-00

Page 513
Nov 01/04

SYR
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC (10RX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-32-34-000-001
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer (10RX)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
23-32-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01

EFF :

ALL 23-32-34

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-32-34-010-050
B. Get Access

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-32-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Announcement/Music tape Reproducer
R (1) Remove the audio cassettes or load the new announcement/boarding

R music files (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
(2) Loosen the nuts (3) on the front of the rack (2).
(4) Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(5) Remove the reproducer (5).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-34

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-32-34

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-32-34-400-001
Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer (10RX)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Reproducer
23-32-00-710-002 Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the
Reproducer
Reproducer
23-32-34-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-32-34

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-860-051

Subtask 23-32-34-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-32-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-32-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
correct condition.
(5) Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(8) Install the audio cassettes or load the announcement/boarding music

files (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-32-34

Page 405
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-32-34-865-052
breaker(s):
2RX
Subtask 23-32-34-860-050
R C. Install a new cassette (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001) or load a new

R announcement/boarding music files and do the initialization procedure
R (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002).
Subtask 23-32-34-710-050
D. Do the operational tests:
(1) The Test of the Boarding Music Operation (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-
002).
(2) The Test of the Prerecorder Announcement (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-32-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-32-34

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
R PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio
entertainment programs for the passengers. Each passenger can select
entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I I I I DOOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8MK MAIN MULTIPLEXER 88VU 128
10MK AUDIO REPRODUCER 88VU 128
50MK WALL DISCONNECT BOX 200
100MK SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX 200
200MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
201MK PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT 200
800MK RELAY 2000VU 220
801MK RELAY 2000VU 220
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD 221
3. __________________
System Description
R A. Description of the installed Systems

R (Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
R (1) BITE System

R The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin
R Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Refer to 23-73-00) commands
R the MPES to go into the BITE mode. All input audio channels at the
R Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are electronically isolated from an active
R processing. A 400 Hz test tone is put on each of the channels. At the
R Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/ Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK
R and 201MK all channels are examined for correct operation. Any
R failure data is transmitted back to the MM, the CIDS and the Central
R Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
R (2) PES Power Test

R When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance
R persons operate this test on command from the Programming and Test
R Panel (PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers data between
R the CIDS and the MPES.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 1
Nov 01/10

SYR
Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 2
Aug 01/98

SYR
Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 3
Aug 01/98

SYR
R Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 4
Nov 01/02

SYR
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 5
Aug 01/98

SYR
(3) Audio
Audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK, and video audio, supply
a minimum of eighteen audio channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM
process this analog input and prepare it for conversion to digital
data. These are sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes
(WDB) 50MK.
(4) Audio Output

The SEB changes the MM digital audio, back to its original analog
form. This audio output is transmitted to the passenger headsets
through the Passenger Control Units (PCU).
(5) Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One
monophonic channel from the Compact Disk (CD) reproducer is
programmed as the left channel; the other monophonic channel is
programmed as the right channel. Two monophonic channels give the
effect of one stereophonic channel.
Four channels from the CD reproducer can be used to provide boarding
music over the loudspeakers in the cabin and in the lavatories.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The busbar 210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit
breaker 21MK. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through
the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 210XP-C supplies
115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay
800MK. The Compact DISK (CD) reproducer and the Main Multiplexer (MM) are
supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also operates the relay
800MK.
The WDBs and SEBs on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied
through the circuit breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger
compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 24MK.
5. Interface
_________
A. System Interfaces
R
6. _____________________
A. Installed Units
(1) Audio Reproducer

The CD reproducer 10MK has four CD drives. Each CD drive drives one
CD. Each CD drive provides four monophonic or two stereophonic
channels. The CD reproducer has a total of sixteen output channels.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 6
May 01/11

SYR
R Power Supply
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 7
Nov 01/02

SYR
(2) Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC
600 standard from factor 2MCU. The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The
MPES has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels.
Up to six channels can be used for video tape reproducer inputs. The
MPES permits a bilingual movie in each of the aircraft zones (up to
three zones).
(a) Boarding Music

Four channel nummbers can be used to provide the boarding music.
The flight attendants control the boarding music on the Forward
Attendant Panel (FAP).
(b) Passenger Address Audio

(Ref. Fig. 006)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES
channels in each applicable aircraft zone. The CIDS controls the
MPES mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the
aircraft. The aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this
system.
(c) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig.

002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS
directors. The ARINC 429 output databus sends data to the CIDS
directors. In the Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional
interfaces. These are :
- Power ON/OFF,
- Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and
data transfer,
- PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the
MPES.
(d) ARINC 429 Output Data Port

The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors
send this data to the Center Fault Display System (CFDS) and to
the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(e) ARINC 429 Input Data Port

(Ref. Fig. 007)
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of
seats (PA override and movie/video audio). All the necessary data
is stored in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is
included in the PTP.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 8
May 01/11
R
SYR
Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 9/10
Aug 01/98

SYR
Seat Layout
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 11
Aug 01/98

SYR
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 12
May 01/11
R
SYR
(f) MPES Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are
two data busses in each column. When one is used for the
multiplexed digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(g) Main Multiplexer Power Supply

The aircraft electrical system supplies 115VAC (400 Hz) power to
the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK. The transformer in the MM changes
this voltage into DC voltage for the MM digital and analog
circuits.
(h) Audio Processing

Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter
(LPF) and an analog switch. This circuitry is used to modify the
audio signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion
R process. A timing base Large Scale Integrated (LSI) circuit
R controls this process in the MM. This circuit establishes the
system timing (controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and
the multiplex channel timing for the insertion of digitalized
audio signals into the correct channel.
(3) Wall Disconnect Box

(Ref. Fig. 008, 009)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the
data busses of the MPES. It supplies line amplification for the data
busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side of
the aircraft. A WDB termination last plug is connected to the J1/J4
connector. Two other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to
supply the data busses to the seat groups (forward and aft of the WDB
location).
(4) Seat Electronic Box

(Ref. Fig. 010, 011)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg
mounting bracket with nylatch fasteners. Electrical connections to
the SEB from the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the
databus input/output connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to
the SEB cables) are connected to these inputs/outputs. Interface
connections from the SEB to the PCUs are made through J3. All the
connectors on the SEB are D subminiature types. The SEB 100MK
supplies 5VDC power to the PCUs 200MK and 201MK in the seat group it
controls.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 13
May 01/11

SYR
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 14
May 01/11
R
SYR
R Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram
Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 15
May 01/11

SYR
Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 16
May 01/11
R
SYR
Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 17/18
May 01/11
R
SYR
(a) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing
The input line receiver processes the PES data then supplies it
through a decoder to the timing base Large Scale Integrated (LSI)
circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and
reassembles the analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog
converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB 100MK
receives the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio
signal from the MM. The SEB 100MK converts this into an analog
audio signal. The analog signal is then put through a filter to
R the PCU acoustic transducer or the electrical jacks. For each
R transducer, a separate digital-to-analog converter, a volume
control circuit and a filter are provided in the PCU.
(5) Passenger Control Unit

(Ref. Fig. 012)
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary
interfaces between the passengers and the MPES. They are installed in
the armrest of each passenger seat. Each PCU has:
- a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select),
- Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control),
- an acoustic transducer that supplies pneumatic headset connectors
and/or
- an electrical headset jack.
(a) Electrical Components Interface

(Ref. Fig. 013)
The electrical components are used to process commands for the
channel selection and the volume control. The PCU communicates
with the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The
microprocessor reads the volume control and channel selector
settings (during the BITE operations, it checks the transducer
continuity). The microprocessor transmits the volume, the
channels and the BITE information to the SEB, and displays the
R channel on the LED display. The SEB supplies power and
R de-multiplexed audio signals for the transducer and/or the
electrical headset jack. The transducer changes the electric
audio signals to sound energy. The passenger hears the music by a
pneumatic headset connected to the transducer socket, or by an
electric headset connected to the jack on the PCU (the pneumatic
headset connector is mechanically interlocked to prevent audio
leakage when no headset is connected). If the power is stopped
for more than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the system
volume.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 19
May 01/11

SYR
Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 20
May 01/11
R
SYR
DPCU Electrical Interface Block Diagram
Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 21
May 01/11
R
SYR
7. ________________
System Operation
R A. Operation of the PES Music
(1) General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal
operation from the audio module (the PES membrane switch) on the FAP
120RH. The operation procedures are as follows:
R (2) Control Keys
R (a) PES Control Keys

R The PES section of the audio module has a PES pushbutton switch.
R When the PES membrane switch is pushed the system energizes. The
R PCUs have subsequent control keys. The control keys control PES
R functions.
R
R (b) PCU Control Keys

R These are:
- the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases,
- the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases,
- the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number
increases,
- the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number
decreases.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
(3) The boarding music section (BGM Channel) has:
- an LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control),

- an ON/OFF membrane switch,
- a SEL membrane switch (channel select),
- a ( - ) membrane switch (volume decrease),
- a ( + ) membrane switch (volume increase).
Boarding music control keys are as follows:

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 22
May 01/11

SYR
(1) ON/OFF When the ON/OFF membrane switch is pushed,
the light in the membrane switch comes on. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the
BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF membrane
switch is pushed again, the light goes off.
(2) SEL When the SEL membrane switch is pushed, the

system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending
code (four channels in the mono mode, two in
the stereo mode).
(3) VOLUME The LED on the volume display show the volume
level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - ) When the (-) membrane switch is pushed the

volume level decreases.
(5) ( + ) When the (+) membrane switch is pushed the

volume level increases.
(4) System Characteristics

The system characteristics are as follows:
(a) The frequency response, from 25 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(b) The number of audio inputs, 33 maximum (max. 24 audio tape

player, 6 movie/audio tape player, 3 PA override).
(c) The key lines, 3 video and 3 PA.
(d) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(e) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(f) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(g) The number of stereo/mono programs, 12/18 or combination.
(h) The signal-to-noise ratio, 75 dB.
(i) A stereo channel separation, 60 dB minimum.
(j) The harmonic distortion, 0.2 % maximum at 100 mW.
(k) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 23
May 01/11
R
SYR
(l) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 24
May 01/11
R
SYR
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT (MUSIC) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-00-860-002
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-00-740-002 BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System

(Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
23-33-00-991-002 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-134
R A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES MUSIC - RH 24MK D03
R 2000VU PES MUSIC - LH 23MK D02
R 2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
Subtask 23-33-00-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 824.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 201
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-33-00-991-002)
Subtask 23-33-00-020-051
A. Removal of the Compact Disks
(1) Pull the lever located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out
the disk drive assembly (2).
(2) Push the drive shaft (marked PUSH) and remove the applicable CD
(3).
Subtask 23-33-00-420-051
B. Installation of the Compact Disks
(1) If not already open, pull the lever located on the face of the
reproducer (1) and pull out the disk-drive assembly (2).
(2) Put the applicable CD (3) with the label side facing outward into the
deck as far as it goes.
NOTE : The full installation of the CD (3) is essential for the

____
proper loading.
(3) Put the disk-drive assembly (2) into the reproducer (1) and push the
lever until you hear a click.
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-135
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 21MK, 23MK, 24MK
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051
D. Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK

23-33-00-740-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 202
May 01/07

SYR
Raplacement of the Compact Disks
Figure 201/TASK 23-33-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 203
Aug 01/98

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 824.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 204
Aug 01/98

SYR
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 23-33-00-740-002
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Programming

and Test Panel (PTP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) operates

correctly.
2. ______________________
R A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-050

002).
(2) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
energized. (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 501
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-33-00-865-152
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PRAM 2RX E01

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 502
May 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050
A. BITE-Test with the PTP
(1) Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
audio module: module:
- push the PES ON/OFF membrane - the PES ON/OFF integral light on the
switch. membrane switch comes on.
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the PTP display 110RH:

(PTP) 110RH:
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS page comes on.

switch.
- push the SYSTEM TEST related - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
membrane switch.
- push the CONT related membrane - the PES MUSIC page comes on.
switch and find the PES MUSIC.
- push the PES MUSIC related - the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE
membrane switch. flashes.
After the end of the BITE test:
- the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes

off.
- the TEST OK message comes on.
- push the RET related membrane - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
switch.
switch. membrane switch goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 503
May 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-862-050
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 504
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 23-33-00-740-003
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Multipurpose

Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-051
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
(3) Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on
the MCDU.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 505
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-33-00-865-150
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 506
May 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053
A. BITE-Test with the MCDU
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM On the MCDU:

page on the MCDU:
- push the line key CIDS1. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.
- push the line key TEST. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page
comes on.
- push the NEXT PAGE button

frequently until PES MUSIC
comes into view.
- push the line key PES MUSIC. - the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST
menu page comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
- after approximately 5 seconds the
message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
- push the line key RETURN more - the CFDS menu page comes on.
than one time.
switch. membrane switch goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 507
May 01/10
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-052
(1) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 508
May 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 23-33-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-32-00-860-001 Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the

Reproducer
23-33-00-860-001 Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger
Entertainment System (PES)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 509
Nov 01/04

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-053

002).
energized(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the pre-recorded audio cassettes are installed in the
audio reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001).
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-147
R B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-149
R C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2 155RH G05
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
R 49VU COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH G02
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID 166RH M11
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID 165RH M10
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M09
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M08
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M07

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 510
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL 161RH M06
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH M05
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
R Subtask 23-33-00-865-148
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052
A. Operational Test of the PES
NOTE : Make sure that in the avionic compartment the cassettes are
____
installed in the tape reproducer 10MK (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-
001).
NOTE : Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) are available.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. On the Programming and Test Panel On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(PTP) 110RH: 110RH:

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 511
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the membrane switches in
R the sequence:
R - DSPL ON
R - SYSTEM TEST
R - CONT frequently until PES MUSIC

R comes into view
R - PES MUSIC - WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,
R - wait until TEST OK comes into view.
R 3. At each PCU: At each PCU:
R - connect the headset to the each - the music program is heard from
R PCU and select channels 1 to 2 channels 1 to 2 and 7 to 10 with the
R and 7 to 10 in turn. headset.
R - the selected channel comes on, on the

R PCU channel display.
R - change the audio volume at each - the volume of the music changes.
R selection.
R 4. At a PCU in the last seat row of At the selected PCU:

R the zone 1:
R - connect a headset to the PCU
R - select one channel between 1 - the music program is heard at the

R and 2 or 7 to 10. selected channel with the headset.

R 5. At a PCU in the first seat row of At the selected PCU:

R the zone 2:
R - connect a headset to the PCU
R - select one channel between 1 - the music program is heard at the

R and 2 or 7 to 10. selected channel with the headset.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 512
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel

R (AIP):
R - lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.

R cradle.
R - push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.

R pushbutton switch and speak
R into the headset
R In the cabin:
R - the announcement is heard from all
R the passenger and the lavatory
R loudspeakers.
R At the headsets of the selected PCUs:

R - the music program is cancelled and
R the announcement is heard at channels
R 1 to 2 and 7 to 10 with the headset.

R 7. At the FWD attendant station: At the forward AIP:
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.

R switch.
R - push the PA and 1/FWD - the # symbol goes off.

R pushbutton switches
R - the PA FWD message comes on.
R In the cabin in the FWD zone:
R - push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 1

R pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
R into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
R At the PCU in the AFT zone:

R - the announcement is not heard,

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 513
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - the music program of the selected
R channel is heard,
R At the PCU in the FWD zone:

R the announcement is heard on channels

R 8. At the FWD forward attendant At the forward AIP:

R station:
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the PA FWD message goes off.

R switch.
R - push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on.

R switch.
R - release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.

R switch.
R - push the PA and 2/AFT - the # symbol goes off.

R pushbutton switch.
R - the PA AFT message comes on.
R In the cabin in the AFT zone:
R - push and hold the PTT - the announcement is heard in zone 2

R pushbutton switch and speak from all the passenger and the
R into the handset. lavatory loudspeakers.
R At the PCU in the FWD zone:

R - the announcement is not heard,
R - the music program of the selected

R channel is heard.
R At the PCU in the AFT zone:

R the announcement is heard on channels

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 514
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9. At the FWD attendant station At the forward AIP:

R door:
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the PA AFT message goes off.

R switch.
R - push the RESET pushbutton - the RST message comes on.

R switch
R - release the RESET pushbutton - the # symbol comes on.

R switch.
R - put the handset back into the - the # symbol goes off.
R cradle.
R 10. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio
R audio module: module:
R - push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane

R switch for the boarding music.
R - select a channel with the - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on

R membrane switch SEL. the membrane switch comes on.

R boarding-music channel display.
R In the cabin:
R - the boarding music is heard from all
R the passenger and the lavatory
R loudspeakers.
R At the selected PCUs:

R - the selected music channel is heard.
R 11. On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH,
R prerecorded announcement prerecorded announcement section:
R section:

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 515
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - press the membrane switch
R ENTER frequently until the
R cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
R - push the membrane switch 1 - the MEMO 1 display shows 001.
R and ENTER to set the MEMO 1/
R announcement 1.
R - the cursor moves to the MEMO 2

R display.
R - after not many seconds the READY

R light comes on.
R - push the START ALL membrane In the cabin:

R switch. - the prerecorded announcement 1 is
R heard from all the passenger and the
R lavatory loudspeakers.

R - the prerecorded announcement 1 is
R heard at all channels with the
R headset.

R 12. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
R (AIP):
R - lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.

R cradle.
R - push and hold the PTT - the # symbol goes off.

R into the headset
R In the cabin:
R cancelled and the announcement from
R the FWD attendant station is heard
R from all the passenger and the
R lavatory loudspeakers.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 516
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
R cancelled and the announcement from
R the FWD attendant station is heard at
R all channels with the headset.

R 13. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:

R 130RH:
R - lift the handset from the

R cradle.
R - push and hold the PTT - the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
R into the handset.
R In the cabin:
R - the announcement from the FWD
R attendant station is cancelled and
R the handset announcement from the
R cockpit is heard from all the
R passenger and the lavatory
R loudspeakers.

R - the announcement from the FWD
R attendant station is cancelled and
R the handset announcement from the
R cockpit is heard on channels 1 to 2
R and 7 to 10 with the headset.

R 14. In the cockpit on the handset At the AIP 320RH:

R 130RH:
R - release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
R switch and put the handset
R back into the cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 517
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15. At the FWD attendant station: At the AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.

switch and put the handset
back into the cradle.
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on
switch. the membrane switch goes off.
At the selected PCUs:

- the music program is heard from
channels 1 to 2 and 7 to 10 with the
headset.
- the selected channel comes on, on the

PCU channel display.
17. At the selected PCUs:
- disconnect the headsets from

the PCU.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-860-054

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 518
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-33-00-820-001
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-31-000-001 Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main

Multiplexer (8MK)
23-33-31-400-001 Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System
Main Multiplexer (8MK)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001).
(2) Remove the screws with the washers and remove the cover from the main
multiplexer.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 519
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050
A. Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
(1) Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table
below, adjust them if necessary:
-----------------------------------------------------------
| SWITCH | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
R -----------------------------------------------------------
| DSW 1 | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON |
|---------|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| DSW 2 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF |
|---------|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| DSW 3 | OFF | OFF | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | OFF |
|---------|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| DSW 4 | OFF | OFF | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON | ON |
|---------|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| DSW 5 | ON | ON | ON | OFF | OFF | OFF | N.E.| N.E.|
-----------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the cover with the screws and washers to the main
multiplexer.
(3) Install the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-00

Page 520
Nov 01/10

SYR
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-12-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-12-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-33-12-865-054
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-12

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051
A. Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU).
(1) Loosen the screw (2) from the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (1).
(2) Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the cable connector (3).
(3) Disconnect the cable connector (3) of the PCU from the cable
connector of the SEB inside the armrest.
(4) Put a blanking cap on the disconnected cable connector that stays
inside the armrest.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-12

Page 402
Aug 01/98

SYR
Passenger Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-33-12

Page 403
Aug 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-33-12-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
23-33-12-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-33-12-865-055
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-12

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-12-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052
A. Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
condition.
(5) Connect the cable connector (3) to the related electrical connector
inside the armrest.
(6) Carefully put the PCU (1) in the correct position.
(7) Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).
R Subtask 23-33-12-865-056
R breaker(s):
R 21MK, 23MK, 24MK
Subtask 23-33-12-861-050
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-

861-001).
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051
D. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-12

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-12-942-051

002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-12

Page 406
Aug 01/98

SYR
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN (8MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-31-000-001
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access

23-33-31-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-31-010-050
A. Get Access

(2) Open the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002) 824.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-33-31-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
**ON A/C 003-099,
123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
**ON A/C ALL
2000VU PES MUSIC - CTL 21MK D01
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-31-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-31-020-050
A. Removal of the Main Multiplexer PES
(1) Loosen the nut (3).
(2) Lower the nut (3).
(3) Pull the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the multiplexer (5) from its rack (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
R PES Main Multiplexer
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-31-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 403
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-33-31-400-001
Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer (8MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-33-00-820-001 Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main
Multiplexer (8MK)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-31-860-050

(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-
002).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-33-31-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-099,
R 123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-33-31-420-050
A. Installation of the PES Main Multiplexer
correct condition.
(5) Install the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Push the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical
connectors (1).
(7) Engage the nut (3) on the lug (4) and tighten.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 405
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-33-31-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 003-099,
123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-820-050
R C. Do the configuration procedure of the main multiplexer:

- with the Dual In-line Package (DIP) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-820-001),
and/or
R - with the DISK COMPACT (6), or
- with the Programmable System Control-Unit (23-33-00 P.Block 301).
Subtask 23-33-31-740-050
D. Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-31-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-31

Page 406
Aug 01/11

SYR
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-46-000-001
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R Subtask 23-33-46-865-053
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-46

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
Seat Electronic Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-33-46

Page 402
Nov 01/03
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051
A. Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(1) Release the quick release fasteners (5) and remove the protective cap
(6).
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2) Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect all the electrical
connectors (4).
(4) Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NOTE: |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination |
R | plug connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is |
R | removed, remove the termination plug. |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 2. The SEB connector J4 is not used. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-46

Page 403
May 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-33-46-400-001
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
23-33-46-991-001 Fig. 401
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
R Subtask 23-33-46-865-054
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-46

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-46-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051
A. Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
(3) Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | NOTE: |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a |
R | termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the |
R | termination plug to SEB connector J2. |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | 2.The SEB connector J4 is not used. |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors
and fasten with the spring latches (2).
Subtask 23-33-46-865-055
breaker(s):
21MK, 23MK, 24MK

EFF :

ALL 23-33-46

Page 405
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-33-46-860-050
C. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051
D. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
items.
(3) Install the protective cap (6) with the quick release fasteners (5).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-46

Page 406
May 01/10
R
SYR
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-47-000-001
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-44-000-001 Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)

23-33-47-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 401
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-47-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-VCC 21MH C02
2000VU PES-VIDEO-VCC 20MH C01
R
2000VU PES MUSIC - RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC - LH 23MK D02
Subtask 23-33-47-010-050
B. Remove the lower sidewall panel in the area of the related WDB (Ref. TASK
25-23-44-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052
A. Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
(1) Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of
the related WDB (1).
(2) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination
plug(s) (3) if installed.
R (4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2) and
R the termination plug(s) (3).
(5) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(6) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
(7) Remove the cable support (10) if installed.
(8) Remove the protective cover (14).
(9) Carefully lift the wall disconnect box and remove the insulation
strip (15).
(10) Carefully remove the WDB (1).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 403
May 01/11

SYR
Wall Disconnect Box
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 404
Aug 01/98

SYR
Wall Disconnect Box

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 405
Aug 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-33-47-400-001
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
25-23-44-400-001 Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado
Panels)
23-33-47-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-47-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
2000VU PES MUSIC - RH 24MK D03
2000VU PES MUSIC - LH 23MK D02

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 406
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-47-210-050
A. Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean
and in the correct condition.
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050
B. Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).
condition.
(a) FOR 50MK5
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J1.
(3) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1
(a) FOR 50MK6
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB
connector J4.
(5) Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4
(a) FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4
(6) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.
(7) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(8) Put the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and
install the washer (8) and the screw (9).
(a) FOR 50MK5, 50MK6
(9) Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover
(14) carefully into position.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 407
May 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-33-47

Page 408
May 01/11

SYR
(10) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
FOR 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the
respective WDB connectors.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with
the spring latches (11).
R Subtask 23-33-47-865-055
R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 20MH, 21MH, 21MK, 23MK, 24MK
Subtask 23-33-47-860-050
D. Preparation for the Test
(1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051
E. Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-47-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-47-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the protective cap (12) with the pins (13).
(4) Install the related lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-
001).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-47

Page 409
May 01/07

SYR
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM (10MK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-33-52-000-001
Removal of the PES Reproducer (10MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-33-52-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-33-52-010-050
B. Get Access

access door 824 in zone 128
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-52-020-050
A. Removal of the PES Reproducer
(3) Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the reproducer (5) from the rack (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
PES Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 403
May 01/05
R
SYR
TASK 23-33-52-400-001
Installation of the PES Reproducer (10MK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-33-52-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-860-050


EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-33-52-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-33-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-33-52-420-050
A. Installation of the PES Reproducer
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
Subtask 23-33-52-865-052
breaker(s):
21MK
Subtask 23-33-52-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the PES Reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 405
Nov 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-33-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-33-52

Page 406
May 01/05
R
SYR
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) supplies the passengers with
R information on ambient aircraft flight data, times and aircraft position in
R the flight plan. The PVIS uses the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) monitors and
R other main components of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) to
R show the information on screen.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 190MH DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 88VU 120 824 23-34-34
R 191MH REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 230 23-34-35
R 3. System
__________________
Description
R The PVIS uses the PES (video) to transmit its output data to the passenger
R as visual information.
R A. System Integration
R The system receives its operational input data from the Aircraft
R Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS), the Air
R Data/Inertial Reference System (ADIRS), the Centralized Fault Display
R System (CFDS) and the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGS).
R The PVIS is made up of the subsequent main components:
R - a Remote Control Unit (RCU)
R - a Digital Interface Unit (DIU).
R
R The RCU is installed in the video control center in the most forward of
R the LH overhead stowage compartments. It is the input unit on which the
R shown information is selected by the use of menus.
R
R The DIU is the system computer. It is installed on the electronics rack
R 88VU in the rear of the electronics compartment. The DIU stores the
R program menus, and it receives the input data from the above named
R systems. It processes them for use with the stored menus. It then
R transforms the digital data into video signals and sends them to the PES
R (video) for their indication on the LCD monitors.

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04

SYR
R Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 2
Nov 01/98

SYR
B. Inputs from other Systems
The DIU receives data from the connected other aircraft system units:
- the Air Data Computer (ADC) of the ADIRS
- the Inertial Reference System (IRS) of the ADIRS
- the Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC)
- the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
C. System Output
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The subsequent information can be selected and shown to the passengers:
MAP, INFO, LOGO or AUTO.
Selection of one of the modes permits the data that follows to be shown:
- flight status (e.g. altitude, outside temperature, ground speed,
longitude and latitude A/C position),
- maps with the aircraft flight course,
- airport gate maps and other related details,
- airline logo.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The PVIS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 602PP. The system
circuit breaker 189MH has the label PES/PVIS and protects the system for a
current up to 5A. It is installed on the circuit breaker panel 2000VU near
the FWD purser station.
5. Interface
_________
R A. System Interfaces
6. _____________________
R A. Installed Components
R (1) The Remote Control Unit

R (Ref. Fig. 005)
R The RCU is the input device for the PVIS. Its front plate has four
R P/BSW in line under a LCD for control.
R
R The LCD has a matrix of 20 characters on each of the 4 lines for
R indication. The colour of the characters is dark blue against a
R yellow-green background. The background is backlit.
R
R The 4 P/BSW are membrane switches. The cabin crew uses them for the
R selection of the menus in the system. The indicated menu on the LCD
R helps to find the the correct sub-menu. The subsequent main menus are
R available:
R - SET DISPLAY MODE

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 3
Nov 01/10

SYR
Flight Information
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 4
Aug 01/98

SYR
Flight Maps
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 5
Aug 01/98

SYR
R Power Supply
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 6
Aug 01/99

SYR
Remote Control Unit
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 7
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R - SET TIME TO DEST
R - SET DESTINATION
R - SET LANGUAGES
R - SET GMT
R - DAY/NIGHT VIEWING
R - SCREEN BLANKING.
R
R In SET DISPLAY MODE the subsequent sub-menus are available:
R - AUTO MODE
R - MAP MODE
R - INFO MODE
R - LOGO MODE
R - TOTAL ROUTE
R - TERMINAL MODE.
R
R In SET TIME TO DEST the time to the destination is set for a
R countdown. The remaining time of flight is shown until the
R destination is reached.
R
R In SET DESTINATION a number of possible destinations are displayed on
R subsequent menus for selection of the correct one.
R
R In SET LANGUAGES the language used on the LCD can be changed.
R
R In SET GMT the correct Greenwich mean time must be set. The DIU needs
R it to compute the correct local times for the INFO MODE indications.
R
R In DAY/NIGHT VIEWING the brightness of the LCD can be set.
R
R In SCREEN BLANKING the subsequent sub-menus are available:
R - DISABLE BLANKING
R - ENABLE BLANKING.
B. The Digital Interface Unit

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The DIU is the computer for the PVIS. It is installed in an ARINC 404A
1/2 ATR short case. Its front plate holds 1 handle bars, an electrical
connector for a portable data loader and the identifacation plates. The
rear plate holds the electrical connectors for the intersystem
communication and the power supply.
The DIU brings the subsequent digital data into relation:

- the data received from other aircraft systems.
- the control data from the RCU
- the data stored in the DIU memories.

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 8
Nov 01/10

SYR
Digital Interface Unit
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 9
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
In reaction to the menu selection the DIU calculates the digital output
data and then changes the digital data into video signals. The video
signals are sent to the PES (video) for passenger information.
An ARINC 615 data loader can be connected to the connector on the front
plate ofthe DIU. A 3.5in. floppy disk can be used with the data loader.
The memory of the DIU can be renewed or updated with the data from the
files on that floppy disk. The floppy disk can hold configuration files,
place name overlays for maps or data bases on airport identifiers, time
zones or other data.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indication
R A. Operation of the Passenger Information System
R (1) General
R (Ref. Fig. 007, 008)
R When the aircraft electrical systems are energized the PVIS is
R supplied by the normal busbar 602PP with 28VDC through the circuit
R breaker 189MH.
R (2) System Start-up

R When the RCU is energized a microprocessor and its circuits on the
R controller card perform an initialization procedure and a self test.
R After the self test the start menu is indicated on the LCD. The RCU
R and the system is ready for input data and menu selection.
R
R On the DIU all cable connections for the power supply, to the other
R systems and the RCU are made through the connector on its rear plate.
R When the DIU is energized the computer and all other circuit boards
R perform an initialization procedure and a self test. After the self
R test a signal is generated for the RCU that the system is ready for
R operation.
R (3) System Operation

R All input data from the use of the P/BSW on the RCU are transfered to
R the DIU. The DIU relates this data with its memory contents and
R transfers answer data back to the RCU for indication on the LCD.
R The indications on the LCD cause the cabin crew to push the P/BSW
R again until the necessary actions to complete a menu selection are
R made.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 10
Nov 01/10

SYR
R System Block Diagram
R Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 11
Nov 01/98

SYR
R System Schematic
R Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 12
Nov 01/98

SYR
R The DIU relates its memory contents with the input data from the
R other connected systems and the menu reqiurements. It then produces
R the digital output data for the passengers. This digital output data
R is transformed into video signals in the form of pictures or
R alphanumeric information. The PES (video) shows these video signals
R as maps and/or as written information to the passengers.
R
R The subsequent main modes of operation can be selected by the use of
R menus on the RCU:
R - AUTO MODE
R The AUTO MODE supplies an automatic cycling of all available
R pictures.
R - MAP MODE
R The MAP MODE supplies only maps.
R - INFO MODE
R The INFO MODE supplies only flight information pages.
R - LOGO MODE
R The LOGO MODE supplies logos or graphics.
R - TERM MODE
R The TERM MODE supplies airport terminal charts only.
R
R A total of 32 modes of operation are available. The airline may
R select their own logos or other graphics to be shown.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 13
Nov 01/10

SYR
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - SERVICING
________________________________________
TASK 23-34-00-610-001
Procedure to Update the DIU Database Software
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 301
May 01/04

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-00-010-054
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
access door 824.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002).
Subtask 23-34-00-860-054
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).
(4) Do the IR Alignment Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
NOTE : For the alignment procedure, make sure that the correct values
____
for the longitude and latitude of the A/C position are shown.
NOTE : During the alignment procedure, make sure that a point of

____
departure and a destination (airport identification) are put
in on the MCDU. The point of departure must be where the A/C
location is now.
energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
(6) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
(7) Make sure that the Caddy (190MH2) with the CD-ROM DIU (190MH1) is
installed in the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 302
May 01/04

SYR
Subtask 23-34-00-865-058
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
2000VU PES VIDEO CABIN - RH 24MH C04
2000VU PES VIDEO CABIN - LH 22MH C03
R
Subtask 23-34-00-865-059
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH C06
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-34-00-970-050
A. Load the DIU Database Software.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel

2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The Passenger Visual Information System
the tag(s) and close this(these) (PVIS) energizes.
circuit breaker(s):
189MH (C 6), PES/PVIS.
On the Remote Control Unit (RCU) 191MH,

on the display:

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 303
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the display shows STANDBY during the
initialization and self-test period,
- the MAIN menu page comes into view
when the self test is completed.
2. On the RCU 191MH: On the RCU 191MH, on the display:
- push the pushbutton switch - the cursor points to SELECT MODE,

down or up and select the
line SELECT MODE,
- push the pushbutton switch - the MODE menu page comes into view.
set.
3. On the RCU 191MH: On the RCU 191MH, on the display:
- push the pushbutton switch - the cursor points to AUTO/TEST,

down or up and select the
line AUTO/TEST,
- push the pushbutton switch - the AUTO/TEST function starts.

set.
4. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:

11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch SYST - the integral light of the pushbutton
PWR. switch SYST PWR comes on,
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view while the SCU 11MH
does the self test of the system,
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- wait for the next menu page. - the subsequent menu page comes into
view when the self test is completed:
A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 304
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.
NOTE : The CONT. indication flashes.

____
5. On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the indications in the - the airshow page comes into view.
sequence that follows:
CONT.,
aircraft symbol,
world symbol.
6. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:
- touch the pushbutton switch - the normal airshow information comes

PREV. into view.
7. On the DIU 190MH: On the DIU 190MH:
- loosen the captive screw on the - the access-door is open.

access-door to get access to the
CD-ROM drive,
- open the access-door.
- push the eject pushbutton switch - the caddy 190MH2 extends,

to extend the caddy 190MH2 from
the CD-ROM drive,
- remove the caddy 190MH2 from the - the caddy slot is empty,
CD-ROM drive,
- open the caddy cover and remove - the caddy 190MH2 is empty,
the disk CD-ROM DIU 190MH1,
NOTE : When you remove or install a CD-ROM disk, make sure that you do not
____
scratch or put fingerprints on the surfaces of the disk.
- put the new disk CD-ROM DIU - the new disk CD-ROM DIU 190MH1 is in
190MH1 in position over the position in the caddy 190MH2 and the
center hub of the caddy 190MH2 caddy cover is closed,
and close the caddy cover,

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 305
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- put the caddy 190MH2 into the - the caddy 190MH2 is installed.
caddy slot of the CD-ROM drive.
NOTE : Do not use force to put the caddy 190MH2 into the caddy slot of the
____
CD-ROM drive. This can damage the mechanism.
- close the access-door and - the access-door is closed.

tighten the captive screw.
10. On the DIU 190MH, on the On the DIU 190MH, on the modification
modification plate: plate:
- read the modification data. - if the modifications P or U are not

marked, then do the check of the new
loaded DIU database software at
Paragraph B.,
- if the modifications P or U are
marked, then continue with the
subsequent steps.
NOTE : You can find the modification data on the modification plate on the
____
front panel of the DIU 190MH.

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag The PVIS de-energizes.

this(these) circuit breaker(s):

2000VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and The PVIS energizes.

the tag(s) and close
this(these) circuit breaker(s):
13. Obey the rules that follow:

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 306
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE POWER
_______
WHILE THE AIRSHOW DATA
TRANSFER PROGRAM (ADTP)
OPERATES. WHEN THE ADTP
IS COMPLETED, THE
COPYRIGHT PAGE SHOWS ON
THE DISPLAY. IF YOU
REMOVE THE POWER BEFORE
THE ADTP IS COMPLETED,
DAMAGE TO THE DIU 190MH
WILL OCCUR.
NOTE : IF THE OPERATION OF THE

____
ADTP STOPS BEFORE THE
COPYRIGHT PAGE COMES INTO
VIEW, YOU MUST WAIT FOR A
MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES
BEFORE YOU CAN REMOVE THE
POWER.
- wait for approximately one - the AIRSHOW DATA TRANSFER PROGRAM

minute. page comes into view.
- look for the ADTP revision - if you see no revision status, then
status. continue with step 16,
- if the revision status is REV A, then
continue with step 17,
- if the revision status is REV B, then
continue with step 18.
- look for the shown information. - in the OPERATION field, UPDATE COPY
or FULL COPY comes into view,
- after approximately fifteen to thirty

minutes the STATUS field with
COMPLETED OK comes into view,

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 307
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- when the DIU 190MH reboots, the
OPERATION field with COMPARE COPY or
COMPARE IDS comes into view,
- the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into

view,
- continue with the check of the new

Paragraph B.
NOTE : The subsequent step 17 is only for the ADTP with the revision status
____
REV A.
- look for the shown information. - in the OPERATION field, Getting Size
comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Delete Files

comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Completed OK

comes into view, when all files in
the DIU 190MH are deleted,
- in the OPERATION field, Getting Size

comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Full Copy

comes into view,

comes into view, when all files are
copied to the DIU 190MH,


view,

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 308
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- continue with the check of the new
Paragraph B.
NOTE : The subsequent step 18 is only for the ADTP with the revision status
____
REV B.
- look for the shown information. - in the OPERATION field, Get HD Size
comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Delete Files

comes into view,

comes into view, when all files in
the DIU 190MH are deleted,
- in the OPERATION field, Get CD Size

comes into view,
- in the OPERATION field, Full Copy

comes into view,

comes into view, when all files are
copied to the DIU 190MH,


view.

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 309
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-34-00-280-053
B. Do a Check of the new loaded DIU Database Software.
(1) Open and then close the circuit breaker 189MH to do a reset of the
PVIS.
(2) Do this check.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wait a maximum of two minutes. - the AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page comes into
view,
- the identifier comes into view on the
AIRSHOW COPYRIGHT page.
- wait a maximum of fifteen - the normal airshow information comes

seconds. into view.
3. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:
- push the pushbutton switch SYST - the integral light of the pushbutton
PWR. switch SYST PWR goes off,
- the monitor display goes off.

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag this(these) The PVIS de-energizes.

circuit breaker(s):

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 310
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-00-860-055

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(3) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
items.
(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 23-34-00-410-054
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 311
May 01/07
R
SYR
PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________
TASK 23-34-00-710-001
R Operational Test of the Passenger Visual Information-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
34-10-00-860-002 ADIRS Start Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-00-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the ADIRS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 501
May 01/07

SYR
(5) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) (Video) is
energized (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001) and the LCD monitors are
extended.
Subtask 23-34-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N09
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N05
R
Subtask 23-34-00-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-34-00-710-050
A. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (without the data from the Flight Management and
Guidance Computer (FMGC) and the Air Data/Inertial Reference System
(ADIRS)):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS Remote Control
2000VU: Unit (RCU):
- remove the safety clip(s) and - STANDBY is indicated for the
the tag(s) and close this(these) initialization and self-test period.
circuit breaker(s): - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
189MH. after the self-test is complete.
2. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
11MH:
- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - the integral light of the SYST PWR
switch. pushbutton switch comes on,
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
comes into view.
In the cabin:
- all Hatrack Mounted Display Units
(HMDU) 100MH move down out of the
hatrack and after 5s retract into the
hatrack.
On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:

- the MENU page comes into view,
- the zone marks are blinking.
3. On the monitor of the SCU 11MH:
- touch the indications in the

following sequence:
CONT,
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION,

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PFIS,
- push the PREV pushbutton switch,
- touch the PFIS indication,
- push the EXEC pushbutton switch.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU move down out of the

hatrack.
4. On the PVIS RCU: In the cabin on the HMDU:
- push the pushbutton switch SET - no flight information or maps are

again. shown.
- the LOGO available is shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP or - the maps are shown.

DOWN to set the cursor to the
MAP MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch SET.
- push the pushbutton switch UP or - no maps are shown.

DOWN to set the cursor to the - no flight information is shown.
INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch UP or - the LOGO available is shown.

LOGO MODE.
5. On the circuit breaker panel On the PVIS RCU:

2000VU:
- open, safety and tag this(these) - the PVIS with all indications
circuit breaker(s): switches off.
189MH.

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-34-00-710-051
B. Test of the Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS)
(1) Do this test (with the data from the FMGC and the ADIRS):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

121VU:
- remove the safety clip(s) and
the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
10CA2
6FP2
4FP2
5FP2
2. On the circuit breaker panel On the LCD of the PVIS RCU:

2000VU: - STANDBY is indicated for the
- remove the safety clip(s) and initialization and self-test period.
the tag(s) and close this(these) - the cursor is set to SET DISPLAY MODE
circuit breaker(s): after the self-test is complete.
189MH.
3. Do the Check of the IR Alignment

Procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-
004).
4. On the PVIS RCU: On the LCD of the RCU:

- push the pushbutton switch SET. - the cursor moves to the AUTO MODE
menu.
- push the SET again. In the cabin on the HMDU:

- the LOGO available is shown.
- the flight information is shown.
- the maps are shown.
- push the pushbutton switch UP or - the maps are shown.

MAP MODE.

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 505
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the pushbutton switch UP or - the flight information is shown.
INFO MODE.
- push the pushbutton switch UP or - the LOGO available is shown.

LOGO MODE.
5. On the SCU 11MH: In the cabin:

- push the SYST PWR pushbutton - all HMDU go off and retract into the
switch. hatracks.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the monitor goes off,
- the intregral light of the SYST PWR
pushbutton switch goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-00-860-053
(1) On the panels 301VU and 500VU, set the PFD and ND potentiometers to
OFF.
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
items.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-00

Page 506
May 01/11
R
SYR
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) (190MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-34-34-000-001
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-34-34-865-056
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2000VU PES - PVIS 189MH C06

EFF :

ALL 23-34-34

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-34-34-010-050
B. Get Access

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Digital Interface Unit
(3) Pull the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
(4) Remove the Digital Interface Unit (5).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-34

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
R Digital Interface Unit
R Figure 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-34-34

Page 403
Aug 01/99

SYR
TASK 23-34-34-400-001
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU) (190MH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-00-610-001 Procedure to Update the DIU Database Software

23-34-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Visual
Information-System
23-34-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-860-050


EFF :

ALL 23-34-34

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-34-34-865-059
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Digital Interface Unit
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct
condition.
(5) Install the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2).
(6) Engage the nuts (3) on the studs (4) and tighten.
R
Subtask 23-34-34-610-050
R B. Do the procedure to update the DIU database software (Ref. TASK 23-34-00-
610-001).
Subtask 23-34-34-710-050
R C. Do the operational test of the passenger visual information-system

(Ref. TASK 23-34-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-34

Page 405
Aug 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-34

Page 406
May 01/02

SYR
CONTROL UNIT - REMOTE (191MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-34-35-000-001
Removal of the Remote Control Unit 191MH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-34-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-34-35-865-053
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-34-35-010-050
B. Open the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment to get access to the video control center (VCC).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-35

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-35-020-050
R A. Removal of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
(1) Loosen the captive knurled screws (4) in front of the Remote Control
Unit (RCU) (3).
(2) Pull the RCU (3) forward to get access to the electrical connector
(2).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the RCU (3).
(4) Remove the RCU (3) from the video control center.
R (5) Put the blanking cap on the disconnected electrical connector (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-35

Page 402
Nov 01/99

SYR
R Remote Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-34-35

Page 403
Aug 01/99

SYR
TASK 23-34-35-400-001
Installation of the Remote Control Unit 191MH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-34-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Passenger Visual

R Information-System
23-34-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-35-010-051
A. Make sure that the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment (video control center) is open.
R Subtask 23-34-35-865-054
R B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
R tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-34-35

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-34-35-991-001)
Subtask 23-34-35-420-050
A. Installation of the Remote Control Unit (RCU)
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the disconnected electrical connector
(2).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector is clean and in the correct
condition.
(5) Place the the Remote Control Unit (RCU) (3) in front of its slot in
the video control center.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the RCU (3).
(7) Install the RCU (3).
(8) Tighten the captive knurled screws (4).
R Subtask 23-34-35-865-055
R breaker(s):
R 189MH
Subtask 23-34-35-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the Passenger Visual Information System

(Ref. TASK 23-34-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-35

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-34-35-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the flap (1) on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment (video control center).

EFF :

ALL 23-34-35

Page 406
Nov 01/99

SYR
R PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video gives prerecorded video
R programs through the Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) monitors. The LCD monitors
R are installed in the cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the PES music (Ref. 23-33-00) and the Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00). Passengers can hear
R the video sound through the Passenger Control Units (PCU) over the related
R headset, which are a part of the PES music. The video sound, heard from the
R cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11MH SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 221 23-36-34
12MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
13MH VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 221 23-36-52
50MH1 TAPPING UNIT 221 23-36-00
100MH1 HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT 221 23-36-22

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 1
Nov 01/10

SYR
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 2
Aug 01/98

SYR
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet 2/2)
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 3
Aug 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________________
System Description
R A. Description of the installed Systems

R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R (1) General
R The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
R
R - one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH installed is in the video
R control center in the first FWD overhead stowage compartment on the
R LH side of the cabin,
R - one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH is installed in the video
R control center,
R - a prewired mounting plate 10MH together with cassette storage is
R installed in the video control center,
R - 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the
R passenger-compartment lateral walls,
R - 20 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting
R mechanism are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral
R hatracks.
R
R The VTR 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program
R signal is sent through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
R The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music
R Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
R Passengers can hear the video program after selection of channel 1
R thru 4 on the PCU 200MK with the related headset. The video program
R sound, heard from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
R A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to
R the SCU 11MH. In the event of a rapid cabin decompression the SCU
R 11MH controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 4
Nov 01/10

SYR
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 5
Aug 01/98

SYR
R (2) Functions
The PES video is mainly controlled and operated by the SCU through
menu-guided screen indications. Thus a special touch-screen is used.
Also the touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program
and to control the VTR 1 and VTR 2.
R (a) System Test

The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The busbar 210XP-C supplies 115VAC to the PES video through the circuit
breaker 21MH. The busbar 210XP-B supplies 115VAC to the PES video through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the relay 800MH. The busbar 210XP-A supplies
115VAC to the PES video through the circuit breaker 24MH and the relay
800MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH. This
line also operates the relay 800MH.
The HMDU installed on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through
the circuit breaker 22MH and the related tapping units. The HMDU installed
on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 24MH and the related tapping units.
5. _____________________
R A. Installed Components
R (1) System Control Unit (SCU)

(Ref. Fig. 005)
R (a) General
R 1
_ The SCU is installed in the video control center in the
R passenger-compartment most forward LH lateral hatrack. It
permits the control of the PES video through a special
touch-screen and pushbutton switches found on the front of the
unit.
R (b) Electrical Connections
R 1
_ Electrical connections are made through the prewired mounting
R plate 10MH to connectors on the back of the unit.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 6
Nov 01/10

SYR
Power Supply - Schematic
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 7
Aug 01/98

SYR
System Control Unit (SCU).
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 8
Aug 01/98

SYR
Video and audio input data from the VTR are connected to
connector J1B. CIDS related data such as ARINC 429 data, audio
data and system power are connected to connector J1C. PES
music related data are connected to connector J1C (audio data)
and J1A (video keylines). The cabin decompression is connected
to connector J1A.
R (c) Function
The function of the SCU is to control and operate the PES video
(Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
R (d) Control Elements
R 1
_ SYST PWR Pushbutton Switch
When you push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch the integral
light and the screen comes on. Also power is sent to the VTR.
R 2
_ 5-inch LCD (Touch-Screen)
A 5-inch LCD is installed to preview the selected video
program and shows special touch-screen related indications.
The surface of the LCD has 12 segments of transparent membrane
switches (touch-screen) which are used to select different
system functions and operation procedures (Ref. Para. 6.
Operation).
R 3
_ ENTER EXEC Pushbutton Switch
When you push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch all functions
set through the touch-screen are done.
R 4
_ ENTER PREV Pushbutton Switch
When you push the ENTER PREV pushbutton switch the set video
program is shown on the screen without cabin presentation. The
video program sound is heard over a headset connected to the
MONITOR jack.
R 5
_ ENTER MENU Pushbutton Switch
When you push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch the initial
menu is shown on the screen.
R 6
_ BRIGHT Control Knob
The BRIGHT control knob sets the screen brightness.
R 7
_ PA VOLUME MIN/MAX Control Knob
When the PA function is set the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX control knob
controls the volume from the cabin loudspeakers.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 9
Nov 01/10

SYR
R 8
_ PA CH1/CH2 Switch
When the PA function is set the PA CH1/CH2 switch sets the VTR
audio channels which are sent to the CIDS and are heard from
the cabin loudspeakers.
R 9
_ MONITOR Jacks
The SCU has two types of jacks to connect a stethoscopic or an
electrical headset. The jacks are used to monitor the video
program sound when the preview function is set.
R (2) Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two identical VTR, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be
used to reproduce the contents of a video. Therefore the subsequent
paragraph describes the functions of only one VTR.
R (a) General
R 1
_ A compact, lightweight, front-loading cassette reproducer with
R dual-channel audio output is installed in the video control
center.
R 2
_ Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the
R rear of the unit. All input/output data from/to the SCU are
connected through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to
connector J1.
R (b) Control Elements
R 1
_ On the front face of the VTR are:
- the control pushbutton switches POWER, REW (rewind), PLAY,
FF (fast forward), STOP and EJECT
- the indicator lights POWER, REW, PLAY, FF, STOP and TAPE IN
.
R 2
_ The SCU touch-screen permits control of the VTR functions REW,
R PLAY, FF and STOP.
R (c) Description
R 1
_ The VTR uses a rotary playback system with 3 video heads (two
R for normal video and audio playback and one additional head
for use with one of the first for still picture reproduction)
and has a forward speed of 14.345mm/sec. The cassette rewind
or fast forward time is less than 4 minutes when NTSC 120 min.
video cassette is used.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 10
Nov 01/10

SYR
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 11
Aug 01/98

SYR
R 2
_ A 8mm video cassette recorded in NTSC HI-8 or normal format is
R used to provide approximately 120 minutes of prerecorded video
program. Two channels of audio, after digitizing and encoding,
are recorded ahead of the video signals as PCM audio for dual
language or stereo programming.
R (d) Random-Access Tape Operation

When a programmed tape is used the VTR reads the data recorded at
the start of the tape. These data contain information about the
programmed tape segments. When these data are read by the VTR,
the operator can set the program segments through a special
procedure on the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
R (e) Loading/Unloading
To load a VTR, insert the cassette cartridge into the access door
with the arrow on the cassette pointing towards the VTR. To
unload a VTR, push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the
movement of the cassettes. To remove the cassette, push the EJECT
pushbutton switch.
R (f) Dew Sensor and Indication

If the built-in dew sensor indicates a high humidity condition,
R the VTR enters a disable period (approx. 30 minutes). During
R this period most of the VTR functions are disabled to permit
natural drying.
R (3) Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

(Ref. Fig. 007)
R (a) General
R 1
_ 20 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the
R passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
R 2
_ The electrical connections are made through two connectors on
R the top of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC and control data are
connected to the connector J1. The video signal is connected
to the connector J2.
R (b) Description
The HMDUs have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A
retraction mechanism extends and retracts the LCD-section of a
HMDU.
The HMDUs are switched ON or OFF individually through the SCU.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 12
Nov 01/10

SYR
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 13
Aug 01/98

SYR
R (4) Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 008)
R (a) General
R 1
_ 7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment
R lateral wall. Each tapping unit has an interface for a maximum
of 2 HMDU.
R 2
_ Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The
R first tapping unit of each data-line receives the video and
control data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector
J2. The same data is connected through connector J3 to the
next tapping unit input-connector J2. The last tapping unit
ends with a termination plug connected to connector J3.
R (b) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a
related display unit through the tapping units. Each tapping unit
has an 8-bit internal DIP-switch to give a unique address to the
unit. This enables the SCU to control each HMDU individually.
6. Operation
_________
R A. Operation of the PES Video
R (1) Energization
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R (a) Power for the PES video is available when the busbars 210XPA,
R 210XPB and 210XPC are energized, the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH,
R 23MH, 24MH and 25MH are closed and relay 800MH operates.
R (b) The SCU and the VTRs are energized when the SYST PWR pushbutton
R switch on the SCU is pushed. Then the initial menu is shown on
R the SCU touch-screen.
R (c) The HMDU are energized through the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para.
R 6.A.(3)).
R (2) Video Program Preview Function

R (Ref. Fig. 010)
R (a) General
R The video program preview function lets the operator preview a
R set video program on the SCU screen without cabin presentation.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 14
Nov 01/10

SYR
Tapping Unit
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 15
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
SCU Power-on and Initial Menu
R Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 16
Feb 01/99

SYR
Video Program Preview Function - Activation
R Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 17
Feb 01/99

SYR
R (b) Activation
R 1
_ When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into
R one of the VTRs the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen.
R To set the preview function, push the PREV pushbutton switch.
R Now all operational procedures are guided through special
R information and indications on the SCU touch-screen.
R 2
_ To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1
R indication, to preview the VTR 2 video program, touch the
R VIDEO 2 indication. The screen changes and the operational
R symbols of the VTRs (REW, PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You
R can control the VTR2 through these touch-screen symbols. To
R start the VTR, touch the PLAY symbol. The VTR then starts to
R operate and the video program plus the operational symbols are
R shown on the SCU-screen. The video program sound is heard over
R a headset connected to the MONITOR jack.
R 3
_ To stop the preview function, touch the STOP symbol on the SCU
R screen. To get the initial menu, push the MENU pushbutton
R switch on the SCU.
R (3) Normal System Operation

R (Ref. Fig. 011)
R (a) General
R During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set
R for cabin presentation with or without audio sound distribution
R through the cabin loudspeakers. You can control the VTRs with the
R SCU touch-screen.
R (b) Activation
R 1
_ When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into
R one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the SCU screen.
R The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO
R 2 and the PA indication.
R 2
_ To show the VTR video program in the cabin with video sound
R distribution through the cabin loudspeakers, touch the
R aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and the PA indications
R on the SCU touch-screen in sequence.
R 3
_ To do these settings push the EXEC pushbutton switch on the
R SCU. The selected VTR starts to operate and the HMDUs move
R down out of the hatracks and show the set video program. The
R video sound is heard over the headset connected to the PCU

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 18
Nov 01/10

SYR
Normal Operation - Menu Selection
R Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 19
Feb 01/99

SYR
R when channel 1 or 2 is selected and from the cabin
R loudspeakers.
R 4
_ The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set
R with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX control knob on the SCU.
R 5
_ To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF indication on
R the SCU touch-screen. The VTR stops and rewinds to the start
R position. The video presentation on the HMDU stops and the
R HMDUs move back into the hatracks. The SCU screen shows the
R initial menu.
R (4) Special System Operation

R (Ref. Fig. 012, 013)
R (a) General
R 1
_ The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when
R a video cassette is used which contains programmed
R video-segment data at the start of the tape. These data are
R automatically read by the VTR when a programmed cassette is
R inserted in one of the VTR.
R 2
_ The data contains information about tape segments recorded on
R the tape (location and duration). Each tape segment has a
R unique number for segment identification. The SCU provides a
R special menu-guided operational procedure to preset tape
R segments.
R (b) Activation
R 1
_ When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is
R inserted into one of the VTR the initial menu is shown on the
R SCU screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the
R VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 and the PA indication.
R 2
_ To use the random-access tape operation-function, touch the
R aircraft symbol and the VIDEO 1, VIDEO 2 indication on the
R touch-screen. All the subsequent settings are menu-guided and
R self-explained. They are shown in Fig. Random-Access Tape
R Operation - Example. This figure shows an example how to
R preset tape segment #1 with sound distribution in the cabin
R and subsequently tape segment #3 without sound distribution in
R the cabin.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 20
Nov 01/10

SYR
Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2)
R Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 21
Feb 01/99

SYR
Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 22
Feb 01/99

SYR
R (5) Decompressurization
R If a rapid cabin decompression occurs a ground signal from the cabin
R decompression sensor is sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls the
R retraction of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 23
Nov 01/10

SYR
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 24
Nov 01/10

SYR
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-100-002
Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cleaning tape
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-053
Subtask 23-36-00-865-077
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 201
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-36-00-010-054
C. Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.
NOTE : Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then
____
continue with the procedure.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-160-051
A. Clean the Video Head
CAUTION : DO NOT USE A CLEANING TAPE FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS. LONGER
_______
OPERATION OF THE CLEANING TAPE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VIDEO
HEAD.
(1) Remove any installed video tape from the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR).
(2) Put the cleaning tape into the VTR and push the STOP membrane switch
immediately.
(3) Push the PLAY membrane switch.
(4) After 15 seconds push the STOP membrane switch and the EJECT membrane
switch.
(5) Remove the cleaning tape from the VTR.
(6) If you have removed a video tape, put it back into the related VTR.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-410-056
A. Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 202
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch from the SCU.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 203
May 01/03

SYR
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING
___________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-100-001
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific sterile gauze pad
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-020

VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 301
Aug 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
R (1) Get an MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) or a sterile gauze pad and
moisten with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-020).
(2) Lightly rub the surface of the screen one time only.
(3) Get a new piece of wadding or gauze soaked with the anti-static
cleaner. Rub the surface of the screen again to remove all the marks.
NOTE : Use a new piece of wadding (or gauze) each time, because dust
____
on the wadding (or gauze) can cause scratches on the screen.
Dry the screen with a clean wadding (or gauze). Rub the screen
one time only with each new piece of wadding (or gauze).
NOTE : Always make the pad moist, not the screen.

____
Rub the screen lightly. We recommend you mist the surface of
the screen before you rub it with the wadding (or gauze). This
prevents scratches.
The more frequently you replace the wadding (or gauze) the
faster and better is the cleaning.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-862-051
A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 302
Aug 01/11

SYR
R PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 23-36-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific electrical headset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 501
Nov 01/08

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050

002).
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is

NOTE : The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which

____
includes the CAM seat layout transfer.
(4) Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn
them to the TEST position.
(5) Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
Subtask 23-36-00-865-076
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
2000VU PRAM 2RX E01

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050
A. Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
NOTE : Make sure that two 8mm NTSC video cassettes used with the VTR 1
____
12MH and VTR 2 13MH are available.
NOTE : Make sure that an electrical headset used with the Passenger
____
Control Unit (PCU) 200MK and 201MK or the System Control Unit
(SCU) 11MH is available.
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the System Control Unit (SCU) On the SCU 11MH:

11MH:
switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
is shown on the screen.
In the cabin:
hatrack and subsequently move back up
into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH:

- after not many seconds the subsequent
menu is shown on the screen:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.

____
On the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH

and 13MH :

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the integral light of the POWER
pushbutton switch comes on.
- if necessary turn the BRIGHT - the screen brightness changes.

control knob to adjust the
brightness.
NOTE : Make sure that the label sides of the cassettes are upside and the
____
arrow mark point towards the VTR 12MH and 13MH.
2. On the VTR 12MH and 13MH: On the VTR 12MH and 13MH:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN

_______
YOU PUT THE CASSETTE
INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
- insert the video cassettes. - the integral light of the EJECT


- touch the CONT. indication on - the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch
the screen. integral light comes on.
- the initial menu is shown on the
screen (
, screen 1).
- touch the aircraft symbol on the On the SCU 11MH:

screen. - the aircraft symbol background stops
to flash and comes on white.
- touch the VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2 - the aircraft symbol background

indication on the screen. changes to lila.
After 5 seconds:
- the subsequent menu is shown on the
screen:
A. TO PLAY:
. . . PRESS EXEC BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM SEGMENTS OR

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R . . . PRESS PREV BUTTON BELOW
R On the SCU 11MH:
R - push the ENTER PREV pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER MENU
R switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
R - the integral light of the ENTER PREV
R pushbutton switch comes on.
R - the VIDEO indication and the message
R PRESS VIDEO TO BE PROGRAMMED OR
R PREVIEWED
R are shown on the screen (
R , screen 2).
R - touch the VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2 - the VIDEO indication goes off.

R indication on the screen. - the operation symbols of the VTR 1 or
R VTR 2 are shown on the screen.
R NOTE : The STOP symbol flashes.

____
R - touch the PLAY symbol on the - the STOP symbol stops to flash.
R screen. - the PLAY symbol flashes.
R - the VTR 1 or VTR 2 video program is
R shown on the screen (
R , screen 5).
R On the VTR :
R - the integral light of the STOP
R pushbutton switch goes off.
R - the integral light of the PLAY
R On the headset:
R - connect the electrical headset - the VTR video program sound is heard.
R to the MONITOR jack.
R On the SCU 11MH:
R - push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER PREV
R - the integral light of the ENTER EXEC

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 505
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - the subsequent indications are shown
R on the screen:
R aircraft symbol
R VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2
R OFF
R
R , screen 4).
R In the cabin:
R - the HMDUs move down out of the
R hatrack and show the VTR video
R program.
R 4. In the cabin, at one Passenger At the related PCU 200MK or 201MK:

R Control Unit (PCU) 200MK or
R 201MK:
R - connect the electrical headset.
R - set the channel 1. - the VTR video program sound is heard

R over the headset.
R - set the channel 2. - the VTR video program sound is heard

R over the headset.
R 5. On the SCU 11MH: On the SCU 11MH:

R - turn the PA VOLUME control knob
R to a position between MIN and
R MAX.
R - push the ENTER MENU pushbutton - the integral light of the ENTER MENU
R switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
R - the initial menu is shown on the
R screen for approx. 5 seconds (
R , screen 1).
R NOTE : Do the subsequent test step in less than 5 seconds or push the ENTER
____
R MENU pushbutton switch again.
R - touch the PA indication on the

R screen.
R - set the PA CH1/CH2 switch to
R the CH1 position.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 506
Nov 01/98

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton - the subsequent indications are shown
switch. on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1 or VIDEO 2
OFF
PA
, Screen 4.
- the integral light of the ENTER MENU
In the cabin.
- the video program sound is heard from
the loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:

- the video program sound is heard over
the headset.
- turn the VOLUME control knob - the volume of the video program sound
from the MIN to the MAX position changes in relation of the VOLUME
and back to an intermediate control knob position.
position.
- disconnect the electrical

headset.
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051
B. Do the priority test of the Video/Audio and Announcement.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin, on the emergency

oxygen containers:
- pull the door stops down and
turn them 90 degrees to the test
position.
2. On the FWD attendant station LH: On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel
(AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the # symbol comes on.
cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 507
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PA ALL pushbutton - the # symbol goes off.
switch. - the PA ALL message comes on.
At the VTR 12MH e. g. 13MH:

- The VTR goes into PAUSE mode.
In the cabin:
- push the PTT pushbutton switch - the HMDU show no video program, the
and speak into the handset. screen is dark.
- the video program sound heard from
the loudspeakers is cancelled and the
announcement is heard.
In the lavatories and at the aft

attendant station:
- the announcement is heard from the
loudspeakers.

- the video program sound heard over
the headset is cancelled and the
announcement is heard.
At the FWD AIP 320RH:
- release the PTT pushbutton - the PA ALL message goes off.

switch and put the handset back
into the cradle.
At the VTR 12MH e. g. 13MH:

- The VTR goes back to PLAY mode.
In the cabin:
- the HMDU show the video program
again.
the loudspeakers.

the headset.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 508
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. On the Forward Attendant Panel On the FAP 120RH, music section:
(FAP) 120RH, music section:
- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch comes on.
- the channel 1 is shown on the BGM
channel display.
In the cabin:
the loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK, channel 1 or

2:
the headset.
4. At the FAP 120RH, music section: At the FAP 120RH:

- push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane - the integral light of the MUSIC
switch. ON/OFF membrane switch goes off.
NOTE : Before you do the next test step make sure that all emergency-oxygen
____
container door-stops are in the test position.
5. In the cockpit, on panel 21VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

- the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK
_______ comes on.
MAN ON PUSHBUTTON
SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE
THAN 5 SECONDS.
- lift the guard and push the MASK

MAN ON pushbutton switch.
In the cabin:
- all emergency oxygen container-doors
open to the maximum travel permitted
by the door stops.
- all HMDUs 100MH go off and move back
up into the hatracks.
- the video program sound heard from
the loudspeakers is cancelled and the
emergency announcement is heard.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 509
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the video program sound heard over
the headset is cancelled and the
emergency announcement is heard.
On the SCU 11MH:

- the information shown on the screen
goes off.
- the integral lights of all the
pushbutton switches go off.
At the VTR 1 12MH or VTR 2 13MH:

- the VTR stops to operate.
- the integral lights e. g. the
indication lights of all the
pushbutton switches go off.
6. In the cockpit, on panel 50VU: In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

- push the OXYGEN TMR RESET - the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light
pushbutton switch. goes off.
On the SCU 11MH:
- the integral light of the SYST PWR

- the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST ---
is shown on the screen.
In the cabin:
hatrack and subsequently move back up
into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH:

- after not many seconds the subsequent
menu is shown on the screen:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 510
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
On the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 1 12MH

or VTR 2 13MH:
- the integral light of the POWER
7. At VTR 1 or VTR 2:
- push the EJECT pushbutton
switch and remove the cassette.

- the screen goes off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
(2) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed
(3) On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal
Subtask 23-36-00-860-051
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).
R
R (2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-00

Page 511
Nov 01/00

SYR
MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 23-36-22-000-001
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
R Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052
A. Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
(1) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(6) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3) and
remove the HMDU (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 403
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-36-22-400-001
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98A25207503000 1 PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 404
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-865-070
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053
A. Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(6) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to outboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 405
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-36-22-865-071
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH
Subtask 23-36-22-861-052
C. Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053
D. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001) System.
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 23-36-22-000-002
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 407
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054
A. Removal of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
(1) Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3).
(3) Lower the outboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(6) Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3) and
remove the HMDU (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 408
Nov 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-36-22-400-002
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
23-36-22-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 409
May 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-865-073
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054
A. Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
(1) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard
mounting rail (3).
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
condition.
(4) Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5) Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard
mounting rail (3).
(6) Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to inboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assembly forward and rearward to prevent this.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 410
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-36-22-865-074
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 24MH
Subtask 23-36-22-861-053
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-22-710-051
D. Operational Test
(1) Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the

Passenger Entertainment System
(Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-
001).
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-22

Page 411
May 01/11

SYR
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO (11MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-34-000-001
Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-34-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-34

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050
A. Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
(1) Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage
compartment for access to the video control center.
(2) Loosen the knurled nuts (2) of the SCU 11MH and lower the fasteners.
(3) Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the rack.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-34

Page 402
Nov 01/10

SYR
System Control Unit.
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-36-34

Page 403
Aug 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-36-34-400-001
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
23-36-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-34-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-34

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050
A. Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
condition.
(5) Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack. Make sure that the SCU
is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (2) until the SCU (1)
is correctly attached.
R Subtask 23-36-34-865-058
R breaker(s):
R 20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 24MH
Subtask 23-36-34-860-050
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050
D. Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK

23-36-00-710-001)System.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-34

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the flap on the front end of the forward stowage compartment.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-34

Page 406
Aug 01/98

SYR
TAPPING UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________
TASK 23-36-44-000-001
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-23-48-000-001 Removal of the Cove Light Panels

23-36-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-44-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-36-44-010-050
B. Remove the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-44-020-051
A. Removal of the Tapping Unit
NOTE : The removal of each TU is the same.

____
(1) Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2).
(3) Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the tapping unit (4).
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit ends
____
with a termination plug connected to the tapping unit
connector J3. If a related tapping unit is removed, remove the
termination plug.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 402
Nov 01/10

SYR
Tapping Unit (TU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 403
Aug 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-36-44-400-001
Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
25-23-48-400-001 Installation of the Cove Light Panels
23-36-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-44-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-36-44-860-050
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Make sure that the applicable cove light panels are removed
(Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Do an Inspection of the Insulation Mats
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INSULATION MATS ARE NOT DAMAGED. DAMAGED
_______
INSULATION MATS CAN CAUSE WATER TO GO INTO THE TAPPING
UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
(a) Make sure that the insulation mats adjacent to the tapping unit
are clean and in the correct condition.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-44-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050
A. Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)
(1) On the top of the tapping unit (4), put each micro switch to its
required position.
NOTE : At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end
____
with a termination plug. If a related tapping unit is
installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit
connector J3.
(2) Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
condition.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 405
May 01/07
R
SYR
(5) Connect the Electrical Connectors
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT
_______
ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU
DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO
INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
TAPPING UNIT.
NOTE : You can find the instruction to install cables with a

____
low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig. 018.
(a) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and
safety with the spring latches (3).
Subtask 23-36-44-865-055
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 24MH
Subtask 23-36-44-860-051
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-44-710-050
D. Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Do the Operational Test of the

Passenger Entertainment System
(Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001)
(Video).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 406
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-44-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001)
items.
(3) Install the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-44

Page 407
Nov 01/05

SYR
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT (12MH,13MH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-36-52-000-001
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
_______
ENVIRONMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-36-52-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-36-52

Page 401
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-52-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(2) Open the front door of the left overhead stowage compartment.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050
A. Removal of the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 12MH and VTR 13MH
NOTE : The removal of both VTRs (1) is the same.

____
(1) Loosen the screws (2).
(2) Carefully remove the VTR (1) from the rack.
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-36-52

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Video Tape Reproducer
Figure 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-36-52

Page 403
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
TASK 23-36-52-400-001
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Video)
(CIDS)
(CIDS)
23-36-52-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-52-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 23-36-52

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-36-52-991-001)
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050
A. Installation of the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 12MH and VTR 13MH
NOTE : The installation of both VTRs (1) is the same.

____
condition.
(5) Carefully install the VTR (1) into the rack. Make sure that the VTR
is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connectors.
(6) Tighten the screws (2).
Subtask 23-36-52-865-061
breaker(s):
20MH, 21MH, 22MH, 24MH
Subtask 23-36-52-860-050
73-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-36-52-710-050
D. Do this Test
(1) Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment (video)

(Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001) system.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-36-52

Page 405
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(4) Close the front door of the left forward overhead stowage
compartment.

EFF :

ALL 23-36-52

Page 406
May 01/07
R
SYR
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The ground crew call system enables crew member-to-ground mechanic or ground
R mechanic-to-crew member calls.
R It has also an aural warning function when the aircraft is powered by
R batteries for the systems given below :
R - APU fire
R - ADIRS powered by batteries
R - Equipment ventilation faulty.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1WC P/BSW-CALLS/MECH 21VU 211
10WC P/BSW-COCKPIT CALL 108VU 120
12WC P/BSW-RESET 108VU 120
14WC IND LT-COCKPIT CALL 108VU 120
15WC HORN-MECH CALL 124 23-42-21
3. System
__________________
Description
The ground crew call system consists of :
- a CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch 1WC located on the overhead panel 21VU in
the cockpit. It is associated with the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU of the ground power receptacle.
- a mechanic call horn 15WC located in the nose gear well. The horn sounds
to warn the mechanic of a call.
- a COCKPIT CALL indicator light 14WC located on the panel 108VU. This
indicator light comes on to warn the mechanic of a call.
- a COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC located on the panel 108VU. This
pushbutton switch enables the ground mechanic to call the crew members via
the circuit WW for the audio function and circuit RN for the visual
indication.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The ground crew call system is supplied with 28VDC power from the 28VDC HOT
BUS 702PP. The system is protected by the circuit breaker 2WC located on the
panel 121VU.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04

SYR
R Ground Crew Call System - Component Location
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 2
May 01/06

SYR
5. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The system operates on the ground only, with the left and right main landing
gear shock absorbers compressed. However, in flight or A/C on jacks , if the
LGCIU is not energized, the ground crew call is activated following pilots
action.
A. Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member Call

When pressing the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC, a ground signal is
applied to the FWCs (31-52) triggering the buzzer circuit which feeds the
aural warning signal to the loud speakers. This ground signal is applied
to the circuit RN for the illumination of the MECH legend on the ACPs.
B. Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic Call

During all the time the pilot presses the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch
1WC located on the overhead panel, the mechanic call horn sounds. The
blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light comes on.
When the pilot releases the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch, the mechanic
call horn stops but the indicator light remains on. This indicator light
goes off when the mecanic presses the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU.
In addition, warnings are generated for the following systems :
- 26-13 APU FIRE on ground
- 21-26 BLOWERS LO FLOW on ground with engines shut down
- 34-14 ADIRS ON BAT on ground with engines shut down.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 3
May 01/06
R
SYR
Ground Crew Call System - Schematic
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 4
May 01/06
R
SYR
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-42-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Mechanic Call
_______
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS IN A RADIUS OF 5 M MIN. AROUND
_______
R THE NOSE LANDING GEAR. WHEN THE MECHANIC CALL HORN OPERATES, THE
R SOUND LEVEL IS MORE THAN 110 DB.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do the call test between the cockpit and the ground.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 501
May 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-42-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-42-00-710-050
A. Cockpit to Ground Crew Call
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 21VU : - On the external power panel 108VU,

- Push and release the CALLS/MECH the COCKPIT CALL indicator light
pushbutton switch. comes on and stays on.
- The horn in the nose landing-gear
well must operate when you push the
CALLS/MECH pushbutton swith.
2. On the external power panel On the panel 108VU:

108VU:
- Push and release the RESET - The blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light
pushbutton switch. goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 502
May 01/02

SYR
Subtask 23-42-00-710-051
B. Ground Crew-to-Cockpit Call
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the external power panel

108VU:
- Push the COCKPIT CALL - On the ACPs, the amber MECH

pushbutton switch. annunciator light flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer in the
audio-warning loudspeakers
(the buzzer operates as long as you
push the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton
switch).
2. On the ACP :
- Push the RESET pushbutton - On the ACPs, the amber MECH

switch. annunciator light goes off.
NOTE : You must push the RESET

____
pushbutton switch less than one
minute after the call. If not,
the MECH annunciator lights go
off automatically.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-42-00-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-42-00

Page 503
May 01/98

SYR
HORN - MECHANIC CALL (15WC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-42-21-000-001
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn (15WC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening

ESPM 204825
ASM 23-42/01
AWM 23-42-02
23-42-21-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-050
R A. Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the landing gear.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-42-21-010-050
B. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position under the
nose landing gear well.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001)
Subtask 23-42-21-020-050
A. Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn
(1) Loosen the quarter turn fasteners (1).
(2) Slowly open the cover of the box.
(3) Disconnect the power supply wires (3) at the splice with the
applicable tool (Ref. ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. ESPM 204825) (Ref. AWM 23-
42-02).
(4) Remove the screws (2) and (4).
(5) Remove the call horn (5) from its support.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Mechanic Call Horn
Figure 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-42-21-400-001
Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn (15WC)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-42-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Mechanic Call

32-22-00-010-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001 Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
ESPM 204825
ASM 23-42/01
AWM 23-42-02
23-42-21-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-051
R (1) Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the landing gear.
(2) Make sure that the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear
well (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001) are open.

position under the nose landing gear well.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-42-21-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-42-21-991-001)
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE MOBILE PART OF THE HORN. TOO
_______
MUCH PRESSURE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HORN (WILL DECREASE THE
CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE MOBILE AND FIXED PARTS).
Subtask 23-42-21-420-050
A. Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn
(3) Install the horn (5) on its support.
(4) Tighten the nut (4).
(5) Put the support on the cover.
(6) Tighten the nut (2).
(7) Connect the power supply wires (3) using the applicable tool (Ref.
ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. AWM 23-42-02) (Ref. ESPM 204825).
(8) Close the cover of the box.
(9) Hold the cover of the box and tighten the quick release fasteners (1)
by a quarter turn.

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 405
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-42-21-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
Subtask 23-42-21-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the mechanic call (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call

only) (Ref. TASK 23-42-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-42-21-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).
(4) Close the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well
(Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-42-21

Page 406
May 01/11

SYR
R FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The cabin and flight crew interphone-system, circuit RH is described in the
R Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). (Ref. 23-73-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 1
Nov 01/99

SYR
R FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 23-43-00-700-001
Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure the cabin and flight crew interphone system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew

Interphone-System
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-43-00-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 501
Feb 01/99

SYR
Subtask 23-43-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-43-00-710-050
A. Operational test of the cabin and flight crew interphone system is

included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) test
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-43-00-862-050
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-43-00

Page 502
Feb 01/99

SYR
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The service interphone system provides the telephone communication on the
ground between the flight crew, the cabin crew and the ground service
personnel.
Eight service interphone jacks are installed at different locations on the
aircraft. The service personnel use them to speak to each other, the cockpit
and the attendant stations through handsets.
R 2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
R | | | | DOOR | REF.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, FWD 121 811 23-44-00
R AVIONICS COMPT
R 2RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, R 126 822 23-44-00
R AVIONICS COMPT
R 3RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, AFT 63VU 128 824 23-44-00
R AVIONICS COMPT
R 4RJ1 ISOLATION UNIT 126 23-44-42
R 4RJ2 ISOLATION UNIT 87VU 127 23-44-42
R 4RJ3 ISOLATION UNIT 132 132PW 23-44-42
R 4RJ4 ISOLATION UNIT 138 132PW 23-44-42
R 4RJ5 ISOLATION UNIT 312 312AR 23-44-42
R 11RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 2025VU 141 23-44-00
R 13RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
R 14RJ JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE 312 23-44-00
R 15RJ P/BSW-SERVICE INTERPHONE OVRD 50VU 212 831 23-44-00
R 4000RJ1 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 1 410 23-44-41
R 4000RJ2 JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE ENGINE 2 420 23-44-41
R 3. ___________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The service interphone system has:
R - Eight maintenance interphone jacks
R - Five isolation units
R - A service-interphone OVERRIDE pushbutton-switch, with an integral
R indicator light.
R The audio lines from the maintenance interphone jacks are routed to the
R amplifiers in both Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directors.
R The system gets signals for the operation and the control light from:
R - The Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) 5GA1 and 5GA2
R - The SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 1
Nov 01/04

SYR
Service Interphone System - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 2
May 01/98

SYR
Service Interphone System - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 3
May 01/98

SYR
R Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 4
May 01/00

SYR
R Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 5
May 01/00

SYR
R - The annunciator-light test and interface board 1LP
R - The CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
R
R If there is a short-circuit condition in a maintenance-interphone
R jack-socket, the isolation unit will keep the effects of the failure on the
R service interphone system to a minimum.
4. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indication
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The service interphone system operates automatically when the aircraft is on
the ground (nose landing gear compressed) with/without the external power is
available. In this case both LGCIUs give ground signals to the CIDS
directors.
When on the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the
landing gear is not compressed (flight condition) both LGCIUs give no ground
signals to the CIDS directors. The service interphone system operates, when
you push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ to the ON position. The
integral indicator light in the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes
on.
The system is off when:

- On the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the landing
gear is not compressed, and the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ is
off.
A. Operation from the Cockpit

The acoustic equipment in the cockpit sends the audio signals to the
Audio Management Unit (AMU). The AMU sends the audio signals through the
audio lines to the CIDS directors.
R The active CIDS director sends the audio signals to:
- The attendant stations through the mid bus lines
- The maintenance interphone jacks through the audio lines.
B. Operation from the Cabin Attendant Stations

The operation starts when you push the service interphone key on the
attendant handset.
The cabin attendant stations send the audio signals through the mid bus
lines to the CIDS directors.
- The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 6
Nov 01/04

SYR
C. Operation from a Service Interphone Jack with a connected Boomset
The boomset sends the audio signals through the audio lines to the CIDS
directors.
- The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
- The attendant stations through the mid bus lines

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 7
Nov 01/04

SYR
R CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-00-860-001
Operation of the Service Interphone System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohms boomsets
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
(CIDS)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
23-73-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 201
May 01/00

SYR
Subtask 23-44-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-053
A. Operation of the Service Interphone System
(1) Connect the 600 ohms boomsets to the related connectors.
(2) In the cockpit on the overhead panel 50VU push the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch 15RJ.
NOTE : It is only necessary to push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton

____
switch when the nose landing gear is not compressed (e.g.:
nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the A/C is
jacked).
(3) Put the INT/RAD switches of all Audio Control Panels (ACPs) in the
center position.
(4) Push the CAB pushbutton switch of the related ACP (integral light
on).
(5) Push to release and turn the CAB knob of the related ACP fully
clockwise.
(6) The service interphone system operates.
NOTE : On the related ACP put and hold the INT/RAD switch in the RAD
____
position while you speak.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 202
May 01/02

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-054
(1) On the ACP push the CAB knob.
R (2) In the cockpit push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch to off.
(3) Disconnect the boomsets.
(4) De-energize the CIDS-System (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 203
May 01/00

SYR
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________
TASK 23-44-00-700-001
Operational Test of the Service Interphone
_______
WARNING : YOU MUST BE IN THE ENTRY CORRIDOR (SAFETY AREA) TO DO THIS PROCEDURE.
_______
THIS IS TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY THE BLAST OR SUCTION FROM THE
ENGINES.
FOR SAFETY, YOU MUST NOT USE THE MOBILE EQUIPMENT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific two 600 ohms boomsets
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
R 23-73-00-862-001 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS)
External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 501
May 01/00

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-865-050
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
Subtask 23-44-00-860-050

002).
23-73-00-861-001).
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in ground condition (landing gear
compressed).
(4) Make sure that the INT/RAD selector switches of the Audio Control
Panels (ACPs) are in the center position.
(5) On the captain jack panel, connect the first of the two 600 ohms
boomsets to the related connector.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 502
May 01/02

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Service Interphone
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on the captains In the cockpit, on the captains ACP

R Audio-Control-Panel (ACP) 2RN1: 2RN1:
R - push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the green internal light of the CAB
R - push the CAB rotary switch and - the internal light of the CAB rotary
R turn it fully clockwise. switch comes on.
R 2. In the forward electronics In the cabin, at all Attendant

R compartment: Indication Panels (AIP) 320RH:
R - connect the second service - all AIP 320RH show the message
R interphone boomset to the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE on the
R service interphone jack 1RJ. lower row.
NOTE : With some service interphone boomsets, it is necessary to key the

____
microphone manually.
R 3. In the cockpit, on the captains In the forward electronics compartment

R ACP 2RN1: and in the cockpit:
- set and hold the INT/RAD

selector switch in the RAD
position.
R - speak into the cockpit boomset - the announcement through the related
R and the service interphone boomsets is correct and clear.
R boomset in the forward - make sure that you do not hear a
R electronics compartment. 400Hz interference.
R NOTE : You must

____ hold the INT/RAD NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is
____
R selector switch in the RAD permitted.
position when you speak
into the cockpit boomset.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 503
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the INT/RAD selector
switch.
4. At the forward attendant station, In the cabin, at the forward attendant

zone 221: AIP 320RH, the AIP shows the subsequent
messages:
- lift the handset from the - upper row: #

cradle. - lower row: SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE.
5. At the forward attendant station, In the cabin, at the forward attendant

zone 221: AIP 320RH, the AIP shows the subsequent
messages:
R - push the INTPH pushbutton two - upper row: SERV INT

R times. - lower row: #
6. At the forward attendant station, In the forward electronics compartment

zone 221: and at the forward attendant station,
zone 221:
- push the PTT switch and speak - the announcement through the boomset
into the handset. and the handset is correct and clear.
- make sure that you do not hear a
400Hz interference.
NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is

____
permitted.
NOTE : You must complete the test steps 7. thru 12. in less than 30 seconds.
____

121VU:
- open the circuit breakers 2GA

and 52GA.
8. On the circuit breaker panel In the forward electronics compartment

49VU: and at the forward attendant station,
zone 221:

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 504
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - open the circuit breaker 1GA. - you cannot speak from the forward
R electronics compartment to a person
R at the forward attendant station,
R zone 221,
R - the person at the forward attendant
R station, zone 221 cannot speak to you
R at the forward electronics
R compartment.
9. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:

50VU:
R - push the SVCE INT OVRD - the internal light of the SVCE INT
R pushbutton switch 15RJ. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes on.
R 10. In the cockpit, on the captains In the forward electronics compartment

R ACP 2RN1: and in the cockpit:
- set and hold the INT/RAD

selector switch in the RAD
position.
R - speak into the cockpit boomset - the announcement through the related
R and the service interphone boomsets is correct and clear.
R boomset in the forward - make sure that you do not hear a
R electronics compartment. 400Hz interference.
R NOTE : A small 400Hz interference is

____
R permitted.
- release the INT/RAD selector

switch.
11. On the circuit breaker panel In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
121VU:
R - close the circuit breakers 2GA - the internal light of the SVCE INT
R and 52GA. OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ goes off.
R

49VU:
R - close the circuit breaker 1GA.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 505
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 13. Do the test steps 3. and 4. The same results as in the test steps
R again for all other service 3. and 4. for the related service
R interphone jacks. interphone jacks.
R 14. In the cockpit, on the captains In the cockpit, on the captains ACP
R ACP 2RN1: 2RN1:
R - push the CAB pushbutton - the internal light of the CAB

R - push the CAB rotary switch and - the internal light of the CAB rotary
R turn it fully switch goes off.
R counterclockwise.
R 15. At the related service In the cabin at all AIP 320RH:

R interphone jack:
R - disconnect the service - the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE message

R interphone boomset. goes out of view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-00-860-051

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-00

Page 506
May 01/06

SYR
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-44-41-000-002
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-053
(1) On the panel 115VU:

R - Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR pushbutton
switch is off.
R - Install a WARNING NOTICE(S).
Subtask 23-44-41-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150)
Subtask 23-44-41-010-050
A. Remove the anti-ice access panel (7).
(1) Remove the bolts (8).
(2) Remove the access panel (7).
Subtask 23-44-41-020-052
B. Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (5).
R (2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector and the electrical
receptacle.
(3) Remove the interphone harness (6).
(a) Remove the bolts (4).
(b) Remove the screws (1).
(c) Remove the harness (6) from the air intake cowl.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
(4) Remove all the clips (3) from the harness and keep them for the
installation of the replacement harness.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 404
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-44-41-400-002
Installation of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone (4000RJ1, 4000RJ2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone

70-23-15-912-010 Connection of Electrical Connectors
23-44-41-991-150 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-054

R - Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start
the engine 1(2) is in position.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5
minutes.

- Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
R - Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is installed.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 405
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-44-41-865-064
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-41-991-150)
Subtask 23-44-41-420-052
A. Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack
(1) Install the clips, from the removed harness, to the replacement
harness.
(2) Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connector and the
electrical receptacle.
(3) Make sure that the anti-ice access panel has no damage.
(4) Install the interphone harness.
(a) Put the harness (6) in the air intake cowl and attach the
maintenance interphone jack (2) with the screws (1).
(b) Attach the harness clips (3) to the cowl with the bolts (4).
(c) Torque the bolts (4) to the approved torque value.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 406
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-44-41-410-050
B. Install the anti-ice access panel.
(1) Put the access panel (7) on the air intake cowl.
(2) Attach the access panel with the bolts (8).
Subtask 23-44-41-865-065
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
Subtask 23-44-41-710-052
D. Do the test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-700-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-41-942-050
A. Remove the warning notices.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-41

Page 407
May 01/11

SYR
____________________________________________________________________
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS (4RJ1,4RJ2,4RJ3,4RJ4,4RJ5)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 23-44-42-000-001
Removal of the Isolation Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 4RJ1
FOR FIN 4RJ2
FOR FIN 4RJ3
FOR FIN 4RJ4
FOR FIN 4RJ5
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-42-991-001 Fig. 401

23-44-42-991-002 Fig. 402
23-44-42-991-003 Fig. 403
23-44-42-991-004 Fig. 404
23-44-42-991-005 Fig. 405
FOR FIN 4RJ3
R 25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
R Cargo-Compartment
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 4RJ4

R 25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition
R FR34
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) FOR 4RJ1
R (a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the access
door 822.
(b) Open the access door 822 to get access to the battery
compartment.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
R (a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the access
door 824.
(b) Open the access door 824 to get access to the avionics
compartment.
(3) FOR 4RJ3
(a) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).
R (b) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the opened
FWD cargo compartment door.
(c) Remove the ceiling panel 131CC of the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
(4) FOR 4RJ4
(a) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the
actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
R (b) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the opened
FWD cargo compartment door.
(c) Remove the partition 132PW at FR34 of the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-001).
(5) FOR 4RJ5
R (a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below

the access door 321AR.
(b) Open the access door 312AR.
Subtask 23-44-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-44-42-991-001, 402/TASK 23-44-42-991-002, 403/TASK

23-44-42-991-003, 404/TASK 23-44-42-991-004, 405/TASK 23-44-42-991-005)
Subtask 23-44-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Isolation Units
(1) Disconnect the wires of the cable harness (1) from the connector of
the PC-board (2).
(2) Cut and remove the lockwire from the clamp screw (7).
(3) Loosen the clamp screw (7) and remove the end clamp (8) from the
mounting rail (3).
(4) Remove the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) from
the mounting rail (3).
(5) If required, remove the nuts (4) and the washers (5) to disassemble
the PC-board (2) from the PC-board bracket (6).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 403
May 01/11

SYR
Isolation Unit
Figure 401/TASK 23-44-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
Isolation Unit
Figure 402/TASK 23-44-42-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 405
May 01/98

SYR
Isolation Unit
Figure 403/TASK 23-44-42-991-003

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 406
May 01/98

SYR
Isolation Unit
Figure 404/TASK 23-44-42-991-004

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 407
May 01/98

SYR
Isolation Unit
Figure 405/TASK 23-44-42-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 408
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-44-42-400-001
Installation of the Isolation Units
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific red blanking plugs

FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
FOR FIN 4RJ5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.63mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-44-00-700-001 Operational Test of the Service Interphone

FOR FIN 4RJ2
FOR FIN 4RJ3, 4RJ4
FOR FIN 4RJ3
R 25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
R Cargo-Compartment
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 409
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FIN 4RJ4

R 25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment
R Partition FR34
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-860-050
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Make sure that the access door 822 is opened.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Make sure that the access door 824 is opened.
(3) FOR 4RJ3, 4RJ4
(a) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and
safetied it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-001).
R (b) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position below
R the opened FWD cargo-compartment door.
(c) Make sure that the partition 132PW at FR34 is removed
(4) FOR 4RJ5
R (a) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in

position below the access door 321AR.
(b) Open the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 410
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-44-42-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-44-42-420-050
A. Installation of the Isolation Unit
(1) If required, assemble the PC-board (2) to the PC-board bracket (6)
and attach it with the nuts (4) and the washers (5).
(2) Put the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) in
position to the mounting rail (3).
(3) Put the end-clamp (8) in position to the mounting rail (3) and
tighten the clamp screw (7).
(4) Safety the clamp screw (7) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel,
dia 0.63mm on the PC-board (2).
(5) Connect the wires of the cable harness (1) to the terminals of the
PC-board (2).
NOTE : For the correct connection refer to the table Wire Connection
____
to Connector 4RJ of the applicable illustration.
(6) Make sure that the contacts, which are not used, are covered with red
blanking plugs.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 411
May 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 23-44-42-865-051
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-44-42-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the service interphone (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-

700-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-44-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) FOR 4RJ1
(a) Close the access door 822.
(2) FOR 4RJ2
(a) Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
R (3) FOR 4RJ3
R (a) Install the ceiling panel 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
R (b) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD
R cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R FOR 4RJ4
R (c) Install the partition 132PW at FR34 (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001).
R (d) Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD
R cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
FOR 4RJ5
R (e) Close the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 412
May 01/09

SYR
R (4) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-44-42

Page 413
May 01/09

SYR
R AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. General
_______
A. The audio management system provides the means for using:
(1) All the radio communication and radio navigation facilities installed
on the aircraft:
- In transmission mode: it collects the microphone inputs of the
various crew stations and directs them to the communication
systems.
- In reception mode : it collects the audio outputs of the
communication systems and the navigation receivers and directs them
to the various crew stations.
(2) The flight interphone system:

- Telephone links between the various crew stations in the cockpit.
- Telephone links between the cockpit and the ground crew from the
external power receptacle.
(3) The SELCAL (Selective Calling) system:

- Visual and aural indication of calls from ground stations equipped
with a coding device used by the aircraft installation.
(4) Certain calls:

- Visual and aural indication of the ground crew and the Cabin
Attendants calls.
2. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The system comprises:
- 1 AMU
- 2 hand microphone receptacles (CAPT and F/O)
- 2 loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches
- 2 radio PTT switches
- 1 jack for the ground crew
- 1 AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch
- 1 SELCAL code panel.
- 4 ACPs
- 1 headset jack (Fourth Occupant)
- 3 oxygen mask stowage boxes
- 4 jack panels
NOTE : In addition, the system uses :

____
- 2 loud speakers which are part of the central warning system
(Flight Warning Computer, ATA 31-53-00, Circuit WW)

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 1
Nov 01/09

SYR
- 3 oxygen mask microphones which are part of the oxygen system (OXYGEN-ATA
35-00-00, Circuit HM)
- 2 relay boxes which are part of the DMC system (Display Management
Computer-ATA 31-63-00, Circuit WT)
- FLIGHT/GROUND information from the LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and
Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00, Circuit GA).
3. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005, 006)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RN AMU 81VU 127 824 23-51-34
2RN1 ACP-CAPT 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN2 ACP-F/O 11VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN3 ACP-3RD OCCPNT 20VU 211 831 23-51-12
2RN4 ACP-AVNCS COMPT 80VU 128 824 23-51-12
3RN SELCAL CODE PNL 80VU 128 824 23-51-13
10RN1 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, CAPT 211 831 35-12-41
10RN2 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, F/O 212 831 35-12-41
10RN3 STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 3RD OCCPNT 212 831 35-12-41
16RN SEL SW-AUDIO SWITCHING 48VU 211 831 23-51-00
11RN SW-RAD PTT, CAPT 191VU 211 831 23-51-17
12RN SW-RAD PTT, F/O 180VU 212 831 23-51-17
14RN JACK-FLT INTPH 108VU 120 824 23-51-00
15RN1 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, CAPT 301VU 211 831 23-51-00
15RN2 POT-LOUD SPEAKER, F/O 500VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN1 RCPT-BOOMSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
17RN2 RCPT-BOOMSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN3 RCPT-BOOMSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
17RN4 RCPT-BOOMSET, AVNCS COMPT 63VU 128 824 23-51-00
18RN1 JACK-HEADSET, CAPT 61VU 211 831 23-51-00
18RN2 JACK-HEADSET, F/O 60VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN3 JACK-HEADSET, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
18RN4 JACK-HEADSET, AVNCS COMPT 63VU 128 824 23-51-00
18RN5 JACK-HEADSET, SUPPLEMENTARY 15VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN1 RCPT-HAND MIC, CAPT 17VU 211 831 23-51-00
19RN2 RCPT-HAND MIC, F/O 16VU 212 831 23-51-00
19RN3 RCPT-HAND MIC, 3RD OCCPNT 62VU 212 831 23-51-00
19RN4 RCPT-HAND MIC, AVNCS COMPT 63VU 128 824 23-51-00
7WW LOUD SPEAKER-CAPT 2VU 211 31-53-21
8WW LOUD SPEAKER-F/O 6VU 212 831 31-53-21

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 2
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
Audio Management - Block Diagram
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 3/4
May 01/98

SYR
R Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 5
May 01/01

SYR
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 6
May 01/98

SYR
R Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 7
May 01/01

SYR
Audio Management - Component Location (4th Occupant Station)
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 8
May 01/98

SYR
Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics Compartment)
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 9
May 01/98

SYR
R A. Audio Management System - Audio Management Unit (AMU)
R
R The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics
R compartment in the aft electronics rack 80VU on shelf 81VU.
R B. Audio Management System - Audio Control Panels (ACP)

R
R The four Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as
R follows:
- 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
- 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
- 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU,
- 2RN4 - above aft electronics rack 80VU.
R C. Audio Management System - Boomset Receptacle and Headset Jack

R
R These receptacles and jacks panels are identified and located as follows:
- 17RN1 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN1 (headset jack) on overhead panel
61VU, Captain side,
- 17RN2 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN2 (headset jack) on overhead panel
60VU, First Officer side,
- 17RN3 (boomset receptacle), 18RN3 (headset jack) and 19RN3 (hand mic
receptacle) on panel 62VU on the right rear wall in the cockpit.
- 17RN4 (boomset receptacle), 18RN4 (headset jack) and 19RN4 (hand mic
receptacle) on panel 63VU in the avionics compartment above the rack
80VU.
R
R - The supplementary headset jack 18RN5 is located on the left rear
console, panel 15VU.
R D. Audio Management System - Hand Mic

R
R The two hand mic receptacles are identified and located as follows:
- 19RN1 on left console, panel 17VU, Captain side,
- 19RN2 on right console, panel 16VU, First Officer side.
R E. Audio Management System - Loud Speaker Potentiometers

R
R The two loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches are
R identified and located as follows:
- 15RN1 on instrument panel, Captain side, panel 301VU,
- 15RN2 on instrument panel, First Officer side, panel 500VU.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 10
Aug 01/11

SYR
R F. Audio Management System - Radio PTT Switches
R
R The two radio PTT switches are identified and located as follows:
- 11RN on side stick hand-grip, Captain side, 191VU
- 12RN on side stick hand-grip, First Officer side, 180VU.
R G. Audio Management System - Oxygen-mask Stowage-boxes

R
R The three oxygen-mask stowage-boxes are identified and located as
R follows:
- 10RN1 on left side console 101VU, Captain side,
- 10RN2 on right side console 700VU, First Officer side,
- 10RN3 on right side console 700VU beside the First Officer oxygen mask.
R H. Audio Management System - Flight Interphone Jack

R
R The flight interphone jack for the ground crew 14RN is located on the
external power panel 108VU.
R J. Audio Management System - AUDIO SWITCHING Selector Switch

R
R The AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch 16RN is located on the overhead panel
R 48VU.
R K. Audio Management System - SELCAL Code Panel

R
R The SELCAL code panel 3RN is located in the avionics compartment, above
the aft electronics rack 80VU.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The system components are supplied with 28VDC from busbar 1PP and essential
busbar 4PP via 2 sub-busbars 101PP and 401PP respectively.
A. Busbar 101PP
- Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 6RN.
- Supply of the Avionics Compartment ACP 2RN4 and its associated
electronic circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 7RN.
- Supply of the calls card in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 8RN.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 11
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 12
May 01/98

SYR
B. Busbar 401PP
- Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1 and its associated electronic circuit
located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 4RN.
- Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2 and its associated electronic
circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 5RN.
- Supply of the Flight-Interphone Electronic Card located in the AMU via
3A circuit breaker 9RN.
Circuit breakers 4RN, 5RN and 9RN are located on the overhead panel 49VU.
Circuit breakers 6RN, 7RN and 8RN are located on the rear wall, on panel
121VU.
R 5. _____________________
R A. Audio Control Panel-Function

R The ACP supplies the means:
R - To use the various radio communication and radio navigation facilities
R installed on the aircraft for transmission and reception of the audio
R signals.
R - To display the various calls (SELCAL, ground crew call and calls from
R the Cabin Attendants).
R The ACP serves only for control and indication.
R B. Audio Control Panel-Mechanical description-Front face

R (Ref. Fig. 008)
R The front face comprises:
R - 7 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches for selection of the
R transmission channels. They also display the SELCAL, ground crew and
R Cabin Attendant calls,
R - 1 rectangular electronic pushbutton switch separated from the other 7
R pushbutton switches. This pushbutton switch selects the transmission
R channel for passenger address (PA) announcements
R - 15 round pushbutton switches with associated potentiometers for
R selection and adjustment of the audio level on the reception channels
R - 1 INT/RAD selector switch which selects the radio and flight interphone
R functions. It is a three-position switch : stable in INT and middle
R position, unstable in RAD position.
R - 1 rectangular VOICE pushbutton switch which connects a filter into the
R audio circuits of the VOR and ADF navigation systems.
R - 1 RESET rectangular electronic pushbutton switch which is used to
R cancel the lighted calls.
R The ACP is connected to the AMU and to the various aircraft circuits by
R means of a round 19-pin connector.
R C. Audio Control Panel- Functional description

R (Ref. Fig. 009)

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 13
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Control Panel - Front Face
R Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 14
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
R Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 15
Aug 01/11

SYR
R D. Audio Control Panel- Functional description-Transmission channel
R selection
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R (B)
R To connect the microphones and the PTT command to the selected
R transmitter, push one of the 8 rectangular transmission pushbutton
R switches (VHF1- VHF2- VHF3- HF1- HF2- INT- CAB- PA).
R The three green bars on the transmission pushbutton switch, which
R indicate that selection has been accepted, come on.
R An electronic device inhibits simultaneous selection of several
R transmitters and therefore several transmission pushbutton switches
R cannot be selected at the same time.
R When a new transmission function is selected, the green bars of the
R selected pushbutton switch come on and the function is selected. At the
R same time, the previously selected pushbutton switch is disabled and its
R green bars go off.
R If you push a pushbutton switch which is already selected, the function
R is disabled.
R The green bars which indicate transmission go off and no transmission
R function is selected on the ACP.
R The rectangular PA pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. it must be held
R pressed during the complete transmission time. This avoids unwanted
R transmission on the PA circuit. This unstable operation can be inhibited
R by the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
R E. Audio Control Panel-Functional description-Selection of reception

R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R (B)
R The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and adjust the
R audio levels. The three round reception pushbutton switches associated
R with VHF3,HF and HF2 are not used.
R They are of the push-push type: when you push a pushbutton switch
R (initial position), it moves in then fully out to a level above that of
R the unselected pushbutton switches. A white skirt on the reception
R pushbutton switch appears and the selected receiver is connected.
R Rotate this pushbutton switch to adjust the reception level.
R You can select several reception pushbutton switches simultaneously.
R When you push the reception pushbutton switch again, it engages in its
R initial position: the receiver is disconnected.
R F. Audio Control Panel-Functional description-Call indication

R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R (C, D and E)
R During a ground crew or Cabin Attendant or SELCAL call, a legend flashes
R amber under the green bars of the transmission pushbutton switch
R concerned.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 16
Aug 01/11

SYR
R This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is selected or
R not:
R - CALL: VHF1-VHF2 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
R - MECH : INT pushbutton switch (ground crew call)
R - ATT : CAB pushbutton switch (Cabin Attendant call)
R To switch off the amber legends, push the RESET pushbutton switch.
R NOTE : The MECH and ATT legends which flash amber go off automatically.
____
R This occurs after 60 seconds of operation if the call is not
R cancelled by the RESET pushbutton switch (This automatic function
R can be inhibited by the AMU pin-program (Ref. para. Operation -
R Pin Program).
R G. Audio Control Panel-Functional description-VOICE selection

R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R (F)
R When you push the VOICE pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on green.
R This indicates that a filter has been connected into the audio circuits
R of the ADF and the VOR navigation systems.
R When you push this pushbutton switch again, the green ON legend goes off:
R the filter is no longer in service.
R H. Audio Control Panel-Functional description-INT/RAD switch

R This switch is used for the transmission function when the boomset or the
R oxygen mask is in service: it acts as the PTT switch for this equipment
R which unlike the hand microphone is not equipped with this type of
R control.
R (1) Middle position

R The radio transceiver receives no switchover information. It remains
R in reception function.
R (2) RAD position

R The radio transceiver receives (via the AMU) a switchover
R information.
R It switches from reception to transmission function.
R (3) INT position

R This position enables direct use of the flight interphone.
R There are two utilization procedures for the flight interphone.
R - Normal mode The user pushes the INT transmission pushbutton switch
R and uses it like an ordinary radio channel (he places and holds the
R INT/RAD switch in RAD position).
R - Direct mode If user has selected a radio channel (VHF1, VHF2 etc.),
R he can, if he so wishes, use the flight interphone. To do this he
R does not have to release the transmission pushbutton switch. He
R shall simply place the INT/RAD switch in INT position.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 17
Aug 01/11

SYR
R NOTE : When this switch is set to RAD, it performs the same function
____
R as the radio switches located on the side-stick hand-grips. If
R conflicting orders are given by the side-stick switch (RAD
R position), and the corresponding ACP switch (INT position),
R the radio function takes priority over the interphone
R function.
R J. Audio Control Panel-Functional description-Lighting

R The ACP comprises 2 lighting circuits:
R - The selection accepted (green) and the call (amber) indications can be
R adjusted by the DIM/BRIGHT circuit (6 V/4.5 VDC) (Ref. ATA
R 33-14-00-LP).
R - The integral lighting is adjusted by the pedestal integral lighting
R potentiometer (5 V-0 VAC) (Ref. ATA 33-13-00-LF).
R The reception selection pushbutton switches are side-lit by the integral
R lighting lamps. They are therefore also controlled by the pedestal
R integral lighting potentiometer.
(1) Operation
(a) General
R (Ref. Fig. 010)
The ACP is essentially a telecontrol panel.
The internal electronic circuit is structured around a
microprocessor. It constantly scans the status of the face
controls and transforms them into logic data. It generates serial
words from this logic data. These words telecontrol the
associated audio card in the AMU after transmission of messages
on an ARINC 429 bus line.
An ARINC 429 reception bus line enables the ACP to process the
information from the AMU. These information are relevant to the
different parameters to be displayed : detected calls, selected
transmission channels, selection of the voice filter on. These
parameters will be displayed once they have been taken into
account by the AMU and acknowledged in return. The system is
therefore looped.
(b) Operation
The data is managed and processed by a microcomputer.
There are five separate functions:
- Reception volume control.
- Reception selection.
- Processing of the discrete commands:
* Selection of transmission channel
* VOICE filter on/off command
* RAD/INT command
- Parameter display management

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 18
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram
R Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 19
Aug 01/11

SYR
- ARINC 429 interfaces
1
_ Reception volume control
This is achieved by the potent iometers accessible on the
front face. The position of each potentiometer is defined by
an analog voltage on the slider. The potentiometers are
supplied with a reference voltage.
An analog-digital converter makes the 8-bit words correspond
to the slider voltages.
The slider voltages are read consecutively. Thus, the digital
codes which correspond to the angular positions of the
potentiometers are obtained.
2
_ Reception selection
The potentiometer must be pushes to select a channel. The
information is transmitted in the form of a word. This
information is taken into account consecutively when the
reception volume controls are scanned.
3
_ Processing of discrete commands
The selection information of the RAD/INT command is constantly
available on the switch. It can, therefore, be directly used
by the microcomputer.
The transmission selection information (fugitive contacts) is
memorized and is therefore available for use by the
microcomputer.
The same applies to the VOICE filter control.
4
_ Parameter display management
The AMU return information is processed in order to make sure
that the transmission is correct.
After this check, the display can be performed :
- The green bars associated with the selected transmission
channel comes on
- The light associated with the VOICE filter comes on
- The CALL legends go off
A word transmitted by the relevant AMU causes the call lights
to come on.
5
_ ARINC 429 interfaces
The messages are transmitted in conformity with the ARINC 429
standard and at a low frequency (12 kHz).
6
_ Information exchange protocole between the ACP and the AMU
The ACP transmits 2 types of words :
1st type of word designated word 0 or status request word
2nd type of word designated volume control word.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 20
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated status
word
- Word 0
b b b b b
32 31 29 28 11
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| P | ID.FIG. | ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER |
| | | 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b b b b
10 9 8 1
---------------------------------------------------------------
| SDI | LABEL 300 |
| | |
---------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label 300 : Byte which defines the type of data

sent
b9 to b10 : SDI : Bits at logic 0
b11 to b28 : Error : Gives the result of a self-test and
a failure diagnosis
b29 to b31 : ACP identification bits
b32 : Parity bit (odd).
- Volume control word
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------------|| | | | | | | |
| | | | | |R | ||ON | | | | | | |
| |ER|ER|ER|ER|E |V || | D D D D D D D D |I |R | E E E E |S DI | See label |
|P | | | | |S | || / | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0|N |A | 3 2 1 0| | table |
| |21|20|19|18|E |O || | |T |D | | | |
| | | | | |T | ||OFF| | | | | | |
|--------------------|| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label : Byte which defines the type of

transmitted data
b9 to b10 : SDI : Station identification bits
b11 to b14 : Status of the transmission keyboard as per the truth
table below:

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 21
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
------------------------------------
| BIT | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| NONE | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF2 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| VHF3 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| HF1 | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| HF2 | 1 | 0 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| INT | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| CAB | 1 | 1 | 1 | 0 |
|----------|-----|-----|-----|-----|
| PA | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 |
------------------------------------
b15 : Radio PTT switch (active at 1)

b16 : Interphone PTT switch (active at 1)
b17 to b24 : Byte which defines the volume contro
channel defined by the label and the
b25 : Bit which defines ON or OFF status o
channel (active at 1)
b26 : Bit which sets VOICE filter into ser
b27 : Call reset (active at 1)
b28 to b31 : Error : Bits which give a
b32 : Parity bit.
- Status word
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated : status
word.
Its structure is as follows :

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 22
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b
32 31 30 29 25 24 17 16 15 14 11 10 9 8 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|P |0 |0 | | | | | | |
| | | | A A A A A | | A A | E E E E | 0 0 | Label 301 |
| | | | 4 3 2 1 0| | 6 5| 3 2 1 0| | |
| | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
b1 to b8 : Label 301 : Byte which defines the type of data

sent
b9 to b10 : SDI : Set to 0
b11 to b14 : Return of transmission keyboard status for check in ACP
(the truth table is the same as the one used in the
volume control word).
b15 : Status of ground crew call (active at 1).
b16 : Status of Cabin Attendant call (active at 1).
b17 to b24 : Byte which sends the pin-program information to the
ACPs.
b17 VHF3
b18 HF1
b19 HF2
b20 ADF2
b21 MLS
b22 Lock PA
b23 Spare
b24 Spare
b25 to b29 : Status of the calls VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1 and HF2
(active at 1)
b25 : VHF1
b26 : VHF2
b27 : VHF3
b28 : HF1
b29 : HF2
b30 : Status of the filter (active at 1)
b31 : Set to O
b32 : Parity bit
- Protocol for data exchange between the ACP and the AMU
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
After transmission of a word, and in accordance with its
label, the ACP receives the status word or collects data. The
status word is delivered by the AMU. The collected data is the
data present on the ACP face.
After reception of a word, and in accordance with its label,
the AMU transmits the status word or uses the data transmitted
by the ACP.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 23
Aug 01/11

SYR
Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram
R Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 24
Aug 01/11

SYR
- Determination of the transmitted word
The system transmits a word every 10 ms on the ARINC line.
The following considerations give the type of word
transmitted (VHF1, HF2, status request word, etc):
In the basic transmission function a word is sent every 10
ms in the following order:
Word 00: Status request word
Word 01: VHF1 volume control word
Word 04: HF1 volume control word
Word 05: HF2 volume control word
Word 06: INT volume control word
Word 07: CAB volume control word
Word 08: PA volume control word
Word 09: VOR1 volume control word
Word 10: VOR2 volume control word
Word 11: MKR volume control word
Word 12: ILS volume control word
Word 13: spare volume control word
Word 14: ADF1 volume control word
Word 15: ADF2 volume control word
This cyclic transmission continues provided that no volume
control modification or any other data modification appears.
As soon as a modification is detected at any data level, the
system emits the concerned word every 10 ms until this data is
fixed (end of modifications).
However, a complete basic cycle is emitted after 160 ms to
up-date, if applicable, other data.
Moreover, the status request word will be emitted
systematically every 160 ms irrespective of the data
modifications in progress
- AMU data reception
During reception, the system reads the word delivered by the
associated AMU on the ARINC reception line. This word
arrives every 160 ms and gives the SELCAL call status,
transmission channel return and pin-programming status.
A set of checks is made each time a word is received:
Counting of the number of received words:
Check of the label
Check of the SDI, Sign Status, Matrix
Recalculation of the parity and verification.
- Displays
The system updates the parameter displays every 10 ms. The
VOICE status is directly displayed. The status of the
transmissions is displayed only after acknowledgement by the
AMU.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 25
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
- Internal test
This test checks the check-sum of the ROM.
The RAM is checked at each energization.
During operation, the microprocessor must cyclically check
its peripherals.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 26
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
- Label table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | BINARY | | |
| | OCTAL | b b b b b b b b | HEX | SDI |
| | | 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Status request word | 300 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 | 03 | 00 |
| Status word from AMU | 301 | 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 | 83 | 00 |
| Volume control word VHF1 | 210 | 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 11 | 01 |
| Volume control word HF1 | 211 | 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 91 | 01 |
| Volume control word HF2 | 211 | 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 91 | 10 |
| Volume control word INT | 215 | 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 | B1 | 01 |
| Volume control word CAB | 215 | 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 | B1 | 10 |
| Volume control word PA | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 11 |
| Volume control word VOR1 | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 01 |
| Volume control word VOR2 | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 10 |
| Volume control word MKR | 213 | 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | D1 | 11 |
| Volume control word ILS | 217 | 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 | F1 | 00 |
| Volume control word spare| 220 | 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 | 09 | 00 |
| Volume control word ADF1 | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 01 |
| Volume control word ADF2 | 212 | 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 | 51 | 10 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 27
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
R K. SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Purpose
The SELCAL code panel is used to program the SELCAL code assigned to
the aircraft.
(2) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 012)
This panel is a rectangular box in compliance with ARINC 714.
The front face features:
- 4 knurled knobs for selection of a code made up of 4 letters from
amongst the following:
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - J - K - L - M- N - P - Q - R - S.
- A plexiglass cover over the knurled knobs which protects the
displayed code. The operator can read the code through the cover.
The rear face is equipped with a round connector for connection to
the aircraft electrical network.
(3) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
In accordance with the BCD code, each of the knurled knobs opens the
various circuits or connects the various circuits to the ground. This
selects the different frequency filters assigned to the considered
codes.
- The Operating Diagram shows the control logic.
- When this circuit is connected to the ground or supplied with a
voltage of +3.5 V a logic 0 is obtained. This corresponds to
circuit operation.
- When the circuit is open or has a resistance greater than 50000
ohms a logic 1 is obtained. This corresponds to non operation of
the circuit.
- The letter-frequency assignment table gives the letter-frequency
assignments.
Letter Frequency Assignment Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATION | FREQUENCY | BCD CODE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | 8 4 2 1 |
| A | 312.6 | 0 0 0 1 |
| B | 346.7 | 0 0 1 0 |
| C | 384.6 | 0 0 1 1 |
| D | 426.6 | 0 1 0 0 |
| E | 473.2 | 0 1 0 1 |
| F | 524.8 | 0 1 1 0 |
| G | 582.1 | 0 1 1 1 |
| H | 645.7 | 1 0 0 0 |

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 28
Aug 01/11

SYR
SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face
R Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 29
Aug 01/11

SYR
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs
R Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 30
Aug 01/11

SYR
SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram
R Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 31
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DESIGNATION | FREQUENCY | BCD CODE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| J | 716.1 | 1 0 0 1 |
| K | 794.3 | 1 0 1 0 |
| L | 881 | 1 0 1 1 |
| M | 977.2 | 1 1 0 0 |
| P | 1083.9 | 1 1 0 1 |
| Q | 1202.3 | 1 1 1 0 |
| R | 1333.5 | 1 1 1 1 |
| S | 1479.1 | 0 0 0 0 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The SELCAL code panel does not require an electrical power supply.
R L. Audio Management Unit
(1) Purpose
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) ensures the interface between the
user (jack panel and ACP) and the various radio communication and
radio navigation systems. The AMU ensures the following functions:
- Transmission
- Reception
- SELCAL and display of ground crew and Cabin Attendant calls
- Flight interphone
- Emergency function for the Captain and First Officer stations
It also serves to record communications and is equipped with a TEST
circuit (BITE). This TEST circuit enables the AMU to be connected to
the CFDIU.
(2) Mechanical description

The AMU is in the form of a 4MCU size box in compliance with ARINC
600 Specifications.
R 6. _________
Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 015)
The AMU comprises 4 independent channels associated with the 4 ACPs.
Each channel comprises :
- Its reception function
- Its transmission function
- Its logic processing function
- Its power supply.
The SELCAL, BITE and Flight Interphone sections are connected to the
different channels.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 32
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
R Figure 015

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 33
Aug 01/11

SYR
R A. Transmission Function - General
R
The transmission function:
- Sets into service and supplies the various microphones used (boomset,
hand microphone, oxygen mask microphone)
- Selects the transmitter selected by the operator by means of the ACP
- Ensures the emergency function (for transmission section)
- Ensures the CAA recording function.
There is an independent transmission channel for each user of the audio
integrating system.
R
R B. Transmission Function - Composition of Circuit

A transmission channel comprises :
- The various microphone inputs with their power supplies
- A unit gain amplifier
- An output transformer
- A transmitter selection system
- A module for CAA recording
- A switching system for emergency function
- A switching system for use of hand microphone.
R C. Transmission Function - Transmission with Boomset

R (Ref. Fig. 016)
The analog signals of the boomset microphone are connected to the OdB
gain amplifier, then sent to the output transformer.
At the transformer output, the switching module switches these signals to
the transmitter selected by the ACP in accordance with information
received from the logic processing function.
R D. Transmission Function - Transmission with Oxygen Mask Microphone

R (Ref. Fig. 017)
R In normal flight configuration, the oxygen mask microphone is not
R connected to the microphone circuit.
R Operation is as follows in flight configuration with use of oxygen mask.
R This system sets a control switch contained in the stowage box of the
R oxygen mask to the ground. This activates the relay which sets the oxygen
R mask into service. The pressurization of the oxygen circuit when masks
R fall out automatically activates this control switch.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 34
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter Circuit
R Figure 016

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 35
Aug 01/11

SYR
Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
R Figure 017

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 36
Aug 01/11

SYR
R E. Transmission Function - Transmission with Hand Microphone
R (Ref. Fig. 018)
R (1) The hand microphone can be used in two ways:

- 1st case: Radio transmission
The logic processing card associated with relay K1 delivers a
command. This command supplies relay K1 (AND function between the
PTT switch of the hand microphone and the selected radio
transmission, except for INT). Relay K1 directly connects the hand
microphone to the tranmission selection circuit. The station
selected in transmission mode then supplies the hand microphone.
- 2nd case: Flight Interphone transmission
When INT transmission is selected, relay K1 is not supplied; the
logic processing card associated with relay K2 delivers a command.
This command supplies relay K2 (AND function between the PTT switch
of the hand microphone and the INT transmission selection).
Relay K2 connects the power supply of the boomset microphone to the
hand microphone. This system applies the analog signals of the hand
microphone to the OdB amplifier, then to the INT channel via the
transmission line. This removes the microphone power supply from
the interphone amplifier.
R
R F. Transmission Function - Transmission on Passenger Address Channel

Transmissions can be made on the passenger address channels
in 2 ways:
R
R (1) In normal configuration, use the handset installed aft of the center
R pedestal to make the PA announcements. This handset is part of the
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. ATA 23-73-00, Circuit RH).
R
R (2) In RADIO configuration, use the rectangular PA pushbutton switch

R located on each ACP to make the passenger address announcements. This
pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. hold it pushed to make the
announcements: this avoids unwanted transmissions. The electronic
processing of this channel is identical to that of the other
transmission channels.
The operation of this pushbutton switch can be made identical to that
of the other transmission channels (stable operation) : to achieve
this, modify the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin
Program).
R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 37
Aug 01/11

SYR
Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
R Figure 018

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 38
Aug 01/11

SYR
R G. Transmission Function - Muting Circuit
R
R (1) Purpose
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
The feedback produced by the loud speaker-microphone acoustic
coupling when the microphones are used (acoustic feedback) is
eliminated by a muting circuit. To achieve this, the muting circuit
reduces the gain and/or the frequency range of the loud speakers.
This attenuating circuit is controlled by the PTT switch of any of
the radio communication microphones.
The attenuating circuit is an integral part of the loud speakers.
R
R (2) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 020)
The logic processing channel receives PTT switch type information.
From this information it activates the muting module. A ground is
sent to the loud speaker units which set the direct muting function
into service.
R H. Reception Function
(1) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the reception
channels. The operator selects and adjusts these channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio integrating system has a separate associated
reception-channel.
It ensures the various supplementary functions of the circuit:
- VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching
- VOICE/ON function
- Emergency function (for reception section).
(2) Composition of the circuit

R (Ref. Fig. 021)
The audio circuit comprises:
- An interface card common to all the audio cards
- A volume control module assembly
- A stop-band filter
- An adder amplifier
- An emergency switching circuit
- An output transformer.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 39
Aug 01/11

SYR
Muting Circuit - Block Diagram
R Figure 019

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 40
Aug 01/11

SYR
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
R Figure 020

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 41
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Circuit - Block Diagram
R Figure 021

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 42
Aug 01/11

SYR
(3) Reception mode operation
The audio signals delivered by the various communication and
navigation units are connected to the interface card.
This card ensures the adaptation and the connection of the receivers.
This card is a common point to the system and no active components
are used (it is mainly comprised of resistors).
The input impedance of a channel is 600 ohms.
The maximum input level is 50 mW/600 ohms (The nominal value is 10
mW/600 ohms).
At the output of the interface card, the signals are applied to the
volume control modules.
An analog switch is installed at the input of each volume control.
This switch disconnects the audio inputs when :
- their reception is not selected (information from ACP)
- their reception level selected on the ACP is at minimum (this
condition does not apply to VHF and HF communication channels. A
minimum reception level is ensured on the channels even when the
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum).
When the levels are adjusted in accordance with the information from
the logic processing function, the analog signals are sent to an
amplifier, then to an output transformer.
The audio signals are available on the secondary of the output
transformer. Separate windings send these signals either to the
boomset, the loud speaker or the CVR circuit.
Output signal characteristics: 50 mW/600 ohms (the nomimal value is
10 mW/600 ohms).
NOTE : A potentiometer outside the AMU is connected in series between

____
the AMU and the loud speakers. It adjusts the loud speaker
audio output level.
(4) VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching

R (Ref. Fig. 022)
(a) Purpose
In normal configuration, the DME reception is coupled with the
VOR reception.
However, in certain ILS or MLS approach conditions, the DME used
must be aurally identified. The DME reception must therefore be
coupled with the ILS or MLS reception.
(b) Operation
The ND (Navigation Display) mode selector switch or the ILS
pushbutton switch is used for switching control (REF ATA 31 - DMC
circuit (WT)).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 43
Aug 01/11

SYR
VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram
R Figure 022

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 44
Aug 01/11

SYR
Action on one of these commands sends a ground to the switching
relays which connect the DME receptions to the ILS or MLS
receptions.
(5) VOICE/ON function

R (Ref. Fig. 023)
(a) Reason
The VOR, ADF navigation ground stations transmit a morse code
which is used to identify them. However, certain stations, in
addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information. This
information informs the crew of subjects such as : latest weather
information, state or special information concerning terrains
etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
In order not to hinder the reception of this information, the
VOICE/ON function greatly reduces the morse code reception. It is
attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while this
information is being transmitted.
(b) Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes is
1020 Hz.
However, certain onboard equipment receive a 1020 Hz
frequency-modulated signal and at the same time transmit this
signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal is
generated by their synthetizer (the aeronautical standards
specify that the ADF ground stations must be modulated at a
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minor 50Hz).
Furthermore, the DME reception is coupled to the VOR reception
(in normal operation). Thus the DME marker identification-code is
transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The filtering
circuit of the navigation channels therefore comprises an
attenuater filter for the reception bands of the ADF and VOR
systems.
This filter attenuates the 1000, 1020 and 1350 Hz frequencies by
more than 32 dB.
A compensation amplifier is provided to compensate for the
insertion losses of this filter.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP
switches the attenuation filter into or out of service.
(c) Released position: VOICE/ON legend off

The filter is not used, the operator simultaneously receives the
marker identification and the voice transmission.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 45
Aug 01/11

SYR
Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram
R Figure 023

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 46
Aug 01/11

SYR
(d) Pressed in position: VOICE/ON legend on
A command from the CPU sets the filter into service. The 1000 -
1020 - 1350 Hz frequencies are greatly attenuated. Only the voice
transmissions are audible.
NOTE : The audio outputs of the communication channel and the

____
ILS, MLS, MKR navigation do not transit via the filtering
module.
R J. Emergency Function
R (Ref. Fig. 024, 025)
(1) Purpose
The emergency function is used in case of loss of communications on
the Captain or the First Officer channels. This function switches the
Captain or First Officer communications to the 3rd Occupant station.
In this case, the Captain (or the First Officer) uses the ACP located
on the overhead panel to make his microphone or audio selections.
(2) Operation
The AUDIO SWITCHING selector-switch 16RN located on the overhead
panel is used to switch to emergency configuration.
Turning this switch, sends a ground to the Captain (or First Officer)
and 3rd Occupant switching relays. The various microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs are connected to the microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs of the 3rd Occupant. This switchover is
indicated on the upper ECAM display unit (REF ATA 31-54-SDAC).
NOTE : When the emergency function is activated, the various audio

____
inputs and outputs at the 3rd Occupant station are no longer
connected to their circuit. Therefore, the 3rd Occupant cannot
use his audio integrating circuits.
R K. FAA/CAA Recording Function

R (Ref. Fig. 026)
(1) Reason
The Aeronautics Authorities for Federal Navigation request that the
communications made onboard the aircraft are recorded on the CVR
system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - REF ATA 23-71-RK).
To meet this requirement, the CVR is equipped with 4 recording
tracks:
- 3 tracks for recording the Captain, First Officer, 3rd Occupant
communications
- The 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in the
cockpit. This microphone picks up the various noises made in the
cockpit.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 47
Aug 01/11

SYR
Microphone Switching - Block Diagram
R Figure 024

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 48
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Switching - Block Diagram
R Figure 025

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 49
Aug 01/11

SYR
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
R Figure 026

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 50
Aug 01/11

SYR
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications are
recorded in accordance with the requirements laid down by the FAA
(Federal Aviation Authority) and the CAA (Civil Aviation
Authorities).
(2) CAA recording

R (Ref. Fig. 026)
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or
the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at the same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various
equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the
reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and boomset
outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard
in the cockpit (CVR). The CAA recording principle requires that the
noises picked up by the boomset microphones be recorded even when
these microphones are not active i.e. when the push-to-talk switches
on the side-sticks or on the ACPs are not activated. This in order to
reinforce the sounds picked-up by the area microphone.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU to
activate the CAA recording (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
(3) FAA recording

R (Ref. Fig. 027)
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or
the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This enables, at the same time, to
record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various
equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the
reception channel: 2 are allocated to the loud speaker and boomset
outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard
in the cockpit (CVR).
(4) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 028)
Following the AMU pin-program modification, the SELCAL-CALL card
generates an information message. This message is sent to the
different audio cards and therefore to the various channels of the
logic processing function.
This information is taken into account, then the logic processing
channel sets the CAA certification module into service. The LF
signals are picked-up by the boomset or oxygen mask microphone (when
in use) at the output of the 0db gain amplifier. They are sent to the
CAA Certification Module and, from there, to the CVR output.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 51
Aug 01/11

SYR
FAA Certification - Block Diagram
R Figure 027

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 52
Aug 01/11

SYR
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
R Figure 028

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 53
Aug 01/11

SYR
R L. Flight Interphone Function
R (Ref. Fig. 029)
(1) General
The flight interphone enables:
- Telephone conversations between the various stations in the cockpit
- Telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew via
the external power panel.
(2) Composition of the circuit

The flight interphone circuit comprises a summing amplifier equipped
with:
- 7 microphone inputs
input impedance : 150 ohms
input level : 0.250 V.
- 3 audio outputs
impedance : 600 ohms - Power 35 mW plus or minus 5 mW for ground
crew reception
output impedance : 600 ohms - Power 10 mW for AMU external
reception, output 6
internal output impedance : 2.2 kohms for AMU internal reception
relevant to the various cards.
This circuit also comprises :
- 1 power supply for microphones of channels 6 and 7.
- 1 interface and current detection circuit for channel 6.
- 1 cut-off circuit for channel 7.
(3) Operation
The input signal from the various microphones used in the aircraft
(hand microphone, boomset, mask microphone) is applied to inputs 1 to
7. A specific power supply circuit is provided for the microphones of
inputs 6 and 7 (they have no transmission card to supply them). A
current detection circuit on channel 6 and a cut-off relay on channel
7 insulates the channels when they are not used. The L/G relay
controls this cut-off relay.
The amplified LF output signal is then available on the 3 windings of
the secondary of the output transformer:
- 600 ohm output for ground crew.
- 600 ohm output for audio output No. 6.
- 2.2 Kohm output for the various AMU audio cards.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 54
Aug 01/11

SYR
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
R Figure 029

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 55
Aug 01/11

SYR
(4) Logic Processing Function
R (Ref. Fig. 030)
(a) Purpose
Each user of the audio integrating system has an associated
logic-processing channel.
The logic processing function manages the processing channel at
AMU level and enables the use of the system.
In particular:
- It dialogs with the associated ACP, with the BITE circuit or
the SELCAL-CALL circuit.
- It manages the various inputs/outputs of the processing
channel.
(b) Composition
The logic processing channel comprises:
- A computer
- An interface circuit to ARINC 429 standard
- A serial interface circuit
- A control interface circuit.
1
_ Computer
It comprises the peripherals required for the operation of the
microprocessor, clock, monitoring circuit (watchdog),
memories, address decoder, etc.
2
_ ARINC 429 interface
This circuit ensures the interface with the ACP and comprises:
a transmission interface, a reception interface, a
microprocessor interface.
- Transmission interface
The transmission interface conditions the electrical levels
in compliance with ARINC 429 standard.
- Reception interface
The reception interface enables the galvanic insulation of
the link between the ACP and the AMU. It also reconstitutes
the transmission clock and the information.
- Microprocessor interface
Transmission: this interface receives data in byte form from
the microprocessor. This data is required to transmit the
messages and to condition them in compliance with ARINC 429
standard.
Reception: this interface receives the transmission clock
and the data in ARINC message form. It transmits this data
to the microprocessor in byte form.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 56
Aug 01/11

SYR
Logic Processing - Block Diagram
R Figure 030

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 57
Aug 01/11

SYR
3
_ Serial interfaces
These interfaces enable data exchange between the logic
processing function and the BITE and SELCAL-CALL functions.
These interfaces are mainly comprised of 2 ACIAs (Asynchronous
Communication Interface Adaptors).
4
_ Command interface
This interface comprises PIAs (Peripherals Interface Adaptors)
or buffer registers. The microprocessor uses them to acquire
discrete information (e.g. PTT switches) or to generate
commands. These commands are sent to the various functions
(e.g. transmission selection command, setting into service of
VOICE/ON filter).
R M. SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call - Cabin Attendant Call
(1) Purpose
The SELCAL-CALL system of the audio management system gives :
- A visual and aural indication of the calls from the ground stations
equipped with a coding device which can be used by the aircraft
installation (SELCAL system - Selective Calling). The calls are
sent on the radio frequencies which link the aircraft to the
ground. The communication channels used are : VHF1 - VH2 and VHF3,
HF1, HF2 if installed.
- A visual indication of the calls from the ground crew or from the
Cabin Attendants.
NOTE : The ground crew call system is described in chapter 23-42-00:

____
Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (circuit WC).
The Cabin Attendant call system is part of chapter 23-73-00:
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (circuit RH).
(2) SELCAL
(a) Ground system

R (Ref. Fig. 031)
The ground system transmits, via VHF or HF transmitters, a
selective call code. This code comprises 2 consecutive pulses
each containing a mixture of the 2 frequencies. This enables the
calls to be differentiated.
The call comprises a single-code transmission without repeat.
(b) Aircraft system

R (Ref. Fig. 032)
The aircraft receivers detect and capture the call signals
transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or HF). Once detected,
the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL card.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 58
Aug 01/11

SYR
SELCAL System - Ground System
R Figure 031

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 59
Aug 01/11

SYR
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
R Figure 032

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 60
Aug 01/11

SYR
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs
correspond to the various communication facilities on the
aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 in accordance with
aircraft definition).
The SELCAL decoder permanently scans the 5 inputs on which the
calls may be present. It analyzes the received signals to check
if they comprise the frequencies relevant to aircraft code. The
operator programs this code on the SELCAL code panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the warning
system transmits an aural signal. The CALL legend on each ACP
associated to the system which received the call (VHF1 - VHF2 -
VHF3 - HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP to reset the
aural and lighted call.
(c) Associated peripheral assemblies

The SELCAL system is associated with:
- The radio communication systems VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2
(in accordance with aircraft definition).
- The Flight Warning Computer (FWC) system.
(d) Operation of the system

R (Ref. Fig. 033)
- Operation of ground crew call
This circuit displays the call from the ground crew in the
cockpit.
NOTE : Chapter ATA 23-42 (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call System -

____
Circuit WC) gives the operation of the ground crew call
circuit.
- Operation
When a call is made from the Cabin Attendant station,
the CIDS generates ground information. This information
is sent to the calculating unit via the input stages.
The information is processed then sent via the output
stages to the various audio cards and then to the ACPs.
On the ACPs, this causes ATT legend to flash (coupled
with CAB pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds. After 60
seconds or when the RESET pushbutton switch is pushed,
like the SELCAL system, the calculating unit
re-initializes the circuit.
It also sends information to the CIDS for
re-initialization via the output stages.
NOTE : It is possible to inhibit the automatic function which

____
causes the MECH and ATT flashing call legends to stop.
(Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program)

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 61
Aug 01/11

SYR
SELCAL System - Block Diagram
R Figure 033

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 62
Aug 01/11

SYR
1
_ Other functions
- Pin-program
The calculating unit collects the information given by the
pin-program. It processes this information then sends it:
.to the various audio cards and then to the ACPs.
.to the BITE circuit to enable this circuit to generate a
data message which is sent to the CFDIU system.
- BITE circuit
The BITE system sends a test request message to the
SELCAL-CALL card via the input stages.
A test unit comprised of an LF-signal generator circuit,
output status-check circuits and input forcing circuits is
integrated into this card.
The calculating unit processes the messages then triggers
the test program.
The result is sent in message form to the BITE circuit.
R N. Pin-Program
R (Ref. Fig. 034)
In a simple way, the pin-program adapts the AMU to suit the various
configurations of the audio system.
The pin-programm:
- Inhibits the function selection annunciators located on the face of the
ACP which correspond to the uninstalled optional equipment (VHF3, HF1,
HF2)
- Sends, after processing in the AMU, installation information relevant
to the previous equipment and information relevant to the optional
navigation equipment (ADF2 - MLS). It sends this information to the
CFDIU via an output bus.
- Inhibits the automatic reset function after the Cabin Attendant and
ground crew calls have operated for 60 seconds.
- Enables change from FAA certification to CAA certification.
- Enables the PA transmission pushbutton switch located on each ACP to be
given stable operation (i.e. same as the other transmission pushbutton
switches).
Operation
It is possible to modify the programming of these functions by installing
specific shunts. This generates a message which (after it has been
processed) is sent to the various ACPs, to the CFDIU or to the management
microprocessor.
R P. Electrical Power Supply

R (Ref. Fig. 035)
Seven separate power-supply networks supply the AMU:
- One +28 V input for each processing channel (5 in maximum
configuration)
- One +28 V input which supplies the flight interphone function.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 63
Aug 01/11

SYR
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
R Figure 034

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 64
Aug 01/11

SYR
Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram
R Figure 035

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 65
Aug 01/11

SYR
- One +28 V input which supplies the SELCAL-CALL and BITE function.
Each network is equipped with its own protection, filter and regulation
systems.
R 7. _________
BITE Test
A. Purpose
The audio system BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) serves as an aid for line
maintenance in workshop and Service Department.
It is used when faulty units are to be detected, replaced or repaired.
It limits the number of unwanted removals of the system components.
The BITE:
- Constantly transmits the actual status of the system
(availability-unavailability).
- Memorizes any failures which occurred during the 63 previous flight
segments or up to memory capacity.
- Monitors the data exchanges between the system components.
- Centralizes the triggered tests or self-test results.
- Dialogs with the CFDIU by means of menus.
- An additional function is the transmission of the pin-program and a
message which serve to identify the system.
(1) Normal mode

This mode cyclically interrogates the AMU cards in order to know
their status and the status of the associated ACP. It transmits this
information to the CFDIU and if a failure is detected, records this
information in the failure memory.
It interrogates the cards one after each other every 13 ms. The
processing card generates information with respect to the self-test
of this card and the data from the associated ACP. This information
is sent to the BITE. This information is sent to CFDIU cyclically
every 200 ms under label 356.
(2) Menu mode

This mode is used only on the ground. It enables dialog between the
AMU and an operator via the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit
(MCDU).
An air-ground discrete gives the ground-flight information.
The LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00 -
Circuit GA) delivers the air-ground discrete.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 66
Aug 01/11

SYR
C. Functional description
R (Ref. Fig. 036)
The operator uses the 2 MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 installed on the center
R pedestal to manage the BITE system (REF ATA 22-82-00).
For the various operations to be performed and the displays obtained,
Ref.following figures
R (Ref. Fig. 037, 038, 039, 040, 041)
(1) Other functions

The AMU BITE circuit ensures two additional functions
- It transmits the status of the pin-program
- It transmits an identification message.
(a) Transmission of PIN-PROGRAM*

- The BITE circuit generates a message giving the installation
status of certain equipment (VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 - MLS).
This message is generated from the information sent by the
SELCAL card which receives the pin-program. It is sent to the
CFDIU.
- The CFDIU system requires this information in order to transmit
this information to the relevant circuits such as the RMPs
(Radio Management Panels) and the SDAC (System Data Acquisition
Concentrator).
- This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in
compliance with ARINC 429 with label 350.
Word structure is as follows:
b32 b31 b30 b23 b16 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | |M |A |H |H |V | | | |
P | 0 0 |0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0| L | D | F | F | H | 0 | 0|LABEL|
| | | S| F | 2| 1| F | | | 350 |
| | | | 2| | | 3| | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bit at logic 0: the equipment is not installed

- Bit at logic 1: the equipment is installed
(b) Transmission of identification message

Every component connected to the maintenance centralized system
transmits an identification message to facilitate and shorten the
test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is 6A.
This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance
with ARINC 429 with label 377.
Word structure is as follows:

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 67
Aug 01/11

SYR
MCDU - Location
R Figure 036

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 68
Aug 01/11

SYR
MCDU - Functional Description
R Figure 037

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 69
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 038

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 70
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 039

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 71
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION - (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 040

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 72
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST - (Sheet 2/2)
R Figure 041

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 73
Aug 01/11

SYR
b31 b30 b29 b19 b18 b15 b14 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | |
| P | 0 0 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 | 6 | A | 0 | 1 | LABEL 377 |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization

- How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
- A/C configuration:
. Whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests

- Duration: 1 s.
- Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test
accomplishment (some other repercussions may occur depending on the
A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- None
(3) Results of power-up tests (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of

tests pass/tests failed).
- Tests pass:
. None
- Tests failed:
. None

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 74
Aug 01/11

SYR
Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
Figure 042

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 75
Aug 01/11

SYR
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
____________________________________________
TASK 23-51-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-51-06

Sidestick Radio
R (Old MMEL ref: 23-51-08)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific AR CAP - WIRE END
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-96-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems

after Operation of the PTU
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
ESPM 204213
23-51-00-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11RN
FOR 12RN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-010-050
A. Disengagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-00-991-001)
(1) Remove the screws (1).
(2) Remove the cover plate (2).
(3) Remove the blanking plug (11), the nut (10), the washer (9) and the
trigger (8).
(4) Remove the nut (7), the washer (6), the switch (4) with the washer
(3).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 402
May 01/11
R
SYR
R Side Stick Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 403
May 01/04

SYR
Subtask 23-51-00-040-050
B. Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(1) Cut the power supply wires (5)
R (2) Install CAP - WIRE END at the end of each wire (Ref. ESPM 204213).
Subtask 23-51-00-410-051
C. Engagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
(1) Install the lock plate (3) in the switch (4).
(2) Install the switch (4) in the handle.
(3) Make sure that the stop of the lock plate (3) is in its housing.
(4) Install the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten it.
(5) Install the trigger (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10).
(6) TORQUE the nut (10) to 0.035 m.daN (3.09 lbf.in).
(7) Install the blanking plug (11).
(8) Install the cover plate (2).
(9) Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-056
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 11RN
FOR 12RN

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-51-00-860-058
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004).
(4) On the overhead panel 23VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton
switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).
(5) On the overhead panel 24VU:

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the
OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(6) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the warnings that
follow do not show:
- HF1 (2) EMITTING
- VHF1 (2) (3) EMITTING
- ELAC 1 FAULT
- ELAC 2 FAULT
R NOTE : If one of these warnings shows, do the trouble shooting

____
R procedure related to the maintenance message.
(7) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).
(8) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key
(On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
Subtask 23-51-00-710-058
F. Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Priority (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-
710-003).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 405
Nov 01/05

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-059
(1) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the cover panel of the side stick assembly
to tell the crew that the radio PTT switch is deactivated.
(4) Make an entry in the logbook.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 406
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-51-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Sidestick Radio
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-92-41-000-010 Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
27-92-41-400-010 Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-060

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)
(1) Do the Installation of a new Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 407
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-51-00-810-053
R B. Do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance message.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-061

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 408
Nov 01/05

SYR
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________
TASK 23-51-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Audio Management
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the audio management system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 HEADSET 600 OHMS
R No specific 1 MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 501
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-050

002).
(2) On all the ACPs, make sure that:

- The RAD/INT selector switch is in the center position
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
- All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD
pushbutton switch is not pushed.
(4) On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the
AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) Set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers on the panels 301VU and 501VU to
the middle position.
(6) Boomset connection.

R - At each crew station, connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel.
- On the panel 108VU, connect a boomset.
(7) Microphone and headset connection:

R - At each crew station, connect a MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND to the
HAND MIC connection.
R Connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the HEADSET connector.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-051
A. Do the operational test:
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At each crew station, on the ACP:
- Push the INT transmission - The green bars on the INT

on.
- Push and release the INT - The reception pushbutton switch moves
reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
then turn it to the middle
position.
2. On the ACP of the station where

you do the maintenance:
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch

to RAD and hold it in this
position (You can do this
operation on the PTT switch of
the side stick controller at the
CAPT or F/O station).
- Speak in the boomset microphone. At the Captains and First Officers

stations:
- Make sure that the loudspeakers
operate.
At each crew station and at the ground

mechanic station:

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
boomset is correct.
- Smoothly turn the INT reception At the station where you do the
pushbutton switch clockwise. maintenance:
- The reception you can hear must
change smoothly without interference
in the boomset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and
F/O stations, the volume in the
related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
- Turn the INT pushbutton switch

to the middle position.
3. At the Captains and First

Officiers stations:
- Smoothly turn the loudspeaker - The reception you can hear must
potentiometer clockwise. change smoothly without interference
in the loudspeaker.

- Release the INT/RAD selector - The INT/RAD selector switch goes back
switch (or the PTT switch on the to the middle position.
side stick controller at the
CAPT or F/O station)

to INT.
6. At the ground mechanic station: At each crew station :
- Speak in the boomset microphone. - Make sure that the reception in the
boomset is correct.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to the middle position.

pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
8. On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton

switch. switch comes on.

with the dual selector knob,
set the frequency of a station
that transmits.

this, push the transfer the left ACTIVE display window.
pushbutton switch (double
arrow) between the two display
windows.
9. On the ACP of the station on

which you do the maintenance:
- Push the VHF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1

on.
- Push and release the VHF1 - The reception pushbutton switch moves
- Set the INT/RAD selector switch At the station where you do the
to INT and speak in the boomset maintenance:
microphone. - Make sure that you receive the VHF1
station and the interphone at the
same time.
At the other crew station:

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 505
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Make sure that you can hear the
communications only from the station
where you do the maintenance.

to the center position.
- Push the VHF1 transmission - The green bars on the VHF1

off.
- Push the VHF1 reception - This pushbutton switch moves in (to

pushbutton switch. the initial position) and the
annunciator light goes off.
10. At each crew station, on the

ACP:
- Push the INT reception - This pushbutton switch moves in (to

pushbutton switch. the initial position) and the
annunciator light goes off.
11. On the RMP1:
- Set the ON/OFF selector switch

to OFF.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 506
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 23-51-00-710-053
B. Do the operational test:
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.

____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

on.
2. At the station where you do the At the Captains and First Officers
maintenance: stations:
- Push the PTT switch of the hand - Make sure that the loudspeakers
microphone and speak in the operate.
microphone.
At each crew station:

headset is correct.
At the ground mechanics station:

boomset is correct.

- Smoothly turn the INT reception - The reception you can hear must
pushbutton switch clockwise. change smoothly without interference
in the headset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and
F/O stations, the volume in the
related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
4. At the crew station under

maintenance:

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 507
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the PTT switch of the
hand microphone.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-051
(1) At each crew station, on the ACP, push the INT transmission and
reception pushbutton switches.
(2) Disconnect the microphone and the headset for all the crew stations.
(3) Disconnect the boomset on the panel 108VU.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 508
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-51-00-710-002
Operational Test of the SELCAL System
_______

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the operation of the SELCAL code panel.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-052

002).

- The INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 509
May 01/11

SYR
R (3) On the Captains station, connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack
panel.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-A
A. Operational Test of the SELCAL System
_______
NOTE : Do this test with the VHF1 system.

____
You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems.
The procedure is the same and when you use the VHF2 and VHF3
systems, refer to information between parentheses.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 510
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the RMP1:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF3) pushbutton - The green LED on this pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.

the frequency that the ground
station can use in VHF.

this, push the transfer the ACTIVE display window.
2. On the RMP2, set the frequencies

related to the VHF2 system. Do the
procedure of paragraph 1.
3. On the CAPT ACP:
- Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) - The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2,
transmission pushbutton switch. VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch
come on.
- Push and release the VHF1 (VHF2, - The reception pushbutton switch is
VHF3) reception pushbutton moves fully out and comes on.
switch.
- Push the PTT switch of the CAPT

sidestick controller.
- Transmit the SELCAL code of the

aircraft to the ground station.
Tell the ground station to make
a SELCAL call on the VHF1 (VHF2,
VHF3) system.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 511
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the PTT switch of the - On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of
CAPT sidestick controller. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch flashes.
- You can hear the buzzer.
4. On one of the ACPs, push the RESET - On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of
pushbutton switch and release it. the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
- The buzzer stops.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053
(2) On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2) transmission pushbutton switch and
the VHF1 (VHF2) reception pushbutton switch.
(3) At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.

002).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 512
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-51-00-710-003
Operational Test of the CAPT and F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd OCCUPANT ACP
_______
NOTE : You can do this test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the 3rd Occupant station operates correctly in the standby
mode for the Captain and First Officer stations. For this, use the AUDIO
SWITCHING selector switch (panel 48VU).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 513
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-054

002).
(2) On the ACPs of the Captain, the First Officer and the 3rd Occupant
stations, make sure that:
- The RAD/INT selector switch is in the middle position,
(5) On the panels 301VU and 501VU, set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers to
MAX.
(6) At the Captain and First Officer Occupant stations:

R - Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel.
R (7) At the Captain and First Officer stations, connect a MICROPHONE 150
R OHMS - HAND to the HAND MIC receptacle.
(8) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
001).
Subtask 23-51-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 514
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-055
A. Operational test
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the Captain Station. It is the

____
same for the First Officer station. Refer to the data between
parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the ACP of the Captain (First

Officer) and the 3rd Occupant:

on.
reception pushbutton switch and fully out and comes on.
then turn it to the middle
position.
2. On the overhead control and On the upper ECAM DU.

indicating panel 48VU:
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING selector - The AUDIO 3XFRD indication comes into
switch to CAPT 3 (F/O 3). view in green.
NOTE: To get the MEMO, push the CLR

pushbutton switch on the ECAM control
panel until the indication comes into
view.
3. On the CAPT (F/O) station:
- On the ACP, push the INT - The green bars on the INT
transmission pushbutton switch. transmission pushbutton switch go
off.
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone is clearly audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 515
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain
(First Officer).
4. On the 3rd Occupants ACP:

off.
- Speak into the microphone. - Make sure that the reception stops:
Officer).
(First Officer).

on.
- Smoothly turn clockwise the INT - Make sure that the reception volume
pushbutton switch for reception changes smoothly and that there is no
and speak into the CAPT (F/O) interference:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
(First Officer).
7. On the CAPT (F/O) ACP:

on.
- Smoothly turn clockwise the INT - Make sure that the reception volume
pushbutton switch for reception does not change:
and speak into the microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
(First Officer).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 516
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- On the ACP, set the INT/RAD

switch to RAD and hold it in
this position.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that the reception stops:
microphone. .In the boomset of the Captain (First
Officer).
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - The RAD/INT switch moves to the

middle position.
- On the CAPT (F/O) side stick

controller push the PTT switch.
- Speak into the boomset - Make sure that what is said in the
microphone. microphone is clearly audible:
Officer).
(First Officer).
- Release the PTT switch on the

CAPT (F/O) side stick
controller.
- Set the RAD/INT switch to RAD

and hold it in this position.
- Speak into the microphone of the - Make sure that what is said in the
CAPT (F/O) boomset. microphone is clearly audible:
Officer).
(First Officer).
- Release the RAD/INT switch. - the RAD/INT switch moves to the

middle position.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 517
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. On the overhead control and
- Set the AUDIO SWITCHING

selector switch to NORM.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-055
(1) On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton
switches.
(2) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY potentiometer to
OFF.
(3) At the Captain and First Officer stations, disconnect the microphone
and the boomset.

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 518
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-51-00-710-004
Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Oxygen Mask Microphone
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
35-12-41-400-002 Installation of the Full-Face/Quick-donning
Oxygen-Mask
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-067
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002)

- the INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position
- all the transmission pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(4) On the overhead control panel 48VU, make sure that the AUDIO
SWITCHING selector switch is in the NORM position.
(5) At the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT stations, connect a headset to the
jack panel.
(6) On the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and
INT reception pushbutton switches.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 519
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-51-00-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY 1HT HA01
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-064
A. Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
NOTE : You must do the test at each crew station (refer to the data in
____
parentheses).
NOTE : Do not put oxygen mask fully against your face so that you do not
____
use oxygen.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the L overhead control panel On the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton

21VU: switch:
- push the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY - the OFF legend goes off.
pushbutton switch.
2. At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT) You can hear the oxygen flow rate.
station:
- remove the mask from the stowage
box
3. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:

- set the INT/RAD selector switch
to RAD and hold it in this
position.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 520
May 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-51-00

Page 521
May 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-51-00

Page 522
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OCCPNT) station. - in the headset at the CAPT, F/O and
3rd OCCPNT stations
- in the CAPT and F/O loud speakers (on
the CAPT and F/O LOUD SPEAKER control
panels 500VU and 301VU, the LOUD
SPEAKER potentiometers are set to
MAX).
5. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:
ACP: - the INT/RAD selector switch moves to
- release the INT/RAD selector the center position.
switch.
6. At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT)

station:
- put the oxygen mask into the
stowage box and close the
doors. (Ref. TASK 35-12-41-400-
002)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-860-068
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) On the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCUPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and INT
reception pushbutton switches.
(2) At the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT stations, disconnect the headset.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 523
May 01/06
R
SYR
TASK 23-51-00-740-002
BITE Test of the Audio System
_______
NOTE : You can do the test in the hangar.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the AMU and the ACPs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-056

002).

- The RAD/INT switch is in the middle position,
- All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out,

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 524
May 01/06
R
SYR
Subtask 23-51-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-00-710-056
A. On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-003).
Subtask 23-51-00-740-050-A
B. Do the BITE test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the MCDU, on the COM menu page: On the MCDU:

- Push the line key adjacent to - the AIS page comes into view.
the AMU indication.
2. On the AIS page:
- Push the line key adjacent to - The TEST IN PROGRESS XX s comes into
the TEST indication. view.
- The TEST OK page comes into view.
3. On the MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to

the RETURN indication until the
CFDS menu page comes into view.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 525
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-00-862-053
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-00

Page 526
May 01/11
R
SYR
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) (2RN1,2RN2,2RN3,2RN4,2RN5) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-12-000-001
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-12-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS 29LP H03
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT INV 28LP X03
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
Subtask 23-51-12-010-050
B. Get Access

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-12-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Control Panel
NOTE : This removal procedure is applicable to each audio control panel.

____
(1) Loosen the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
(2) Pull the audio control panel (2) from its housing.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4) Remove the audio control panel (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Audio Control Panel (ACP)
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
R (5) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle
(3).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-51-12-400-001
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Audio System

23-51-12-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-860-050


EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 405
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-51-12-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-12-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-12-420-050
A. Installation of the Audio Control Panel
NOTE : This installation procedure is applicable to each audio control

____
panel.
(3) Remove blanking caps from the electrical connector (4) and the
receptacle (3).
(4) Make sure that the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle (3)
are in the correct condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6) Install the audio control panel (2) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 406
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-51-12-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-51-12-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-12-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-12

Page 407
May 01/11

SYR
CODE PANEL - SELCAL (3RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-13-000-001
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel (3RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-010-050
A. Get Access

access door 824 in the zone 128.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-13-020-050
A. Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel
(1) Write the code which is in view on the SELCAL code panel (3).
(2) Loosen the fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(3) Pull the SELCAL code panel (3) from its housing.
(4) Disconnect the connector (4) from the receptacle (1).
(5) Remove the SELCAL code panel (3).
R (6) Put CAP - BLANKING on the connector (4) and on the receptacle (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
SELCAL Code Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-51-13-400-001
Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel (3RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of the SELCAL System

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-860-050

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-13-420-050
A. Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the connector (4) and the receptacle
(1).
(4) Make sure that the connector (4) and the receptacle (1) are in the
correct condition.
(5) Connect the connector (4) to the receptacle (1).
(6) Put the SELCAL code panel (3) in its housing.
(7) Tighten the QAD fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(8) Make sure that the code on the SELCAL code panel is the same as that
written at the panel removal.
Subtask 23-51-13-740-050-A
B. Do the Operational Test of the SELCAL system (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-710-

002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-13-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-13

Page 405
May 01/11
R
SYR
SWITCH - RADIO PTT (11RN,12RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-17-000-001
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-92-41-000-010 Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-51-17-860-050
R A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-000-010).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-17

Page 401
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-51-17-400-001
Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-92-41-400-010 Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-51-17-860-051
R A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-51-17-420-050
A. Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-51-17-860-052
R A. Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 23-51-17

Page 402
Aug 01/11

SYR
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) (1RN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________
TASK 23-51-34-000-001
Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-51-34-010-050
B. Get Access

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-34-020-050
A. Removal of the Audio Management Unit
(3) Pull the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical
connectors (1).
(4) Remove the AMU (5) from its rack (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Audio Management Unit (AMU)
Figure 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-51-34-400-001
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-51-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Audio Management

23-51-00-740-002 BITE Test of the Audio System
23-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-860-050


EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-51-34-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-51-34-420-050
A. Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU)
correct condition.
(5) Install the AMU (5) in its rack (2).
(6) Push the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors
(1).

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 405
May 01/06
R
SYR
R Subtask 23-51-34-865-053-A
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH 9RN G08
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O 5RN G07
R 49VU COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT 4RN G06
R 121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
R 121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN M03
Subtask 23-51-34-740-050
C. Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-51-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-51-34

Page 406
May 01/06

SYR
STATIC DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. General
_______
During flight, the aircraft becomes charged with static electricity. If the
discharge of the static electricity is not controlled, it causes
interference in the communications and navigation systems.
To decrease the effect of this interference, static dischargers are

installed.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION QUANTITY ZONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wing Tip Fence 4 534(634)
Elevator Tip 1 335(345)
Horizontal Stabilizer Tip 1 332(342)
Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 324
Rudder Tip 1 326
Wing Fixed Trailing Edge 1 534(634)
Aileron Trailing Edge 4 590(690)
Elevator Trailing Edge 3 335(345)
Rudder Trailing Edge 3 326
No.2 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 531(631)
Engine Pylon Rear Fairing 1 470(480)

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 1
Nov 01/06

SYR
R Static Dischargers - Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 2
Nov 01/09

SYR
R Static Dischargers - Location
R Figure 001A

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 3
Nov 01/09

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION QUANTITY ZONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Wing Tip Fence 4 534(634)

R Elevator Tip 1 335(345)
R Horizontal Stabilizer Tip 1 332(342)
R Vertical Stabilizer Tip 1 324
R Rudder Tip 1 326
R Wing Fixed Trailing Edge 1 534(634)
R Aileron Trailing Edge 4 590(690)
R Elevator Trailing Edge 3 335(345)
R Rudder Trailing Edge 3 326
R No.2 Flap Track Movable Fairing 1 531(631)
R **ON A/C ALL
3. System
__________________
Description
Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The
retainer is attached to the structure by rivets. The static discharger is
attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:

- the wing-tip fence
- the horizontal stabilizer
- the vertical stabilizer
- the elevators
- the rudder
and on the trailing edges of:
- the wing fixed structure
- the ailerons
- the elevators
- the rudder
- the flap-track movable-fairings
- the engine-pylon rear-fairings.

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 4
Nov 01/06

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
R Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The
R retainer is attached to the structure by rivets. The static discharger is
R attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
R
R Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:
R - the wing-tip fence
R - the horizontal stabilizer
R - the vertical stabilizer
R - the elevators
R - the rudder
R and on the trailing edges of:
R - the wing fixed structure
R - the ailerons
R - the elevators
R - the rudder
R - the flap-track movable-fairings
R **ON A/C ALL
Two types of retainer are installed:

- a flat retainer at the trailing edges
- an angular retainer at the tips.
Two types of static discharger are installed:

- one with a straight mounting, installed at the trailing edges
- one with a 30-degree angle mounting, installed at the tips.
The two types are not interchangeable.
4. Power
____________
Supply
Not Applicable.
5. _________
Interface
Not Applicable.
________________________________
and Indicating
The static dischargers:
- decrease the voltage level necessary to start corona discharge
- make regions of very low radio-frequency field-strength and thus cause the
discharge to occur in these regions
- discharge the static electricity charge.

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 5
Nov 01/06

SYR
The effect is to decrease the interference in the communications and
navigation systems.

EFF :

ALL 23-60-00

Page 6
Nov 01/06

SYR
STATIC DISCHARGER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________
1. General
_______
The full description and operation of the static dischargers is given in

(Ref. 23-60-00).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 1
May 01/98

SYR
STATIC DISCHARGER - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________
TASK 23-61-00-200-001
- Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding of Retainer to Structure
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific safety barriers

R No specific 1 MEGOHMMETER 1 MOHM TO 2 GOHMS - 500 VCD
R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 601
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive
Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-61-00-991-001-B Fig. 601
**ON A/C ALL
23-61-00-991-001-A Fig. 601A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-B)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-941-050
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below
the applicable zone.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate

the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 602
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Static Dischargers
Figure 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-B

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 603
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Static Dischargers
Figure 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 604
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-B)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 23-61-00-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-210-050
A. Inspection of the Static Dischargers
(1) Examine the static dischargers to make sure that:

- there is no distortion
- there is no damage to the covers
- there is no corrosion of the bases
- there is no damage to the tips
- the screws are tight and serviceable
- they are correctly attached.
Subtask 23-61-00-750-051
B. Bonding Resistance
(1) Static Discharger Retainer to Aircraft Structure.
(a) Make sure that the electrical bonding is correct (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).
(b) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-869-002).
(2) Static Discharger Tip to Static Discharger Retainer.
R (a) Use a MEGOHMMETER 1 MOHM TO 2 GOHMS - 500 VCD to measure the

resistance between the tip of the static discharger and the
static discharger retainer as follows:
- connect one probe to the tip of the applicable static
discharger
- put the other probe against the side of the applicable static
discharger retainer.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 605
Aug 01/11

SYR
NOTE : With one lead attached to the retainer, clip the other
____
lead to a piece of WET sponge or fine wire wool (used to
touch the tip of the discharger).
(b) Measure the resistance values that follow:

- for type A, between 6 and 120 Megohms
- for type B, between 6 and 200 Megohms.
NOTE : The resistance value for all type B retainers is the
____
same.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-00-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
items.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.
(5) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-00

Page 606
Nov 01/06

SYR
DISCHARGER - STATIC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________
TASK 23-61-41-000-001
Removal of the Static Discharger
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-61-41-991-001-B Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
R 23-61-41-991-001-C Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-B)
**ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-C)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-941-050
R (1) Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the
R applicable static discharger.
Subtask 23-61-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
R Static Discharger - Location and Detail
R Figure 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-B

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 403
May 01/11

SYR
R Static Discharger - Location and Detail
R Figure 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-C

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 404
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-B)
**ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-C)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Static Discharger
(1) Loosen the grub screw (2) and remove the static discharger (1) from
the static discharger retainer (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 405
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-61-41-400-001
Installation of the Static Discharger
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
GEAR.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 406
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-00-200-001 - Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding

of Retainer to Structure
R 23-61-41-991-001-B Fig. 401
**ON A/C ALL
R 23-61-41-991-001-C Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-41-941-051
R (1) Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.
Subtask 23-61-41-860-050
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 407
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-61-41-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-B)
**ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 23-61-41-991-001-C)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-420-051
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(1) Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 408
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-61-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Static Discharger
R (1) Install the static discharger (1) in the static discharger retainer
R (3).
R (2) TORQUE the grub screw (2) to between 0.01 and 0.06 m.daN (0.88 and
R 5.30 lbf.in).
R
Subtask 23-61-41-750-050
C. Test
(1) Do a resistance test between the static discharger (1) and the static
discharger retainer (3) (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-200-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-41-865-051
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
R 49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
R 105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
R 105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
R 121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 409
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-61-41-942-050
B. Remove the Equipment
items.
R (2) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-41

Page 410
May 01/11

SYR
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-61-42-000-001
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice
No specific adjustable access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 401
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger

23-61-42-991-002 Fig. 401
23-61-42-991-003 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C ALL
R 23-61-42-991-003-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C ALL
23-61-42-991-004 Fig. 403

23-61-42-991-005 Fig. 404
23-61-42-991-006 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002, 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004, 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005, 405/TASK

23-61-42-991-006)
Subtask 23-61-42-941-050
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 402
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-61-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-61-42-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable access platform adjacent to the applicable static
discharger.
(2) Remove the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-61-42-020-051
A. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers zone 324 (Tailplane), 326

(Rudder), 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (1) with a drill, so that you do not make
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (2).
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger (4).
the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (6).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 403
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 405
May 01/98

SYR
R Static Discharger Retainers - Engine Pylon and Flap Track Fairings

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 406
May 01/08

SYR
R Static Discharger Retainers - Engine Pylon and Flap Track Fairings

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 407
May 01/08

SYR
R Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings
Figure 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 408
May 01/08

SYR
Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons
Figure 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 409
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
Figure 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 410
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences
Figure 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 411
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
(4) Carefully remove the rivets (23) with a drill, so that you do not
make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (24).
(5) Carefully remove the rivets (25) and (26) with a drill, so that you
do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(27).
R (7) Carefully remove the rivets (30) and rivets (32) with a drill, so
R that you do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger
R retainer (31), then remove the shim (33).
Subtask 23-61-42-020-052
B. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470 (480) (Engine Pylon),
531 (631), 532 (632) and 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(17).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-020-052-A
B. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532 (632) and
533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
(17).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 412
May 01/09

SYR
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-020-053
C. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(1) Carefully remove the rivets (7) and (8) with a drill, so that you do
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer
(10), then remove and discard the washer (9).
(14), then remove and discard the washers (13).
Subtask 23-61-42-020-054
D. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (2),
then remove and discard the filling piece (4).
Subtask 23-61-42-020-055
E. Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip

Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger retainer (4).
not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger (7).
(10).
(4) Carefully remove the rivets (14),(15) and (16) with a drill, so that
you do not make the holes larger. Remove the static discharger
retainer (13).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 413
Nov 01/06

SYR
TASK 23-61-42-400-001
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 5 m (16 ft. 5 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-002 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS B

FUEL TANK SEALANTPOLYSULFID(NO LONGER AVAILABLE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 414
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 rivets 23-61-04 01 -060

3 rivets 23-61-04 01 -080
3 rivets 23-61-05 02B-015A
4 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
5 rivets 23-61-04 01 -040
5 rivets 23-61-05 03B-030
5 rivets 23-61-05 03B-030A
6 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
7 rivets 23-61-05 01 -010
8 rivet 23-61-05 01 -020
8 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
9 washer 23-61-05 01 -065
9 washer 23-61-05 01 -065A
9 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
11 rivets 23-61-05 01 -050
11 rivets 23-61-05 03B-020
12 rivets 23-61-05 01 -060
12 rivets 23-61-05 03B-040
12 rivets 23-61-05 03B-040A
13 washers 23-61-05 01 -065
13 washers 23-61-05 01 -065A
14 rivets 23-61-05 03B-010
15 rivet 23-61-05 03B-020
15 rivets 23-61-05 04 -060
15 rivets 23-61-05 04 -060A
16 rivets 23-61-05 04 -050
16 rivets 23-61-05 04 -050A
22 rivets 54-55-11 02F-445
23 rivets 23-61-07 01 -051A
25 rivets 23-61-07 01 -070A
26 rivets 23-61-07 01 -060A
28 rivets 23-61-07 01 -050A
R 30 rivets and the (2 off) <<EXPD 23-61-07 01 -040
R rivets/32/23610701083>> rivets.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 415
May 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-00-200-001 - Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding

of Retainer to Structure
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger
23-61-41-400-001 Installation of the Static Discharger
R **ON A/C ALL
23-61-42-991-002 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C ALL
23-61-42-991-003 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C ALL
R 23-61-42-991-003-A Fig. 402A

23-61-42-991-004 Fig. 403
23-61-42-991-005 Fig. 404
23-61-42-991-006 Fig. 405
R **ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-42-941-052
(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 416
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-61-42-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-61-42-860-051
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable static discharge retainer.
(2) Make sure that the applicable static discharger is removed (Ref. TASK
23-61-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones

324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 417
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger
retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the
related holes in the aircraft structure.
(2) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone

330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27) or (29)
R in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

R retainer (24), (27) or (29). Make sure that the holes align with
R the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (c) Put the shim (33) in the correct position on the aircraft
R structure.
R (d) Use a drill to make holes in the shim (33). Make sure the holes
R align with the related holes in the structure.
R (e) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R (f) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (31).
R Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
R structure.

470 (480) (Engine Pylon).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(a) Put the static discharger retainer (21) in the correct position
on the aircraft structure.

retainer (21). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.

531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 418
May 01/09

SYR

590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the
(6) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone

534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure (5).
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
structure.
(c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (5).
(d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
aircraft structure.

534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or
(13) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 419
May 01/09
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-A
A. Preparation for a Replacement Component
(1) Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones

324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in
the correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure that the holes align with the

330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
R (a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27) or (29)
R in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

R retainer (24), (27) or (29). Make sure that the holes align with
R the related holes in the aircraft structure.
R (c) Put the shim (33) in the correct position on the aircraft
R structure.
R (d) Use a drill to make holes in the shim (33). Make sure the holes
R align with the related holes in the structure.
R (e) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in the correct position
R on the aircraft structure.
R (f) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (31).
R Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
R structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 420
May 01/09

SYR
531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings).
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)


590 (690) (Ailerons).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the
correct position on the aircraft structure.

retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that the holes align with the

534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(a) Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure (5).
(b) Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft
structure.
(c) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on
the aircraft structure (5).
(d) Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2).
Make sure that the holes align with the related holes in the
aircraft structure.

534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
(a) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or
(13) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 421
May 01/09
R
SYR
retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make sure that the holes align
with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-053
B. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324

(Tailplane), 326 (Rudder) and 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with
a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(4) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-002) to the interface of

the applicable static discharger retainer.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 422
May 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 23-61-42-420-054
C. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470

(480) (Engine Pylon) and 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track
Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

the applicable static discharger retainer. Do not apply sealant to
the static discharger retainers (21) on the composite engine-pylon
fairing zone 470 (480). The correct bonding resistance is only
possible when the retainer (21) touches the engine-pylon fairing.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 423
May 01/09
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-054-A
C. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531

(631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.


EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 424
May 01/09
R
SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-055
D. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590

(690) (Aileron)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

Subtask 23-61-42-420-056
E. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer Zone 534

(634) (Wing-Tip)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 425
May 01/09
R
SYR

Subtask 23-61-42-420-057
F. Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534

(634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.


EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 426
May 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 23-61-42-420-058
G. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324 (Tailplane), 326

(Rudder) and 330 (340) Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-61-42-991-002)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position and install it
with the (4 off) rivets (1).
with the (2 off) rivets (25) and the (2 off) rivets (26).
R (7) Put the static discharger retainer (31) in position with the shim
R (33), and install it with the (2 off) rivets and the (2 off) EXPD
R rivets/32/23610701083 rivets. (30)
(8) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant
from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-059
H. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 470 (480) (Engine

Pylon), 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-61-42-991-003)
(1) Put the applicable static discharger retainer (21) in position and
install it with the (6 off) rivets (22).
install it with the (4 off) rivets (15) and the (2 off) rivets (16).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 427
May 01/09

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-059-A
H. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532

(632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 23-61-42-991-003-A)
install it with the (4 off) rivets (15) and the (2 off) rivets (16).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-060
J. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-61-42-991-004)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (10) and the new washer (9) in
position and install them with the (4 off) rivets (7) and the (1 off)
rivet (8).
(2) Put the static discharger retainer (14) and the new washers (13) in
position and install them with the (4 off) rivets (11) and the (2
off) rivets (12).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 428
May 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 23-61-42-420-061
K. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-61-42-991-005)
(1) Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position with the filling
piece (4), and install it with the (2 off) rivets (1) and the (4 off)
rivets (3).
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to remove the unwanted
sealant from around the applicable static discharger retainer.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-062
L. Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip

Fence)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-61-42-991-006)
with the (5 off) rivets (14) and the (1 off) rivet (15).
with the (4 off) rivets (12) and the (2 off) rivets (11) .
with the (4 off) rivets (9) and the (2 off) rivets (8).
with the (2 off) rivets (6), the (2 off) rivets (5), and the (2 off)
rivets (4).
Subtask 23-61-42-760-050
M. Test
(1) Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-
200-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 429
May 01/09
R
SYR
Subtask 23-61-42-420-052
N. Continue the Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
(1) If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the

same as the adjacent structure.
(2) Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger

retainer.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-61-42-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Install the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
Subtask 23-61-42-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 15CE1, 15CE2,
16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 23-61-42-942-050
C. Removal of Equipment
items.
(2) Remove the safety barriers.

EFF :

ALL 23-61-42

Page 430
May 01/09

SYR
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
R The Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) is designed to record crew conversations
R and communications into a memory block unit in flight and on the ground,
R when at least one engine is running or up to five minutes after the last
R engine stops irrespective of which engine stops first. The system can also
R operate in manual mode on the ground. The recorder is a four-track system
R and all tracks are recorded simultaneously.
R The CVR provides storage for 2 hours of consecutive recording for each of
R the four audio input channels.
R When the memory block unit is fully recorded, the system progressively
R erases recordings made in the previous 2 hours and simultaneously records
R new information; thus only information recorded in the last 2 hours of
R operation is retained. The recorded information can be intentionally erased
R when the aircraft is on the ground with the parking brake on, locked and
R electrically powered. Bulk erasure is also possible during manual operation
R of the system.
Recording of conversations and communications must comply with standards
specified by the CAA (Ref. ATA 23-51, Audio Management, para. CAA Recording
Function).
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS| ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1RK CVR 312 312AR 23-71-35
3RK P/BSW-RCDR/CVR ERASE 21VU 211
5RK P/BSW-RCDR/CVR TEST 21VU 211
16RK MIC-CVR 20VU 210 23-71-13
18RK AMPLIFIER-CVR MIC 212 23-71-14
11TU P/BSW-RCDR/GND CTL 21VU 211
22RK JACK-CVR/HEAD SET 50VU 210
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R A. The cockpit voice recorder system consists of:
R (1) Remote CVR microphone 16RK for monitoring direct conversations

R between crew members and aural warnings in the cockpit.
R (2) Amplifier 18RK which amplifies the microphone signal.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 1
Nov 01/10

SYR
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 2
May 01/98

SYR
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 3
May 01/98

SYR
R (3) Cockpit Voice Recorder 1RK which records:
R (a) Communications received and transmitted by radio.
R (b) Intercom conversations between crew members.
R (c) Announcements transmitted over the passenger address system.
R (d) Direct conversations between crew members in the cockpit and all
R aural warnings.
R (4) Circuit breaker 2RK supplying the CVR with 115VAC power via the
R contacts of the relays 6RK and 8RK.
R (5) RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK which allows complete erasure of
R the recorder data from the memory block unit.
R (6) RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch 5RK which allows recorder test.
R (7) CVR/HEAD SET jack 22RK which allows to provide audio return of the
R CVR TEST and ERASE functions.
R (8) Two relays 6RK and 8RK which launch the CVR recording mode under
R specific conditions.
R (9) Time-delay relay 10RK enabling the CVR to record for 5 minutes after
R last engine shutdown, or up to 5 minutes after initially energizing
R the aircraft electrical network.
R (10) Relay 14RK controlling intentional erasure of the recorder data from
R the memory block unit and the test signal when the aircraft is on the
R ground with parking brake applied.
R (11) Relays 12TU and 13TU and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU
R providing manual control of the CVR when the aircraft is on the
R ground. On this pushbutton switch, the blue ON legend comes on to
R indicate that the recorder is in recording mode.
R (12) Relay 20RK controlling the test signal and ensuring transmission of
R the TCAS signal (Ref. ATA 34-43).
R (13) CVR/HEAD SET jack 22RK connected in parallel with the socket on the
CVR to facilitate maintenance operations (Ref. para. Component
Description - Cockpit Voice Recorder).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 4
Nov 01/10

SYR
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R A. Automatic Recording Mode

R The CVR is automatically supplied with 115VAC when the aircraft is in one
R of the configurations given below:
R - In flight with engines running or stopped
R - On the ground with at least one engine running
R - On the ground during the first five minutes following energization of
R the aircraft electrical network
R - On the ground up to five minutes after second engine shutdown.
R (1) Aircraft in flight

R The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1 (LGCIU1) 5GA1 sends a
R ground signal to the relay 6RK.
R The relay 6RK is energized.
R The CVR is set to the recording mode through the normally-closed
R contacts of the relay 8RK in parallel with the normally-open contacts
R of the relay 6RK.
R (2) Aircraft on ground
R (a) When one or the two engines are in operation, no ground signal is
R sent to the relay 10RK. Thus, the relay 10RK is not energized. As
R the relay 10RK energizes or de-energizes the relay 8RK, the relay
R 8RK stays de-energized. Therefore, the CVR is set to the
R recording mode through the normally-closed contact of the relay
R 8RK.
R (b) For the first five minutes after you energize the aircraft
R electrical network (with both engines stopped), a ground signal
R is sent to the time-delay relay 10RK.
R (c) When the second engine is stopped, a ground signal is sent to the
R time-delay relay 10RK.
R NOTE : In the conditions specified in Para. (2) (b) and (c)

____
R above, when the relay 10RK is energized, it starts its
R timing function. During this timing function, the contact
R of the relay 10RK stays open, the relay 8RK stays
R de-energized, and the CVR is set to the recording mode
R through the normally-closed contact of the relay 8RK.
R After 5 minutes, the relay 10RK stays energized, the
R timing function stops and its contact closes. This
R energizes the relay 8RK, its contact opens and the CVR
R stops the recording.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 5
Nov 01/10

SYR
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 6
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
R NOTE : In the conditions specified in Para. (2) above, the relay
____
R 6RK is de-energized (aircraft on the ground).
R B. Manual Recording Mode

R When you supply power manually to the CVR, with the aircraft on the
R ground and the two engines stopped, you can:
R - Do a functional test of the CVR,
R - Record the beginning of the check list before you start the first
R engine,
R - Erase the CSMU data if necessary.
R The relays 11TU, 12TU and 13TU are supplied with 28VDC from the busbar
R 801PP via the circuit breaker 4RK.
R (1) RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch - ON legend on

R With both engines stopped, a ground signal is sent to the relay 12TU.
R When you push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU, the relay 12TU
R is supplied with 28VDC through the contacts of the relay 13TU. The
R relay 12TU is energized. A ground signal is sent to the blue ON
R legend which comes on.
R Because a ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK, the CVR is set
R to the recording mode.
R When you release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch, the relay 13TU
R is supplied with 28VDC through the relay 12TU.
R (2) RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch - ON legend off

R When you push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU again, the
R relay 13TU is de-energized.
R The relay 12TU stays energized through the contacts of the relay
R 13TU. A ground signal continues to be applied to the blue ON legend
R which stays on.
R Because a ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK, the CVR is set
R to the recording mode.
R When you release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU, the contact
R opens and de-energizes the relay 12TU. The blue ON legend goes off,
R the relay 6RK is de-energized and the CVR stops the recording.
R NOTE : If one engine is started, the ground signal to relay 12TU is

____
R removed and the relay 12TU is de-energized. The blue ON legend
R goes off and the relay 6RK is de-energized. The CVR stays in
R recording mode through the normally-closed contact of the
R relay 8RK.
5. _________
Interface
Ref. Para. System Description

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 7
Nov 01/10

SYR
6. __________________
Component Location
R A. Cockpit Voice Recorder Microphone Amplifier 18RK

The CVR Microphone amplifier is attached behind the overhead panel.
Two electrical connectors are provided at the back for connection with
the CVR and the remote microphone.
Inside is the microphone pre-amplifier which is supplied with 18VDC from
the Cockpit Voice Recorder.
R B. Cockpit Voice Recorder Microphone 16RK

The remote microphone is installed at the bottom of the overhead panel.
It is a condenser type microphone.
R C. Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK

(Ref. Fig. 004)
R The CVR is a Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
The SSCVR is located in the aft section of the aircraft.
It is attached to a shockmount by means of two locking tabs.
(1) On the face:

(Ref. Fig. 005)
(a) An Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) is mounted on a bracket

attached to the recorder. The ULB is a battery-operated device
which radiates a pulsed acoustic signal into the surrounding
water upon activation of its water-sensitive switch. It consists
of a self-contained battery, an electronic module and a
transducer. The battery is shock-mounted and separated from the
electronic module by a bulkhead built into the case; it is
accessible by removal of the end cover which is sealed with an
O-ring. Located on the opposite end of the ULB is a
teflon-insulated water-sensitive switch.
(b) A movable protection flap gives access to a plug of a Playback

Bench (Test Connector). This plug provides the link between the
SSCVR and the Playback Bench for retrieving recordings on the
ground and maintenance operations.
(2) Inside the recorder:

(Ref. Fig. 004, 006)
(a) Power supply converts either 115VAC 400Hz or 28VDC aircraft power
into secondary power for Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) and
provides power on reset and power failure monitoring.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 8
May 01/11

SYR
SSCVR - Component Description
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 9
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 10
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 11
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(b) The SSCVR consists of three Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) (not
including the basic system chassis):
- voice management assembly (interface and Control)
The interface and Control boards are two circuit cards which
control all states and modes of the system performing the
record, erase and test functions of the system. The interface
and control boards provide all functional interfaces to
external systems.
- the memory block unit is a solid state, nonvolatile mass
storage device enclosed in a protective case.
- Power Supply.
(c) The mixer is fed from the Audio Management Unit 1RN via input
transformers. The input transformers provide impedance matching
and isolation for balanced or unbalanced grounded or ungrounded
signals.
The output of the mixer is coupled to the output of the CPU. The
mixed audio data are stored into the memory block unit. Recording
of data in the solid state memory array is partitioned so that
the narrow band voice channels are stored in physically separate
devices from the wide band area channel.
(d) The test circuit is activated when the CVR TEST pushbutton switch
on the overhead panel is pushed for a duration of longer than one
half second.
(e) The complete erase timing assembly is activated when the CVR
ERASE pushbutton switch on the overhead panel is pushed for a
minimum of 1/2 second, the SSCVR initiates a bulk erase function.
The erase function is completed within five seconds of
activation.
7. Operation
_________
A. Recording
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The recording system consists of four identical recording channels. All
channels are independent of each other and are separated at input by
isolation transformers.
Channels 1, 2 and 3 allow the recording of signals from the Captain,
First Officer and 3rd Occupant via the Audio Management Unit 1RN.
Channel 4 allows the recording of the ambient noises picked up by the
area microphone and fed via a pre-amplifier to the input transformer for
channel 4.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 12
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
The recordings are made on the flash memory which provides enough storage
capacity to allow continuous recording of the four high quality audio
channels for a minimum of 30 minutes, and the two standard quality
internal channels for a minimum of 120 minutes. The first internal
channel is the summation of the inputs on Channels 1, 2 and 3; the second
internal channel is a recording of cockpit area microphone input (channel
4).
The main function of the SSCVR is to record audio digital communications
data and Timing data into the FCSSU (Flash Memory).
The SSCVR also performs erase and test functions which are operator
initiated using discrete control signals activated by pushbutton switches
in the cockpit. In order to provide controlled operation, power up
initialization and power down monitoring is also performed. In order to
download the stored data and to test the unit for return-to-service and
acceptance testing, the SSCVR also functions in the download and test
modes.
R
B. Erasure
(1) Manual erasure

The bulk erase sequence is initiated from the RCDR/CVR ERASE
pushbutton switch 3RK. To prevent accidental erasure, this pushbutton
switch must be pushed for at least one second and the landing gear
must be down with the aircraft weight on and parking brake ON.
NOTE : The Cockpit Voice Recorder is energized for 5 minutes after

____
the second engine stops.
A +30VDC signal (erase charge signal), generated by the bulk
erase timing assembly, is applied to the coil of relay RY1
through:
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of SYS 2 L/G position relay
12GB
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay 14RK, this relay
being energized when parking brake is ON
- The normally-open (NO) contacts of the RCDR/CVR ERASE
pushbutton switch.
The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay RY1 allow 115VAC at
400 Hz to be applied to the bulk erase coil which generates a
digital signal for the CPU which erases the CSMU information.
NOTE : The timing circuit in the Cockpit Voice Recorder activates the
____
relay RY1 for 5 seconds (minimum). This ensures that the
complete CSMU is erased.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 13
May 01/11

SYR
(2) Automatic erasure
The erase head is permanently activated by a signal generated by the
bias oscillator when the recorder is supplied with 115VAC at 400 Hz.
The erase head erases the previously recorded information on all 4
channels simultaneously before a new recording is made.
8. ____
Test
The Push-To-Test function is activated using a discrete input of the SSCVR
(activated using the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch 5RK located on the
overhead panel). Once activated, this function performs an extensive set of
functional tests to determine the integrity of the system. A successful
self-test results in the status discrete output being activated once. This
results in a 400Hz continuous tone provided through the audio monitor output
sent to the CVR/HEAD SET jack (on the maintenance panel 50VU) and to the two
loud speakers.
A 800Hz tone is sent to the headset jack and to the loud speakers for aural
indication.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 14
May 01/11
R
SYR
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 23-71-00-710-001
Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel Recording
_______
NOTE : This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.

____
NOTE : For this procedure, the parking brake must be locked (ACCU PRESS POINTER
____
ON THE TRIPLE INDICATOR IN THE GREEN RANGE).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the operation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR).
To do a check of the recording of the communications from the CAPT, F/O and
3rd Occupant stations and the CVR microphone.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 501
Aug 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-051

R
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (2) On the ACPs of the Captain, the First Officer and the 3rd Occupant
R stations, make sure that:
R - The RAD/INT selector switch is in the middle position
R - All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out
R - All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
R (3) Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
R (4) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
R (5) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
R (6) Connect a MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND to the HAND MIC connectors of
R the CAPT, F/O and 3rd Occupant stations.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 502
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 23-71-00-710-050-A
R A. Test of the CVR
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead control panel On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:

R 21VU: - The blue ON legend comes on.
R - Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton
R switch.
R 2. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
R from the CVR microphone in the headset.
R 3. On the overhead control panel At the CAPT and F/O stations:

R 21VU: - Check that a continuous tone is
R - Push and hold the RCDR/CVR TEST audible into the loudspeakers for
R pushbutton switch. approximately two seconds.
R - Check that the Frequency Shift Keying
R (FSK) signal (a beep every 4 seconds)
R is heard on the loudspeakers.
R NOTE : The signal will be 600 Hz for

____
R some CVR PNs, and 800 Hz for
R others.
R NOTE : There can be an acoustic

____
R feedback during the test, but
R this does not make it necessary
R to remove the CVR.
R 4. On the overhead control panel - You cannot hear the signal.

R 21VU:
R - Release the RCDR/CVR TEST

R 21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
R - Release the RCDR/GND CTL

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 503
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Subtask 23-71-00-710-055-A
R B. Test of the CVR Channel Recording with Hot-Mike Function

R
R This procedure is applicable on the CVR supplied on 115VAC or 28VDC
R
R For this procedure :
R - Make sure that all the boomsets are disconnected.
R - Use only ONE MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND and disconnect the others.
R - Use only the HEADSET 600 OHMS on the overhead panel 50VU.
R
R NOTE : This procedure is correct for the CAPT station. It is the same for
____
R the F/O and 3rd Occupant stations. Refer to the data between
R parentheses.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the overhead control panel

R 50VU:
R - Connect the HEADSET 600 OHMS to
R the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
R 2. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant)

R station:
R - Disconnect the MICROPHONE 150
R OHMS - HAND.

R 21VU: - The blue ON legend comes on.
R - Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton
R switch.
R 4. Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you can hear your voice
R from the CVR microphone in the HEADSET
R 600 OHMS.
R 5. Cover the CVR microphone:
R - Speak in the cockpit. Make sure that you cannot hear your
R voice from the CVR microphone in the
R HEADSET 600 OHMS.
R 6. On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant)

R station:

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 504
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Connect the MICROPHONE 150 OHMS-
R HAND.
R - Push the PTT switch of the Hand
R Mic.
R - Speak in the Hand Mic. Make sure that you can hear your voice
R from the CVR microphone in the HEADSET
R 600 OHMS.
R - Release the PTT switch on the

R CAPT (F/O, 3rd Occupant)
R station.
R 7. Uncover the CVR microphone:

R 21VU: - The blue ON legend goes off.
R - Release the RCDR/GND CTL
R 9. On the overhead control panel

R 50VU:
R - Disconnect the HEADSET 600 OHMS
R from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-71-00-860-050
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton
R switches.
R (2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

R 002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 505
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-71-00-710-002
Operational Test of the CVR Recording Logic Including Time Delay Relay
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3), 4DA1(2,3)

_______
AND 5DA1(2,3) BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF
YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE:
- THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
- THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE
PERSONNEL.
NOTE : This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR.
To do a check of the CVR power supply through the engines.
To make sure that the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY 10RK operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific 1 HEADSET 600 OHMS
No specific 1 STOPWATCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 506
Aug 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
(4) Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 507
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
R Subtask 23-71-00-865-054
R C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 9DA1
R 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
R 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
R FOR 9DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
R FOR 9DA3
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
R Subtask 23-71-00-865-055
R D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 9DA1
R 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 9DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
R FOR 9DA3

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 508
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-710-052
A. Test of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Make sure that you cannot hear the On the panel 21VU:
audio input in the headset.
2. On the overhead control and

- Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

switch. legend comes on.
Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone
in the headset.
- Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton On the panel 21VU:

switch. - On the pushbutton switch, the ON
legend goes off.
In the headset, make sure that you
cannot hear the audio input.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-053
B. Test of the Power Supply of the CVR through the engines
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS FOLLOWS:
_______
- 1JH, 2JH2 AND 3JH2 BEFORE 2KS2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK OF
ELECTROCUTION. THIS IS BECAUSE YOU WILL START CONTINUOUS
IGNITION IF YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS2 FIRST.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 509
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Make sure that you cannot hear the

audio input in the headset.
2. On the panel 121VU:

- Open the circuit breakers 2JH1,
3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.

- Open the circuit breaker 1JH
then circuit breakers 2KS1 and
2KS2.
- Open the circuit breakers 4KS1 In the headset, make sure that you can
and 4KS2. hear the conversations from the CVR
microphone.
5. On the panels 49VU and 121VU:
- Close the circuit breakers 2KS1,

2KS2, 4KS1 and 4KS2, and then
close the circuit breakers 1JH,
2JH1, 3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.
- Start the STOPWATCH. Make sure that you can hear the
in the headset for 5 minutes. Then the
audio input stops.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 510
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-71-00-710-054
C. Test of the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY (10RK).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Open the circuit breaker 4RK.

- Close the circuit breaker 4RK.
- Start the chronometer. Make sure that you can hear the
in the headset for 5 minutes. Then the
audio input stops.
R Subtask 23-71-00-865-056
R D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 9DA1
R 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
R FOR 9DA2
R FOR 9DA3

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 511
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Subtask 23-71-00-865-057
R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 9DA1
R 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
R 49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
R FOR 9DA2
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
R FOR 9DA3
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
R 122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-052
(1) Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 512
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-71-00-720-001
Operational Test of the Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB)
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT MARKINGS OR LABELS ON THE ULB (ONLY THE BATTERY
_______
REPLACEMENT LABEL IS PERMITTED). THEY CAN DECREASE THE PROPAGATION.
NOTE : This procedure is applicable for the CVR and the SSCVR.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Operational check of the ULB.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

No specific 1 STOPWATCH
42A12C 1 TEST SET-ULTRASONIC
42A12D 1 ULTRASONIC TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-005

TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO ETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-35-920-001 Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locating

Beacon (ULB) and Battery

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 513
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-054
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
zone 312.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
NOTE : For this procedure you can use all ULTRASONIC TEST SETs with
____
the P/N 42A12(). If you use the PINGLITE TEST SET, it is not
necessary to do the steps (4) thru (7).
(3) On the ULB, look at the date on the battery replacement label. If the
date is expired, replace the battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
(4) If you use an TEST SET-ULTRASONIC (42A12C):

- Set the INPUT switch to INT
- Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position.
(5) If you use an ULTRASONIC TEST SET (42A12D):

- Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position.
(6) With an electrical lead, make a short circuit between the ULB water
switch and the battery body.
(7) Put the microphone of the ultrasonic test set as near as possible to
the ULB. Tune the ultrasonic test set to get the best signal.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 514
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-720-051
A. Operational test of the ULB with the ULTRASONIC TEST SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. With a STOPWATCH, count the number

of pulses from the ULB during a
cycle of 10 seconds.
2. Calculate the pulse rate: The pulse rate must be approximately

- Divide the number of pulses one pulse per second.
during the cycle by the number
of seconds (10 seconds).
NOTE : For this test:

____
- If the pulse rate increases, you must replace the battery.
After you replace the battery, if the ULB does not operate
correctly, you must replace the ULB.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-056
B. Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL3)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Put the Pinglite tester PL3 in

position and push and hold it
against the ULB water switch.
2. Remove the tester from the ULB.
NOTE : The ULB is not in the water. Following functions are different:
____
- the pulse duration will be longer
- the pulse rate will be slower than the pulse rate from the
manufacturers test (in water).
If the pulse rate increases or is much faster, you must replace the
battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of the
battery, you must replace the ULB (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 515
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the Pinglite tester PL3: the LED
flashes with each outout pulse. You can
hear a pulse sound.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-057
C. Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL1)
(1) On the Pinglite tester PL1:

- make a temporary short circuit between the center pin of the device
water switch and the case.
NOTE : Use a piece of metal braid or flexible conductor.

____
(2) Test with the Pinglite test set PL1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Pinglite test set PL1:

- put the end of the test set
against the ULB approximately 1
inch (25.4mm) from the water
switch end.
2. Push and hold the OPERATION - a light flash shows that the test set
pushbutton on the test set. operates.
- the BEACON indicator lamp on the test
set flashes with each output pulse
from the ULB.
Release the OPERATION pushbutton. All the indicators go off.
NOTE : No light flash on the test set shows a dead battery or damaged
____
ULB. But ifthe pulse repetition rate is much faster or
increases, replace the battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).
If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of
the battery, replace the beacon (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 516
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-055
(1) On the ultrasonic test set:

- Set the TUNING potentiometer to zero
- Set the GAIN potentiometer to OFF.
(2) Disconnect the electrical lead that connects the water switch to the
body of the battery (short circuit).
(3) Make sure that there is no grease on the support of the ULB and the
water switch.
If you find grease, clean it off with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-005).
(4) Close the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 517
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-71-00-720-002
Functional Test of the bulk-erase function and bulk-erase inhibition-logic of

the CVR
_______
NOTE : This procedure is applicable to the CVR and the SSCVR.

____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the CVR will erase only when the aircraft is on the ground
with the parking brake set.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 HEADSET 600 OHMS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
32-69-00-860-001 Simulation of Flight, with the Aircraft on the Ground

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 518
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-057

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the engine shutdown occured not less than 5 minutes
before you do the procedure.
(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-00-720-050
A. Do the functional test with the parking brake locked and the aircraft in
the ground configuration:
(1) Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(a) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the Parking Brake Control
Switch (73GG) is in the ON position.
(b) Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear
compressed).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 519
Aug 01/11

SYR
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and On the panel 21VU:

- Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton - On the pushbutton switch, the ON

switch. legend comes on.
In the headset:
- Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR
microphone.
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE In the headset:

pushbutton switch for not less - Make sure that you can hear the 400Hz
than 2 seconds and release it. tone signal.
After approximately 3 seconds Make sure that you can hear the
conversations from the CVR microphone.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-054
B. Do the functional test with the parking brake unlocked:
(a) On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG)
in the OFF position.
(b) Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear
compressed).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and In the headset:

indicating panel 21VU: - Make sure that you cannot hear the
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE 400Hz tone signal.
pushbutton switch for not less
than 2 seconds and release it.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 520
Aug 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-71-00-720-055
C. Do the functional test with the aircraft in the flight configuration:
(a) On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG)
in the ON position.
(b) Put the aircraft in the flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-
860-001).
(2) Test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead control and In the headset:

indicating panel 21VU: - Make sure that you cannot hear the
- Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE 400Hz tone signal.
pushbutton switch for not less
than 2 seconds and release it.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-00-860-056
(1) Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(2) Put the aircraft in the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-
001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-00

Page 521
Aug 01/11

SYR
MICROPHONE - CVR (16RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 23-71-13-000-001
Removal of the CVR Microphone (16RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-13-020-050
A. Removal of the CVR Microphone
(1) Loosen the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.
(2) Pull the unit 25VU (11) from its housing. Do not disconnect the
connectors.
(3) Loosen the screw (5) and remove the washers (6) and (7), and the wire
clamp (14).
(4) Disconnect the connector (8) from the receptacle (9).
R (5) Put CAP - BLANKING on the connector (8) and the receptacle (9).
(6) Loosen the screws (12) and remove the washers (13).
(7) Remove the CVR microphone (2) with its support (3).
(8) Loosen the screws (1) and remove the washers (4).
(9) Remove the CVR microphone from its support (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
CVR Microphone
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-71-13-400-001
Installation of the CVR Microphone (16RK)
CAUTION : DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CVR MICROPHONE, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
PASSAGE HOLE IN THE LEFT FRONT LINING PANEL IS CONCENTRIC WITH THE
MICROPHONE HEAD. THIS WILL MAKE SURE THAT THE MICROPHONE HEAD NEVER
TOUCHES THE PANEL EDGES.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-710-001 Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel

Recording
23-71-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-13-420-050
A. Installation of the CVR Microphone
(3) Put the CVR microphone (2) on its support (3).
(4) Install the washers (4) and the screws (1), and tighten the screws.
(5) Put the support (3) with the CVR microphone (2) in position.
(6) Install the washers (13) and the screws (12). Tighten the screws.
(7) Make sure that the wire clamp (14) is in the correct condition.
Replace the wire clamp (14) if necessary.
Put the wire clamp (14) on the wire of the CVR microphone (2).
(8) Put the wire clamp (14) in position and install the washers (6) and
(7), and the screws (5). Tighten the screws.
(9) Remove the blanking caps from the connector (8) and the receptacle
(9).
(10) Make sure that the connector (8) and the receptacle (9) are in the
correct condition.
(11) Connect the connector (8) to the receptacle (9).
(12) Put the unit 25VU (11) in its housing.
(13) Tighten the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 405
May 01/06
R
SYR
Subtask 23-71-13-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 2RK E14
R 49VU COM/CVR/CTL 4RK E13
Subtask 23-71-13-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-13-860-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-13

Page 406
May 01/06

SYR
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE (18RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-71-14-000-001
Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier (18RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-14-020-050
A. Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
(1) Remove the screws (4) and loosen the fasteners (6) of the lining
panel (5) and remove the lining panel.
(2) Remove the screws (1) and loosen the fasteners (3) of the dome light
cover (2) and remove the cover.
(3) Disconnect the connectors (7) from the receptacles (9).
R (4) Put CAP - BLANKING on the connectors (7) and on the receptacles (9).
(6) Remove the CVR microphone amplifier (12) from the support (8).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
CVR Microphone Amplifier
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-71-14-400-001
Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier (18RK)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Recording
23-71-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-14-420-050
A. Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
(3) Put the CVR microphone amplifier (12) in position on its support (8).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
(4) Install the washers (11) and the screws (10). Tighten the screws.
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (7) and the receptacles
(9).
(6) Make sure that the connectors (7) and the receptacles (9) are in the
correct condition.
(7) Connect the connectors (7) to the receptacles (9).
(8) Put the dome light cover (2) in position. Install the screws (1) and
tighten the screws (1) and the fasteners (3).
(9) Put the lining panel (5) in position. Install the screws (4) and
tighten the screws (4) and the fasteners (6).
Subtask 23-71-14-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-71-14-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-14-860-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-14

Page 405
May 01/06

SYR
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) (1RK) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-71-35-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid
____
State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-71-35-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at Zone

312.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-35-020-050
A. Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (4) and lower the fasteners.
(2) Carefully remove the CVR (1) from the rack (2).
NOTE : Make sure that you do not damage the electrical connector
____
pins.
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)
Figure 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-71-35-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Recording
23-71-35-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid
____
State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-71-35-991-001)
Subtask 23-71-35-420-050
A. Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
(3) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (3).
(4) Carefully install the CVR (1) into the rack (2). Make sure that the
CVR is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical
connection.
(5) Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (4) until the CVR (1)
is correctly attached.
R Subtask 23-71-35-865-054
R breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-71-35-710-050
R C. Do the operational test of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. TASK
23-71-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-35-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 405
Nov 01/04

SYR
R TASK 23-71-35-000-002
R Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-71-35-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK

R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 23-71-35-991-006 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-71-35-860-050
R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R Subtask 23-71-35-010-052
R B. Get Access
R (1) Put the access platform in position at zone 312.
R (2) Open the access door 312AR.
R (3) If necessary, remove the Cockpit Voice Recorder (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-
R 000-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 406
Nov 01/09

SYR
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-006)
R Subtask 23-71-35-020-053
R A. Removal of the Cockpit-Voice-Recorder (CVR) Rack
R (1) Remove the nuts (11), the screws (9) and the washers (10) and release
R the electrical connector (6).
R (2) Remove the screws (8) and the CVR-Rack (5).
R (3) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3) and the screws (2).
R (4) Remove the dampers (1) and the bonding straps (7).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 407
Nov 01/09

SYR
R Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
R Figure 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 408
Nov 01/09

SYR
R TASK 23-71-35-400-002
R Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific access platform 3.4 m (11 ft. 2 in.)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-21-11-911-001 Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

R 23-71-35-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
R 23-71-35-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
R 24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
R Power
R 24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
R the External Power
R 23-71-35-991-006 Fig. 402
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-71-35-860-051
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
R (2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at zone 312.
R (3) Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 409
Nov 01/09

SYR
R (4) Make sure that the Cockpit Voice Recorder is removed (Ref. TASK 23-
R 71-35-000-001).
R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-71-35-991-006)
R Subtask 23-71-35-420-052
R A. Installation of the Cockpit-Voice-Recorder (CVR) Rack
R NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-
____
R 21-11-911-001).
R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (2) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Put the bonding straps (7) and the dampers (1) in position and
R install the screws (2), the washers (3) and the nuts (4).
R (4) Put the bonding straps (7) and the CVR-Rack (5) in position and
R install the screws (8).
R (5) Put the electrical connector (6) in position and install the washers
R (10), the screws (9) and the nuts (11).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-71-35-410-053
R A. Close Access
R (1) Install the Cockpit Voice Recorder (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-400-001).
R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (3) Close the access door 312AR.
R (4) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 410
Nov 01/09

SYR
R Subtask 23-71-35-860-052
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 411
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 23-71-35-920-001
Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locating Beacon (ULB) and Battery
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-71-00-720-001 Operational Test of the Underwater Locating Beacon

(ULB)
CMMV 237010
23-71-35-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
NOTE : Make sure that a new ULB is available for ULB replacement.
____
Subtask 23-71-35-010-051
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone

312.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 412
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-71-35-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-71-35-020-051
A. Removal of the ULB from the CVR

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-71-35-991-005)
(1) Remove the screws (1) and the cover plate (2) from the mounting
cradle (4).
(2) Remove the ULB (3) together with the seals (5) from the mounting
cradle (4).
Subtask 23-71-35-960-050
B. In the Workshop
(1) Discard and replace the ULB Battery from the ULB (3) (Ref. CMMV
237010).
Subtask 23-71-35-420-051
C. Installation of the ULB on the CVR

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-71-35-991-005)
(1) Put the ULB (3) together with the seals (5) in position on the
mounting cradle (4).
NOTE : Make sure that you can read the date of the battery
____
replacement of the ULB (3).
(2) Attach the ULB (3) with the cover plate (2) and the screws (1) to the
mounting cradle (4).
NOTE : Install the ULB with the water-sensitive switch outboard and
____
make sure that the switch is clean.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 413
Nov 01/09

SYR
Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)
R Figure 403/TASK 23-71-35-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 414
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-71-35-720-050
D. Operational Test
(1) Do the operational test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)

(Ref. TASK 23-71-00-720-001).
NOTE : This operational test is not necessary if you have done a test
____
of the ULB in the workshop before installation, within the
allowable leadtime given in the vendor documentation. The test
in the workshop must obey the vendor instructions.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-059
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-71-35-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
R (3) Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE.

EFF :

ALL 23-71-35

Page 415
May 01/11

SYR
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________
**ON A/C ALL
1. _______
General
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) uses cameras in the cockpit
entrance, and left and right door 1 areas. They let the flight crew monitor
the door 1 area and identify persons who request access to the cockpit.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12RA CAMERA-COCKPIT DOOR 210 23-72-51
13RA CAMERA-DR 1, LH 224 23-72-51
14RA CAMERA-DR 1, RH 223 23-72-51
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
R A. The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) has the following components:
- 3 Cameras
- 1 LCD (with a system controller)
- 1 CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch
- 1 VIDEO pushbutton.
(1) Cameras
Three cameras are installed in the ceiling panels in the cockpit
entrance and the door 1 area.
- Camera 1 is installed above the cockpit door. It gives pictures of
the area directly in front of the cockpit door.
- Camera 2 is installed in the ceiling of the right door 1 area. It
gives pictures of the area directly below camera 2 in the right
door 1 area
- Camera 3 is installed in the ceiling of the left door 1 area. It
gives pictures of the area directly below camera 3 in the left door
1 area.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 1
May 01/11

SYR
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 2
Nov 01/04

SYR
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 3
Nov 01/04

SYR
(2) LCD (10RA)
The LCD is installed on the aft wall of the cockpit. It lets the
flight crew see the picture from the cameras.
The pictures from camera 1 are shown as a full screen on the LCD and
the pictures from camera 2 and 3 are shown as a split screen. The
pictures from camera 2 are shown left of the LCD screen and the
pictures from camera 3 are shown on right.
If the system gets no signal from the VIDEO push button (16RA) or the
ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD (Ref. 52-51-00) for 5 minutes the LCD
automatically goes into the standby/power save mode (blank screen).
R NOTE : You can change the pin priority to make the screen stay on
____
R continuously.
If entry is requested with the keypad (screen is in the standby

mode), the screen automatically comes on and shows the picture from
camera 1. If entry is requested again before 30 seconds after the
last-entry-request the signals are inhibited. This is to let the
pilot use the VIDEO pushbutton to select and see the pictures from
camera 1 or cameras 2 and 3.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed during the first 120 seconds of the
standby/power save mode, the last shown pictures come on.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed after the first 120 seconds of the
standby/power save mode, the picture for camera 1 comes on.
(3) CKPT DOOR VIDEO Switch (17RA)

The CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch is installed on the overhead panel 27VU.
It sets the CDSS on or off. The switch has an OFF legend which is on
when the system is off and off when the system is on.
(4) VIDEO Push Button (16RA)

The VIDEO push button is installed on the pedestal, on panel 119VU.
It lets the flight crew select between the pictures from camera 1 and
from cameras 2 and 3.
4. Power
____________
Supply
The CDSS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 101PP. The related
circuit breaker 15RA (3amp) is installed on the circuit breaker panel 122VU
in the cockpit.
5. _________
Interface
The CDSS has interfaces with this system:
- Entry Request Control Unit (52-51-00)

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 4
Nov 01/10

SYR
6. _____________________
R A. Description of Components installed
R (1) Cameras
Camera 1 has a 105 degree lens and cameras 2 and 3 can have a 70, 90
or 120 degree lenses (as required).
R
R (2) LCD
On the front of the LCD there is one green and one white LED, and two
rotary knobs.
The two rotary knobs are used to manually set/adjust the screen
brightness and contrast.
The green LED shows the status of the LCD:
- Green LED is on, shows that the system is on
- Green LED is off, shows that the system is off
- Green LED is flashing, shows that a failure has occurred in the
system.
The white LED is a light sensor which automatically controls the
brightness of the pictures on the LCD screen.
________________________________
and Indicating
Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch (17RA) on the overhead panel 27VU to start
the CDSS. The images from camera 1 show on the LCD screen (full screen).
On the pedestal-panel 119VU, push the VIDEO pushbutton (16RA) to change the
image on the LCD from camera 1 to camera 2 and 3 (split screen).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 5
May 01/11

SYR
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________________
TASK 23-72-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-72-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 122VU DOORS/PAX/MONG 1MQ T13
R **ON A/C ALL

R 122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 501
May 01/07

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:

- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton. pushbutton goes off.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

- the green LED illuminates
- the image from camera 1 is shown on
the LCD monitor
- the image from camera 1 is good.
2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the
LCD-monitor-screen

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 502
May 01/07
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the right half of the
LCD-monitor-screen
- the images from cameras 2 and 3 are
good.
3. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD:

119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the image from camera 1 is shown.
time.
4. In the cockpit, on the LCD In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

monitor:
- turn the LCD-monitor - the image becomes brighter or dimmer
brightness-knob clockwise and in relation to the position of the
counterclockwise. brightness-knob.
- turn the LCD-monitor - the contrast of the image changes in

contrast-knob clockwise and relation to the position of the
counterclockwise. contrast-knob.
- the images are good.

119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the image from camera 2 is shown on
time. the left half of the screen
the right half of the screen
- after 5 minutes the images go off
(power-down-mode).
NOTE : If the LCD monitor is not

____
programmed for the
power-down-mode then the images
stay on continuously.

119VU:
- less than 30 seconds after the - the images from cameras 2 and 3 are
images on the LCD monitor go shown (split screen).
off, push the VIDEO pushbutton
one time.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 503
Nov 01/04

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : This step is not necessary
____
if the LCD monitor is not
programmed for the
power-down-mode.
7. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:

the CDLS keypad:
- enter the code to request entry - the horn is heard
to the cockpit. - on the LCD monitor, the image from
camera 1 is shown.
NOTE : The next two steps must be
____
done in less than 30
seconds after this step.

119VU:
- push the VIDEO pushbutton one - the images from cameras 2 and 3 are
time. shown (split screen).
9. In the cockpit entrance area, on In the cockpit:

the CDLS keypad:
- enter the code to request entry - on the LCD monitor, the images from
to the cockpit. cameras 2 and 3 stay on.
119VU:
- after 30 seconds, push the - the image from camera 1 is shown.
VIDEO pushbutton one time.
11. In the cockpit, on panel 27VU: In the cockpit:

- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton one time. pushbutton comes on.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

- the green LED goes off

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 504
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 505
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-00-740-001
BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-861-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 506
Nov 01/04

SYR
Subtask 23-72-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit:

27VU: - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch goes off.
pushswitch.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:

- the green LED comes on (continuously)
- the picture from camera 1 shows.
2. In the cockpit, on the panel In the cockpit, on the LCD:

119VU: - the failure history page shows for 60
- push and hold the VIDEO seconds.
pushbutton for 10 seconds.
3. In the cockpit, on the panel On the panel 27VU:

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 507
Nov 01/04

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27VU: - the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
- push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch comes on.
pushswitch one time.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:

- the green LED goes off
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-00

Page 508
Nov 01/04

SYR
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (10RA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-72-22-000-001
Removal of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
**ON A/C ALL
23-72-22-991-002 Fig. 401

23-72-22-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 401
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-72-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-710-051
A. Removal of the Monitor or the Hinge Assembly:
(1) If you want remove the Monitor only:

- Do the paragraph B.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 402
Nov 01/04

SYR
(2) If you want remove the Hinge Assembly:
- Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-020-051
B. Removal of the Monitor

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002)
(1) Remove the screws (3) from the hinge assembly (2).
(2) Disconnect the monitor (1).
(3) Put blanking caps on the connector of the monitor (1).
Subtask 23-72-22-020-052
C. Removal of the Hinge Assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001)
(3) Remove the screws (5) and washers (4) from the mounting plate (3).
(4) Remove the hinge assembly (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 403
Nov 01/04

SYR
Monitor
Figure 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 404
Nov 01/04

SYR
Monitor
Figure 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 405
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-22-400-001
Installation of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor (10RA)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack

External Power
**ON A/C ALL
23-72-22-991-002 Fig. 401

23-72-22-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 406
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-860-050
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-72-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL


EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 407
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-710-052
A. Installation of the Monitor or Hinge Assembly:
(1) If you want install the Monitor only:

- Do the paragraph B.
(2) If you want install the Hinge Assembly:

- Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-420-053
B. Installation of the Monitor

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-22-991-002)
(1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
condition.
(5) Install the Monitor (1) with the screws (3) to the hinge assembly (2)
and TORQUE the screws (3) to 0.300 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in).
Subtask 23-72-22-420-054
C. Installation of the Hinge Assembly:
(1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-72-22-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 408
Nov 01/04

SYR
(3) Install the Hinge Assembly (1) with the washers (4) and the screws
(5) to the mounting plate (3).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the elevtrical connectors.
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (2).
Subtask 23-72-22-865-052
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 23-72-22-710-050
E. Do the Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-System (Ref. TASK 23-

72-00-710-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 23-72-22-862-050
B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-72-22

Page 409
Nov 01/04

SYR
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 23-72-51-000-001
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
25-23-42-000-001 Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
**ON A/C ALL
23-72-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 401
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Cameras

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : The removal procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only one
____
procedure is given.
(1) Remove the caps (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 402
Nov 01/04

SYR
Cameras
Figure 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 403
Nov 01/04

SYR
(2) Hold the camera (3) in position.
(4) Carefully remove the camera (3) until you can disconnect the
electrical connector (1).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and remove the camera (3).
(6) If you cannot get access to disconnect the electrical connector (1),
do the subsequent steps:
(a) Loosely attach the camera (3) to the ceiling panel with the
screws (5).
(b) Remove the ceiling panel and move it until you can get access to
the electrical connector (1) (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the camera (3).
(d) Remove the three screws (5) and remove the camera (3) from the
ceiling panel.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 404
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-51-400-001
Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-00-00-400-007 Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)

23-72-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack
23-72-51-820-001 Adjustment of the Cameras
Power
the External Power
25-23-42-400-001 Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility
Area
R AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001 INTERIOR PLACARDS
**ON A/C ALL
23-72-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 405
May 01/08

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-860-051
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL


EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 406
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-210-050
(1) Make sure that all the placards of the retained/new components are in
the correct position and in good condition.
(2) If necessary, install new placards (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007) and

(Ref. AMM 11-32-25 P.Block 001).
Subtask 23-72-51-560-050
B. Preparation of Component Replacement

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : Do the subsequent steps if you install a new camera.

____
(1) On the old camera (3):
(a) Make a note of the position of the adapter plate (2).
(b) Carefully remove the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in
position.
(c) Remove the adapter plate (2).
(2) On the new camera (3):
(a) Put the adapter plate (2) in position as noted in step (1).
(b) Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on
the camera (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 407
Nov 01/04

SYR
Subtask 23-72-51-420-051
C. Installation of the Cameras

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-72-51-991-001)
NOTE : The installation procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only
____
one procedure is given.
(1) If you install a new camera (3), do the subsequent steps:
(a) On the old camera (3), carefully remove the clip which keeps the
adapter plate (2) in position.
(b) Remove the adapter plate (2) from the camera (3).
(c) Put the adapter plate (2) in position on the new camera (3),
(d) Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on
the camera (3).
condition.
(6) If the ceiling panel was removed during the removal procedure, do the
subsequent steps:
(a) Put the camera (3) in the correct position on the ceiling panel.
(b) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(c) Install the caps (4).
(d) Put the ceiling panel, with the camera (3), in position until you
can connect the electrical connector (1).
(e) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the camera (3).
(f) Install the ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 408
Nov 01/04

SYR
(7) If the ceiling panel was not removed during the removal procedure, do
the subsequent steps:
(a) Put the camera (3) in position until you can connect the
(b) Connect the electrical connector (1).
(c) Hold the camera (3) in the installed position.
(d) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(e) Install the caps (4).
items.
Subtask 23-72-51-865-052
breaker(s):
15RA
Subtask 23-72-51-820-051
E. Make sure that the camera(s) are adjusted correctly (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-
820-001).
Subtask 23-72-51-710-050
F. Do the operational test of the cameras (Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 409
Nov 01/04

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 23-72-51-820-001
Adjustment of the Cameras
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R BTR41914 1 TOOL-ADJ,CDSS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-72-51-000-001 Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras

23-72-51-400-001 Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 410
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-72-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-820-050
R A. Adjustment of the Cameras
R (1) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
R pushbutton-switch. Make sure that:
R - The OFF legend in the pushbutton-switch goes off.
- The green LED on the related LCD comes on.
R - The image from camera 1 shows.
R (2) Get a person to stay directly in front of the cockpit door.
R (3) Make sure that the bottom of the image shows the feet of the person,
R who stays in front of the cockpit door.
R (4) Make sure that the top of the image shows the head of the person, who
R stays in front of the cockpit door.
R (5) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area which is 1 m
R (3.28 ft.) in front of the cockpit door.
R (6) If the image from camera 1 is correct, continue with step (8).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 411
May 01/08

SYR
(7) If the image from camera 1 is not correct do these steps:
(a) Remove the cover from the camera 1.
R (b) Connect the camera adjustment-tool TOOL-ADJ,CDSS to the camera 1,

R as follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the unlock
position.
2
_ Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the camera 1.
3
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock
position.
(c) Slowly turn the camera 1 clockwise or counterclockwise until the

image from camera 1 is correct.
NOTE : You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees,

____
hard-stops on the camera prevent more movement.
(d) If you cannot adjust the camera correctly replace the camera 1,
(Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-001).
(e) Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1, as

follows:
1
position.
2
_ Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1 housing.
(f) Install the cover on the camera 1.
(8) In the cockpit, on the panel 119VU, push the pushbutton-switch 16RA
one time, make sure that:
- In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor, the images from cameras 2 and 3
show as a split screen.
(9) Make sure that the image from camera 2 is on the left side of the LCD
screen.
(10) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area 1.2 m (3.93
ft.) in front of the right door and in the middle of the forward and
aft walls.
(11) Make sure that the image from camera 3 is on the right side of the
LCD screen.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 412
Nov 01/09

SYR
R (12) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area 1.2 m (3.93
R ft.) in front of the left door and in the middle of the forward and
R aft walls.
R (13) If the image from camera 2 or 3 is correct, continue with step (15).
R (14) If the image from camera 2 or 3 is not correct do these steps:
(a) Remove the cover from the applicable camera.
(b) Connect the camera adjustment tool to the applicable camera, as

follows:
1
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool into the unlock
position.
2
_ Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the applicable
camera.
3
_ Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock
position.
R (c) Slowly turn the applicable camera clockwise or counterclockwise

R until the image from the camera is correct.
NOTE : You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees,

____
hard-stops on the camera prevent more movement.
R (d) If you cannot adjust the camera correctly replace the applicable
R camera, (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-
001).
(e) Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera,

as follows:
1
position.
2
_ Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera
housing.
(f) Install the cover on the applicable camera.
R (15) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
R pushbutton-switch and make sure that:
- The green LED on the related LCD goes off.
- The OFF legend in the pushswitch comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 413
May 01/08

SYR
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-860-052
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-72-51

Page 414
May 01/08
R
SYR
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The Cabin Intercommunications Data System (CIDS) is used to operate,
control, monitor and test various cabin functions. The functions are managed
by CIDS dependent on the configuration of the aircraft and the CIDS
software.
The basic CIDS manages these cabin functions:
- the Passenger Address (PA),
R - the Cabin and flight crew interphone,
R - the Passenger Call system,
R - the Passenger lighted signs,
R - the General illumination,
R - the Lavatory smoke system,
R - the Service interphone,
R - the Extended emergency lighting equipment.
R - the Escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
R - the Evacuation signaling equipment,
In addition to the above, the basic CIDS installation also has the
capability to operate, functionally control, monitor and test any optional
systems (passenger entertainment (video), advanced passenger services etc.).
The system permits different cabin configurations without the need for
complex and costly hardware changes. The existing cabin equipment
(loudspeakers, lighting units etc.) is retained and the cabin configuration
is accomplished with software changes in the CIDS.
The main components of the CIDS are:
- two CIDS directors,
- a series of Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU),
- a Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
- the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP),
R - the Aft Attendant Panel (AAP),
- the Attendant Indicating Panels (AIP).
R With the exception of the ACPs, the above units have a Built-in Test
R Equipment (BITE) facility. The BITE detects faults in the systems connected
to the CIDS and in the CIDS units. (The CIDS also uses the flight
compartment handset and the passenger compartment handsets).
The CIDS directors are the central control components of the CIDS. Each
director receives inputs from various aircraft systems and from the other
components in the CIDS. Inputs and outputs to and from the CIDS directors
are either connected directly to the directors or through the
Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU). Two types of DEUs are installed, a type A and a
type B.
The type A DEUs interface between the CIDS directors and:
R - the Cabin loudspeakers,
R - the Lighting units,
R - the Passenger call buttons and signs.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 1
Nov 01/06

SYR
Depending on the aircraft configuration, the type B DEUs interface between
the CIDS directors and:
R - the Attendant handsets,
R - the Attendant indication panels,
R - the Area call panels,
R - the Information signs,
R - the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
R - the Attendant panels,
R - the Pressure sensors of the emergency slide bottles,
R - the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
Communication between the type A DEUs and the CIDS directors is on two
separate data bus lines installed along each side of the aircraft. The type
B DEUs are connected to the CIDS directors on a second set of data bus
lines. All other aircraft systems used by the CIDS are connected directly to
the CIDS directors.
These different types of input signals are converted by the CIDS directors
into low level digital data. The CIDS software program controls this digital
data. For changes in aircraft configuration or CIDS upgrades only the
software program is required to be changed. Two replaceable modules are used
R to accomplish these changes. To upgrade the CIDS software program, On-board
Replaceable Modules (OBRM) are used. These removable memory modules are
installed in the front face of the CIDS directors. To facilitate changes in
aircraft configuration and system properties a second memory module, the
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM), is installed in the Programming and Test
Panel (PTP).
Controls for the cabin systems are centrally located at the attendant
panels. The attendant handsets are used for interphone communications and
for PA announcements. An associated Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) is used
for PA/Interphone dialing and cabin call information. The AIP is also used
for displaying CIDS warnings. Different colored lights in the Area Call
Panels (ACP) give long range visual indications of CIDS information.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
101RH DIR-CIDS, 1 87VU 127 824 23-73-34
102RH DIR-CIDS, 2 88VU 128 824 23-73-34
110RH PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL 221 831 23-73-18
115RH MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT 221 831 23-73-19
120RH ATTENDANT PANEL-FORWARD 221 831 23-73-00
126RH ATTENDANT PANEL-AFT 261 831 23-73-13
130RH HANDSET 210 831 23-73-00
132RH SUPPORT BRACKET 210 831 23-73-00

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 2
Nov 01/06

SYR
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 3
May 01/04
R
SYR
FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 4
May 01/04
R
SYR
MCDU - Component Location
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 5
May 01/04
R
SYR
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 6
May 01/04
R
SYR

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 7
May 01/04

SYR
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 8
May 01/04
R
SYR
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 9
May 01/04
R
SYR
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 10
May 01/04
R
SYR
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 11
May 01/04
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
320RH1 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 221 831 23-73-00
320RH9 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 261 831 23-73-00
320RH11 INDICATING PANEL-ATTENDANT 2042VU 263 831 23-73-00
330RH1 HANDSET 221 831 23-73-00
330RH9 HANDSET 261 831 23-73-00
330RH11 HANDSET 262 831 23-73-00
340RH1 CALL PANEL-L FWD AREA 223 831 23-73-00
340RH2 CALL PANEL-R FWD AREA 224 831 23-73-00
340RH9 CALL PANEL-L AFT AREA 3701VU 263 831 23-73-00
340RH10 CALL PANEL-R AFT AREA 3701VU 264 831 23-73-00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
200RH1 DEU-A 223 221BC 23-73-46
200RH2 DEU-A 224 221BC 23-73-46
200RH3 DEU-A 231 231WJ 23-73-46
200RH4 DEU-A 232 232JW 23-73-46
200RH5 DEU-A 231 231QW 23-73-46
200RH6 DEU-A 232 232QW 23-73-46
200RH7 DEU-A 231 231WW 23-73-46
200RH8 DEU-A 232 232WW 23-73-46
200RH9 DEU-A 241 231ZW 23-73-46
200RH10 DEU-A 242 232ZW 23-73-46
200RH11 DEU-A 241 241QW 23-73-46
200RH12 DEU-A 242 242QW 23-73-46
200RH13 DEU-A 241 241WW 23-73-46
200RH14 DEU-A 242 242WW 23-73-46
200RH15 DEU-A 251 251FW 23-73-46
200RH16 DEU-A 252 252FW 23-73-46
200RH17 DEU-A 251 251MW 23-73-46
200RH18 DEU-A 252 252MW 23-73-46
200RH19 DEU-A 251 251TW 23-73-46
200RH20 DEU-A 252 252TW 23-73-46
200RH21 DEU-A 251 251ZW 23-73-46
200RH22 DEU-A 252 252ZW 23-73-46
200RH23 DEU-A 261 251CX 23-73-46
200RH24 DEU-A 262 252CX 23-73-46
200RH25 DEU-A 263 261AC 23-73-46
200RH26 DEU-A 264 261AC 23-73-46
300RH1 DEU-B 223 22BC 23-73-47
300RH4 DEU-B 242 242QW 23-73-47

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 12
May 01/04
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
300RH5 DEU-B 261 261AC 23-73-47
300RH6 DEU-B 262 261AC 23-73-47
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
511RH POWER UNIT, RL 2041VU 200 23-73-38
512RH POWER UNIT, RL 2040VU 200 23-73-38
3. __________________
System Description
A. Principle
(1) The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a microprocessor

based system. It operates, controls, monitors and tests these cabin
functions:
- the passenger address,

- the passenger call,
- the passenger lighted signs,
- the general cabin illumination control,
- the cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the lavatory smoke detection,
- the service interphone (partially intergrated into the CIDS),
- the extended emergency lighting test,
- the work light test,
- the passenger reading lights (control and test),
R - the boarding music and pre-recorded announcements,
- the passenger entertainment system,
R - the emergency evacuation signaling,
- the escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
- the monitor video system sound control.
(2) Because of the need for flexibility, the CIDS uses software to define
any parts of its operation. The software program is dependant on
individual aircraft layouts and optional system functions. The
software is stored on two replaceable modules.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 13
Nov 01/06

SYR
(3) The CIDS hardware is provisioned with enough spare inputs, outputs
and circuits to allow connection of new and additional equipment
without having to make changes to the CIDS hardware. The appropriate
memory module can be reprogrammed aboard the aircraft. The CIDS
programming and test panel 110RH is provided for this. It is also
possible to replace the memory module with a new pre-programmed unit
for cabin layout changes.
(4) A scheduled maintenance of the CIDS is unnecessary as the CIDS

automatically does a self-check. It also monitors the performance of
certain connected equipment. Several levels of system and component
failure are defined for which CIDS gives immediate warning to the
cabin and flight crew. Information on all faults is permanently
stored in the CIDS. This information is also sent to the CFDS. (Ref.
31-30-00). A failure in the controlling CIDS director causes the
system to switch control to the other CIDS director. In the case of
failures on both CIDS directors, control of the system is given to
the CIDS director with the less serious fault.
B. General
The CIDS uses these components:
- 26 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
- 4 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
- the forward attendant panel 120RH,
R - the programming and test panel 110RH,
R - the cabin assignment module 115RH,
- the aft attendant panel 126RH,
- the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
- the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors.
The CIDS director 101RH is used as the active director. The CIDS director
102RH is used as the standby director.
(1) CIDS Directors 101RH (102RH)

The function of the standby CIDS director 102RH is identical to the
function of the active CIDS director 101RH. In normal system
operation the outputs from the standby CIDS director are disabled.
Inputs and outputs to and from the two CIDS directors are connected
in parallel except for:
- the power supply,
- the special relay,
- the director BITE-monitoring connections,
- certain outputs to other equipment or systems.
For more information refer to the block diagram, component
descriptions and power supply description. Each director contains an
OBRM module 101RH1 (102RH1).Inputs and outputs to and from the cabin
equipment to the CIDS directors are made via the Decoder Encoder

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 14
Nov 01/07

SYR
Units (DEU). ARINC links and discrete lines connect the director to
individual controls, cockpit equipment and other systems.
(2) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type A 200RH

The DEUs A 200RH are installed along each side of the passenger
cabin. Up to 3 passenger service units (PSU) and 3 passenger
information units can be connected to each DEU A. The DEUs A are
connected to the directors via a top-line twisted pair data bus. The
physical form of this top-line bus are two twisted pairs along each
side of the cabin. They are connected to every second DEU. This means
that a break in one top-line twisted pair would disable only every
second DEU A along one side of the cabin. A resistor terminates each
top-line data bus for impedance matching. The DEUs type A are
identical. The DEU mount 2010VU or 2014VU include coding switches.
This gives each DEU location a different address.
R
R (3) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type B 300RH

R The DEUs B 300RH are installed in their DEU-mounts 2011VU or 2015VU
R in the door areas. In the door area where no DEU B is installed,
R empty wired-in mounts 2011VU with full provisions are installed. The
R DEUs B are connected to the flight attendant stations and safety
R equipment.
R The DEUs B are connected with discrete lines to:
R - the area call panels,
R - the attendant handsets,
R - the slide-bottle and door-bottle pressure-sensors,
- the EVAC switches and lamps,
R - the emergency power supply units,
R The aft attendant panel receives and transmits serial data via a
R RS232 link, it is also connected to the DEU type B with discrete
R lines. A serial RS232 link also transmits data to each AIP. Discrete
R connections provide AIP power and reception of AIP BITE status. The
R DEUs type B connect to the directors via a middle-line twisted pair
R data bus. One twisted pair cable on each aircraft side connects to
R all DEUs type B on that side. A resistor 310RH terminates each
R middle-line data bus cable for cable impedance matching.
R The DEUs type B are identical. Coding switches in each DEU mount are
R used to define a different address for each DEU B location.
R
(4) Forward Attendant Panel 120RH

The forward attendant panel 120RH transmits data to the directors via
a serial ARINC 429 link which are connected to both directors in
parallel. For transmission of data from the directors to the forward
attendant panel, two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each
director. Separate discrete lines from the panel connect to the power

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 15
Nov 01/10

SYR
supply units of reading lights, the attendant work lights and
lavatory lights. Discrete lines also connect to an adjacent DEU B for
EVAC control.
(5) Programming and Test Panel 110RH

The programming and test panel 110RH transmits data to the director
via a serial ARINC 429 link which is connected to both directors in
parallel. For transmission of data from the director to the panel,
two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each director. The
Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH plugs directly into the front
face of the panel. Interaction between director and CAM is via the
programming and test panel ARINC links.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009, 010, 011)
The service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP supply electrical power to
the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A. Normal Mode
In the normal mode the CIDS uses 28 V DC supplied from the service bus
601PP.
The DIR 2 is in standby.
B. Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP supplies 28VDC to the
CIDS. The emergency system is used if there is a failure of the
service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP is available.
The power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The standby DIR 2, the PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with these minimum functions:
- the PA system,
- the Cabin Interphone,
- the EVAC (if installed).
(2) Power transfer switching

(Ref. Fig. 008)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP supplies the DIR 1. If the DIR 1 fails, the power
transfer relay 105RH switches the essential power supply to DIR 2.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 16
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 17
May 01/04
R
SYR
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 18
May 01/04
R
SYR
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 19
May 01/04
R
SYR
Power Supply - Middle Line
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 20
May 01/04
R
SYR
(3) Top-Line cut-off switching
(Ref. Fig. 010)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the
essential bus 401PP supplies the Top-Lines only when an audio signal
is present. If there is no audio signal the respective director
operates the Top-Line cut-off relay 106RH to stop the essential power
supply to the Top-Lines.
5. Interface
_________
R
R A. CIDS Equipment Connections
R (1) The CIDS Director 101RH (102RH) is connected to:

R - the Audio management unit 1RN (81VU) (235134)
R - the Cabin pressure controller 1 11HL (91VU) (213134)
R - the Cabin pressure controller 2 12HL (96VU) (213134)
R - the PASS INFO relay 19WR (103VU) (352300)
R - the Centralized fault display interface unit 1TW (87VU) (313234)
R - the Cockpit door switch 310LG (332100)
R - the EVAC horn 5WP (48VU) (256300)
R - the EVAC SIGNAL switch 2WP (21VU) (256300)
R - the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP (21VU) (256300)
R - the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton 7WP (21VU) (256300)
R - the CTL PWR SPLY relay 8WL (335100)
R - the Flight warning computer 1 1WW1 (85VU) (315334)
R - the Flight warning computer 2 1WW2 (86VU) (315334)
R - the Board-ann LT test & interface 1LP (70VU) (331433)
R - the Board-ann LT test & interface 9LP (70VU) (331433)
R - the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA1 (93VU)
R (323171)
R - the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA2 (94VU)
R (323171)
R - the Oil pressure warning system (103VU) (732500)
R - the Service interphone ovrd switch 15RJ (50VU) and jack sockets
R (234400)
R - the Slats and flaps control computer 1 21CV (85VU) (275134)
R - the Slats and flaps control computer 2 22CV (86VU) (275134)
R - the Smoke detection control unit 10WQ (94VU) (261734)
R - the System data acquisition concentrator 1 1WV1 (85VU) (315534)
R - the System data acquisition concentrator 2 1WV2 (86VU) (315534).
R
(2) The DEU type A (200RH) is connected to:

- the General illumination ballast units (LG).
- the Reading light power unit for test function (LW).
(3) The DEU Type B (300RH) is connected to:

- the Escape slide bottle pressure sensors (360RH).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 21
Aug 01/11

SYR
(4) The Forward Attendant Panel (120RH) is connected to:
- the Attendant work light relay (2LZ),
- the Lavatory lighting power supply (LQ),
- the Emergency lighting system (WL),
- the Reading light power supply relay.
(5) The Programming and Test Panel (110RH) is connected to:

- Emergency lighting system (WL).
6. _____________________
A. CIDS Director
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 012, 013, 014, 015)
(a) General
The director is a 3-Modular-Concept-Unit (3MCU) sized unit. It is
installed in the pressurized avionics compartment. The internal
construction is modular, which allows straightforward upgrades
and improved maintenance feasibility. A memory module called the
Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM) plugs into the front face of
the director. Software, basic to the directors internal function,
is stored in a nonvolatile memory inside the director. System
related software which is likely to be changed or upgraded when
options are installed is stored in the OBRM.
(b) Function
The CIDS director is the central control and interface component
of the CIDS.
The CIDS director does these functions:
- Control of data bus lines,
- control of CIDS units,
- interface between flight compartment and avionics compartment.
1
_ Handling of three data bus lines:
- the transmission of digitized audio signals via data bus,
- the transmission of control data and commands via data bus,
- the adaption of received DEU data.
2
_ Control of other CIDS functional units:
- the forward attendant panel,
- the aft attendant panel (via DEU B),
- the programming and test panel,
- the data transfer to second director,
- the area call panel (via DEU B),

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 22
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
R CIDS Director
Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 23
Nov 01/10

SYR
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 24
May 01/04
R
SYR
CIDS Director - Block Diagram
Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 25
May 01/04
R
SYR
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line
DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
Figure 015

EFF :

ALL

23-73-00 Page 26
May 01/04
R
SYR
- the attendant indication panel (via DEU B).
R - Interface of flight compartment and avionics compartment
R for:
R - the handling of cabin systems-related inputs/outputs,
R - the control of interfaces to other systems in the flight
R compartment and avionics compartment.
R 3
_ Realization of the system function of connected cabin systems.
R 4
_ Realization of the programming function:
R - the current cabin layout and properties of layout-related
R equipment are stored in the director, dependent on the
R contents of the memory module.
R 5
_ Realization of the test function:
R - all connected cabin systems and the CIDS itself are
R separately tested.
R 6
_ Activation of emergency mode with minimum power consumption.
R (c) Architecture
R All inputs to the director are converted into a low-level digital
R format. The director transmits signals which are buffered and
R converted internally into different formats. The director
R circuits are divided into functional modules as follows:
R - the audio input module,
R - the audio output module,
R - the digital input/output module,
R - the CIDS bus-interface,
R - the power supply,
R - the microcomputer.
R The modules provide sufficient inputs/outputs for expansion of
R the basic CIDS functions.
R 1
_ Audio Input and Output modules.
R The audio input and output modules handels these signals:
R - the flight compartment PA,
R - the service interphone,
R - the boomset microphones,
R - the entertainment equipment,
R - any other audio sources are separately buffered and the
R audio input module shapes them where necessary.
R The signals are then multiplexed into PA-zones and DEU audio
R channels together with the outputs of programmable chime,
R telephone tone and evacuation tone-generators. Under control
R of the processing module, the input module transfers the audio

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 27
Nov 01/10

SYR
R signal to the bus interface module for transmission to the
R DEUs.
R It also routes audio signals to the audio output module. The
R audio outputs from the input module are designed to drive a
R Passenger Entertainment System (PES)- Multiplexer with three
R zones of audio. Digitally-encoded audio signals are sent from
R the audio input module and from the CIDS bus interface to the
R audio output module. The audio signals to the CIDS bus
R interface are sent from the DEU type B on the middle line bus.
R The four PA amplifiers connect to the service interphone
R system, Audio Management Unit (AMU) (interphone output and PA
R output) and cockpit PA handset.
R 2
_ Digital Input/Output Module
R The digital I/O module contains the circuitry necessary for
R the director to handle ARINC 429 and RS232C links, and
R discrete inputs/outputs. The ARINC 429 serial interface is
R programmable in speed of operation. It is the interface
R between:
R - the directors internal, parallel, low-level digital
R environment,
R - the serial, higher-level, digital environment of ARINC 429
R communication.
R Shielded twisted pair cables make the connections. The RS232
R interface is provided for test-purposes and is not used for
R regular CIDS operation. As with the ARINC 429 interface (but
R with a different protocol and signal-level) the RS232 module
R interfaces serial data communications equipment to the
R directors internal parallel data bus. The director gets inputs
R from:
R - the sensors,
R - the switches,
R - the other equipment in two basic states.
R The two basic states are open-circuit and active ground, or
R open-circuit and 28 V DC. Similarily, connected equipment
R requires either presence of an active ground or 28 V DC, or an
R open-circuit for their function. The discrete interface
R provides the necessary isolation and buffers the
R inputs/outputs, and interfaces them to the directors
R microcomputer.
R 3
_ CIDS Bus Interface
R The CIDS bus interface handles all communication between the
R director and DEUs. Top-line data busses used for DEUs A, and
R middle-line data busses for DEUs B. Four top lines and two
R middle lines are provided. One bus protocol is defined for
R each line type, for example one protocol for the top lines and

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 28
Nov 01/10

SYR
another for the middle lines. Each protocol allows the
director to transmit data to the connected DEUs and to receive
data from the DEUs. The respective bus protocol handles all
digitized audio signals, control data and commands to the
DEUs. Coded addresses are also included which permit the
director to address the DEUs individually. The contents of
data depends on the respective inputs and outputs and on a
zoning table stored in the director. The bus interfaces tests
each connected bus line for breaks.
4
_ Power Supply
The power unit derives all necessary internal supply voltages
from the 28 V DC essential and service bus inputs.
5
_ Microcomputer and OBRM
Under control of its high-performance microprocessor, the
microcomputer performs these functions:
- the collection of discrete CIDS data bus information,
- the generation of discrete information to be transferred via
the CIDS data bus,
- the monitoring of CIDS data bus connection,
- the c ontrol of chime, telephone tone and evacuation
tone-generators,
- the collection and processing of discrete input information,
- the control of discrete output information,
- the communication with equipment connected via the serial
interfaces,
- the built-in test function check,
- the BITE operation.
Fundamental director control software and data tables,
including back-up layout and system properties information,
are permanently stored in the processing module. It allows a
basic, limited operation of CIDS in the absence of the CAM.
The Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM) compliments this
permanently stored data. The OBRM is a solid-state memory
module and plugs into the front of the director.
The software routines which makes the CIDS (and some parts of
the director-control software) function, are stored in the
OBRM. Installation of a different OBRM updates these software
routines. The details of the aircraft cabin layout and of the
system properties (chimes used, etc.) are permanently stored
in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). This plugs into the
front of the programming and test panel. The director copies
the CAM data into a semi-permanent (electrically-erasable)
memory during system initialization. It is termed the zoning
table. Once copied, the zoning table remains in the

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 29
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
processing module memory until the next copy from the CAM is
loaded . A similar type of director memory is assigned as the
CIDS BITE memory. CIDS components and connected system
faults are stored in the BITE memory for reporting to the
aircraft CFDS when requested.
In addition to providing the regular CIDS system functions,

the processing module implements monitoring of:
- the director operation,
- the operation of connected systems and components,
- the data bus performance,
- the BITE status of the other director.
R
R (2) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 016, 017)
R (a) Initialization
R Two identical directors 101RH and 102RH are installed in the
R avionics compartment. An identical OBRM, 101RH1 and 102RH1
R respectively, plugs into each director. Each director has a
R dedicated ARINC transmission link to the other, for cross
R checking of each others BITE status. With the exception of the
R dedicated ARINC links, they are connected in parallel as shown
R below:
R - most of the ARINC 429 links,
R - the power supply lines,
R - all inputs and outputs of the two directors.
R The power connections are arranged such that director 1 is
R normally fully active and in control of the CIDS. Director 2 is
R normally partially active, in a hot-standby mode. The two units
R basically run in parallel with exactly the same system-status
R information at any given moment. Director 2 has its outputs
R deactivated. On CIDS energization or reset:
R - all director interfaces are disabled,
R - all Random Access Memory (RAM) is cleared,
R - the system software flags are present,
R - the directors are initialized.
R A failure in the initialized process in CIDS director 101RH
R causes:
R - the CIDS CAUTION lamp on the FWD ATTND panel to come on,
R - display of CIDS CAUTION message at the ECAM,
R - a deactivation of the CIDS director 101RH hardware,
R - a switchover of control to CIDS director 102RH,
R - the CIDS director 101RH software execution halt.
R Once the directors have been initialized, the data contained in
R the CAM is copied into their zoning tables. In the absence of the

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 30
Aug 01/11

SYR
R CAM, the directors own back up data is used. The directors now
R hold the data necessary for the active unit to configure and
R initialize the:
R - cabin system functions,
R - director interface modules,
R - DEUs and connected equipment and components.
R For each PA amplifier in each DEU A, the gain, the frequency
R characteristic, and the channel-assignment is programmed.
R - FWD ATTND panel,
R - programming and test panel.
R When this has been completed, the CIDS is fully operational.
R (b) BITE Operation

R The built-in test equipment of the director detects at least 95 %
R of the failures that could occur in the director. These detected
R failures are isolated with a confidence level of better than 85
R %. The director performs a self-test each time it is initially
R switched on or reset. The self-test checks for correct operation
R of the whole director and of its individual parts.
R The self-test is repeated periodically. The director periodically
R loads each CIDS data bus line with a DC current. When a current
R flow occurs the line is known to be serviceable.
R The equipment shown below have their own BITE functions, and
R signal their BITE status to the director:
R - each DEU,
R - the programming and test panel,
R - the FWD ATTND panel,
R - the connected equipment such as PES and PSS.
R The DEUs are able to test the cabin equipment to which they are
R connected.
R All BITE results are stored in the director BITE-dedicated
R memory. Failures are shown on:
R - the CIDS CAUTION light,
R - the ECAM status page,
R - the ECAM warning,
R - the respective Multifunction Control & Display Unit (MCDU)
R pages,
R - the programming and test panel.
R Certain failures or combinations of failures cause immediate
R indications at the Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
R (ECAM) and the programming and test panel, as follows:
R 1
_ CIDS INOP on ECAM
R The director output CIDS OPERATION STATUS to the SDAC is at
R active ground when the CIDS is operative. A change in this
R state causes to display CIDS 1+2 FAULT on upper ECAM and
R CIDS INOP on lower ECAM when:

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 31
Aug 01/11

SYR
R CIDS Director - Connections
R Figure 016 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 32
Nov 01/99

SYR

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 33
Nov 01/99

SYR
Figure 017

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 34
Nov 01/99

SYR
R - both directors fail,
R - more than 50 % of all DEU A or 20 % of adjacent DEU A
R (zonewise) fail or
R - more than 50 % of all NS-FSB Signs and PA inoperative (resp.
R DEU A) fail (the CIDS CAUTION light also comes on),
R - all DEU B with connected handset fail (the CIDS CAUTION
R light also comes on).
R 2
_ CIDS CAUTION on ECAM
R The directors output CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC is at active
R ground when there are no failures in the CIDS. A change in
R this state results in CIDS CAUTION CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 at
R the ECAM when:
R - one director there is fail,
R - there is no data from the other director via crosslink.
R The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC
R until the fault is corrected.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC
R until the fault is corrected.
3
_ CIDS CAUTION light activated at the Forward Attendant Panel
(FAP)
The director sends a signal to the FAP via the ARINC link to
activate the CIDS CAUTION light when:
- one director fails,
- two directors fail,
- all DEU B with connected handsets fail,
- more than 50% of all DEU A or 20% of adjacent DEU A zonewise
fail,
- no data from SDCU channel 1 and 2,
- the drainmast system fails,
- the emergency slide bottle pressure is low,
- the slide bottle pressure is low,
- the door bottle pressure is low,
- the lavatory smoke detection fails,
- one DEU A fails,
- one DEU B fails,
- the CIDS top bus fails,
- the CIDS mid bus fails,
- the FAP fails,
- the PTP fails,
- the CAM fails,
- no data from FAP,
- no data from CAM,
- no data from PTP.
R The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on
R again on the ground (landing gear down and locked). The light

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 35
Aug 01/11

SYR
R cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
R respective failure message is displayed on the programming and
R test panel. The director will perform, or cause a CIDS
R component test to be done, when commanded from the programming
R and test panel. This is described under System Testing and
R Programming.
R The function of the director with respect to these systems is
R described in the System Operation section:
R - the passenger adress system,
R - the interphone system,
R - the lighted signs,
R - the passenger call.
R For other systems, refer to the appropriate system chapters.
R There remains, however, other aspects to the directors
R operation, and these are described in the text shown below.
R (Ref. Fig. 010).
R
(c) Emergency Mode Activation

For reduction of power consumption, the director has the
capability to activate an emergency mode. The emergency mode
causes all sections of the director which are not permanently in
use to switch off. The sections of the director and the cabin
systems control circuits which are not switched off are:
- the power supply,
- the microcomputer,
- the CIDS data bus driver,
- the PA system,
- the interphone,
- the EVAC.
The power supply for top lines is also disconnected. This is done
when no power is detected at the normal power sensing input and
no PA announcement is made. The director then applies a 28 V DC
output to the Top Line Cut-off Relay 106RH output.
(d) Power Sensing

As long as power is available at power input one, it supplies the
director. In the event of a power failure at this input, the
director automatically switches over to supply input two. If
power is detected at the Normal Power Sensing input (and the
director is operative), then the output Power Transfer Relay is
switched to active ground. The connected relay 105RH is held in
the energized state. Failure in the output deenergizes the relay.
This connects essential power and transfers control of the
top-line cut-off relay 106RH to the other director.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 36
Aug 01/11

SYR
R (e) External Test Equipment Connection
R An RS232C 7-wire bus is provided on the main director connector.
R External test equipment is connected to this connector.
R (f) Bus Protocol Line A

R (Ref. Fig. 018)
R Data is transmitted via the data bus in frames of constant
R length. The director signals the start of a frame with a unique
R SYNC-sequence. The director then continues with the transmission
R of Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) data of six audio channels.
R After this the director addresses one DEU and transmits discrete
R data or a command. It then pauses and the previously addressed
R DEU can then transmit one data word, which terminates the frame.
R The timeslot for transmission of the DEU is called a window and
R is long enough to cope with transients and propagation times.
R In case of collision, the protocol ensures correct
R synchronisation of the next frame. For discrete data
R transmission, the director addresses all DEUs in a sequence, one
R per frame. For audio transmission, all audio data is provided in
R each frame (six channels). A command in an initial sequence
R programs each DEU to receive up to two channels. This is
R dependent on the seat layout of the cabin. This may be altered
R with a new program of the directors zoning table contained in
R the CAM.
R All data words on the data bus have a length of twelve bits.
R The data transfer on the top data line contains data for these
R cabin system components:
R - the passenger lighted signs,
R - the reading lights,
R - the general cabin illumination,
R - the passenger address loudspeaker,
R - the call switch and call light.
R
(g) Bus Protocol Line B

(Ref. Fig. 018)
Data is transmitted via the data bus in frames of constant
length. The director signals the start of a frame with a unique
SYNC-sequence. Next, the director addresses one DEU and transmits
discrete data or a command in this sequence:
- the broadcast interphone channel,
- the captain audio channel.
Then come ten windows for audio transmission from the DEUs. The
director allocates a DEU to a certain window with a respective
command. Normally not all windows are used. In case of collision,
the protocol ensures correct synchronisation of the next frame.
At the end of a frame the DEU addressed at the beginning of the
frame has the opportunity to transmit discrete information to the
director. All data words on the data bus have a length of twelve
bits. The data transfer on the middle data line contains data for
these cabin system and components:
- the passenger address,

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 37
Aug 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 38
Aug 01/11

SYR
CIDS Data Bus Protocols
Figure 018

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 39
May 01/98

SYR
- the cabin and flight crew interphone,
- the attendant indication panel,
- the area call panel,
R - the evacuation signaling,
- the lavatory smoke detection,
- the aft attendant panel.
(h) Audio Signal Handling

These inputs are provided in the director for connection of audio
signals from:
- the AMU (PA and interphone),
- the flight compartment handset (PA) service interphone,
- the pre-recorded announcement sources.
- the PES tape reproducer.
Additionally, interphone audio arrives via the middle line data
bus. There are also internally generated chimes, EVAC horn sound
and telephone tones.
1
_ Balanced PA Inputs
Each balanced PA input has a software programmable filter. It
is adjusted according to the zoning table in nine bass-range
steps and nine treble-range steps.
2
_ Unbalanced PA Inputs
The Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuits control the level of
each unbalanced microphone input and middle line inputs.
Furthermore, each microphone input is high pass filtered
according to the zoning table.
3
_ Chime Generation
The director contains three independant programmable chime
generators. The zoning table data controls the sequences and
combinations of each chime. The table also specifies when
chimes are generated.
4
_ Channeling
When the director has processed the audio inputs, (and
generated any sounds), it digitizes them and multiplies them
according to its zoning table. The director assigns audio to
software-defined combinations (of six middle-line data bus
audio channels) for up to three passenger and three attendant
zones in the cabin.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 40
Nov 01/06

SYR
R
R B. Decoder Encoder Units (DEU)
R (1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 019)
R (a) General
R Two types of DEUs are used, type A 200RH and type B 300RH. The
R director transmits address coded data to all DEUs of one type,
R but only one DEU A responds. The addressed DEU serves as an
R interface between the encoded bus data and the connected cabin
R systems and components.
R (b) Common Functions

R Each DEU has specialized functions appropriate to the connected
R systems. Certain functions, however, are common to both types of
R DEU, as follows:
R - the adaption of received data bus signals,
R - the comparison of received addresses with wired DEU addresses,
R - the processing of addressed commands and controls,
R - the commands control the cabin system interface,
R - the conversion of processed control data for initiation of the
R interface circuitry,
R - the adaption of cabin system interface signals,
R - the processing of inputs from cabin systems,
R - the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data
R bus,
R - the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in
R case of DEU failure,
R - the fail passive for system interface in case of DEU failure,
R - the transmission of status results to director,
R - the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs,
R - the activation of emergency mode with minimum power
R consumption,
R - the conversion of preselected audio channel.
R (c) DEU Type A Functions

R The DEU A has interfaces with these systems and components:
R - the Passenger address loudspeakers,
R - the Passenger call switches and lamps,
R - the Cabin illumination ballast units,
R - the Passenger reading lights.
R The DEU A has these specialized functions:
R - a test of lamp current,
R - a test of connected loudspeaker impedance and level,

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 41
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU - Physical Appearance
Figure 019

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 42
May 01/98

SYR
R - a frequency filtering according to bus commands.
(d) DEU B Functions

R The DEU B has interfaces with these components:
- the Attendant handset,
- the Attendant indication panels (AIP),
- the Area call panels (ACP),
- the Emergency slide bottle pressure sensors,
- the Information signs,
- the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
- the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
- the Aft attendant panel (AAP).
R
R (2) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 020, 021, 022)
R (a) CIDS Power-Up

R When the CIDS is powered-up or reset, the director follows a
R power-up routine. This includes the initialization and testing of
R each DEU and connected equipment. Each of the two DEU A PA
R amplifiers are assigned to one of the six topline audio channels.
R The gain and frequency response of each amplifier is set. The
R test results are transmitted to the director which compares them
R with its programmed data to decide on their OK/NOT OK status.
R (b) DEU A Power-Up Tests

R These are tested at this stage
R 1
_ Discrete outputs
R - All discrete outputs are switched to the passive state. Then
R each output is activated separately and looped back to the
R DEU gate array and measured. All the discrete outputs are
R then switched to the active state. The director checks that
R all the DEU current-sensing bits are activated. There is no
R test available for the opto-coupled outputs.
R 2
_ Discrete inputs
R - The director checks that no discrete inputs are active. Some
R input circuit failures cannot be detected by the director.
R These failures are only apparent when the appropriate input
R is activated. It is also possible that a fault in equipments
R connected to the director to mistaken for a faulty input
R circuit.
R 3
_ PA amplifier volume control, frequency control and audio
R output

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 43
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address Coding
R Figure 020

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 44
Aug 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 45
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 46
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 47
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 48
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 49
Aug 01/11

SYR
R - The director generates a test signal, and the DEU audio
R outputs are monitored for correct action of the respective
R circuits. These tests are only done if a loudspeaker is
R connected.
R 4
_ No smoking, fasten seat belt, return to seat and passenger
R call lamps (not applicable for LED NS/FSB signs)
R - All lamp-outputs are set to OFF. The director controls the
R DEUs current-limit threshold for the lamp drivers. It also
R commands the DEU to turn on one lamp at a time. In this way,
R any open-circuit lamps are detected. This test also detects
R a failed current-detector.
R 5
_ The DEU A power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE
R status are also checked.
R - The major DEU tests are continuously done for the whole time
R that the CIDS is switched on. In normal operation the
R director transmits information continuously to the DEUs.
R When a DEU is addressed, it must respond with a parity
R bit-coded message. If this response message is absent (or
R the parity bit is wrong for a minimum of 4 transmissions),
R then the DEU is declared to be unserviceable.
R (c) DEU B Power-Up Tests

R These are tested at this stage
R 1
_ Discrete outputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph
R 6.B.(2)(b)-1.
R 2
_ Discrete inputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph
R 6.B.(2)(b)-2.
R 3
_ Audio Input/Output. The DEU B is commanded to perform a
R loop-back operation, where the handset output is
R electronically connected to the handset input. The director
R transmits a test signal to the DEU B. After all the audio
R circuitry of the DEU B have processed this signal, it is
R transmitted back to the director. The director can analyse the
R signal for frequency response and audio level. The test is
R also automatically performed, when a handset is unhooked.
R Signal-to-noise ratio, total distortion, and handset supply
R are not tested.
R 4
_ Serial Input/Output. Under control of the director, several
R types of tests are performed to check for faulty operation:
R - the register read/write test,
R - the timing test,

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 50
Aug 01/11

SYR
R - the status bit test,
R - the parity bit test,
R - the data loopback test (in conjuction with the connected
R hardware).
R The results of the loopback test assume the connected device
R is operational.
R 5
_ EVAC indicator lamp. As for discrete outputs described in
R paragraph 6.8.(2)(b)-1.
R 6
_ Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) testing. The DEU checks the
R status of the AIP BITE.
R 7
_ The DEU B power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE
R status are also checked. The procedure is as for DEU A,
R described in paragraph 6.B(2)(b)-6. This is continuously done
R while the CIDS is switched on.
R (d) Interfacing and control of cabin equipment sub-sections:
R 1
_ General Cabin Illumination Control
R This director addresses each of the four connected
R illumination units on command from:
R - the FWD ATTND panel,
R - the Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
R - the response to certain discrete inputs.
R The DEU responds and switches each of the three outputs to the
R addressed ballast unit to open-circuit (logic O) or to 28 V
R DC (logic 1). The table below shows the illumination level
R versus logic levels:
R CONNECTOR PIN 1, 4, 2,5, 3,6,
R 9,12, 10,13 11,14
R
R OPERATION MODE S I G N A L
R -------------- ---------------------------
R bright 0 0 0
R dim 1 (50 %) 1 0 0
R dim 2 (10 %) 0 1 0
R off 0 0 1
R DEU or CIDS failure results in no 28 V DC outputs. This gives
R a 100 % illumination fail-state situation.
R 2
_ Flashing of Audio Control Panel and Lighted Sign Lamps
R The DEU responds to lamp ON or OFF control commands. It
R latches the respective outputs at 28 V DC or at open circuit.
R The director causes the flashing of any of these lamps by
R repeatedly transmitting ON commands followed by OFF commands.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 51
Aug 01/11

SYR
R 3
_ Emergency Lighting Test (DEU B)
R When activated at the programming and test panel, Emergency
R Power Supply Units (EPSUs), connected to the DEU, are
R interrogated for their status. Fault situations in the EPSU
R are held in coded form. The code number corresponds to the
R fault type. A DEU B reads this failure number:
R The serial clock output pulses to the ON-state. The EPSU then
R replies and transmits an ON pulse to the DEUs Serial In
R input, interpreted as a logic one. The process is repeated
R until there is a logic zero response from the EPSU. The number
R of received logic ones corresponds to the EPSU failure number.
R 4
_ Reading Lights (DEU A)
R All connections to the reading lights system are opto-coupled
R to maintain isolation of the DEUs DC ground from the reading
R lights AC ground. The director receives activation commands
R for lights via the PSS. It then signals to the respective DEU
R A to turn on the requested light. The DEU A then provides a
R connection between the respective reading light connection and
R the AC ground connection (from the reading light unit).
R The lights and lights Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) are tested
R on command from the director. The R/L TEST output is
R activated. The DEU reads the logic level present on the R/L
R LAMP FAIL and R/L PCB FAIL inputs. It transmits the
R information to the director. This test is done via the
R programming and test panel.
R 5
_ Attendant Handsets (DEU B)
R Up to two handsets may be connected in parallel to each DEU B.
R The DEU performs hook-off sensing, and decodes the dial
R information which arrives on the handset microphone line.
R 6
_ Area Call Panels (ACP) (DEU B)
R Two sets of ACP outputs are provided. Each set can drive up to
R two ACPs in parallel.
R 7
_ Attendant Indication Panels (AIP) (DEU B)
R The director operates the AIPs via DEU B. A serial link from
R the DEU B can be connected to two AIPs in parallel. Separate
R service bus 28 V DC outputs and AIP BITE inputs are provided
R for each AIP.
R 8
_ EVAC Equipment (DEU B)
R The DEU B has two essential 28 V DC outputs to drive EVAC
R indicator lights. It also has three inputs for EVAC pushbutton
R connection. The input detection circuitry is on the essential
R bus and remains functional in an aircraft emergency.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 52
Aug 01/11

SYR
R 9
_ Additional Attendant Panel (DEU B)
R The DEU B has a serial input, output and normal 28 V DC for
R connection of an additional attendant panel.
(e) Emergency Mode Activation

In an aircraft emergency, the DEU operates in emergency mode. All
impermanently used parts of the DEU switch off. The DEU A PA
circuits and DEU B interphone and EVAC circuits remain energized.
R (f) Fail Safe States

R When a failure of the data bus interface, the director, or the
R data bus occurs the DEU maintains the current status of the
R discrete cabin systems outputs for approximately 3 minutes. After
R this delay the outputs switch into their pre-defined fail safe
R states. All audio input/outputs are immediately switched off.
R (g) DEU Addressing

R The coding switch in the DEU mount gives each DEU a different
R address. This method lets you remove, interchange and replace
R DEUs without the need to consider the address.
R
C. Forward Attendant Panel
(1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 023)
R (a) General
R The forward attendant panel 120RH is installed in the forward
R entrance area of the aircraft. The attendant controls the
R different cabin systems from the attendant panel.
R (b) The forward attendant panel performs these functions:

R - adaption of signals received on the ARINC data bus links from
R each CIDS director,
R - processing of addressed commands and controls,
R - processing of inputs from cabin systems,
R - processing of inputs from the membrane switches on the front
R face of the FWD ATTND panel,
R - transmission of data at assigned intervals via the ARINC data
R bus between the panel and both directors,
R - fail-passive for data bus transmission and reception in the
R event of FWD ATTND panel failure,
R - short-circuit protection of all discrete outputs,
R - BITE functions for detection and location of faults which occur
R in the panel.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 53
Aug 01/11

SYR
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
R Figure 023

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 54
Aug 01/11

SYR
R (c) Architecture
R The forward attendant panel is in modular form with a master
R circuit board and sub-panels which connect to the master board.
R The visible part of the panel consists of colored membrane
R switches and indicator lights in a common grid pattern. Blank
R face-plates replace unused sub-panels.
R (d) Master Board

R The master board contains all parts which are common to all
R configurations of the FWD ATTND panel. This includes the power
R supply, ARINC 429 transmitter and ARINC 429 receiver.
R (2) Forward Attendant Panel - Light Module

R (Ref. Fig. 024)
R (a) Description of the switches
R 1
_ MAIN OFF
R The MAIN OFF membrane switch, switches off the following
R systems:
R - General illumination in the cabin and the entrance areas
R - Reading lights
R - Attendant work light
R - Lavatory light.
R The function MAIN OFF is disabled in flight.
R 2
_ MAIN ON
R The MAIN ON membrane switch, switches on the general
R illumination in the cabin and entrance areas with a brightness
R of 100%. The integral light in the membrane switches BRT, WDO,
R and CLG comes on. If a membrane switch for the cabin or entry
R area is already pressed the MAIN ON membrane switch has no
R effect for the respective area.
R 3
_ ENTRY FWD BRT/ENTRY AFT BRT
R The ENTRY FWD BRT or ENTRY AFT BRT membrane switches, switch
R on the general illumination in the respective entrance area
R with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the membrane
R switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time,
R switches off the general illumination of the respective
R entrance areas and the integral lights.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 55
Aug 01/11

SYR
Light Module
R Figure 024

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 56
Aug 01/11

SYR
R 4
_ ENTRY FWD DIM 1/ENTRY AFT DIM 1
R The ENTRY FWD DIM 1 or ENTRY AFT DIM 1 membrane switches,
R switch on the general illumination in the respective entrance
R areas with a brightness of approx 50%. The integral lights in
R the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a
R second time, switches off the general illumination in the
R respective areas and the integral lights.
R 5
_ ENTRY FWD DIM 2/ENTRY AFT DIM 2
R The ENTRY FWD DIM 2 or ENTRY AFT DIM 2 membrane switches,
R switch on the general illumination in the respective entrance
R areas with a brightness of approx. 10%. The integral lights in
R the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a
R second time, switches off the general illumination in the
R respective entrance areas and the integral lights.
R 6
_ CABIN LIGHTING FWD/MID/AFT-BRT-DIM 1-DIM 2
R The CABIN LIGHTING FWD/MID/AFT-BRT-DIM 1-DIM 2 membrane
R switches for the cabin area have the same function as the
R ENTRY-BRT-DIM 1-DIM 2 membrane switches for the entrance area.
R 7
_ CABIN LIGHTING WDO
R When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on,
R the CABIN LIGHTING WDO membrane switch integral light comes
R on. Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
R illumination at the windows left and right and the integral
R light. Pushing the membrane switch a second time, switches on
R the general illumination at the windows and the membrane
R switch integral light comes on.
R 8
_ CABIN LIGHTING CLG
R When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on,
R the CABIN LIGHTING CLG membrane switch integral light goes on.
R Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
R illumination in the ceiling and the integral light. Pushing
R the membrane switch a second time switches on the general
R illumination in the ceiling and the membrane switch integral
R light comes on.
R 9
_ POWER READ
R The POWER READ membrane switch, switches on the power supply
R for the reading lights. The integral light in the membrane
R switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
R switches off the power supply and the membrane switch integral
R light goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 57
Aug 01/11

SYR
R 10
__ POWER ATTN
R The POWER ATTN membrane switch, switches on the power supply
R for the attendant work lights. The integral light in the
R membrane switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second
R time switches off the power supply and the membrane switch
R integral light goes off.
R 11
__ POWER LAV
R The POWER LAV membrane switch, switches on the power supply
R for the lavatory lights to a brightness of approx. 50%. The
R integral light of the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the
R membrane switch a second time switches off the power supply
R and the membrane switch integral light goes off.
R (b) Audio Module

R (Ref. Fig. 025)
R The Audio Module gives centralized control over boarding music
R and prerecorded announcements.
R 1
_ MUSIC ON/OFF
R The MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the boarding
R music. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
R Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
R boarding music and the integral light goes off.
R 2
_ MUSIC SEL
R The MUSIC SEL membrane switch, switches the boarding music to
R the next channel. The selected channel is shown on the
R numerical display.
R 3
_ MUSIC+/MUSIC-
R Pushing the MUSIC+/MUSIC- membrane switch increases/decreases
R the loudness of the boarding music. The loudness is indicated
R on a 10 step rectangular LED row.
R 4
_ PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
R This area on the front face of the audio module includes a
R display for the selected announcements and a keyboard and
R function keys.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 58
Aug 01/11

SYR
Audio Module
R Figure 025

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 59
Aug 01/11

SYR
R To start prerecorded announcement push the related key and
R then the ENTER membrane switch. When the recorder has found
R the correct announcement the READY indicator comes on. Pushing
R the START NEXT membrane switch starts the announcement and the
R READY indicator goes off. If more than one announcement is
R selected, the START ALL membrane switch activates all
R announcements. If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed the
R selected announcement will be accepted after a delay of
R approx. 5 s.
R An LED in front of each MEMO display indicates which memory is
R selected for modification.
R 5
_ PES ON/OFF
R Pushing the PES ON/OFF membrane switch, switches on the
R passenger entertainment system. The membrane switch integral
R light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
R switches off the passenger entertainment system and the
R membrane switch integral light goes off.
R
R (c) MISCELLANEOUS MODULE

R (Ref. Fig. 026)
1
_ LIGHT EMER
The LIGHT EMER pushbutton switch, switches on the emergency
lighting system. The integral light in the pushbutton switch
comes on. Pushing the pushbutton switch a second time switches
off the emergency lighting system and the integral light. The
function of the pushbutton is independent from the CIDS power
supply.
2
_ CIDS PNL LIGHT TEST
The CIDS PNL LIGHT TEST membrane switch, switches on all the
lights in the panel and the membrane switch integral light as
long as the membrane switch is pressed.
3
_ EVAC
The indicator light EVAC is controlled by a discrete input.
4
_ EVAC CMD
The EVAC CMD membrane switch, switches on the evacuation
system. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on.
Pushing the membrane switch a second time switches off the
evacuation system and the integral light. The membrane switch
switches a discrete input to ground.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 60
Aug 01/11

SYR
Miscellaneous Module
R Figure 026

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 61
Aug 01/11

SYR
5
_ RESET
The RESET membrane switch, switches off the warning horn, if
the evacuation system is activated. It also switches off the
lavatory smoke warning if the warning is activated. The
membrane switch switches a discrete input to ground.
6
_ CIDS CAUTION
The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on
again on the ground (landing gear down and locked). The light
cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
respective failure message is displayed on the programming and
test panel.
7
_ SMOKE LAV
The SMOKE LAV indicator light comes on when a signal from the
smoke detector is received.
8
_ WATER QTY
The WATER QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
water tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
9
_ WASTE QTY
The WASTE QTY LED display shows the actual contents in the
waste tank graduated in 20 steps, each step is equal to 5%.
10
__ IND ON
The IND ON membrane switch, switches on the water and waste
indicating system.
11
__ SYSTEM INOP, LAV INOP
The SYSTEM INOP indicator light comes on, if the vacuum waste
system fails.
D. Aft Attendant Panel

R (Ref. Fig. 027, 028)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Aft Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH is installed in the aft
entrance area of the aircraft. It enables the aft attendant to
control different cabin systems.
(b) Function
The aft attendant panel performs these functions:
- the adaptation of received data bus signals
- the processing of addressed commands and controls

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 62
Aug 01/11

SYR
Aft Attendant Panel
R Figure 027

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 63
Aug 01/11

SYR
Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel
R Figure 028

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 64
Aug 01/11

SYR
- the processing of inputs from cabin systems
- the processing of inputs from membrane switches on aft
attendant panel
- the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data bus
- the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in
case of aft attendant panel failure
- the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs.
(c) Architecture
The aft attendant panel contains these principle components:
- the power supply
- the RS 232 data bus receiver and transmitter
- the processing module
- the I/O circuitry
1
_ Power Supply
The power supply derives from the service busbar 601PP for all
the necessary internal voltages from a 28 V DC input.
2
_ RS 232 Interface
The RS 232 interface receives serial data from the DEU B and
converts it into the parallel data format. The RS 232
interface also takes parallel data from the processing module,
serializes it and transmits it to the DEU B. Separate lines
are used for transmission and reception of data.
3
_ Processing Module
The processing module carries out all internal operations of
the aft attendant panel. It interfaces the membrane switches
and indicators to the RS 232 interface. The processing module
also does BITE functions and control of any discrete inputs or
outputs (e.g. for EVAC controls and the water system). Where
no discrete output is provided, a membrane switch reports its
operation to the DEU. The DEU reports it to the director. The
director performs the actions associated with pressing a
membrane switch.
4
_ Output Circuitry
All outputs of the aft attendant panel are short-circuit
protected.
(d) Description
The aft attendant panel comprises of:
- the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches
- the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches
- the RESET membrane switch
- the EVAC indicator.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 65
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
E. Programming and Test Panel
(1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 029)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH is installed in the
rear wall of lavatory A. It is located at the FWD attendant
station, behind a hinged access door next to the installed FWD
attendant panel. For correct CIDS operation, the Cabin Assignment
Module (CAM) must be installed in the socked. This is provided on
the panel front face. The PTP enables the forward attendant and
other personnel to extensively test and re-program the CIDS.
(b) Function and Layout

The functions of the PTP are as follows:
- To program the CIDS properties and cabin layout information
into the CIDS directors, which are copied from the CAM.
- To manually down-load the alternative CAM layout into the
directors and cause this layout to be down-loaded automatically
in subsequent CIDS start-ups.
To onboard re-program:
- CAM data,
- activation of the provisioned CIDS extra functions,
- change cabin layout,
- implement cabin zoning.
- To monitor the failure status of the CIDS and some of the
connected systems.
- To examine the fault data held in the director BITE memory.
- To activate CIDS component tests and the readout of the
results.
The PTP has an alphanumeric display with four rows of twenty

characters. The display is used to present messages, test
results and selection menus. At either end of each display row
are blank keys. They are labelled on the display with < or
> characters. A conventional keypad is provided for entry of
numerical data. One membrane switch switches the display on and
two membrane switches test the emergency lights. Three
indicator lamps are provided for emergency lighting
system/testing indications. The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
115RH plugs into a socket on the front face of the panel.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 66
Aug 01/11

SYR
Programming and Test Panel
R Figure 029

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 67
Aug 01/11

SYR
(c) Architecture
An ARINC 429 interface handles all communications between the PTP
and the directors. A single output is connected to both
directors. Two separate buffered inputs are provided, one for
each director. The PTP power supply derives all the internal
voltages from one 28 V DC input.
The display is automatically switched off after ten minutes of
panel nonoperation (i.e. no key pressed).
The CAM is interfaced within the PTP to allow the panel to read,
and also to modify the CAM data. The PTP is able to transfer any
of the CAMs internal layouts to the director.
BITE is incorporated into all the circuits of the PTP.
(d) Cabin Assignment Module

The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH defines all of the
modifiable system properties and layout information for the CIDS.
It contains the possibility for four cabin layouts, (LAYOUT 1 - 3
and LAYOUT M.
--------------
| LAYOUT 1 | ------ Marker
--------------
| LAYOUT 2 | ------
--------------
| LAYOUT 3 | ------
--------------
| LAYOUT M | ------
--------------
All cabin layouts are programmed according to the airlines

requests. You can modified these layouts via the PTP.
At the end of the modification procedure the new layout is

automatically stored as layout M.
(2) Mandatory Layout

For security reasons, there is a mandatory layout laid down in the
directors to ensure the operation of the system in all conditions.
The mandatory layout is used in following conditions:
- if normal power is not available,
- if the CAM is inoperativ,
- if the PTP is inoperativ.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 68
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(3) Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 030)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH transmits data to both
CIDS directors via a single ARINC 429 bus. It receives data via
two ARINC 429 busses, one from each director.
Four discrete connections are provided to the emergency lighting
system. A DC ground and 28 V DC line connect to the PTP for BAT
indication and for switch-over functions. +28 V DC is fed to the
PTP from service busbar 601PP circuit breaker 161RH.
After CIDS power-up the panel display stays on for approx. 10

minutes, then the DSPL ON membrane switch must be pressed to
activate the panel display. The first selection menu then appears
and shows the modes available. The various modes are explained
under the separate section. System Testing and Programming in
this chapter (Ref. paragraph 8).
The selection of displayed RET function returns to the previous

menu when the display labelled key is pushed. When the DSPL ON
key is pushed, it always returns the user to the first menu. When
numerical data is to be entered, one of the blank keys displays
ENTER. The word ENTER is displayed on the blank keys when a data
input is required. A sign flashes to show the correct position
for the data input. When the data is entered, the sign does not
flash. The digits of the data input replace the sign. The sign
will flash in the next row which now requires an input. Pushing
the CLR membrane switch deletes all the digits so far entered.
Pushing the menu-labelled ENTER key enters the complete number
and the PTP can then use it.
For correct CIDS operation, the CAM must be plugged in. There is
no possibility of programming the CIDS while the CAM is missing.
(b) CAM LAYOUT Marking

The four CAM layout memories are nonvolatile, and one of them is
always electronically marked as the current layout. When the CIDS
is powered-up, the marked layout is automatically down loaded via
the PTP ARINC 429 link to the memories of both directors. The
sub-menu listing the layouts displays the marked layout in
flashing mode.
When any change of parameters via the PTP is done, the resulting
modified layout is stored in the CAM layout M. The marker is
automatically set to layout M. Each time a modified layout is
transfered to the Layout M, a CAM internal software count is
incremented for documentation purposes.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 69
Aug 01/11

SYR
Programming and Test Panel-System Connections
R Figure 030

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 70
Aug 01/11

SYR
(c) Emergency Lighting Test Activation
There are two emergency lighting tests activated from the PTP:
- the battery test,
- the system test.
These tests are described in the System Testing and Programming
section (Ref. para. 8)
F. Attendant Indication Panel
(1) Description
R (Ref. Fig. 031)
(a) General
An Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH is installed at each
attendant station. The panel lights are visible from at least ten
meters away. They provide an attendant far call function, and its
alphanumeric display is readable from about two meters distance.
The display provides system-related information. It is divided
into two rows of sixteen characters each.
(b) Architecture
R (Ref. Fig. 032)
The AIP comprises of these modules:
- a display panel with two lines, each with sixteen characters,
- a display controller which includes a character generator,
- a display driver,
- an single chip microcomputer which includes a serial interface,
- a RAM and READ Only Memory (ROM) as program memory,
- an erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), as a memory
for the indicated texts, alternatively the EPROM can be part of
the single chip microcomputer and can also be used as a program
memory,
- a line receiver,
- a power supply circuit,
- an additional circuits to provide an optimized visual range and
a far reaching call function,
- a one pink indicator light,
- a one green indicator light.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 71
Aug 01/11

SYR
Attendant Indication Panel
R Figure 031

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 72
Aug 01/11

SYR
Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram .
R Figure 032

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 73
Aug 01/11

SYR
The microcomputer coordinates the operation of all the AIP
modules and running of the software contained in the ROM. 14 to
32 V DC powers the AIP with a voltage regulator which derives the
necessary internally used voltages. The line receiver/serial
interface is for RS232 reception. One output is provided and is
used to signal the BITE status of the AIP (see the BITE
description in the Operation section (Ref. paragraph
6.F.(2)(f). All messages for alphanumeric display are stored in
the EPROM. They are selected and transferred to the display
according to commands received from the RS232 interface. The
parallel interface connects to the two lamps. These can be
switched on in either continuous or flashing mode (1Hz) according
to the commands received.
G. Area Call Panel

R (Ref. Fig. 033)
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the
passenger compartment to the left and right of center in the
ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields, each
contains two parallel connected lamps. The lights are visible
from the front or rear of the ACP. They are colored in one of two
available cover lenses. The colors are as follows:
- color 1 = amber,
- color 2 = pink,
- color 3 = pink,
- color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They
are used as a far-call facility to warn cabin attendants of
PAX-call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.
(2) Operation
(a) General
Five discrete connections connect each ACP to a DEU B. One for
each field and one for a common connection. The DEU B switches
the fields separately. Any field or combinations of fields can be
OFF, steady ON or flashing ON. For flashing the DEU B repeatedly
switches the field(s) on and off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 74
Aug 01/11

SYR
Area Call Panel
R Figure 033

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 75
Aug 01/11

SYR
(b) Call Functions
The ACP performs call functions which are described fully under
the appropriate System Operation section of this chapter (Ref.
paragraph 7.). For lavatory smoke, the respective chapter must be
referred to.
(c) Built-In Test Equipment

No BITE is provided.
R
(d) Cabin Handset Keyboard

The handset has 12 keys arranged on a 3 x 4 matrix, the keys are
used for:
- Flight compartment call: push the CAPT pushbutton switch
- Forward attendant call: push the INTPH and then the FWD
pushbutton switch
- Aft attendant call: push the INTPH and then the AFT pushbutton
switch
- PA ALL: push the PA and then the ALL pushbutton switch
- PA to the forward cabin area: push the PA and then the 1
pushbutton switch
- PA to the aft cabin area: push the PA and then the 2 pushbutton
switch
- Direct PA: push PTT
- Service Interphone: push 2x INTPH
- Emergency call: push EMER CALL
- Clear handset operation: push RESET.
R
R H. PA Loudspeaker
(1) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
- the PA announcements,
- the broadcast of boarding music,
- the broadcast of video sound,
- the attendant call chimes,
- the evacuation tone signalling.
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume
and frequency characteristics for each loudspeaker is possible. This
is done according to CAM data.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 76
Aug 01/11

SYR
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
A. CIDS Energization
The CIDS is designed to operate whenever the essential busbar 401PP and
service busbar 601PP are energized. It has no ON/OFF switches. Circuit
breakers protect the CIDS components and will remain normally closed,
except for tests or current overload.
All the CIDS units are supplied with 28 VDC.
When electrical power is supplied to the CIDS, a power-up test is done.
R B. Passenger Address System
R (1) PA System Architecture

R (Ref. Fig. 034)
R The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are
R related to the PA system are as follows:
R (a) Flight Compartment

R - The audio selector panels
R - The flight compartment boomset
R - The hand microphones
R - The oxygen mask microphones
R - The flight compartment handset located at the center pedestal.
R (b) Avionics Compartment

R - The audio management unit
R - The link to CFDS
R - The two CIDS directors
R - The oil pressure switch
R - The flight compartment pressure controller
R - The link to the prerecorded announcement reproducer,
R - The link to PES multiplexer
R - The link to PES tape reproducer.
R (c) Cabin
R - The cabin Loudspeakers
R - The CIDS DEU A, with two independant amplifiers
R - The attendant handset with integrated keyboard
R - The attendant indication panels
R - The CIDS DEU B, with two handset interfaces
R - The programming and test panel
R - The forward attendant panel.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 77
Aug 01/11

SYR
PA System Architecture
R Figure 034

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 78
Aug 01/11

SYR
(2) System Description
(a) General
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various PA
sources in the aircraft. It assigns priorities to each source. It
transmits the signal in digital form via the four top line data
busses to the DEUs A. These send it to the cabin loudspeakers for
broadcasting. The passenger adress system has different
annoncement modes. Each mode uses a different PA function. These
functions are assigned with the CAM software.
You can perform PA announcements from different sound sources.

The director can route the broadcasts to any combination of six
audio channels. A separate amplifier drives each cabin
loudspeaker. It is programmed on the CIDS initialization for the
gain, the frequency characteristic and the assignment to one of
the six audio channels. Three channels are reserved for attendant
broadcasts, and three for passenger announcements. This lets you
assign each cabin loudspeaker to one of up to three zones. A PA
chime capability is also given. The PA system remains available
during aircraft emergency conditions. It is powered down as long
as no PA announcements are in progress.
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority

An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels
whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g. PA IN USE). The sound
sources are divided into these priorities:
- the 1st priority: Flight compartment station - AMU
- the 2nd priority: Flight compartment station - Handset
- the 3rd priority: Cabin attendant stations
- the 4th priority: PRAM
- the 5th priority: Video
- the 6th priority: Boarding music.
(c) Volume Control

When an engine is running, the PA volume is increased
automatically by +6 dB. The PA volume is also increased by +4 dB
in the event of cabin depressurization.
PA loudspeakers are installed on the RH and the LH side of the
cabin in the Passenger Information Units (PIUs). Separate audio
amplifiers in the CIDS DEUs A drive each loudspeaker
independently. The output level range of this amplifier is -20 dB
up to +10 dB in 2 dB steps. The CIDS director software controls
the output level. 0 dB represents an output level of 500 mW
continuous power. The peak power is limited to 5 W.
The level control is divided into two sections. Section one is
the master audio level adjustment with a level range of 0 to -12

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 79
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
dB. This means that all audio amplifiers in DEU A will alter
their respective output level over this range.
Section two is the local audio level adjustment with a level
range of +/-6 dB. This means that only the respective DEU A audio
amplifier will alter its output level. Each loudspeaker is
adapted to the respective ambient noise conditions.
The passenger address level is also selectable via PTP (only on
ground and landing gear compressed) for:
- three cabin segments,
- four attendant areas,
- increased by oil pressure high,
- increased by cabin pressure low.
The passenger address audio settings are stored in the CAM for
all installed layouts.
(d) Frequency Control

The PA system is equipped with several frequency control
facilities:
The input frequency controls are different:
- for balanced audio inputs in the CIDS director (for example
boarding music),
- for unbalanced audio inputs in the director and DEU B (e.g. PA
announcements via cabin handset).
Each input bus has its own filter which is independently
programmable. The unbalanced PA inputs circuits are equipped with
Automatic Gain Control (AGC) . Additionally the DEU A audio is
equipped with a bass filter for special ambient noise
equalization. The director frequency controls are the main
frequency controls. The DEU A output filters are independently
programmable for each output. The different frequency control
ranges are shown in the DEU and the director component
descriptions in this chapter (Ref. paragraph 6.).
(3) Operation of the PA System
(a) Energization
Energization of the PA System is as for CIDS Energization.
(b) PA Announcements from Flight Compartment Handset

The handset is mounted at the flight compartment center pedestal
and contains an integral PTT switch. Pressing the PTT switch to
key the PA system. It overrides lower priority PA sources, and
broadcasts the speech over all PA loudspeakers. Sidetone is heard
over the handset earpiece. A PA IN USE indication at all
attendant indication panels accompanies these announcements.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 80
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(c) PA Announcements from other flight compartment audio equipment
Any of these flight compartment audio equipment may be selected
to make a PA announcement:
- the boomset microphone
- the hand microphone (with internal PTT switch)
- the oxygen mask integral microphone.
Three audio selector panels are available on the left and right
sides of the center pedestal, and on the flight compartment
overhead panel respectively. They provide identical facilities.
To select the PA system, the rectangular PA button is pressed. It
lights up green and connects the microphone audio to the PA
system. The integral PTT switch in the hand microphone is pressed
to key the PA system. When the boomset or oxygen mask is used,
pushing the combined PA volume control/PA sidetone switch,
switches the sidetone audio to the boomset or headset earpieces.
The switch illuminates yellow. The knob adjusts the sidetone
volume. Pushing the respective PA green and yellow switches a
second time, disconnects the flight compartment audio source and
flight compartment earpieces respectively from the PA system. You
can monitor the PA sidetone at any time when you only select the
volume/sidetone switch.
When the PA (green) selector switch is activated, PA ALL IN USE
is displayed at all attendant indication panels. PA announcements
from the selected flight compartment audio equipment are
broadcast over all PA loudspeakers. They immediately override PA
audio from any other source.
(d) PA Announcements from Attendant Handsets

R (Ref. Fig. 035)
An attendant handset is mounted at each attendant station. An AIP
is installed near to each handset for display of PA-use
information. When the handset is lifted a 440 Hz tone is heard.
The top line of the AIP displays a number symbol.
When the PA ALL key is pressed a confirmation message is
displayed on the AIP. If the PA call is impossible due to the
priority of a call already in progress, then the word BUSY
appears on the AIP display.
To press the keypad RESET key always clears any handset operation
and lets you make a new key selection.
The numbers of all selectable PA zones, for example 3, and the
respective keypad keys, are stored in the CAM. The CAM also
contains a priority list which is divided into priority levels.
It starts with:
- the flight compartment as the highest priority
- the attendant stations
- the prerecorded announcement system
- the entertainment PA sources.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 81
Aug 01/11

SYR
Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages
R Figure 035

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 82
Aug 01/11

SYR
Once a PA call is established, the bottom line of all AIPs
displays the respective PA IN USE message. Flight compartment PA
IN USE indicator is provided as an option. Pressing the PTT
switch keys the PA system. Sidetone audio is fed to the handset
earpiece. When the PA announcement is over, you can disconnect
the handset from the PA system as follows:
- put the handset into the cradle or
- press the RESET button.
C. Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
(1) Interphone System Architecture

R (Ref. Fig. 036)
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are
related to the interphone are as follows:
(a) Flight Compartment

The main interphone components are:
- the audio control panels,
- the flight compartment boomset,
- the oxygen mask microphones,
- the call panel with the call-buttons and integrated emergency
call indicator,
- the crew call buzzer for audible call indications (through
FWC),
- the flight compartment handset.
The audio control panels, the flight compartment boomset and the
oxygen mask microphones interface with the director through the
Audio Management Unit (AMU). The call panel is connected directly
to the directors. The crew call buzzer has an interface with the
directors through the Flight Warning Computer (FWC).
(b) Avionics Compartment

The main interphone components are:
- the audio management unit,
- the link to CFDS,
- the two CIDS directors.
Additional signal sources are:
- the oil pressure switch,
- the cabin pressure switch.
(c) Cabin
Each attendant station is connected to one DEU B. It interfaces
with the CIDS director through one of two middle line data buses.
The loudspeakers are connected to the DEUs A.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 83
Aug 01/11

SYR
Interphone System Architecture .
R Figure 036

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 84
Aug 01/11

SYR
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various interphone
sources in the aircraft and assigns priorities to each source. The
director performs telephone exchange switching and call functions
from flight compartment call switch settings or the attendant handset
keypad entries. All this is done with reference to the parameters
defined in the CAM. Chimes are transmitted via the top line data bus
and the PA loudspeakers. In the flight compartment, integral lamps in
the call switches annunciate interphone calls. In the cabin, the ACPs
and AIPs are used for annunciation.
(3) Interphone Modes
(a) General
The cabin and flight crew interphone system offers different
communication modes. Each mode can lead to different call
activations which are assigned in the CAM.
The assigned visual and aural indications are listed below:
R (4) Interphone Modes - EMER CALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | AURAL | VISUAL |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | CHIME | ALL CABIN + | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 3x HIGH-LOW | ATTND LS | TEXT ON, | PINK FLASH |
| | | | PINK IND | |
| | | | FLASH | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (5) Interphone Modes - CALL from Cockpit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME | ALL ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| CAPT- ATTND | 1x HIGH-LOW | | TEXT ON, | PINK ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 85
Aug 01/11

SYR
R (6) Interphone Modes - EMER CALL from the cabin
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL EMERGENCY | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | EMER CALL IND:|
| ATTND - CAPT | 3x | | TEXT ON | FLASH |
| | | | | ATT IND: |
| | | | | FLASH |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (7) Interphone Modes - CALL from the cabin
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | BUZZER | | RESP AIP: | ATT IND: |
| ATTND - CAPT | 1x | | TEXT ON | FLASH |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (8) Interphone Modes - ALL ATTND CALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | ALL AIP: | ALL ACP: |
| ATTND - | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | GREEN ON |
| ALL ATTND | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 86
Aug 01/11

SYR
R (9) Interphone Modes - ATTND CALL from the cabin
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | INDICATION |
| -------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CALL | CHIME: | ALL ATTND LS | RESP AIP: | RESP ACP: |
| ATTND - ATTND | 1x HI LO | | TEXT ON, | GREEN ON |
| | | | GREEN IND | |
| | | | ON | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (10) Interphone - Priorities
R (a) Definition of Priorities

All communication modes are handled with respect to the
predefined priorities listed below:
1
_ Emergency Call
2
_ An call from flight compartment which includes:
- an all call from flight compartment,
- a normal call from flight compartment.
3
_ An all call from cabin station
4
_ A normal call from cabin station
Additionally, all interphone sources have interrelated
priorities, as assigned in the CAM. There are eight priorities
(1A, 1B to 4A, 4B) which can be individually assigned to the
different interphone sources.
If more than one interphone source requests the same
communication mode, the source with the higher priority will
have precedence.
If they have the same priority, the interphone source which
was dialled first will be given preference.
When an interphone source requests a station which is engaged
in another communication link:
- a busy indication at the AIP appears,
- a busy tone via the sidetone output will be transmitted.
if this interphone source has equal priority to, or lower
priority than the existing link. If this interphone source
has a higher priority, a then following action will be
executed.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 87
Aug 01/11

SYR
The existing communication link will be interrupted and the
new link will be established. The audible and visual calls
will be activated as assigned for this communication mode. An
OVER indication will be displayed at the AIP of the station.
R (11) Operation of the Interphone System

R (Ref. Fig. 036)
(a) Energization
Energization of the Interphone System is as for CIDS
Energization.
(b) Interphone Operation

Each application of the cabin and flight crew interphone system
starts with a dial procedure. In the flight compartment, special
keys are available for dialling the desired interphone function.
The interphone equipment (for example flight compartment boomset)
must be connected to the interphone system. The interphone
function at the audio control panel must be selected.
Indicator lights give visual feedback, which are also activated
when an attendant station calls the flight compartment. A call
indicator is activated at the audio control panel when an
attendant calls the flight compartment. This indicator is
integrated into the transmit button on the audio control panel.
It must be switched if communication is to be established after a
call has arrived (or has been activated) from the flight
compartment.
You can reset the indicator lights with the reset pushbutton on
the audio control panel.
(c) Interphone Operation from Attendant Station

The interphone system is a telephone call-system that has a
handset at each attendant station. With the keyboard on the
handset you can start a call function.
If an attendant station is called:
1. the AIP of the called station gives a visual indication,
2. a chime is heard at the attendant station and/or in the cabin.
With the reset-key on the handset you can quickly start a new
call function.
(d) Interphone Operation from Cockpit

A call from the cockpit is started with the call keys on the
cockpit call panel. It is possible to call one or more stations.
The related audio signal is mixed to the AMU audio input/output.
If a call between the cockpit and the cabin is made, it is
possible to activate another call. The selected stations are
mixed to the current audio link if the related handsets are off

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 88
Aug 01/11

SYR
the cradles. The audio signals which are received from the
related handsets are switched to the output of the AMU as soon as
the handset is off the cradle. The cockpit audio signals are
switched to the cabin handset when the RAD/INT switch on the
Audio Control Panel is in the INT position.
The communication ends when one handset is on the cradle or when
the RAD/INT switch is in the INT position for approx. 1
minute.
D. Passenger Lighted Signs
(1) Architecture
R (Ref. Fig. 037)
related to the passenger lighted signs system are as follows:
(a) Flight Compartment

- the NO SMOKING switch
- the FASTEN SEAT BELT switch.
(b) Avionics Compartment

- the link to CFDS
- the link to SDAC 1 and SDAC 2
- the two CIDS directors
- the link to Emergency Lighting System (EMLS)
- the cabin pressure controller
- the link to Landing Gear control Interface Unit (LGCIU).
(c) Cabin
- the cabin loudspeakers
- the CIDS DEU A (PA amplifiers and signs lamp drivers)
- the PTP including CAM.

Input signals to the director control these signs:
- the NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT lighted signs in the cabin,
- the RETURN TO SEAT signs in the lavatories,
- the EXIT signs.
Manual commands are received from the cockpit NS and FSB switches.
These are grounded inputs NO SMOKING COMMAND or NO SMOKING AUTO, and
grounded input FASTEN SEAT BELT COMMAND respectively. The director
interprets open circuited NS inputs and open circuited FSB input as
NS OFF and FSB OFF commands respectively. Director software uses data
from the CAM to activate signs which opened on:
- the cockpit commands,
- the discrete inputs LANDING GEAR DOWN LOCKED,
- an EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 89
Aug 01/11

SYR
Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.
R Figure 037

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 90
Aug 01/11

SYR
- the NS AUTO input,
R (3) System Description - additional commands

The director also provides NS AUTO input for the optional NS AUTO
flight compartment commands.
The interface to the EXIT signs is via a connection from the director
to the emergency lighting system. DEUs type A drive and interface all
other signs. The director addresses each sign independently via DEU
A. Switching on of any signs is signalled to the SDAC via the
respective director output NO SMOKING. Switching on of any NS sign is
also signalled to the EMLS.
R (4) System Description - Indications
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | Indications |
| ------------------------------------------------------
| Action | Aural | Visual |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | SIGNS: |
| NO SMOKING, | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL NS |
| ON | | | ECAM: |
| | | | MESSAGE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | |
| NO SMOKING, | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | |
| OFF | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | SIGNS: |
| FASTEN SEAT BELT/ | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | ALL FSB + RTS |
| RETURN TO SEAT, | | | ECAM: |
| ON | | | MESSAGE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| SIGN: | CHIME: | ALL CABIN + | |
| FASTEN SEAT BELT/ | 1x LOW | ALL ATTND LS | |
| RETURN TO SEAT, | | | |
| OFF | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (5) Operation of Passenger Lighted Signs
(a) Energization
Energization of the lighted signs system is as for CIDS
Energization.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 91
Aug 01/11

SYR
(b) Operation of NO SMOKING/EXIT Signs
All NS and EXIT signs are switched on under any of these
conditions:
- Flight compartment NO SMOKING switch in overhead panel is
switched to ON.
- Excessive aircraft decompression, irrespective of the NS switch
position.
- Landing gear down and locked when the flight compartment NS
switch is in the AUTO position.
(c) Operation of FASTEN SEAT BELT/RETURN TO SEAT Signs

The FSB and RTS lighted signs in the cabin and lavatories
respectively are all switched on under any of these conditions:
- The flight compartment FASTEN SEAT BELT switch in overhead
panel is switched on,
- The FSB signs are also activated in the event of excessive
aircraft decompression, when the FSB switch is in AUTO or OFF
position. The RTS signs are not illuminated during this event.
(d) General Operation Information

The PAX lighted signs are deactivated in the event of an aircraft
emergency.
R (6) Lighted Signs System Testing and Programming (testing is not

R applicable for LED cabin signs)
R The fault status of the lighted signs is stored in the director BITE
R memory and is examined with the PTP. The CAM data which define the
R lighted signs system characteristics can be changed. Also additional
R functions which use the panel can be activated.
E. Passenger Call System
(1) Architecture
R (Ref. Fig. 038)
related to the passenger call system are as follows:
(a) Avionics Compartment

R - the link to SDAC
R - the two CIDS directors
R - the link to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit
R (CFDIU)
R (b) Cabin
R - the DEUs A
R - the PA loudspeakers
R - the passenger call pushbutton

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 92
Aug 01/11

SYR
Passenger Call System - Architecture .
R Figure 038

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 93
Aug 01/11

SYR
R - the DEUs B
R - the ACPs
R - the PTP
R

The equipment interface to the directors via DEUs A as follows:
- one passenger call pushbutton and the seat row numbering light at
each passenger seat row,
- one passenger call pushbutton with an integral lamp in each
lavatory.
Each DEU A interfaces up to three passenger call pushbuttons and
lights. Each pushbutton and light is separately addressable. The CAM
data assigns each pushbutton and light to a LH or RH cabin zone.
First activation of a passenger or lavatory pushbutton activates a
chime. Visual indications come on. A second activation of a passenger
or lavatory pushbutton reset the visual indications.
(3) Operation of the Passenger Call System
(a) Energization
Energization of the passenger call system is as for CIDS
energization .
On energization of the CIDS, the passenger call function of the
CIDS becomes fully operational. The cabin is divided up into
forward and aft zones according to the CAM data. All seat row
numbering lights are switched on for boarding purposes.
(b) Call to Attendants from Passenger Seat

If a passenger call pushbutton switch is pressed:
- the related seat row identification comes on,
- a single high chime is heard at the attendant stations,
- the blue light comes on in the respective ACP.
If a passenger call pushbutton is pressed a second time the
associated indications are reset.
(c) General Operating Information

The passenger call system is not available during an aircraft
emergency.
(4) Passenger Call System Testing and Programming

The BITE status in the DEUs A signals defective passenger call lamps
to the director. Faults may be examined via the PTP.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 94
Aug 01/11

SYR
8. Test
_________
Bite
When the CIDS is energized, the directors perform a comprehensive hardware
and software self-test. The CIDS top and middle line data busses, the PTP
with the CAM, the FAP and the DEUs with the connected loads are tested.
A. Programming and Test Modes

R (Ref. Fig. 039)
The first menu is the main menu. It shows the three main modes of the
PTP:
- the SYSTEM STATUS mode,
- the SYSTEM TEST mode,
- the PROGRAMMING mode.
(1) Access Regulation

The SYSTEM STATUS, the SYSTEM TEST and the ZONING (part of the
PROGRAMMING mode) are entered without access code.
For the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode an access code must be entered. This
protects the CABIN PROGRAMMING (part of the PROGRAMMING mode) against
unauthorized access.
The A/C is delivered with the access code 333 for CAM LAYOUT
SELECTION and 333 123 for PA LEVEL ADJUSTMENT.
(2) Access Code Entering

For the access to the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode it is necessary to
enter:
- a 3 digit code (level 1) CAM LAYOUT SELECTION
- a 6 digit code (level 2) PA LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
- a 9 digit code (level 3) SINGLE PARAMETER
The 9 digit code (level 3) is only be used by the A/C manufacturer.
A * symbol appears on the display after the input of each digit. The
complete access code will be accepted by selecting the displayed
ENTER function via the labelled key.
Entering an incorrect access code initiates the PTP display message
USER AUTHORIZATION FAILURE.
A new entry can be made after activation of the displayed RET

function.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 95
Aug 01/11

SYR
PTP Menu Guided Structure
R Figure 039

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 96
Aug 01/11

SYR
B. System Status Mode
R (Ref. Fig. 040)
(1) System Status

The SYSTEM STATUS mode monitors the current status of the CIDS. This
includes the directors, the DEUs, the data buses, the CAM, the FWD
ATTND PANEL, the PTP and the interfaces to other systems. For
detailed failure description the mode MAINTENANCE, which is part of
the SYSTEM STATUS mode, can be selected.
For support of the maintenance/cabin crew, the status of the

following systems is also monitored:
R - Lavatory Smoke Detection
R - Slides Bottle Pressure
R - Drainmasts
R After selection of SYSTEM STATUS mode, when there are no failures,
R the following messages are displayed on the PTP:
R - CIDS OK
R - LAV SMOKE SYS OK
R - SLIDES PRESS OK
R - DRAINMASTS OK
R A failure in one of these systems causes an annunciation. (Ref. Para.
R 9E).
R The SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed automatically on the PTP, except
R when the PTP is in the MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST or the
R PROGRAMMING mode. The sequence of the messages in this case is
R variable, the last received failure is indicated first. Any change of
R the status (e.g. a failure disappears) initiates a return to the
R first SYSTEM STATUS menu except when the MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST
R or the PROGRAMMING mode is selected.
R
R In case of failure the respective following messages are:
R - <CIDS FAIL or <CIDS DEGRADATION or <CIDS NO OP DEGRAD
R - <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL
R - <SLIDES PRESS LOW
R - <DRAINMASTS FAIL
R For detailed information about the failure, push the related membrane
R switch.
- Drainmasts
After selection of SYSTEM STATUS mode, when there are no failures,
the following messages are displayed on the PTP:
- CIDS OK
- LAV SMOKE DATA OK
- SLIDES PRESS OK
- DRAINMASTS OK
A failure in one of these systems causes an annunciation. (Ref. Para.
9E).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 97
Aug 01/11

SYR
SYSTEM STATUS - Example

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 98
Aug 01/11

SYR
SYSTEM STATUS - Example

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 99
Aug 01/11

SYR
The SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed automatically on the PTP, except
when the PTP is in the MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST or the
PROGRAMMING mode. The sequence of the messages in this case is
variable, the last received failure is indicated first. Any change of
the status (e.g. a failure disappears) initiates a return to the
first SYSTEM STATUS menu except when the MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST
or the PROGRAMMING mode is selected.
In case of failure the respective following messages are:

- <CIDS FAIL or <CIDS DEGRADATION
- <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL
- <SLIDES PRESS LOW
- <DRAINMASTS FAIL
R
(2) Detailed Messages

R (Ref. Fig. 041, 042)
(a) Messages in case of <CIDS FAIL:

- CHECK CIDS FUNCTIONS
AT ATTND STATIONS
Priority
The first CIDS FAIL message has priority over the second, which
has priority over the CIDS DEGRADATION messages. Higher
priority messages inhibit the display of lower priority
messages.
(b) Messages in case of <CIDS DEGRADATION:

LAV X (example, the respective lavatory is shown)
ATT FWD L (example, the respective attendant station is shown)
SR 02 L (example, the respective seatrow is shown)
- CHECK FWD ATTND PANEL
- CHECK PROG & TEST PANEL
- DONT USE PROGRAMMING MODE
(c) Messages in case of <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL:

- SMOKE DET FAIL
LAV X (example, the respective lavatory is shown)
- NO DATA AVAILABLE
(d) Messages in case of <SLIDES PRESS LOW:

- CHECK SLIDES PRESS
FWD L (example, the location of the respective slide is shown)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A0
Aug 01/11

SYR
(e) Messages in case of <DRAINMASTS FAIL:
- CHECK WASTE WATER OVERFLOW FWD (example, the respective
location is shown)
- MAINTENANCE
CHECK AFT CARGO DRAINAGE
(3) MAINTENANCE MODE

R (Ref. Fig. 043)
(a) A MAINTENANCE mode for detailed CIDS failure description is part

of the SYSTEM STATUS mode.
Failures are written into the directors BITE ground/flight memory
and can be read via this mode and via the CFDS in the flight
compartment. The last occurred failure is the first shown. For
failures of continuously monitored systems the BITE ground memory
will be updated when the failure has been cancelled.
No entries into the BITE memory are made in case of emergency

conditions (normal power is not available or the CIDS is working
with the mandatory layout).
No subsequent related failures will be entered into the memory

after the original failure has been entered:
Examples:
- If one DEU A fails, no further entries into memory are made for
the associated components.
- If one DEU B fails, no further entries into memory are made for
the associated slides bottle pressure, but the system status on
the PTP displays SLIDES PRESS LOW.
(b) The following items from the directors BITE memory are
selectable:
1
_ LAST LEG REPORT
In flight, this report is called CURRENT LEG REPORT.
It is the only displayed and accessible item within the
MAINTENANCE mode in flight.
The LAST/CURRENT LEG REPORT contains class 2 + 1 failures

(Ref. Para. 8F) of the last/current flight leg.
The report includes the date, the time and the ATA chapter for
each failure. There are no entries for flight legs without
failures but the flight leg counts are incremented.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A1
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Status - Failure Examples 1

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A2
Aug 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A3
Aug 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A4
Aug 01/11

SYR

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A5
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Status - Example
R Figure 043

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A6
Aug 01/11

SYR
2
_ PREV LEGS REPORT
The PREV LEGS REPORT contains 1 + 2 failures of the last 64
flight legs.
The PREV LEGS REPORT has all data, which are stored in the
LAST LEG REPORT.
3
_ LRU INDENTIFICATION
Messages for LRU IDENTIFICATIONS (examples):
DIRECTOR
1: Z010H0004114
DIRECTOR
2: Z010H0004114
CAM M-COUNT=030
Z050H0000343 (1) (example, the active layout is shown)
PROG AND TEST PNL

Z020H0001112
NOTE : M-COUNT = modification count, incremented after any programming/saving

to Layout M.
4
_ FAULT DATA
The FAULT DATA mode includes the flight leg, the date, the
time (UTC), the number of occurrences (max 4 counts, for
intermittent failures) and coded trouble shooting data for
internal director and DEU failures.
Present failures on ground are marked with GND (Ref. Para.
8.B.(3)(b)5 GND SCAN), failures of the last leg with LEG -00,
(Ref. Para. 8.B.(3)(b)1 LAST LEG REPORT) and failures of the
previous legs with -01, -02 and up (Ref.Para. 8.B.(3)(b)2 PREV
LEGS REPORT).
a
_ CIDS Trouble Shooting Data Table
These tables show the meaning of the last 6 digits
appearing in the FAULT DATA mode (PTP) and TROUBLE SHOOTING
DATA mode (MCDU) for each class 1 and 2 failure.
DIRECTOR FAILURES:
a a: 0 1 = Director 101RH
0 2 = Director 102RH

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A7
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 0 0 0 a a | no data from other compter (a a) |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 1 0 0 a a | power supply |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 0 a a | microcomputer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 2 a a | timer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 3 a a | memory |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 2 0 4 a a | OBRM |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 0 0 a a | bus interface total |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 1 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 1R |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 2 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 1L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 3 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 2R |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 4 a a | bus driver or TOP LINE 2L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 5 a a | bus driver or MID LINE L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 3 5 6 a a | bus driver or MID LINE R |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 6 0 0 a a | audio output |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 0 a a | audio input total |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 1 a a | audio input signal conditioning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 2 a a | audio input multiplexer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 4 a a | audio input gain control |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 6 a a | EVAC tone generator |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 7 a a | chime generator |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 7 0 8 a a | telephone tone generator |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEU A FAILURES:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A8
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
b b = DEU-A FIN (HEX-code)
b b: b b:
0 1 = 200RH01 0 D = 200RH13
0 2 = 200RH02 0 E = 200RH14
0 3 = 200RH03 1 1 = 200RH17
0 4 = 200RH04 1 2 = 200RH18
0 5 = 200RH05 1 3 = 200RH19
0 6 = 200RH06 1 4 = 200RH20
0 7 = 200RH07 1 5 = 200RH21
0 8 = 200RH08 1 6 = 200RH22
0 9 = 200RH09 1 7 = 200RH23
0 A = 200RH10 1 8 = 200RH24
0 B = 200RH11 1 9 = 200RH25
0 C = 200RH12 1 A = 200RH26
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 1 0 0 b b | DEU A power supply |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 0 b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-14 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 A b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-02 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 B b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-01 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 C b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-18 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 D b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-17 |

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A9
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 E b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-16 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 0 F b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-11 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 2 4 1 A b b | DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-13 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEU B, FAP and PTP FAILURES:
c c = DEU-B FIN (HEX-code)

c c:
0 1 = 300RH01
0 2 = 300RH02
0 3 = 300RH03
0 4 = 300RH04
0 5 = 300RH05
0 6 = 300RH06

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A10
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| code | meaning |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 1 0 0 c c | DEU B power supply |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 0 c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-12 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 A c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-45 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 B c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-42 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 3 4 0 C c c | DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-09 |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 4 0 0 0 0 1 | Programming and Test Panel |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5 0 0 0 0 1 | FWD Attendant Panel |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
5
_ CLASS 3 FAULTS
Some CLASS 3 FAULTS are only detected and written into the
BITE memory at director power on or after a manual test
activation via the PTP. On the ground, after cancelling a
class 3 fault, it is removed from the memory after the next
director power on or after a new test activation.
Some CLASS 3 FAULTS are detected and written into the BITE
memory due to continuous monitoring. Such a class 3 fault is
removed from the memory when the failure no longer occurs.
Messages for CLASS 3 FAULTS: (Ref. Para. 8F)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A11
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
6
_ GND SCAN
The GND SCAN indicates all class 1 and 2 failures which are
present on the ground. For the continuously monitored systems,
the ground memory is updated when the failure is cancelled.
For other systems, the ground memory is updated after a
director power on or after a test activation via PTP.
(4) MAINTENANCE via CFDS-MCDU

R (Ref. Fig. 044, 045, 046)
(a) The CIDS maintenance mode is available via the CFDS-MCDU in the
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST mode. All failures, which are written in the
CIDS director BITE ground/flight memory can be read via this
mode. The maintenance menu in the CFDS-MCDU follows the same
procedure as the maintenance menu via the PTP. A test procedure
is selectable via the MCDU. A CIDS director 2 (passive) test is
also available, the Emergency Light Battery/System tests are not
available.
C. System Test Mode

R (Ref. Fig. 047, 048)
(1) The SYSTEM TEST mode initiates the test except:

- when the aircraft is in flight,
- normal power is not available (PTP not powered),
- the mandatory layout is in use.
These devices are tested:

- Director 1 (the currently active director is marked, example DIR1
(ACT), the passive director can only be tested via the MCDU)
- Director 2 (see Director 1)
- CIDS BUS
- DEUs A
- DEUs B
- Programming and Test Panel (membrane switches are not checked)
- CAM
- FWD ATTND Panel (the pushbutton and membrane switches are not
checked)
- Additional ATTND Panels (membrane switches are not checked)
- ATTND Indication Panels
- Loudspeakers (only operational test)
- Sign Lamps (not applicable for LED NS/FSB signs)
- Passenger Call Lamps
- Area Call Panels (only operational test)
- Reading/Work Lights
- Emergency Lighting Battery

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A12
Aug 01/11

SYR
- Drainmasts
- PES Music
- VIDEO
There is a RESET function. It initiates a general CIDS power-on reset

including the power-on test of the complete system. If failures still
exist, these can be read from the automatically displayed SYSTEM
STATUS/MAINTENANCE mode on the PTP. The complete power on test is
only performed if one or more cabin doors are open (same as for CIDS
power on).
(2) Initiation of System Tests

When the related membrane switch is pushed, the test of this device
is activated. The flashing message -WAIT FOR RESPONSE appears on the
display.
When the test is finished, the ATA chapter and the message TEST OK
comes on. An old failure message in the directors BITE ground memory
is cancelled.
In case of a failure, the respective result is written into the

directors BITE memory and the failure message appears on the PTP
display.
The TEST mode is not available in flight.
(3) Operational Test for ACPs and Loudspeakers

R (Ref. Fig. 049)
When the ACP or Loudspeaker Test related membrane switch is pushed,
the related submenu comes on. In the submenu for the loudspeaker test
a tone for all cabin loudspeakers can be switched on/off. Via the ACP
test submenu you can switch on/off all ACPs for a visual check.
NOTE : After selecting the Loudspeaker Test submenu at some seatrows

____
the passenger call/ seatrow numbering lamps can go off. A
reset is done by activating a passenger call Lamp test at the
end of the loudspeaker test.
(4) Reading/Work Lights Test

R (Ref. Fig. 050)
The test of the reading lights includes the test of the attendant
work lights and the related printed circuit boards. Each PCB can
drive 3 separate lights.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A13
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A14
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A15
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Report/Test - TEST - Example

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A16
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Report/Test - TEST - Example

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A17
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Report/Test - Leg Reports - LRU ident. - Trouble Shooting Data - Example
R Figure 046

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A18
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Test - Example
R Figure 047

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A19
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Test - AIP - Example
R Figure 048

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A20
Aug 01/11

SYR
Operational Test - ACP/Loudspeaker - Example
R Figure 049

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A21
Aug 01/11

SYR
System Test - Reading/Work Light Test - Example
R Figure 050

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A22
Aug 01/11

SYR
Push the power ATTND and power READ membrane switches before you
activate the test. If not, the - SWITCH ON POWER message comes on.
After activation of the test, the flashing message - WAIT FOR
RESPONSE comes on. When the test is finished the message TEST OK
comes on. Any related old failure message in the directors BITE
ground memory is cancelled.
In case of failure, the respective result is written into the
directors BITE ground memory. The failure message appears on the PTP
display.
R Push the power ATTND and power READ membrane switches before you
R activate the test. If not, the - SWITCH ON POWER message comes on.
R After activation of the test, the flashing message - WAIT FOR
R RESPONSE comes on. When the test is finished the message TEST OK
R comes on. Any related old failure message in the directors BITE
R ground memory is cancelled.
R In case of failure, the respective result is written into the
R directors BITE ground memory. The failure message appears on the PTP
R display.
R
(5) Emergency Lighting System Test

R (Ref. Fig. 051)
The emergency lighting system is tested with the battery test and
with the system test. For these tests the EMER EXIT LT and the NO
SMOKING switch must be in the OFF position.
(a) Battery Test - Access Code 3351

To prevent unauthorized access, it is necessary to enter a code
for the battery test. The aircraft is delivered with access code
3351. After input of the access code the PTP message - PUSH BAT
KEY comes on.
After pushing the BAT membrane switch, the integral light of the
membrane switch comes on and the test is activated. With the
start of the test an internal time counting is started in the
director. This time is readable in the EMER BATTERY TEST menu and
is refreshed every minute.
During the test, it is possible to use the PTP for other

functions. Pushing the SYS key, which normally activates the
system test, results in the -WAIT FOR END OF BATTERY TEST
message and the display of the time counting.
The duration of the test is up to 2 hours.
The CIDS will initiate a time-out if there is no result from the
emergency lighting system after approx. 3 hours.
If the test is o.k., the BAT OK light on the PTP comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A23
Aug 01/11

SYR
R System TEST - Emergency Lighting - Example
R Figure 051

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A24
Aug 01/11

SYR
An previous failure message in the directors ground memory is
cancelled.
The result message is displayed on the PTP. To read the performed
test result, it is necessary to enter the EMER BATTERY TEST menu
again. It is not necessary to enter the access code again. When
you push the BAT TEST RESET related membrane switch the BAT OK
light and the integral light in the BAT membrane switch go off.
In case of a failure, the respective result is written into the

directors BITE ground memory. This can be read via the GND SCAN
mode.
(b) System Test

The system test is activated with the SYS membrane switch on the
PTP. (push the membrane switch more than 1 sec).
If the test is O.K., the SYS OK light and the result message on
the PTP come on.
An previous failure message in the directors ground memory is
cancelled.
D. Programming Mode
The programming mode is divided into:
- the zoning (needs no access code),
- the cabin programming (needs a 3 digit access code, A/C delivered with
access code 333).
(1) Zoning - not access code protected

R (Ref. Fig. 052)
(a) For Cabin Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.
The adjacent zone and all system functions adapt automatically
(e.g. cabin illumination, passenger call, loudspeaker
assignment).
(b) The NS Zone starts in accordance with the programmed Cabin Zone.
Each Cabin Zone starts with a NS Zone.
For NS Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the
zone.
Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS Zone in the related Cabin
Zone.
If the layout of the Cabin Zone changes, the layout of the NS
Zone changes automatically. The number of seat rows of each NS
Zone remains constant, except when the Cabin Zone is smaller than
the NS Zone. If the Cabin Zone extends, the previous NS Zone
length is realized.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A25
Aug 01/11

SYR
Programming - Zoning - Example
R Figure 052

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A26
Aug 01/11

SYR
(2) Cabin Programming
R (Ref. Fig. 053)
(a) Cabin Programming - access code protected

When you enter the 3 digit access code (level 1) and select the
CAM layout selection mode, the respective menu comes on. The
programmed layouts are marked with a < or > sign. The number of
the active layout flashes.
You can select a new layout when you push the related membrane
switch. After selection, a new layout is marked and down loaded
into the director. The system is updated automatically and CIDS
works with this layout until a new one is selected and loaded.
(b) PA level adjustment - access code protected

R (Ref. Fig. 054)
When you enter the 6 digit access code (level 2) the PA LEVEL ADJ
item appears additionally on the display.
The following menus allow to adjust the basic loudness levels for
3 cabin segments and for the separate attendant areas. These
segments/areas are fixed and independent of the cabin zones. The
definition is stored in the CAM.
Additionally the automatic increase levels for the cases
engines running (flight) and cabin depressurization
(emergency) can be adjusted.
The acoustic loudness in the cabin for these auto increase cases
is always according to the basic loudness level plus the auto
increase level.
After selection of a segment/area/auto increase case at the right
side of the respective menu, the related currently active
loudness value is flashing. It can be adjusted in +/- 2 dB steps
by pushing the related +/- key at the left side of the menu. The
respective loudness level in the cabin is updated immediately
(for the auto increase cases only if the cases are currently
active).
The following table shows the default values and the possible
range:
range
| default I from I to
---------------------I-----------I----------I----------
segments/areas | 0 dB I -6 dB I +4 dB
---------------------I-----------I----------I----------
engines running | +6 dB I +4 dB I +8 dB
---------------------I-----------I----------I----------
cabin decompr. | +4 dB I +4 dB I +6 dB

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A27
Aug 01/11

SYR
Programming - CAM Layout Selection - Example
R Figure 053

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A28
Aug 01/11

SYR
Programming - PA Level Adjustment - Example
R Figure 054

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A29
Aug 01/11

SYR
If the max. or the min. limit of the range is reached, the
respective prompt < in front of the + or - disappears. A
further pushing shows no reaction. For each page a RES (reset)
function is selectable. If a segment/area/auto increase case has
been selected this flashing value becomes the default value after
pushing the RES.
If non has been selected before pushing the RES (no flashing),
all values of the page becomes default values.
E. Failure Detection and Transmission

There are 3 types of test available in the CIDS for failure detection:
- the power on test (activated after every power connection to the CIDS),
- the continuous test (automatic periodical system test),
- the manually activated test (via PTP, CFDS ...).
The status is transmitted to the CFDS (via ARINC 429) and ECAM (via
discrete outputs to the SDAC). The failure indication is possible on:
- the FAP (CIDS caution light),
- the PTP,
- the CFDS/MCDU display,
- the ECAM displays.
In flight, it is possible to reset the illuminated caution light on the

FAP. After landing, if the failure still exists, the light comes on again
and the SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed.
The failures are divided into 4 failure classes, 1, 1CAB (cabin), 2 and
3. The relation of failure classes and the transmission to the indicators
are shown on the Failure Transmission list.
R (Ref. Fig. 055, 056, 057)
R (Ref. Fig. 058, 059, 060, 061, 062, 063)
F. CIDS Power-Up Test
(1) Conditions of Power-Up Test initialization
(a) A/C configuration:

A- A/C on ground with all cabin doors closed
B- A/C on ground with all engines stopped and at least one cabin
door open
(b) The computer must be de-energized for a time of:

- A/C in config. A-: 10 sec
- A/C in config. B-: 10 sec

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A30
Aug 01/11

SYR
Failure Transmission List
R Figure 055

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A31
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 056

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A32
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 057

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A33
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 058

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A34
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 059

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A35
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 060

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A36
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 061

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A37
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 062

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A38
Aug 01/11

SYR
R Figure 063

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A39
Aug 01/11

SYR
(2) Progress of Power-Up Test
(a) Duration:
- A/C in config. A-: approx. 60 sec
- A/C in config. B-: approx. 180 sec
(b) Flight compartment repercussions (ECAM warning, audio warning,

pushbutton flashing..if any..):
A/C in config. A- or B-.
1
_ ECAM maintenance status:
CIDS 1 and/or CIDS 2 come on and go off after completion
either:
- at the same time or,
- seperately or,
- approx. 30 sec after completion of the power-up test.
2
_ Audio Control Panel:
- ATT light flashes for approx. 60 sec
NOTE : The following repercussions can be observed in the

____
cabin:
A/C in config. A-:
- after approx. 25 sec cabin lights go off for approx.
2 sec
- two chimes are heard 30 sec after power-up test
initialization
A/C in config. B-:
- after approx. 25 sec, cabin lights go off for approx.
2 sec
- after approx. 35 sec, call/seatrow numbering lights
and signs flash for approx. 10/15 sec (boardind
config.)
- two chimes are heard approx. 120 sec after power-up
test initialization
(3) Results of Power-Up Tests

Flight compartment repercussions (if any) in case of test pass/test
failed.
(a) Test pass :

- none

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A40
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
(b) Test failed :
1
_ In case of CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 failure:
- ECAM maintenance status
CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 white indication
2
_ In case of CIDS 1 and CIDS 2 failure:
- Master caution light comes on
- ECAM warning:
COM CIDS 1 + 2 FAULT
CIDS (INOP system)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A41
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
DEU A - Block Diagram

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A42
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU A - Block Diagram

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A43
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU B - Block Diagram

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A44
Aug 01/11

SYR
DEU B - Block Diagram

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A45
Aug 01/11

SYR
Cabin Handset
R Figure 066

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A46
Aug 01/11

SYR
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-861-001
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To prevent failure messages, it is necessary to energize CIDS in the correct

R sequence.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-063

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-101
R A. Energize CIDS
R (1) Close the circuit breakers in the correct sequence.

R
R NOTE : If you close all circuit breakers in the correct sequence,

____
R CIDS does a power-up test.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 201
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-104
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-105
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-106
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 202
May 01/07
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-107
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-861-064
R A. Not Applicable
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 203
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-862-001
De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R To prevent failure messages, it is necessary to de-energize CIDS in the

R correct sequence.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-102
R A. De-energize CIDS
R (1) Open the circuit breakers in the correct sequence.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-110
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 204
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-111
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-112
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-113
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-862-061

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 205
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-860-002
Cabin Layout Selection
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-135

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-147
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 206
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/2 2HL Y22
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-063
A. Selection of the cabin layout

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 23-73-00-991-001)
(1) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, push the DSPL ON
pushbutton.
- the CIDS menu page shows.
(2) Push the <PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

- the PROGRAMMING menu page shows.
(3) Push the <CABIN PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

- the ENTER ACCESS CODE page shows.
(4) Enter the access code 333 to the scratchpad field and push the
<ENTER related membrane switch.
- the CAM LAYOUT SELECT page shows.
(5) Push the <CAM LAYOUT SELECT membrane switch.

- the CAM LAYOUT SELECTION menu page shows.
(6) Push the related LAYOUT membrane switch.

- the message LAYOUT X LOADED shows.
NOTE : The last selected layout is marked with a flashing < or >.
____
(7) Push the <RET related membrane switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 207
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
Cabin Layout Selection - Example
R Figure 201/TASK 23-73-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 208
Nov 01/09

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-064
R A. Push the DSPL ON pushbutton.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 209
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-860-003
R Cabin Zones Programming
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-002 Fig. 202
23-73-00-991-003 Fig. 203
23-73-00-991-004 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-136

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-149
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 210
Nov 01/02

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
R 122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/2 2HL Y22
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-065
A. Programming of cabin zones

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 23-73-00-991-002)
(1) On the PTP 110RH push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

- the CIDS menu page comes on.

- the PROGRAMMING menu page comes on.
(3) Push the <ZONING related membrane switch.

- the ZONING menu page comes on.
(4) Push the <CABIN ZONES related membrane switch.

- the CABIN ZONES menu page comes on.
(5) Enter the number of the seatrow number to the scratchpad field.
(6) Push the related membrane switch to push the scratchpad field to the
selected data field.
(7) Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new config to
layout M.
(8) The message PARAMETER SAVING flashes a few seconds and the menu
PARAMETER SAVED with the modification number comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 211
Nov 01/02

SYR
Cabin Zones Programming
Example
Figure 202/TASK 23-73-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL

23-73-00 Page 212
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-869-066
B. Programming of No Smoking Zones

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 23-73-00-991-003)



(4) Push the <NS ZONES related membrane switch.

- the NS END ZONES menu page comes on.
R
NOTE : If a NON SMOKER A/C is programmed, the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER

____
A/C SELECTED page comes on. To program a smoker area push the
NORMAL> related membrane switch.
(5) Enter the number of the seatrow number to the scratchpad field.
(6) Push the related membrane switch to push the scratchpad field to the
selected data field.
(7) Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new config to
layout M.
Subtask 23-73-00-869-067
C. Activation - Deactivation of the Active Class Divider

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 23-73-00-991-004)



EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 213
May 01/07

SYR
No Smoking Zones Programming
Example
Figure 203/TASK 23-73-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL

23-73-00 Page 214
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
Class Divider Activation - Deactivation
Example
Figure 204/TASK 23-73-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL

23-73-00 Page 215
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
(4) Push the DIV> related membrane switch.

- the CLASS DIVIDER menu page comes on.
(5) Push for change the related membrane switch.

R
NOTE : Pushing the membrane switch changes the active class divider
____
to passive and the passive to the active condition.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-068
A. Push the DSPL On pushbutton switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 216
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-860-006
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-00-991-009 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-144

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-164
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 217
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-073
A. Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 23-73-00-991-009)
R (1) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, push the DSPL ON
R membrane switch.
R - the CIDS menu page shows.

R - the PROGRAMMING menu page shows.

R - the ZONING menu page shows.
(4) Push the NS SIGNS> related membrane switch.

R - the NS SIGNS / NORMAL SIGNS MODE menu page shows.
R
R NOTE : If the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED page shows, a NON
____
R SMOKER A/C is already programmed.
(5) Push the NON SMKR A/C> related membrane switch.

R - the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED status shows.
R - in the cabin, all NS SIGNS come on.
R - in the cabin, you hear a single LO chime.
(6) Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new configuration
to layout M.
- the message PARAMETER SAVING flashes a few seconds and the menu
R PARAMETER SAVED with the modification number shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 218
May 01/07

SYR
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C
Figure 205/TASK 23-73-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 219
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-075
A. Push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 220
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-860-004
Passenger Address (PA) Level Adjustment via PTP
R NOTE : This task is only valid if the DIRECTOR OBRM minimum standard 117 is
____
R installed.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-860-005 Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS

External Power
23-73-00-991-006 Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-140

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-157
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 221
Nov 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-069
A. PA level adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 23-73-00-991-006)
(1) On the PTP 110RH push the DSPL ON pushbutton switch.


(3) Push the <CABIN PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

- the ENTER ACCESS CODE page comes on.
(4) Enter the access code 333 123 to the scratchpad field and push the
<ENTER related membrane switch.
- the next page with the <PA LEVEL ADJ message comes on.
(5) Push the <PA LEVEL ADJ related membrane switch.

- the PA LEVEL ADJ page comes on.
(6) push the <CABIN IN DETAIL related membrane switch.

- the CABIN SEG page comes on.
NOTE : The cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin zones. The
____
locations of the cabin segments are shown in the CFDS PA LEVEL
REPORT (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-005).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 222
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
PA Level Adjustment
Example
Figure 206/TASK 23-73-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL

23-73-00 Page 223
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
(7) Push the related SEG membrane switch to select the cabin segment.
- the respective segment value flashes.
- the <+ (DB) and <- (DB) prompts appear.
(8) Push the + or - related membrane switches to change the PA level

value.
NOTE : The values are adjustable in 2 dB steps. The respective PA

____
level in the cabin is updated immediately.
(9) Select the next cabin segment for updating or push the CONT> related
membrane switch to get access to the ATTND page.
(10) After the update of all PA levels push the <RET related membrane
switch to save the new PA levels.
NOTE : If a reset to the default PA level is necessary, select the

____
related cabin segment or attendant station and push the <RES
related membrane switch. Pushing the <RES related membrane
switch, without selection of a cabin segment or an attendant
station, resets all to the default values.
(11) For an update of the auto increase of the PA level select the <AUTO
INCREASE membrane switch on the PA LEVEL ADJ page. The procedure is
the same as for the cabin segment and attendant station PA level
adjustment.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-070
A. Push the DSPL On pushbutton switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 224
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-860-005
Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
23-73-00-991-007 Fig. 207
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-141

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (2) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 225
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-159
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-071
A. PA level interrogation
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 23-73-00-991-007)
R (1) On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.

R - the MCDU MENU page shows.
(2) Push the <CFDS related line select key.

R - the CFDS page shows.
(3) Push the <SYSTEM REPORT/TEST related line select key.

R - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 226
May 01/07

SYR
PA Level Interrogation
Example
Figure 207/TASK 23-73-00-991-007

EFF :

ALL

23-73-00 Page 227
Nov 01/02
R
SYR
(4) Push the <COM related line select key.
R - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page shows.
(5) Push the <CIDS1 related line select key.

R - the CIDS1 (ACT.) page shows.
(6) Push the PA LEVEL REPORT> related line select key.

R - the CIDS1 (ACT.) PA LEVEL REPORT shows.
R
NOTE : The indicated cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin
____
zones.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-869-072
R A. On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 228
May 01/07

SYR
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - SERVICING
_______________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-600-001
Cleaning of the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 AIR SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY

No specific 1 BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 11-020

VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 301
May 01/09

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-070

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-160-050
A. Cleaning of the Forward Attendant Panel
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
(1) Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(2) Carefully clean the display unit and the hard-key panel with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-020) and a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED

_______
AIR. DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : COMPRESSED AIR USED FOR CLEANING OR DRYING MUST NOT EXCEED
_______
30 PSIG (206.8 KPA). IF YOU EXCEED THIS PRESSURE, INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(3) Carefully dry the display unit and the hard-key panel with an AIR
SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 302
May 01/09

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-862-064

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 303
May 01/09

SYR
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_______________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-040-001
Deactivation of the CIDS Director (101RH/102RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-01-0)1)

Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CIDS
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-34-000-001 Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-146

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Get access to the Avionics Compartment

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-222
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH, 102RH
Subtask 23-73-00-040-050
B. Procedure
(1) Remove the related CIDS director 1 (2).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)
R (2) Close these circuit breakers: 151RH, 150RH.
(3) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:

- Make sure that the SYS STATUS page shows the message CIDS OK.
(4) Make an entry in the log book.
(5) Close Access

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 402
May 01/08

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-440-001
Reactivation of the CIDS Director (101RH/102RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-01-0)1)

Cabin Intercommunication Data System
CIDS
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 23-73-00-810-879 Director - Fault in Director 1 and Director 2
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-147

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Get access to the Avionics Compartment
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-440-050
A. Trouble shooting
(1) Do the trouble shooting for the defective CIDS director 1 (2).
(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-879)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-148
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 403
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-040-002
Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-740-005 BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

External Power
R 31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-187

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 404
Aug 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-216
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-040-051
B. Procedure
(1) In the cockpit, on the MCDU:

- Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
- Make sure that only FAP-related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:

- Lift the handset from the cradle.
- Push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and make an announcement.
(3) In the cabin:

- Make sure that you hear the announcement.
(4) Make an entry in the log book.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 405
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 406
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-440-002
Reactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel (120RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 23-73-00-810-838 FAP - Fault in the Forward Attendant Panel
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-188

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-052
A. Trouble shooting
R (1) Do the trouble shooting for the defective FAP.

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-838)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 407
Nov 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-189
items.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 408
May 01/06

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-040-005
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-740-005 BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R (CIDS) through the CFDS
External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-196

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 409
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-219
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-040-057
R B. Procedure

R - Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
R - Make sure that only PTP-related failure messages show.
(2) In the cockpit:

R - Push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and make an announcement.
R (3) In the cabin:

R
R - Make sure that you hear the announcement.
R (4) Make an entry in the log book.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 410
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-440-005
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
TSM 23-73-00-810-856 PTP - Fault in the Programming and Test Panel
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-199

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-060
A. Trouble shooting
R (1) Do the trouble shooting for the defective PTP.

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-856)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 411
Nov 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-200
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 412
May 01/06
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-040-006
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide Bottle Pressure
Indication, Emergency Exits
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07-2)b)

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (On PTP)
Emergency Exits
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
25-62-00-040-001 Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on
PTP) - Pressure Check
Page

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 413
May 01/07

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-197

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-220
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-040-058
R B. Procedure
(1) In the aft cargo compartment:

- Do the visual check of the slide bottle pressure indication.
(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-040-001)

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(3) In the cockpit:

R (4) In the cabin:

R
- Make sure that you hear the announcement in all cabin areas.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 414
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-440-006
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Slide Bottle Pressure
Indication, Emergency Exits
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07-2)b)

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (On PTP)
Emergency Exits
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-201

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-061
A. Trouble shooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-856)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 415
Nov 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-202
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 416
May 01/06
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-040-007
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency System Test,
Cabin Emergency Lighting System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07-1)

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
SYS EMER LIGHT TEST
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
33-51-00-040-001 Deactivation of the EMER SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin
Emergency Lighting System

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 417
May 01/07

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-198

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-221
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-040-059
R B. Procedure
(1) In the cockpit:

- Do the check of the cabin emergency lighting system.
(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-040-001)

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
(3) In the cockpit:

R (4) In the cabin:

R
R - Make sure that you hear the announcement.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 418
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-440-007
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH) - Emergency System Test,
Cabin Emergency Lighting System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 23-73-07-1)

Communications
(Without Mod 30354)
SYS EMER LIGHT TEST
(FAA only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-203

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-040-062
A. Trouble shooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 23-73-00-810-856)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 419
Nov 01/06

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-204
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 420
May 01/06
R
SYR
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-00-740-003
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the PTP
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Reset and BITE-test of the CIDS
NOTE : For each LED cabin sign: If the test is not deactivated in the CAM,
____
Class 3 fault messages will be recorded.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-083-A

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
R (3) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is

R energized (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002).
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 501
May 01/11

SYR
R (4) Make sure that a minimum of one cabin door is open.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 502
May 01/11

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-740-051
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel

49VU:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS

150RH.
2. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
121VU: 120RH:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM - the CIDS CAUT light comes on.
151RH.
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

110RH:
- the message CIDS DEGRADATION shows.
In the cockpit, on the upper ECAM

display:
- the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT shows.
NOTE : To show all of the message, In the cockpit:

____
you have to clear all other - you hear a single chime.
ECAM warnings. To clear all
other ECAM warnings push
the CLR pushbutton on the
ECAM Control Panel (ECP),
until all of the COM
message shows.
3. In the cockpit, on the ECP:

- push the STS pushbutton.
In the cockpit, on the lower ECAM

display:
- the message INOP SYS CIDS shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 503
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU:
- after 10 seconds, close the C/B
DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.
5. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel - the CIDS CAUT light goes off.
49VU:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS
150RH.
NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you

____ - after 5 minutes, the CIDS CAUT light
start the next test step. stays off.
In the cockpit, on the upper and lower

ECAM display:
- all the CIDS FAULT messages are off.
6. On the PTP: On the PTP:
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page shows.

switch.
- push the SYSTEM STATUS membrane - the SYSTEM STATUS page shows the
switch. message OK.
- push the CONT membrane switch - the next system status related pages
until the message < MAINTENANCE with the message OK shows.
shows.
- push the MAINTENANCE membrane - the MAINTENANCE page shows.

switch.
- push the CONT membrane switch

until the message < GND SCAN
shows.
- push the GND SCAN membrane - the GND SCAN page with the message NO
switch. FAILURE shows.
- push the RET membrane switch - the SYSTEM STATUS page shows.
until the SYSTEM STATUS page
shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 504
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the CONT related membrane
switch until the < MAINTENANCE
message shows.
- push the MAINTENANCE membrane - the MAINTENANCE page shows.

switch.
- push the CONT membrane switch. - the < CLASS 3 FAULTS message shows.
- push the < CLASS 3 FAULTS - the CLASS 3 FAULT page with the
membrane switch. message NO FAILURE shows.
NOTE : An erroneous CLASS 3 FAULT

____
message will be recorded
for each LED (without
bulbs) cabin sign, if the
test of the related signs
is not deactivated in the
CAM.
- push the DSPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page shows.

switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-084-A
NOTE : If some reading lights are inoperational after the test:

____
R - set the reading lights on the FAP to off for approx. 10 seconds
R and than set the reading lights on again.
NOTE : If the NS signs in a Non Smoker A/C configuration do not come on:
____
- set the NS switch to the AUTO or ON position and than back
again.

R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).
R (2) De-energize the CFDS (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 505
May 01/11

SYR
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 506
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-740-005
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the CFDS
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Reset and BITE-test of the CIDS
NOTE : For each LED cabin sign: If the test is not deactivated in the CAM,
____
Class 3 fault messages will be recorded.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-086-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
(4) Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System is energized.

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 507
May 01/11
R
SYR
(5) Make sure that at least one cabin door is open.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 508
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-740-053
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49VU:

150RH.
2. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel In the cockpit, on the ECAM upper
121VU: display:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM - the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT shows.
151RH.
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

110RH:
- the message CIDS DEGRADATION shows.
NOTE : To show all of the message, In the cockpit:

____
you have to clear all other - you hear a single chime.
ECAM warnings. To clear all
other ECAM warnings push
the CLR pushbutton on the
ECAM Control Panel (ECP),
until all of the COM
message appears.
3. In the cockpit, on the ECP:

- push the STS pushbutton.
On the lower ECAM display:

- the message INOP SYS CIDS shows.

121VU:
- after 10 seconds, close the C/B
DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 509
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel In the cockpit, on the upper and lower
49VU: ECAM display:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS - all the CIDS FAULT messages go off.
150RH.
NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you

____ - after 5 minutes, the CIDS CAUT light
start the next test step. stays off.
On the PTP:
- the SYSTEM STATUS page and the
message CIDS OK shows.
6. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
- push the MCDU MENU pushbutton. - the MCDU MENU page shows.
- push the CFDS pushbutton. - the CFDS page shows.
- push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.

pushbutton.
- push the COM pushbutton. - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page

shows.
- push the CIDS1 pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
- push the CLASS 3 FAULTS - the CIDS1 (ACT) CLASS 3 FAULTS page
pushbutton. with the message NO FAILURE shows.
NOTE : An erroneous CLASS 3 FAULT

____
message will be recorded
for each LED (without
bulbs) cabin sign, if the
test of the related signs
is not deactivated in the
CAM.
- push the RETURN pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
- push the GND SCAN pushbutton. - the CIDS1 (ACT) GROUND SCANNING page
with the message NO FAILURE shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 510
May 01/11
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-088-A
NOTE : If some reading lights do not operate after the test, switch off
____
the reading lights at the FAP for approx. 10 sec. and than on
again.
NOTE : If the NS signs in a Non Smoker A/C configuration do not come on,
____
set the NS switch 190RH to the AUTO or ON position and than back
again.

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 511
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-002
Operational test of the DEU, the secondary power supply and the DEU-A cut-off
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To verify the operation of the CIDS with normal or essential power supply.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-069

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 512
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-051
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

49VU:

150RH.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cabin:

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch - all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come
(191RH) to the ON position. on.

49VU:

150RH.

121VU:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 513
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM
151RH.

121VU:
- open the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH - all FSB signs go off.
to 168RH.
6. At the forward attendant station: In the cabin:
- lift the handset from the

cradle.
- push the PA ALL pushbutton.
- push and hold the PTT and make - you hear the announcement.
an announcement.
7. At the forward attendant station:
- release the PTT.
- put the handset back in the

cradle.
8. In the cockpit, on the overhead

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch to the

OFF position.

121VU:
- close the C/Bs DEU A NORM 163RH

to 168RH.
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-071

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 514
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-015
Operational test of the power-transfer function
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-34-400-001 Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-067

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (2) Get access to the CIDS Director DIR 1 (101RH).

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 515
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-089
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-220
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

121VU:
- open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH - all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come
to the ON position. on.

121VU:

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 516
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- open the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH - all FSB signs go off.
to 168RH.

panel 25VU:

OFF position.

49VU:

150RH.
6. In the avionics compartment, on

the rack 87VU:
- remove the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH).

49VU:

150RH.
- wait until DIR 2 finishes the

power-up.

panel 25VU:

ON position.

121VU:
- close the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH - all FSB signs come on.
to 168RH.

panel 25VU:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 517
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the SEAT BELTS switch to - all FSB signs go off.
the OFF position.

49VU:

150RH.
12. In the avionics compartment, on

the rack 87VU:
- install the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH).

121VU:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM

151RH.
14. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel In the cabin, on the Programming and
49VU: Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
- close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS - after the power-up test (approx. 2-3
150RH. min.), the SYSTEM STATUS page shows
the message OK.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-068
(1) Make sure that the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH) is correct installed.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-001)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 518
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-003
Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the cabin interphone system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 600 ohm boomset
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
33-14-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lights
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-072

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Energize the annunciator light test and dimming system

(Ref. TASK 33-14-00-710-001).
(3) Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panels (ACP)
is in the center position.
(4) Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on the
pedestal panel 111VU is in the BRT position.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 519
May 01/11
R
SYR
(5) Connect a 600 ohm boomset to the captain jack panel 61VU.
NOTE : The announciation indication and the communication is

____
cancelled, if there are more than 60 sec. between the test
procedure steps.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
NOTE : The interphone link initiated from the cockpit call panel is
____
cancelled, if one of the following conditions occurs:
- All called stations have reset the function.
- The AMU INT ON signal from the ACP is not activated after approx. 2
minutes.
- The call has not been accepted by an attendant handset approx. 5
minutes after the last activation of the respective call.
NOTE : The flashing of the ATT light on the audio control panel is related
____
to the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) director standard.
For this test, the light can flash or stay on continuously.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 520
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052-A
A. Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

panel 21VU: 21VU:
- push the EMER pushbutton switch. - the CALL ON indicator light in the
EMER pushbutton switch flashes.
In the cabin and at all attendant

stations:
- you hear a HI-LO chime three times.
On all Area Call Panels (ACP) 340RH:
- the pink indicator lights flash.
On all Attendant Indication Panels

(AIP) 320RH:
- the pink indicator light flashes.
- EMERGENCY CALL flashes.
In the cockpit, on the audio control

panel:
- the ATT indication flashes.
2. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

control panel: 21VU:
- push the RESET button. - the CALL ON indicator light in the

EMER pushbutton switch goes off.

panel:
- the ATT indication goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 521
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the audio control
control panel: panel:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the integral light of the CAB
- push the CAB rotary knob. - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob comes on.
- turn the CAB rotary knob fully

cw.
- push and hold the INT/RAD switch

to the RAD position.
4. At all attendant stations:

cradle.
Through all attendant station Through all attendant station handsets

handsets and the cockpit boomset: and the cockpit boomset:
- make an announcement. - you hear the announcement.
On all ACPs:
- the pink indicator lights go off.
5. At all attendant stations: On all AIPs:
- put the handset back in the - the pink indicator light goes off.
cradle.
- EMERGENCY CALL goes off.

- release the INT/RAD switch.
- push to release the CAB rotary - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob. knob goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 522
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push to release the CAB - the integral light of the CAB
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-074
B. Do the test of the FWD attendant call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the FWD LH ACP 340RH:

panel 21VU:
- push the FWD pushbutton. - the green light comes on.
On the FWD AIP 320RH:
- the green light comes on.
- the CALL CAPTAIN message comes on.
From all attendant loudspeakers:
- a single HI-LO chime sounds.

- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the CAB pushbutton-switch integral

light comes on.
- push the CAB rotary knob. - the CAB rotary-knob integral light
comes on.

cw.

3. At the FWD attendant station: On the FWD ACP 340RH:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 523
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the green light goes off.
cradle.
- the green light goes off.
- the CALL CAPTAIN message changes to

CAPTAIN.
In the cockpit and at the FWD attendant

station:
- speak into the handset and - the message and the reply are correct
listen for the reply. and clear.
- put the handset back to the - the CAPTAIN message goes off.
cradle.

- push to release the CAB rotary - the CAB rotary-knob integral light
knob. goes off.
- push to release the CAB - the CAB pushbutton-switch integral

pushbutton switch. light goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 524
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-075
C. Do the test of the AFT attendant call from the cockpit.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the AFT ACPs 340RH:

panel 21VU:
- push the CALLS AFT pushbutton - the green lights come on.
switch.
On the AFT AIPs 320RH:


light comes on.
comes on.

cw.

- speak into the boomset

microphone.
3. At the AFT LH attendant station: On the AFT ACPs 340RH:
- lift the handset from the - the green lights go off.

cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 525
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the AFT AIPs:
- the green lights go off.
On the AFT LH AIP 320RH:

CAPTAIN.
In the cockpit and at the AFT LH

attendant station:
4. At the AFT RH attendant station: On the AFT RH AIP 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the CALL CAPTAIN message changes to
cradle. CAPTAIN.
In the cockpit and at the AFT LH and RH

attendant station:
5. At the AFT attendant stations: On the respective AFT AIP 320RH:
- put the handsets back on the - the CAPTAIN message goes off.
cradles.

knob. goes off.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 526
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-159
D. Do the test of the ALL CALL from the forward attendant station.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the FWD attendant station: On the FWD AIP 320RH:

cradle.
2. On the handset:
- push the INTPH pushbutton On the FWD AIP:

switch. - the ## symbols come on.
- push the ALL pushbutton switch. - the ## symbols go off.

- the # ALL message comes on.
On all ACPs 340RH:

- the CONFERENCE CALL message comes on.
3. At the AFT attendant stations: On all ACPs 340RH:
cradle.
- the message # ALL changes to ALL.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 527
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At the FWD and AFT attendant stations:
- speak into the handset, and - the message and the reply are correct
4. At all attendant stations: On the FWD AIP 320RH:
- put the handset back to the - the ALL message goes off.
cradle.
- the CONFERENCE CALL message goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-078
E. Do the test of the ALL attendant call from the aft attendant stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of
the all attendant call from the forward left attendant station.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-079
F. Do the test of the COCKPIT call from the forward attendant station.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the forward attendant station: On the forward LH Attendant Indication

Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - one number symbol shows.

cradle.
2. On the forward attendant station

handset:
- push the CAPT pushbutton. - the message CAPTAIN shows.
Through the cockpit loudspeakers:
- the crew call buzzer operates one

time.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 528
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
panel:
- the ATT indication flashes.
3. In the cockpit, on the audio

control panel:
- push the RESET pushbutton. - the ATT indication goes off.

panel:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the integral light of the pushbutton
switch comes on.
knob comes on.

cw.
On the forward LH AIP:
- push and hold the INT/RAD switch - the number symbol goes off.
4. Through the forward attendant Through the forward attendant station

station handset and the cockpit handset and the cockpit boomset:
boomset:
5. At the forward attendant station: On the forward LH AIP:
- put the handset back in the - the message CAPTAIN goes off.
cradle.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 529
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push to release the CAB - the integral light of the CAB
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
- push to release the CAB rotary - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob and turn ccw. knob goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-161
G. Do the test of the COCKPIT call from the aft attendant stations.
the COCKPIT call from the forward attendant station.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-081
H. Do the test of the AFT ATTND call from the forward attendant station.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - # shows.

cradle.

handset:
- push the INTPH pushbutton.
- ## shows.
- push the AFT pushbutton. - ## goes off.
- # AFT shows.
On the aft AIPs:
- the green indicator light comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 530
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- CALL FWD L shows.
On the aft Area Call Panels (ACP)

340RH:
- the green indicator light comes on.
At all attendant stations:
- you hear a single HI-LO chime.
3. At the aft LH attendant station: On the aft ACPs:
- lift the handset from the - the green indicator light goes off.
cradle.
On the aft LH AIP:
- the green indicator light goes off.
- CALL FWD L changes to FWD L.
On the aft RH AIP:
- the green indicator light goes off.
- CALL FWD L goes off.
- # AFT changes to AFT.
Through the forward and aft LH

attendant station handset:
4. At the forward and aft LH On the forward LH AIP:

attendant station:
- put the handset back in the - AFT goes off.

cradle.
On the aft LH AIP:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 531
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- FWD L goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-084
J. Do the test of the forward left, aft left and aft right attendant call
from the forward and aft attendant stations.
the aft left attendant call from the forward attendant station.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-162
K. Do the test of the priority function of the EMERGENCY call from the
cockpit.
NOTE : The test has the same procedure for all attendant stations.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the AFT LH attendant station: On the AFT LH AIP 320RH:

cradle.
2. On the handset:
- push the INTPH pushbutton On the AFT LH AIP:

- push the FWD pushbutton switch. - the ## symbols go off.

- the # FWD message comes on.
On FWD AIP 320RH:
- the CALL AFT L message comes on.
On FWD LH ACP 340RH:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 532
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- a single HI-LO chime is heard.
3. At the FWD attendant station: On FWD LH ACP 340RH:
cradle.
- the CALL AFT L message changes to AFT

L.
At the FWD and AFT LH attendant

stations:
4. On the overhead panel 21VU: On the overhead panel 21VU:
- push the EMER CALL ON pushbutton - the CALL ON indicator light in the
switch. EMER pushbutton switch flashes.
On all AIPs 320RH:
- the EMERGENCY CALL message flashes.
- the pink light flashes.
On all ACPs 340RH:
- the pink light flashes.
From all attendant and passenger

loudspeakers:
- a HI-LO chime is heard three times.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 533
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
light comes on.
comes on.

cw.

in the RAD position.
In the cockpit and at the FWD and AFT

LH attendant stations:
- speak into the boomset - the message and reply are correct and
microphone and listen for the clear.
reply.
6. At the FWD and AFT attendant On all AIPs 320RH:

stations:
- put the handsets back on their - the pink light goes off.
cradles.
- the EMERGENCY CALL message goes off.
On the overhead panel 21VU:
- the CALL ON indicator light in the

On all ACPs 340RH:
- the pink light goes off.

knob. goes off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 534
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-710-163
L. Do the test of the priority function of the attendant call from the
cockpit.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

cradle.
2. On the handset:
- push the INTPH pushbutton On the AFT LH AIP:

- push the FWD pushbutton switch. - the ## symbols go off.

- the # FWD message comes on.
- the CALL AFT L message comes on.
On the FWD LH ACP 340RH:
3. At the FWD attendant station: On the FWD LH ACP 340RH:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 535
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.
- the CALL AFT L message changes to AFT

L.

stations:
4. On the overhead panel 21VU: On the AFT AIP 320RH:
- push the CALLS AFT pushbutton - the OVER CAPTAIN message comes on.
switch.
- the AFT L message changes to CNCL.
5. At the FWD and AFT LH attendant At the FWD and AFT LH attendant
stations: stations:
- speak into the handset and - the conversation stops.

listen for the reply.


light comes on.
comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 536
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cw.

in the RAD position.
7. In the cockpit: In the cockpit and at the AFT LH

attendant station:
- speak into the boomset - the message and reply are correct and
microphone and listen for the clear.
reply.
- put the handset back on the - the CNCL message goes off.
cradle.
- put the handset back on the - the OVER CAPTAIN message goes off.
cradle.
knob. goes off.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 537
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-088
M. Do the test of the priority function of the EMERGENCY call from the
cabin.
R NOTE : The test has the same procedure for all attendant stations.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the overhead panel 21VU: On the forward left Area Call Panel
(ACP) 340RH:
- push the CALLS FWD pushbutton - the green lights come on.
switch.
On the forward Attendant Indication

Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- you hear a HI-LO chime.


light comes on.
comes on.

cw.
- push and hold the INT/RAD

pushbutton switch to the RAD
position.
3. At the forward attendant station: On the forward left ACP 340RH:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 538
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the handset from the - the green lights go off.
cradle.
On the forward AIP 320RH:

CAPTAIN.
4. Through the forward Through the forward attendant-station

attendant-station handset and theh handset and theh cockpit boomset:
cockpit boomset:
5. At the aft left attendant station: On the aft left AIP 320RH:
- lift the handset from the - the number symbol comes on.
cradle.
6. On the handset: On the aft left AIP 320RH:
- push the EMER CALL pushbutton - the number symbol goes off.
switch.
- the message EMERGENCY CALL flashes.
On the forward AIP 320RH:
- the message CAPTAIN goes off.
- the message EMERGENCY CALL flashes.
On the overhead panel 21VU:
- the CALL ON indicator light in the

EMER pushbutton switch flashes.

panel:
- the ATT indication comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 539
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cockpit:
- the crew call buzzer operates three

times.
7. Through the forward Through the forward attendant-station

attendant-station handset and the handset and the cockpit boomset:
cockpit boomset:
- make an announcement. - you do not hear the announcement.
8. Through the aft left Through the aft left attendant-station

attendant-station handset and the handset and the cockpit boomset
cockpit boomset:
9. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

control panel: 21VU:
- push the RESET pushbutton. - the CALL ON indicator light in the


panel:
- the ATT indication goes off.
10. At the forward attendant station: At the forward left AIP 320RH:
- put the handset back to the - the message EMERGENCY CALL goes off.
cradle.
11. At the aft left attendant At the aft left AIP 320RH:
station:
- put the handset back to the - the EMERGENCY CALL message goes off.
cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 540
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
knob. goes off.

Subtask 23-73-00-710-089
N. Do the test of the RESET on the cabin handsets.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the FWD attendant station: At the FWD AIP 320RH:

cradle.
2. On the handset:
- push the CAPT pushbutton switch. - the # CAPTAIN message comes on.

panel:
In the cockpit:

time.


panel:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 541
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
light comes on.
comes on.
- push and hold the INT/RAD - the message # CAPTAIN changes to

pushbutton switch in the RAD CAPTAIN.
position.
4. In the cockpit: At the FWD attendant station:
- speak into the boomset - the message and the reply are correct
microphone and listen for the and clear.
reply.
5. On the FWD attendant station: On the FWD AIP 320RH:
- push the RESET pushbutton - the CAPTAIN message goes off.

switch.
- the # symbol comes on.
6. In the cockpit: In the cockpit and at the FWD attendant

station:
- speak into the boomset - the conversation stops.

microphone and listen for the
reply.

- release the INT/RAD pushbutton

switch.
knob. goes off.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 542
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. On the FWD attendant handset: On the FWD AIP 320RH:
- push the INTPH pushbutton - the ## symbol comes on.

switch.
- push the AFT pushbutton switch. - the # AFT message comes on.
On the two AFT AIPs 320RH:
- the CALL FWD L message comes on.
On the two AFT ACPs 340RH:
9. At the AFT LH attendant station: On the two AFT ACPs 340RH:
cradle.
- the CALL FWD L message changes to FWD

L.
On the AFT RH AIP 320RH:
- the CALL FWD L message goes off.
- the message # AFT changes to AFT.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 543
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
station:
- put the handset back on the - the FWD L message goes off.
cradle.
- put the handset back on the - the AFT message goes off.
cradle.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-090
P. Do the test of the engage annunciation.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Panel (AIP) 320RH:

cradle.
On the forward attendant station

handset:
- push the CAPT pushbutton. - CAPTAIN shows.

panel:
In the cockpit:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 544
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
time.


panel:
- push the CAB pushbutton switch. - the integral light of the CAB
knob comes on.

cw.


boomset:
4. At the aft LH attendant station: On the aft LH AIP:

cradle.
5. On the aft LH attendant station

handset:
- push the INTPH pushbutton. - ## shows.
- push the FWD pushbutton. - ## goes off.
- BUSY FWD L shows.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 545
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
boomset:
7. At the aft LH attendant station: On the aft LH AIP:
- put the handset back in the - BUSY FWD L goes off.

cradle.
- put the handset back in the - CAPTAIN goes off.

cradle.

- release the INT/RAD pushbutton

switch.
- push to reset the CAB rotary - the integral light of the CAB rotary
knob. knob goes off.
- push to reset the CAB pushbutton - the integral light of the CAB
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-073

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 546
May 01/11
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-005
Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the PA system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-076

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Energize the Passenger Emergency-Oxygen System.

(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001)
(3) Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panel (ACP) is
in the center position.
(4) Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on the
pedestal panel 111VU is in the BRT position.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 547
May 01/11
R
SYR
(5) Make sure that the cockpit door is open.
(6) On all emergency oxygen-containers, set the doorstop to the test

position.
NOTE : The annunciation indication and the communication are

____
cancelled, if there is a delay of more than 60 sec. between
the test procedure steps.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-166
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 548
May 01/11
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-064
A. Do the test of the PA announcement from the cockpit
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit, on the main

instrument panel 301VU:
- turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary knob

fully cw.

- push and turn the PA rotary knob - the integral light of the PA rotary
fully cw. knob comes on.
- push and hold the PA pushbutton - the integral light of the PA

switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
3. In the cockpit, on the hand In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

microphone: all attendant stations:
- push and hold the PTT switch and - you hear the announcement.
make an announcement.
On all Attendant Indication Panels

(AIP) 320RH:
- PA ALL IN USE shows.

- release the PA pushbutton - the integral light of the PA

On all AIPs:
- PA ALL IN USE goes off.
5. In the cockpit:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 549
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.
On all AIPs:
- push and hold the PTT switch and - PA ALL IN USE shows.
In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

all attendant stations:
- you hear the announcement.
On all AIPs:
- release the PTT switch and put - PA ALL IN USE goes off.
the handset back in the cradle.

- push to reset and turn the PA - the integral light of the PA rotary
rotary knob fully ccw. knob goes off.


ccw.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 550
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-065
B. Do the test of the PA announcement from the cabin
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


fully cw.

- push and turn the PA rotary knob - the integral light of the PA rotary
fully cw. knob comes on.
3. At the forward attendant station: Through the forward attendant station

handset:
- lift the handset from the - you hear a dial tone.

cradle.
On the forward LH Attendant Indication

Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- one number symbol shows.

handset:
- push and hold the PTT and make - the number symbol goes off.
an announcement.
- the message PA ALL shows.
On the aft AIPs:
- the message PA ALL IN USE shows.
In the cabin and at the aft attendant

stations:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 551
May 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 552
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5. At the forward attendant station:
R - release the PTT and put the All indications are cancelled.
R handset back in the cradle.
R Through the forward attendant station

R handset:
R - lift the handset from the - you hear a dial tone.

cradle.
R On the forward LH AIP:
R - one number symbol shows.
R 6. On the forward attendant station

R handset:
R - push the PA pushbutton. - two number symbols show.
R - push the ALL pushbutton. - the number symbols go off.
R - the message PA ALL shows.
R On the aft AIPs:
R - the message PA ALL IN USE shows.
R In the cabin and at the aft attendant

R stations:
R - push and hold the PTT and make - you hear the announcement.
R an announcement.
In the cockpit:
R - you hear the announcement.
R - put the handset back in the All indications are cancelled.

R cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 553
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R handset:

cradle.

R handset:
R - push the 1/FWD pushbutton. - the number symbols go off.
R - the message PA 1 shows.
R On the aft AIPs:
R - the message PA 1 IN USE shows.
R In the forward cabin:
R an announcement.
In the cockpit:

R cradle.

R handset:

cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 554
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R handset:
R - push the 4/AFT pushbutton. - the number symbols go off.
R On the aft AIPs:
R In the aft cabin and at the aft

R attendant stations:
R an announcement.
In the cockpit:
R 11. At the forward attendant

R station:

R cradle.
R 12. At the aft LH attendant station: Through the aft LH attendant station
R handset:

cradle.
R On the aft LH AIP:
R 13. On the aft LH attendant station

R handset:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 555
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push and hold the PTT and make - the number symbol goes off.
R an announcement.
R On the forward and aft RH AIP:
R In the cabin and at the forward

R attendant station:
R 14. At the aft LH attendant station:
R Through the aft LH attendant station

R handset:

cradle.

R handset:


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 556
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R an announcement.
In the cockpit:

R cradle.

R handset:

cradle.

R handset:
R In the forward cabin and at the forward

R an announcement.
In the cockpit:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 557
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R cradle.

R handset:

cradle.

R handset:
R - push the 4/AFT pushbutton. - the number symbols go off.
R In the aft cabin:
R an announcement.
In the cockpit:

R cradle.
R 21. At the aft RH attendant station: Through the aft RH attendant station
R handset:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 558
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cradle.
R On the aft RH AIP:
R 22. On the aft RH attendant station

R handset:
R - push and hold the PTT and make - the number symbol goes off.
R an announcement.
R On the forward and aft LH AIP:

R 23. At the aft RH attendant station:
R Through the aft RH attendant station

R handset:

cradle.

R handset:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 559
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R an announcement.
In the cockpit:
R 25. At the aft RH attendant station:

R cradle.
R Through the aft RH attendant station

R handset:

cradle.

R handset:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 560
May 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the message PA 1 IN USE shows.
In the forward cabin and at the forward

attendant station:
an announcement.
In the cockpit:
27. At the aft RH attendant station:
- put the handset back in the All indications are cancelled.

cradle.
Through the aft RH attendant station

handset:

cradle.
On the aft RH AIP:
28. On the aft RH attendant station

handset:
- push the PA pushbutton. - two number symbols show.
- push the 4/AFT pushbutton. - the number symbols go off.
- the message PA 2 shows.
On the forward and aft LH AIP:
- the message PA 2 IN USE shows.
In the aft cabin:
an announcement.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 561
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the cockpit:
29. At the aft RH attendant station:
- put the handset back in the All indications are cancelled.

cradle.
- push to reset and turn the PA - the integral light of the PA rotary
rotary knob fully ccw. knob goes off.

- turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary

knob fully ccw.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-066
C. Do the priority test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

handset:

cradle.

Panel (AIP) 320RH:
- # shows.
On the forward attendant station

handset:
- push the PA pushbutton. - ## shows

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 562
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the ALL pushbutton. - ## goes off.
- PA ALL shows.
On the aft AIPs:

the aft attendant stations:
R - push and hold the PTT switch - you hear the announcement.
R and make an announcement.
2. In the cockpit:

cradle.
On the cockpit handset: In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

- push and hold the PTT switch - you hear the announcement from the
and make an announcement during cockpit handset only.
the announcement from the
forward attendant station.
- WAIT PA ALL shows.
On the aft AIPs:
- release the PTT switch and put - WAIT PA ALL goes off.
the handset back in the cradle.
PA ALL IN USE shows.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 563
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PA pushbutton switch. - the integral light of the PA
5. In the cockpit, on the hand In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

microphone: all attendant stations:
R - push and hold the PTT switch - you hear the announcement from the
R and make an announcement during cockpit hand microphone only.
the announcement from the
cockpit handset.

- release the PA pushbutton - the integral light of the PA

7. In the cockpit: On all AIPs:
- release the PTT switch and put - PA ALL IN USE goes off.
the hand microphone and the
handset back in the cradle.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-177-A
D. Do the test of the automatic high-volume announcement.
NOTE : On all the emergency oxygen-containers set the doorstops to the

____
test position.
NOTE : Do not hold the MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch for more than 30
____
sec., because the FAULT indication light in the TMR RESET
pushbutton switch comes on after 30 sec.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 564
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

handset:
- lift the handset from the - you hear a tone.

cradle.

Panel (AIP) 320RH:

handset:
- push the PA pushbutton. - the number symbol goes off.
- the message PA ALL shows.
On the aft AIPs:
- the message PA ALL IN USE shows.
Through the forward attendant station

handset:
- the tone stops.

stations:
- push and hold the PTT and the PA - you hear a tone.
pushbutton.
NOTE : Before you start the next step
____
of the test, make sure that all
emergency oxygen-container
doorstops are in the test
position.
3. In the cockpit, on the circuit

breaker panel 49VU:
- open the C/Bs 2WR, 3WR, 4WR, 5WR

and 6WR.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 565
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
panel 21VU:
- lift the switch guard, push and - the doors of the emergency
release the MASK MAN ON oxygen-containers (C/B 7WR related)
pushbutton switch. open to the test position.

stations:
- you hear a tone with an increased

volume.
5. In the cockpit, on the maintenance

panel 50VU:
- push and release the OXYGEN TMR - you hear a tone with a decreased
RESET pushbutton switch. volume (normal level).

breaker panel 49VU:
- open the C/B 2KS2. - you hear a tone with an increased

volume.
- close the C/B 2KS2. - you hear a tone with a decreased

volume (normal level).
7. On the forward attendant station In the cabin and at the aft attendant
handset: stations:
- release the PTT and the PA - the tone stops.

pushbutton.
8. At the forward attendant station:
- put the handset back in the All indications and annunciations are
cradle. cancelled.

breaker panel 49VU:
- close the C/Bs 2WR, 3WR, 4WR,

5WR and 6WR.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 566
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-178
E. Do the test of the automatic low-volume announcement at the FWD attendant

station.
NOTE : You can ignore all CIDS related visual and acoustical indications
____
in the cabin
that are not given here. They are not important for this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin:
- close the cockpit door.
2. In the cockpit:

cradle.
3. On the cockpit handset: In the cabin, all lavatories and all

attendant stations:
- push and hold the PTT pushbutton - the announcement is heard from the
switch to do an announcement. loudspeakers.
4. In the cabin: At the FWD attendant station:
- open the cockpit door during the - the announcement volume decreases to
announcement from the cockpit a lower level.
handset.
5. In the cabin: At the FWD attendant station:
- close the cockpit door during - the announcement volume increases to

the announcement from the a normal level.
cockpit handset.
6. In the cockpit:
- put the handset back to the

cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 567
May 01/11

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-105
(1) Push the doors of the emergency oxygen containers to the closed
(2) On the emergency oxygen containers set the door stops to the normal
position.
(3) Make sure that the circuit breakers 1WR, 2WR, 3WR and 7WR are closed.
(4) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
3JH1, 2JH1, 3JH2, 2JH2

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 568
Nov 01/06

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-007
R Operational test of the passenger call system
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the Passenger Call System operates correctly
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-079

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 569
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-172
A. Do the operational test of the passenger call pushbutton switch.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open at least one entrance door. In the cabin:
- the seatrow identifiers above all

seatrows come on.
2. In the FWD cabin area: On the FWD LH Area Call Panel (ACP)
340RH:
- push all the LH passenger call - the blue indicator comes on after the
pushbutton switches. first selection.
In the FWD cabin area LH and RH, the

FWD attendant station and the FWD
lavatory:
- a single HI tone is heard from each

loudspeaker after each selection.
In the cabin:
- the related seatrow identifier

flashes after selection.
On the FWD RH ACP 340RH:
- push all the RH passenger call - the blue indicator comes on after the
pushbutton-switches. first selection.

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 570
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the FWD cabin area, the FWD
attendant station and the FWD lavatory:

In the cabin:

- push to reset all LH and RH - the related seatrow identifier stays

passenger call on.
pushbutton-switches.
On both FWD ACPs 340RH:
- the blue indicator goes off after the

last selection.
3. In the AFT cabin area: On the AFT LH ACP 340RH:
- push all the LH passenger call - the blue indicator comes on after the
In the AFT cabin area LH and RH, the

AFT attendant stations and the AFT
lavatories:

In the cabin:

On the AFT RH ACP 340RH:
- push all the RH passenger call - the blue indicator comes on after the

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 571
May 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the AFT cabin area LH and RH, the
AFT attendant stations and the AFT
lavatories:

In the cabin:

- push to reset all LH and RH - the related seatrow identifier stays

passenger call on.
pushbutton-switches.
On both AFT ACPs 340RH:

- the blue indicator goes off after the
last selection.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-173
B. Do the operational test of the lavatory A pushbutton switch.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the lavatory A: On the FWD LH ACP 340RH:
- push the passenger call - the amber indicator comes on.

pushbutton-switch.
In the lavatory A:
- the integral light of the call

pushbutton-switch comes on.
At the lavatory A, above the door:
- the amber call indicator comes on.
At the FWD attendant station, the FWD

lavatory and the FWD cabin area:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 572
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- a single HI tone is heard.
- push to reset the passenger call All indications are cancelled.

pushbutton-switch.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-174
C. Do the operational test of the lavatory D pushbutton switch.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the lavatory D: On the AFT LH ACPs 340RH:

pushbutton-switch.
In the lavatory D:

At the lavatory D, above the door:
At the AFT attendant stations, the AFT

lavatories and the AFT cabin area:

pushbutton-switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 573
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-175
D. Do the operational test of the lavatory E pushbutton switch.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the lavatory E: On the AFT RH ACPs 340RH:

pushbutton-switch.
In the lavatory E:

At the lavatory E, above the door:
At the AFT attendant stations, the AFT

lavatories and the AFT cabin area:

pushbutton-switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-080

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 574
May 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-017
Operational test of the cabin signs
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the cabin signs operate correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-31-34-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Pressure Controller (11HL,12HL)

21-31-34-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Pressure Controller
(11HL,12HL)
23-73-00-860-002 Cabin Layout Selection
23-73-00-860-003 Cabin Zones Programming
23-73-00-860-006 Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C
External Power
32-00-00-860-001 Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical
Power
32-00-00-860-002 Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration with
Electrical Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-091

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) Do the procedure of flight configuration precaution.

(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 575
May 01/11
R
SYR
(4) Make sure that the NO SMOKING switch 190RH and the SEAT BELTS switch
191RH on the cockpit overhead panel 25VU are in the OFF position.
(5) Make sure that the A/C is not in a NON SMOKER configuration and a NO
SMOKING AREA is not programmed.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-003)
(6) Get access to the Cabin Pressure Controller 11HL and 12HL in the
avionics compartment.
(Ref. TASK 21-31-34-000-001)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-091
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 576
May 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-097
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
R
R **ON A/C ALL
R 121VU LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS2 59GA R33

R 121VU LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS1 58GA R32
R **ON A/C ALL
R 122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/MAN 3HL Y23

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-291
A. Test of the Passenger Lighted Signs
NOTE : All ECAM warnings have to be cleared by pushing the CLR pushbutton
____
switch on the ECAM control panel to indicate the NO SMOKING and
SEAT BELTS message on the ECAM upper display unit. Therefore the
circuit breakers 2WW and 3WW have to stay closed through the whole
test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 25VU:
- set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH - all No Smoking (NS) signs come on.
and the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH
to the ON position.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 577
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- all Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) signs come
on.
- you hear a double LO chime.
In all lavatories:
- the Return to Seat (RTS) sign comes

on.
- you hear a single LO chime.
In the cockpit, on the ECAM upper

display unit:
- the messages NO SMOKING and SEAT

BELTS show.
In the cabin:
- set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH - all NS and FSB signs go off.
and the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH
to the OFF position.
In all lavatories:
- the RTS sign goes off.

display unit:
- the messages NO SMOKING and SEAT

BELTS go off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 578
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-710-221
B. Test of the Passenger Lighted Signs automatic-function if the landing

gear is extended
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE STEP THAT FOLLOWS, MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEYED
_______
R THE FLIGHT CONFIGURATION PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
R PRECAUTIONS, YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ANTI-ICE HEATING.
____
switch on the ECAM control panel to indicate the NO SMOKING
message on the ECAM upper display unit. Therefore the circuit
breakers 2WW and 3WW have to stay closed through the whole test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 25VU:
- set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH - all No Smoking (NS) signs come on.
to the AUTO position.
In all lavatories:

display unit:
- the message NO SMOKING shows.

breaker panel 49VU:
R
R CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE STEP

R THAT FOLLOWS, MAKE SURE THAT YOU
R OBEYED THE FLIGHT CONFIGURATION
R PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY
R THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO THE ANTI-ICE HEATING.
- open C/B 1GA LGCIU SYS1.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 579
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. In the cockpit, on the circuit In the cabin:
breaker panel 121VU:
- open C/B 2GA LGCIU SYS2. - all NS signs go off.
In all lavatories:

display unit:
- the message NO SMOKING goes off.

breaker panel 49VU:
- close C/B 1GA LGCIU SYS1.
5. In the cockpit, on the circuit In the cabin:

- close C/B 2GA LGCIU SYS2. - all NS signs come on.
In all lavatories:

display unit:
- the message NO SMOKING shows.

panel 25VU:
In the cabin:
- set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH - all NS signs go off.

to the OFF position.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 580
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In all lavatories:

display unit:
- the message NO SMOKING goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-225
C. Test of the Passenger Lighted Signs automatic-function if a

cabin-decompression occurs
____
switch on the ECAM control panel to indicate the NO SMOKING and
SEAT BELTS message on the ECAM upper display unit. Therefore the
circuit breakers 2WW and 3WW have to stay closed through the whole
test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the avionics compartment:
- remove the CABIN PRESS 1

controller 11HL and the CABIN
PRESS 2 controller 12HL.
(Ref. TASK 21-31-34-000-001)
2. In the avionics compartment, on In the cabin:

the rack 95VU:
- connect an electrical test cable - all Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) and No
between pin 11A of the connector Smoking (NS) signs come on.
11HL-AA and DC ground to
simulate low pressure.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 581
Aug 01/11
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
display unit:
- the messages SEAT BELTS and NO

SMOKING show.
In the cabin:
- disconnect the electrical test - all FSB and NS signs go off.

cable.

display unit:

SMOKING go off.
3. In the avionics compartment, on In the cabin:

the rack 96VU:
- connect an electrical test cable - all FSB and NS signs come on.
between pin 11A of the connector
12HL-AA and DC ground to
simulate low pressure.

display unit:

SMOKING show.
In the cabin:
- disconnect the electrical test - all FSB and NS signs go off.

cable.

display unit:

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 582
Aug 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMOKING go off.
4. In the avionics compartment:
- install the CABIN PRESS 1

controller and the CABIN PRESS 2
controller.
(Ref. TASK 21-31-34-400-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-865-098
breaker(s):
R 1HL, 2HL, 3HL, 52GA, 58GA, 59GA
Subtask 23-73-00-860-092
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Do the procedure of ground configuration after flight configuration.

(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002)
(2) Make sure that the required cabin layout is selected in the CAM.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-002)
(3) Make sure that the initial aircraft cabin configuration is

programmed.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-003)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-006)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 583
Aug 01/11

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-00

Page 584
Aug 01/11

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-004
Operational test of the Emergency Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the EVAC signaling system operates correctly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 33-14-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Lights
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-074

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Energize the annunciator light test and dimming system.

(Ref. TASK 33-14-00-710-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 585
May 01/08

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-171
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 21VU:
- switch the EVAC CAPT&PURS/CAPT

switch to the CAPT&PURS
position.
In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

21VU:
- lift the guard and push the EVAC - the integral light in the EVAC
COMMAND pushbutton switch. COMMAND pushbutton switch flashes.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 586
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48VU:
- you hear the EVAC horn.
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

120RH and the Aft Attendant Panel (AAP)
126RH:
- the EVAC indicator light flashes.
- you hear the EVAC signal.
- push the EVAC COMMAND All messages are cancelled.

pushbutton switch to reset.
- push the EVAC COMMAND All cancelled messages come on again.

pushbutton switch.

48VU:
- push the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF - the EVAC horn goes off.
pushbutton switch.
2. On the FAP: At the forward attendant station:
- push the EVAC RESET pushbutton. - the EVAC signal goes off.
3. On the AAP: At the aft attendant stations:
- push the RESET pushbutton. - the EVAC signal goes off.
4. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

panel 21VU: 21VU:
R - lift the guard and push the - the integral light in the EVAC
R EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch COMMAND pushbutton switch goes off.
to reset.
On the FAP and the AAP:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 587
Nov 01/06

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - the EVAC indicator light goes off.
R 5. On the FAP: On the FAP:
R - push the EVAC CMD pushbutton. - the integral light in the EVAC CMD
R pushbutton comes on.
R - the EVAC indicator light flashes.
R On the AAP:
- the EVAC indicator light flashes.
R In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

R 21VU:
R - the integral light in the EVAC

R COMMAND pushbutton switch flashes.
R In the cockpit, on the overhead panel

R 48VU:
R - you hear the EVAC horn.
R At the forward and aft attendant

R stations:
R - you hear the EVAC signal.
R - push the EVAC CMD pushbutton to All messages are cancelled.

R reset.
R 6. In the cockpit, on the overhead

R panel 21VU:
R - switch the EVAC CAPT&PURS/CAPT

R switch to the CAPT position.
R 7. On the FAP: On the FAP:
R - push the EVAC CMD pushbutton. - the integral light in the EVAC CMD
R pushbutton comes on.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 588
Nov 01/05

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21VU:
R - the integral light in the EVAC

R COMMAND pushbutton switch flashes.

48VU:
- you hear the EVAC horn for approx. 3

sec.
- push the EVAC CMD pushbutton All messages are cancelled.

switch to reset.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-075

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 589
Nov 01/06

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-710-033
R Operational test of the passenger call lamps through the MCDU
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-150

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
(3) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
(4) Make sure that a minimum of one cabin door is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 590
May 01/07

SYR
R Subtask 23-73-00-865-169
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
R 49VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1 11WQ C06
R 49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL 170RH M14
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M13
R 121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M12
R 121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B 4KS2 Q40
R 121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
R 121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
R 122VU AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2 12WQ T18

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 591
Nov 01/01

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-296
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the CFDS-MCDU: On the CFDS-MCDU:
- push the CFDS related line - the CFDS page shows.

select key.
- push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST line - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.
select key.
- push the COM related line select - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page
key. shows.
- push the CIDS1 related line - the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
select key.
- push the TEST related line - the CIDS1 (ACT) TEST page shows.
select key.
- push and release the NEXT PAGE

pushbutton until the PAX CALL
LAMPS test is indicated.
- push the PAX CALL LAMPS related - the CIDS1 (ACT) PAX CALL LAMPS TEST
line select key. page with the message TEST IN
PROGRESS shows.
- after some seconds the message TEST

IN PROGRESS changes to TEST OK.
NOTE : An incorrect FAULT message will

____
be recorded for each LED
(without bulbs) PAX CALL LAMP,
if the test of the related lamps
is not deactivated in the CAM.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 592
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-151

R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 593
May 01/07

SYR
R TASK 23-73-00-710-035
R Operational test of the cabin LED lamps through the MCDU
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

R External Power
R 31-32-00-860-003 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM
R Page
R 31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
R 31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
R 33-25-00-710-001 Operational test of the Passenger Reading Light
R System
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-73-00-860-165
R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001)
R (3) Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

R (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R (4) Make sure that a minimum of one cabin door is open.
R (5) Make sure that the passenger reading lights are energized.
R (Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 594
Nov 01/08

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-186
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-298
A. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the MCDU MENU pushbutton - the MCDU MENU page shows.
switch.

select key.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 595
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST line - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.
select key.
- push the COM related line select - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page
key. shows.
- push the CIDS1 related line - the CIDS1 main menu page shows.
select key.
- push the OP TESTS line select - the CIDS1 OP TESTS page shows.
key.
- push the READING LT + ACP + PAX - the CIDS1 OP TEST OF LAMPS page
CALL + SIGN LAMPS ACTIVATION shows.
line select key.
- READING LT + ACP + PAX CALL + SIGN

LAMPS ACTIVATED shows.
In the cabin and in all lavatories:
- the ACPs, reading lights, passenger

call signs and other signs come on.
2. On the CFDS-MCDU: In the cabin and in all lavatories:
- push the RETURN line select key - the ACPs, reading lights, passenger
until the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST call signs and other signs go off.
page shows.
- push the MCDU MENU pushbutton - the MCDU MENU page shows.
switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 596
May 01/11
R
SYR
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-73-00-860-166
R A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
R (1) Do the EIS stop procedure

R (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
R (2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 597
Nov 01/08

SYR
TASK 23-73-00-720-002
Verification of Speech Intelligibility of the Passenger Address (PA) System

according to CAA Spec. 15
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
CAA Spec.15
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific 2 SOUND PRESSURE METER - 90 TO 130DB (ACCURACY 1DB)
R APA3100-10 1 TEST, TONE-GENERATOR
R 98-04-08138 1 TEST TONE GENERATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-860-004 Passenger Address (PA) Level Adjustment via PTP

23-73-00-860-005 Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS
External Power
35-23-00-710-001 Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
23-73-00-991-005 Fig. 501

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 598
Aug 01/11

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-138-A

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Energize the passenger emergency-oxygen system.

(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001)
(3) Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panel (ACP) is
in the center position.
(4) Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on pedestal
panel 111VU is in the BRT position.
(5) Make sure that the cockpit door is closed.
(7) Make sure that the engines are not running.
(8) On all the passenger-oxygen containers, pull out the doorstops and
turn them 90 degrees to the TEST position.
(9) On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, set the PA-level to
the basic (default) configuration.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-004)
NOTE : The annunciation indication and the communication are

____
cancelled, if there is a delay of more than 60 sec. between
test procedure steps.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page 599
May 01/08
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-865-155
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-00-865-168
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A500
May 01/08
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-00-710-256
A. Verification of the correct loudspeaker operation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cockpit:

cradle.
2. On the cockpit handset: On all Attendant Indication Panels

(AIP):
- push and hold the PTT switch and - PA ALL IN USE shows.

- you hear the announcement loud and

clear and without distortion.
Through the cockpit handset:
On all AIPs:
- put the handset back in the - PA ALL IN USE goes off.
cradle.
Subtask 23-73-00-720-051-A
B. Measurement of the sound pressure level
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-73-00-991-005)
(1) Put the cockpit handset to the Test Tone Generator,

R for Becker Flugfunk handsets use TEST, TONE-GENERATOR,
R for Holmberg handsets use TEST TONE GENERATOR.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A501
Aug 01/11

SYR
Sound Pressure Measurement
Figure 501/TASK 23-73-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A502
May 01/08
R
SYR
R (2) Put the microphone of the SOUND PRESSURE METER - 90 TO 130DB
R (ACCURACY 1DB) approx. 10 +/-0,5 cm below the first pax loudspeaker.
NOTE : The cockpit door has to be closed through the whole test.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Test Tone Generator: In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

- select the White Noise test - the test tone is heard from all
tone. loudspeakers.
At the Sound Pressure Meter:
- the sound pressure level must not be

less than the value given in the
table for the sound pressure levels.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-73-00-991-005)
NOTE : The location of the cabin

____
segments in relation to the seat
rows shows in the CFDS/PA LEVEL
REPORT.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-005)
2. Repeat the test step for all - the sound pressure level must not be
cabin, lavatory and attendant less than the value given in the
loudspeakers. table for the sound pressure levels.
3. On the Test Tone Generator: In the cabin, all lavatories and at all
attendant stations:
- switch the White Noise test tone - the test tone stops.
off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A503
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-73-00-720-052
C. Measurement of the automatic gain increase
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-73-00-991-005)
R (1) Put the microphone of the SOUND PRESSURE METER - 90 TO 130DB

R (ACCURACY 1DB) below the first pax loudspeaker.
NOTE : The cockpit door must be closed during the whole test.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Test Tone Generator: In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

- select the White Noise test - you hear the test tone from all
tone. loudspeakers.
- the sound pressure level must not be

less than the value given in the
table for the sound pressure levels.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 23-73-00-991-005)
NOTE : Before you start the next step of the test, make sure that all
____
emergency oxygen-container doorstops are set to the test position.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cabin, in all lavatories and at

panel 21VU: all attendant stations:
- lift the switch guard, push and - the doors of the emergency oxygen
release the MASK MAN ON containers open to the test position.
pushbutton switch.
- the volume of the test tone

increases.
- the value increases by approx. 4dB.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A504
May 01/11

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the cabin, in all lavatories and at
panel 50VU: all attendant stations:
- push to reset the OXYGEN TMR - the volume of the test tone decreases
RESET pushbutton switch. to the normal level.
- the value decreases by approx. 4dB.
4. In the cockpit, on the C/B panel In the cabin, in all lavatories and at
49VU: all attendant stations:
- open the C/B 2KS2 - the volume of the test tone

ENGINE/2/FADEC A/EIU2. increases.
- the value increases by approx. 6dB.

- close the C/B 2KS2. - the volume of the test tone decreases
to the normal level.
- the value decreases by approx. 6dB.
5. On the Test Tone Generator: In the cabin, all lavatories and at all
attendant stations:
- set the White Noise test tone - the test tone stops.
to off.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A505
May 01/08

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-00-860-139-A
(1) Put the cockpit handset back to the cradle.
(2) On the PTP, set the PA-level to the initial values.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-004)
(3) On the emergency containers, turn the doorstops to the normal

NOTE : Spring tension retracts the doorstops automatically when they

____
are in the normal position.
(4) Make sure that the switch guard is in position on the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch.
(5) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
R 3JH1, 2JH1, 3JH2, 2JH2.
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-00

Page A506
May 01/08

SYR
CALL PANEL - AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________
TASK 23-73-11-000-001
R Removal of the Area Call Panel (340RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific stepladder 1.0 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-11-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-11-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-11

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-11-941-050
R C. Put the stepladder in position below the related Area Call Panel.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-11-020-050
R A. Removal of the Area Call Panel (ACP)
R (1) Remove the lens (4) from the ACP (3).
R (2) Release the spring clips (1), pull and lower the ACP (3) until you
R can see the electrical connectors (2).
R (3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and remove the ACP (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-11

Page 402
Nov 01/06

SYR
Area Call Panel.
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-11-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-11

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-11-400-001
R Installation of the Area Call Panel (340RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-11-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-11-860-050

R
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (2) Make sure that the stepladder is below the related Area Call Panel.
Subtask 23-73-11-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-11

Page 404
Nov 01/06

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-11-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-11-420-050
A. Installation of the Area Call Panel (ACP)
(3) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the ACP (3).
(4) Install the ACP (3) and make sure that you hear a click when the ACP
(3) locks in position.
(5) Install the lens (4) in the ACP (3).
Subtask 23-73-11-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-11-710-051
C. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the CFDS related - the CFDS menu page shows.

pushbutton.

pushbutton switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-11

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the COM related pushbutton - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page
switch. shows.
- push the CIDS 1 related - the CIDS 1 (ACT) page shows.

pushbutton switch.
- push the TEST related - the CIDS 1 (ACT) TEST page shows.
pushbutton switch.
- push the NEXT PAGE pushbutton

until the message AREA CALL
PANELS shows.
- push the AREA CALL PANELS - the CIDS 1 (ACT) AREA CALL PANEL TEST
related pushbutton. page shows.
In the cabin:
- push the ACP ON related - all ACPs come on.

pushbutton.
- push the ACP OFF pushbutton. - all ACPs go off.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-11-942-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the stepladder.
Subtask 23-73-11-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-11

Page 406
May 01/07
R
SYR
R ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD (120RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-12-000-002
Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
Page
23-73-12-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 401
May 01/05

SYR
R Subtask 23-73-12-970-051
R B. Trouble Shooting Data
R (1) Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is
R energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
R (2) If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as
R follows:
R - get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-003)
R - on this page, push the line key adjacent to the CIDS1 (2)
R indication.
R - on the CIDS1 (2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE
R SHOOTING DATA indication to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
R - print the Trouble Shooting Data page.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-12-991-002)
Subtask 23-73-12-020-052
A. Removal of the FAP
(1) Open the cover (2) with locking magnets (1).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (6) from the FAP (3).
(3) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5) and carefully remove the
FAP (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 402
Nov 01/01

SYR
Forward Attendant Panel 120RH
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-12-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-400-002
Installation of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-00-740-005 BITE Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R External Power
R
23-73-12-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-053
R A. Make sure that aircraft electrical circuits are energized. (Ref. TASK 24-
R 41-00-861-002).
R
Subtask 23-73-12-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 404
Nov 01/01

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-12-991-002)
Subtask 23-73-12-420-052
A. Installation of the FAP
(3) Install the FAP (3) with the screws (4) and the washers (5).
items.
(7) Close the cover (2) with the locking magnets (1).
Subtask 23-73-12-865-055
breaker(s):
170RH.
Subtask 23-73-12-740-051
C. Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-12-862-051
R A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 405
Nov 01/01

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-000-003
Removal of the Light Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-861-001 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

R (CIDS)
R External Power
Page
23-73-12-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-054
R A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 406
Nov 01/01

SYR
R Subtask 23-73-12-970-052
R follows:
860-003)
R indication.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-12-991-003)
Subtask 23-73-12-020-053
A. Removal of the light module
(1) Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the Fwd Attendant
Panel (FAP) door (2).
(2) Loosen the quick release fasteners (3) from the light module (4).
(3) Carefully pull the light module (4) until you can see the electrical
connection (5).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connection (5).
(5) Remove the light module (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 407
Nov 01/01

SYR
Light Module
Figure 402/TASK 23-73-12-991-003

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 408
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-400-003
Installation of the Light Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
R
23-73-12-991-003 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-055
R A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
R 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 409
Nov 01/01

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-12-991-003)
Subtask 23-73-12-420-053
A. Installation of the light module
(3) Connect the electrical connection (5).
(4) Carefully install the light module (4).
(5) Tighten the quick release fasteners (3).
items.
(7) Carefully close the Fwd Attendant Panel (FAP) door (2). Make sure
that you hear a click when the door (2) locks in position.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-058
breaker(s):
170RH.
Subtask 23-73-12-740-052
C. Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-12-862-052

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 410
Nov 01/01

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-000-004
Removal of the Audio Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (CIDS)
Power
Page
23-73-12-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-056
R A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 411
Nov 01/01

SYR
R Subtask 23-73-12-970-053
R follows:
860-003)
R indication.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-73-12-991-004)
Subtask 23-73-12-020-054
A. Removal of the audio module
(1) Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the Fwd Attendant
Panel (FAP) door (2).
(2) Loosen the quick release fasteners (3) from the audio module (4).
(3) Carefully pull the audio module (4) until you can see the electrical
connection (5).
(5) Remove the audio module (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 412
Nov 01/01

SYR
Audio Module
Figure 403/TASK 23-73-12-991-004

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 413
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-400-004
Installation of the Audio Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
R
23-73-12-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-057
R A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
R 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 414
Nov 01/01

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-73-12-991-004)
Subtask 23-73-12-420-054
A. Installation of the audio module
(4) Carefully install the audio module (4).
items.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-061
breaker(s):
170RH.
Subtask 23-73-12-740-053
C. Do the BITE test of the Cabin Inntercommunication Data system (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-12-862-053

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 415
Nov 01/01

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-000-005
R Removal of the Miscellaneous Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (CIDS)
Power
Page
23-73-12-991-005 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-059

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 416
Nov 01/01

SYR
R Subtask 23-73-12-970-054
R follows:
860-003)
R indication.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-73-12-991-005)
Subtask 23-73-12-020-056
A. Removal of the miscellaneous module
(1) Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the Forward
Attendant Panel (FAP) door (2).
(2) Loosen the quick release fasteners (3) from the miscellaneous module
(4).
(3) Carefully pull the miscellaneous module (4) until you can see the
electrical connection (5).
(5) Remove the miscellaneous module (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 417
Nov 01/01

SYR
Miscellaneous Module
Figure 404/TASK 23-73-12-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 418
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-12-400-005
Installation of the Miscellaneous Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
R
23-73-12-991-005 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-058
R A. Make sure that aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-
R 41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-062
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 419
Nov 01/01

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 23-73-12-991-005)
Subtask 23-73-12-420-055
A. Installation of the miscellaneous Module
(4) Carefully install the light module (4).
items.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-063
breaker(s):
170RH
Subtask 23-73-12-740-054
C. Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-12-862-054

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 420
Nov 01/01

SYR
R TASK 23-73-12-960-001
R Replacement of the Switchguard from the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
R 2. ______________________
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-73-00-710-004 Operational Test of the Emergency Evacuation (EVAC)

R Signalling System
R 23-73-00-740-003 BITE Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
R (CIDS) through the PTP
R External Power
R 33-51-00-710-007 Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the
R Cabin by LIGHT EMER Pushbutton Switch
R 23-73-12-991-007 Fig. 405
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 23-73-12-861-062

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 421
May 01/03

SYR
Subtask 23-73-12-865-073
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 23-73-12-991-007)
Subtask 23-73-12-960-050
R A. Replacement of the Switchguard from the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

R
(1) Replace the Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).
(a) Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the cover (2) of
the Forward Attendant Panel (3).
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE FRONT PLATE OF THE

_______
FORWARD ATTENDANT PANEL. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE.
(b) Carefully push the locking-pin (4) with a PIN - NON METALLIC (7)
from one side until you get access to one end of the locking-pin
(4).
(c) Carefully pull the locking-pin (4) at its end and remove it.
(d) Carefully remove the switchguard (5).
(e) Carefully pull the brackets (6) until they have the correct
position for the new switchguard and hold them in this position.
(f) Put the new switchguard (5) in position and carefully push the
locking-pin (4) into the brackets (6).
NOTE : Make sure that the locking-pin (4) has the correct
____
position and is fully locked.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 422
May 01/05

SYR
R Replacement: Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
R Figure 405/TASK 23-73-12-991-007

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 423
May 01/03

SYR
Subtask 23-73-12-865-074
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-12-740-058
C. Do the BITE Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

through the PTP (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003).
Subtask 23-73-12-710-051
D. Do this (these) test(s) for the pushbuttons(s) where you have replaced
the Switchguard(s).
(1) For the Switchguard-replacement of the LIGHT EMER-pushbutton :

- Do the Operational Test of the EMER LT SYS (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-
007).
(2) For the Switchguard-replacement of the EVAC CMD-pushbutton :

- Do the Operational Test of the Emergency Evacuation Signalling
System (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-12-862-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-12

Page 424
May 01/05
R
SYR
ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) (126RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-13-000-001
R Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (126RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-13-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-13-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-13

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-13-020-050
R A. Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)
(1) Remove the cover (1) from the AAP (2).
(3) Pull and lower the AAP (2) and disconnect the electrical connector
(5).
(4) Remove the AAP (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-13

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
R Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-13-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-13

Page 403
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-13-400-001
R Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (126RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-13-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-13-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-13-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-13

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-13-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-13-420-050
R A. Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the AAP (2).
(6) Install the AAP (2) with the screws (3) and the washers (4).
(7) Install the cover (1) on the AAP (2) and make sure it locks into
position with a click.
items.
Subtask 23-73-13-865-052
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-13-740-050
R C. Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-13

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-13-862-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-13

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY (591RH,592RH,593RH,594RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-14-000-001
Removal of the Lavatory Call Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-055

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-14-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-14-020-050
R A. Removal of the Lavatory Call Light
(1) Remove the lens (4) from the lavatory call light (3).
(2) Release the spring clips (1), pull and lower the lavatory call light
(3).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and remove the lavatory call
light (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
Lavatory Call Light
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-14-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-14-400-001
Installation of the Lavatory Call Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-14-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-050

R
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-14-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-14-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-14-420-050
R A. Installation of the Lavatory Call Light
(3) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the lavatory call light (3).
(4) Install the lavatory call light (3) and make sure that the spring
R clips (1) lock in position with a click.
(5) Install the lens (4) on the lavatory call light (3).
items.
Subtask 23-73-14-865-052
breaker(s):
R 154RH, 155RH, 163RH, 164RH, 165RH, 166RH, 167RH, 168RH.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-14-869-051
C. Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is

energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
Subtask 23-73-14-710-050
D. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin, at the related In the cabin, at the related lavatory:

lavatory:
R - Push the lavatory call - The lavatory call light flashes.

pushbutton switch.
- Push the lavatory call - The lavatory call light goes off.
pushbutton switch again.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-14-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 406
May 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-73-14-000-006
R Removal of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-14-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 407
May 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-14-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-14-991-006)
R NOTE : If the seat row call/numbering light has LEDs, it is necessary to

____
R remove the Printed Circuit Board (PCB) (Ref. AMM 23-73-49 Board -
R Printed Circuit).
Subtask 23-73-14-020-055
R A. Removal of the seat row call/numbering light
R (1) Put a small screwdriver between the switch panel cover (4) and the
R Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU).
R (2) Push the switch panel cover (4) carefully down until the lug (3) is
R released.
R
R (3) Pull the switch panel cover (4) in the direction of the arrow until
R the lugs (5) are released.
R (4) Remove the seat row call/numbering light (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 408
May 01/06

SYR
R Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
Figure 402/TASK 23-73-14-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 409
May 01/06

SYR
TASK 23-73-14-400-006
R Installation of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-14-991-006 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-057
A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 23-73-14-865-066
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 410
May 01/06

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-14-991-006)
R NOTE : If the Seatrow Call/Numbering Light is equipped with LED technologie,

____
R install the complete Printed Circuit Board (Ref. AMM 23-73-49 Board -
R Printed Circuit).
Subtask 23-73-14-420-055
A. Installation of the seatrow call/numbering light
(1) Install the seatrow call/numbering light (2).
(2) Put the switch panel cover (4) in position on the PSIU. Move it
carefully in the opposite arrow direction until the lugs (5) engage
into the recesses of the PSIU. Push the switch panel cover (4) up
until the lug (3) engages into the recess (1) of the PSIU.
NOTE : Make sure that the switch panel cover (4) is correctly
____
attached.
Subtask 23-73-14-865-067
breaker(s):
154RH, 155RH, 163RH, 164RH, 165RH, 166RH, 167RH, 168RH
Subtask 23-73-14-869-052


EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 411
Nov 01/00

SYR
Subtask 23-73-14-710-055
D. Do this test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin:
- close all passenger/crew doors.
2. In the cabin: In the cabin:
- open a passenger/crew door. - all seatrow call/numbering lights

come on.
3. On the Programming and Test Panel On the PTP 110RH:

(PTP) 110RH:
- push the DISPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page comes on.
switch.
- push the SYSTEM TEST related - the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
membrane switch.

switch until PAX CALL LAMPS
comes on.
- push the PAX CALL LAMPS related - the PAX CALL LAMPS test page comes on
membrane switch. with the flashing message:
WAIT FOR RESPONSE.
- after not many seconds the

WAIT FOR RESPONSE message changes to:
ATA 23-73-14
TEST OK.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-14-862-055
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-14

Page 412
Nov 01/00
R
SYR
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL (110RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-18-000-001
R Removal of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-19-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Assignment Module (115RH)

R External Power
Page
23-73-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-18-970-050
R A. Access to the trouble-shooting data
R (1) If required, print the trouble-shooting data as follows:
(a) Get access to the (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003)
R (b) Print the trouble-shooting data.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-18

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-18-861-050
R B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-18-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-18-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-18-020-050
R A. Removal of the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(1) Open the access door (10).
R (2) Remove the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-19-000-001)
(3) Remove the screws (7), the washers (8) and the cover (9).
R (5) Pull and lower the PTP (1) with the brackets (2) until you can see
R the electrical connector (11).
R (6) Disconnect the electrical connector (11) from the PTP (1).
R
R (7) Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the brackets (2) from the
R PTP (1).
R
R (8) Remove the PTP (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-18

Page 402
Nov 01/06

SYR
Programming and Test Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-18-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-18

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-18-400-001
Installation of the Programming and Test Panel (110RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-19-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Assignment Module (115RH)
R External Power
R
23-73-18-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-18-861-051

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-18-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-18

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-18-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-18-420-050
A. Installation of the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
(3) Install the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-19-400-001)
(4) Install the brackets (2) to the PTP (1) with the screws (3) and the
washers (4).
(6) Connect the electrical connector (11) to the PTP (1).
(7) Install the PTP (1) with the screws (5) and the washers (6).
(8) Install the cover (9) with the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(9) Close the access door (10).
items.
Subtask 23-73-18-865-052
breaker(s):
161RH
Subtask 23-73-18-740-050
C. Do the BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-18

Page 405
May 01/07
R
SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-18-862-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-18

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT (115RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-19-000-001
Removal of the Cabin Assignment Module (115RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
23-73-19-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-19-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-19-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-19

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-19-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-19-020-050
R A. Removal of the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
(1) Unlock the quick-release fasteners (2).
R (2) Remove the CAM (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-19

Page 402
May 01/06

SYR
Cabin Assignment Module (115RH) - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-19-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-19

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-19-400-001
Installation of the Cabin Assignment Module (115RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-860-002 Cabin Layout Selection
R External Power
R
23-73-19-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-19-861-051

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-19-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-19

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-19-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-19-420-050
A. Installation of the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
(3) Install the CAM (1).
(4) Lock the quick-release fasteners (2).
items.
Subtask 23-73-19-865-053
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-19-740-050
R C. Do the BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-19-860-051
R A. Make sure that the required cabin layout is selected in the CAM.
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-19

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-19-862-050
R B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-19

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-22-000-001
R Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel (320RH,321RH,322RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
23-73-22-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-22-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-22-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-22-020-051
A. Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
(1) Remove the AIP from the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a) Remove the section hose (1) from one side of the mounting rail
(2).
(b) Pull and lower the related PSIU (3) to get access to the AIP.
(c) Apply a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL to the cover (4) of the AIP (9) and
carefully remove the cover.
(d) Remove the screws (6), the washers (5) and the nuts (7).
(e) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).
(f) Remove the AIP (9).
(g) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(2) Remove the AIP from the cabin
(a) Apply a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL to the cover (4) of the AIP (9) and
carefully remove the cover.
(b) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (5).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (8).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 402
May 01/07
R
SYR
Attendant Indication Panel
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-22-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
R (d) Remove the AIP (9).
(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 404
May 01/06

SYR
TASK 23-73-22-400-001
R Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel (320RH,321RH,322RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-22-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-22-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-22-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-22-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-22-420-051
A. Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
(1) Install the AIP in the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(c) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (8).
(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Connect the electrical connector (8) to the AIP (9).
(f) Attach the AIP (9) to the PSIU (3) with the screws (6), the
washers (5) and the nuts (7).
R (g) Install the cover (4) on the AIP (9) and make sure that it locks
R in position with a click.
(h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(i) Install the section hose (1) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD on the mounting rail (2).
(j) Make sure that the section hose is not stretched.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 406
Nov 01/06

SYR
(k) Move the pulley assembly quickly forward and rearward to prevent
this.
(2) Install the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) in the cabin
(a) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(c) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (8).
(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(e) Connect the electrical connector (8) to AIP (9).
(f) Attach the AIP (9) with the screws (6) and the washers (5).
(g) Install the cover (4) on the AIP (9) and make sure that it locks
in position with a click.
(h) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 23-73-22-865-052
breaker(s):
162RH, 153RH.
Subtask 23-73-22-740-050
R C. Do the BITE-test of the CIDS.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-22-862-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-22

Page 407
May 01/07

SYR
DIRECTOR - CIDS (101RH,102RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-34-000-001
Removal of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-34-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at zone 128.
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 401
May 01/11

SYR
Subtask 23-73-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-34-020-050
A. Removal of the CIDS Director
(3) Pull the CIDS director (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the
(4) Remove the CIDS director (5) from its rack (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 402
May 01/11

SYR
CIDS Director
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-34-400-001
Installation of the CIDS Director (101RH,102RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 23-73-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-34-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 404
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-73-34-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
Subtask 23-73-34-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-34-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-34-420-050
A. Installation of the CIDS Directors
NOTE : The installation procedures of the two CIDS Directors are not the
____
same.
(1) Installation of the CIDS Director 1
(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 405
Nov 01/10

SYR
(e) Install the CIDS director 1(5) on its rack (2).
(f) Push the CIDS director 1(5) on its rack (2) to connect the
(g) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
(2) Installation of the CIDS Director 2
(a) Remove the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001).
(c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
(d) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(e) Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(f) Install the CIDS director 2(5) on its rack (2).
(g) Push the CIDS director 2(5) on its rack (2) to connect the
(h) Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
(i) Close the related circuit breakers of the CIDS Director 2 to

automatically put the data content of the CAM (Cabin Assignment
Module) in the CIDS.
CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE CIDS DIRECTOR 2

_______
BEFORE A MINIMUM OF THREE MINUTES AFTER YOU CLOSE THIS
CIRCUIT BREAKER.
(j) Open the circuit breaker of the CIDS director 2.
(k) Install the CIDS director 1(5) on its rack (2).
(l) Close the related circuit breakers of the CIDS directors 1 and 2.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-34-865-052
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 101RH
FOR 102RH
Subtask 23-73-34-740-050
R C. Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
R Subtask 23-73-34-862-050
R B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-34

Page 407
Nov 01/07

SYR
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-38-000-001
Removal of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 PIN - NON METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-38-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-38-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-38-865-050
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R 2000VU PASSENGER READING LIGHT 6LW G06
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-38-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-38-020-050
R A. Removal of the power unit for the passenger reading light
R (1) Open the Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU).

R
R (a) Remove the section hose (9) from one side of the mounting rail
R (8).
R
R (b) Pull and lower the PSIU (1).
R NOTE : Be careful when you work on the lowered PSIU. If you use
____
R too much force, it is easy to move the PSIU in the
R mounting rail too much. This can cause damage to the hinge
R in the mounting rail.
R (2) Disconnect the electrical connectors.
R CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
R DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
R DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
Power Unit - Removal/Installation
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-38-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
R (a) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the PCB (2).
R
R (b) Disconnect the electrical connector (5) from the reading light
R (7).
R (3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (4) Remove the plastic rivets (3) with a PIN - NON METALLIC.
R (5) Remove the power unit.
R CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL A PRINTED CIRCUIT

_______
R BOARD. DO NOT TOUCH IT DIRECTLY. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE
R TO THIS COMPONENT.
R (a) Hold the PCB (2) at its sides and remove it from the PSIU (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-38-400-001
Installation of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMP169994-1 1 CRIMPING DEVICE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
33-25-00-710-001 Operational test of the Passenger Reading Light
System
23-73-38-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-38-861-051

R
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-38-865-051
tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-38-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-38-560-050
A. Preparation of the Replacement Component
(1) If necessary, make the electrical cable (6) shorter and install the
electrical TERMINAL-CABLE (10) with the CRIMPING DEVICE (AMP169994-
1).
(2) Put the HOUSING (11) over the cable terminal (10) and make sure that
the housings engage correctly.
Subtask 23-73-38-420-050
R B. Installation of the power unit for the passenger reading light
R (1) Install the power unit.
R CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL A PRINTED CIRCUIT

_______
R BOARD. DO NOT TOUCH IT DIRECTLY. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE
R TO THIS COMPONENT.
R NOTE : Be careful when you work on the lowered PSIU. If you use too
____
R much force, it is easy to move the PSIU in the mounting rail
R too much. This can cause damage to the hinge in the mounting
R rail.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
R (a) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
R
R (b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R
R (c) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
R
R (d) Carefully install the PCB (2) on the PSIU (1) with new plastic
R rivets (3).
R (2) Connect the electrical connectors.
R CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
R CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
R INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
R EQUIPMENT.
R (a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R
R (b) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R
R (c) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the reading light (7).
R
R (d) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the PCB (2).
R (3) Close the PSIU.
items.
R (5) Lift the PSIU (1) and engage it in the mounting rail (8).
R (6) Install the section hose (9) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) to the mounting rail (8).
NOTE : Make sure that the section hose is not expanded. Move the
____
pulley assemble forward and rearward to prevent this.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 407
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-38-865-054
breaker(s):
1LW, 2LW, 3LW, 4LW, 5LW, 6LW.
Subtask 23-73-38-710-050
D. Do the operational test of the passenger reading light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-38-862-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 408
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-38-960-002
Replacement of the Power Unit Fuses for the Passenger Reading Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
the External Power
System
23-73-38-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-38-861-055

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 409
May 01/07
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-38-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000VU PASSENGER READING LIGHT 6LW G06
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-38-991-002)
Subtask 23-73-38-960-051
A. Replacement of the Power Unit Fuses for the Passenger Reading Light
(1) Remove the section hose (1) from one side of the mounting rail (2).
R (2) Pull and lower the PSIU (1).
R (3) Replace the fuse from the power unit (4).
Subtask 23-73-38-865-065
breaker(s):
1LW, 2LW, 3LW, 4LW, 5LW, 6LW.
Subtask 23-73-38-710-053
R C. Do the operational test of the Passenger Reading Light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-38-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 410
May 01/07

SYR
Fuses - Power Unit
Figure 402/TASK 23-73-38-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-73-38

Page 411
May 01/07

SYR
__________________________________________________________________________
CRADLE - HANDSET (130RH,132RH,330RH1,330RH11,330RH9,332RH1,332RH11,332RH9)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 23-73-44-000-001
Removal of the Handset/Cradle (330RH,332RH)

R
NOTE : The procedure for the cockpit handset/cradle is the same as the
____
procedure for the cabin handset/cradle.
R NOTE : The handset cradles have a handset cradle cover and a handset cradle
____
R mounting.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-44-991-006-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-44-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 401
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-73-44-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 130RH
FOR 330RH1, 330RH3, 330RH7, 330RH8, 330RH9, 330RH11, 330RH13, 330RH14
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-44-991-006-A)
R Subtask 23-73-44-020-050-A
R A. Removal of the Handset/Cradle
R (1) Lift the handset (7) from the handset cradle cover (4).
R (2) Remove the screws (6) with the washers (5).
R (3) Remove the handset cradle cover (4).
R (4) Remove and discard the cable tie (9).
R (5) Carefully pull the cable (8) and the electrical connector (10) from
R the cradle mounting (1).
R (6) Release the spring latches (11) and carefully disconnect the
R electrical connector (10).
R (7) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
R (8) Remove the screws (3), the washers (2) and the handset cradle
R mounting (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
R Handset/Cradle
R Figure 401/TASK 23-73-44-991-006-A

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 403
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-44-400-001
Installation of the Handset/Cradle (330RH,332RH)

R
NOTE : The procedure for the cockpit handset/cradle is the same as the
____
procedure for the cabin handset/cradle.
R NOTE : The handset cradles have a handset cradle cover and a handset cradle
____
R mounting.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific cable tie

No specific 08-720-LOCTITE D2617
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-44-991-006-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-44-861-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 404
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-73-44-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 130RH
FOR 330RH1, 330RH3, 330RH7, 330RH8, 330RH9, 330RH11, 330RH13, 330RH14
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-44-991-006-A)
R Subtask 23-73-44-420-050-A
R A. Installation of the Handset/Cradle
R (1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.
R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
R (3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
R (4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
R condition.
R (5) Put the cable and the electrical connector (10) through the hole of
R the handset cradle mounting (1).
R (6) Install the handset cradle mounting (1) with the washers (2) and the
R screws (3).
R (7) Connect the electrical connector (10).
R (8) Safety the electrical connector (10) with the spring latches (11).
R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE
_______
R CONNECTOR IN THE FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES
R PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE
R RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIT.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 405
May 01/07

SYR
(9) Install the connected electrical connector (10) on the handset cradle
mounting (1).
(10) Install a new cable tie (9).
(11) Install the cable (8) in its clips on the handset cradle mounting
(1).
(12) Put a drop of adhesive 08-720-LOCTITE D2617 into the two threaded
inserts of the handset cradle cover (4).
WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
NOTE : The use of adhesive is applicable for HOLMBERG handsets only.

____
(13) Install the handset cradle cover (4) with the washers (5) and the
screws (6) on the handset cradle mounting (1).
(14) Put the handset (7) in the handset cradle cover (4).
items.
Subtask 23-73-44-865-052
breaker(s):
R FOR 330RH
R 153RH, 162RH
R FOR 130RH
R 150RH, 151RH.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 406
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-73-44-710-050
R C. Do the test of the handset(s) that you have installed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on the main

R instrument panel 301VU:
R - turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary
R knob fully cw.
R FOR 130RH
R 2. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the audio control

R control panel: panel:
R - push and turn the PA rotary - the integral light of the PA rotary
R knob fully cw. knob comes on.
R 3. In the cockpit:
R - lift the handset from the In the cabin, on all Attendant

R cradle. Indication panels (AIP):
R - push and hold the PTT switch - the message PA ALL IN USE shows.
R and make an announcement.
R In the cabin:
R On all AIPs:
R - release the PTT switch and put - PA ALL IN USE goes off.
R the handset back in the cradle.
R 4. In the cockpit, on the audio In the cockpit, on the audio control

R control panel: panel:
R - push to reset and turn the PA - the integral light of the PA rotary
R rotary knob fully ccw. knob goes off.
R 5. In the cockpit, on the main

R instrument panel 301VU:
R - turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary
R knob ccw.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 407
Nov 01/09

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FOR 330RH
R NOTE : This is an example procedure for one attendant station handset. The
____
R test of each attendant station handset follows the same procedure as
R the test of the forward attendant-station handset.
R 6. At the forward attendant station: On the forward AIP:
R - lift the handset from the - # comes on.

cradle.
R On the handset:
R - you hear a dial tone.
R NOTE : The handset can have a PA pushbutton switch and an ALL pushbutton
____
R switch installed as an alternative to the PA ALL pushbutton switch.
R In this PA + ALL configuration, it is necessary to push the PA
R pushbutton switch first, and then the ALL pushbutton switch. Then the
R PA ALL function will start operation.
R 7. On the handset: On the handset:
R - push the PA ALL pushbutton - the dial tone stops.

R switch.
R On the forward AIP:

R - # goes off,
R - the message PA ALL comes on.
R In the cabin:
R - push and hold the PTT and the - you hear a tone.
R PA ALL pushbutton switches (or
R the PTT and the PA pushbutton
R switches) at the same time.
R - release the PTT and the PA ALL - the tone stops.

R pushbutton switches (or the PTT
R and the PA pushbutton
R switches).
R 8. At the forward attendant station: In the cabin:
R - put the handset back in the All indications go off.

R cradle.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 408
Nov 01/09

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-44-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-44

Page 409
Nov 01/09

SYR
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 23-73-46-000-001
R Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
Page
23-73-46-991-001 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 200RH1, 200RH2

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-46-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-46-970-050
B. Trouble Shooting Data
R energized.
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
(2) If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as
follows:
- get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-003)
- on this page, push the line key adjacent to the CIDS1 (2)
indication.
- on the CIDS1 (2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA indication to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
- print the Trouble Shooting Data page.
Subtask 23-73-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-46-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Put a stepladder below the related access panel.
(2) Removal of the forward utility area - ceiling panel
(a) FOR 200RH1, 200RH2

remove 221AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001)
(3) Removal of the related cove light panel
(a) FOR 200RH3, 200RH4

remove 231JW, 232JW.
(b) FOR 200RH5, 200RH6

remove 231QW, 232QW
(c) FOR 200RH7, 200RH8

remove 231WW, 232WW
(d) FOR 200RH9, 200RH10

remove 231ZW, 232ZW
(e) FOR 200RH11, 200RH12

remove 241QW, 242QW
(f) FOR 200RH13, 200RH14

remove 241WW, 242WW
(g) FOR 200RH15, 200RH16

remove 251FW, 252FW
(h) FOR 200RH17, 200RH18

remove 251MW, 252MW
(i) FOR 200RH19, 200RH20

remove 251TW, 252TW
(j) FOR 200RH21, 200RH22

remove 251ZW, 252ZW
(k) FOR 200RH23, 200RH24

remove 251CX, 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 403
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(4) Removal of the aft utility area - ceiling panel
(a) FOR 200RH25, 200RH26

remove 261AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-46-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-46-020-051
A. Removal of the DEU-A
(1) Remove the locking springs (7) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2) and (3).
(2) Push the locking catch (5) and carefully remove the DEU A (1) from
the mounting bracket (6).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 404
Nov 01/10

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-46

Page 405
Nov 01/01

SYR
Decoder/Encoder Unit A

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 406
Nov 01/01
R
SYR
Decoder/Encoder Unit A

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 407
Nov 01/01
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-46-400-001
R Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-46-991-001 Fig. 401
Area

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 408
Nov 01/06

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-46-860-050

R
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (1) Make sure that the stepladder is below the related access panel.
R (2) Make sure that the forward utility area - ceiling panel is removed.
- FOR 200RH1, 200RH2

221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001)
R (3) Make sure that the related cove light panel is removed.
- FOR 200RH3, 200RH4

231JW, 232JW
- FOR 200RH5, 200RH6

231QW, 232QW
- FOR 200RH7, 200RH8

231WW, 232WW
- FOR 200RH9, 200RH10

231ZW, 232ZW
- FOR 200RH11, 200RH12

241QW ,242QW
- FOR 200RH13, 200RH14

241WW, 242WW
- FOR 200RH15, 200RH16

251FW, 252FW
- FOR 200RH17, 200RH18

251MW, 252MW
- FOR 200RH19, 200RH20

251TW, 252TW
- FOR 200RH21, 200RH22

251ZW, 252ZW

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 409
May 01/07

SYR
- FOR 200RH23, 200RH24
251CX, 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001)
R (4) Make sure that the aft utility area - ceiling panel is removed.
- FOR 200RH25, 200RH26

261AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002)
Subtask 23-73-46-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-46-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-46-420-050
A. Installation of the DEU-A
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2), (3) and
(4).
condition.
(5) Carefully install the DEU A (1) into the mounting bracket (6). Make
sure that the DEU A (1) is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 410
May 01/07

SYR
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (2) and (3) to the DEU A (1) and
safety with the locking springs (7).
Subtask 23-73-46-865-052
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-46-869-050

energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
Subtask 23-73-46-710-050
D. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on the circuit

R breaker panel 121VU:
- open the circuit breaker DIR

1/2 NORM 151RH.
R 2. In the cockpit, on the circuit In the cockpit, on the ECAM upper

R breaker panel 49VU: display unit:
R - open the circuit breaker DIR - the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT shows.
1/2 ESS 150RH.
- after 10 seconds close the

circuit breaker DIR 1/2 ESS
150RH.


EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 411
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - close the circuit breaker DIR - the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT goes
R 1/2 NORM 151RH. off.
NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you start

____
the next test step.
- after 5 minutes the CIDS CAUT light

stays off.
4. On the CFDS MCDU: On the CFDS MCDU:
- push the MENU pushbutton - the MCDU MENU page shows.

switch.

selection key.

related line selection key.
- push the COM related line - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page
selection key. shows.
- push the CIDS1 related line - the CIDS 1(ACT) page shows.
selection key.
- push the TEST related line - the CIDS 1(ACT) TEST page shows.
selection key.
- push the DEU A related line - the CIDS 1(ACT) CIDS DEU A TEST page
selection key. shows the message:
ATA 23-73-46
TEST IN PROGRESS.
- after some seconds the message

changes from:
TEST IN PROGRESS to
TEST OK.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 412
Nov 01/10

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-46-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the forward utility area - ceiling panel.
- FOR 200RH1, 200RH2

install 221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001)
(3) Install the related cove light panel.
- FOR 200RH3, 200RH4

install 231JW, 232JW
- FOR 200RH5, 200RH6

install 231QW, 232QW
- FOR 200RH7, 200RH8

install 231WW, 232WW
- FOR 200RH9, 200RH10

install 231ZW, 232ZW
- FOR 200RH11, 200RH12

install 241QW, 242QW
- FOR 200RH13, 200RH14

install 241WW, 242WW
- FOR 200RH15, 200RH16

install 251FW, 252FW
- FOR 200RH17, 200RH18

install 251MW, 252MW
- FOR 200RH19, 200RH20

install 251TW, 252TW
- FOR 200RH21, 200RH22

install 251ZW, 252ZW
- FOR 200RH23, 200RH24

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 413
Nov 01/01

SYR
install 251CX, 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001)
(4) Install the aft utility area - ceiling panel.
- FOR 200RH25, 200RH26

install 261AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002)
Subtask 23-73-46-862-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-46

Page 414
May 01/07

SYR
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 23-73-47-000-001
R Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
Page
23-73-47-991-001 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 300RH1
FOR FIN 300RH4
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-47-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 23-73-47-970-050
B. Trouble Shooting Data
R energized.
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
(2) If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as
follows:
- get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-
860-003)
- on this page, push the line key adjacent to the CIDS1 (2)
indication.
- on the CIDS1 (2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA indication to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
- print the Trouble Shooting Data page.
Subtask 23-73-47-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-47-010-050
D. Get Access
(2) Remove the forward utility-area ceiling panel.
- FOR 300RH1
remove 221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 402
Nov 01/09

SYR
(3) Remove the upper sidewall panel.
(a) FOR 300RH4

remove 242QW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001)
(4) Remove the aft utility-area ceiling panel.
(a) FOR 300RH5, 300RH6

remove 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-47-991-001)
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
_______
THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL CAUSE
Subtask 23-73-47-020-051
A. Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) B
(1) Remove the locking spring (7) and disconnect the electrical
connectors (2) and (3).
(2) Press the locking catch (5) and carefully remove the DEU B (1) from
the mounting tray (6).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 403
Nov 01/10

SYR
Decoder/Encoder Unit B.
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-47-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 404
Nov 01/01
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-47-400-001
R Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-47-991-001 Fig. 401
FOR FIN 300RH1
Area
FOR FIN 300RH4
25-23-43-000-001 Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-43-400-001 Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 405
Nov 01/06

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-47-860-050

R
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the stepladder is below the related access panel.
(3) Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling panel is removed.
- FOR 300RH1
221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001)
(4) Make sure that the upper sidewall panel is removed.
- FOR 300RH4
242QW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001)
(5) Make sure that the aft utility-area ceiling panel is removed.
- FOR 300RH5, 300RH6

261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002)
Subtask 23-73-47-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 406
Nov 01/06

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-47-991-001)
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT
_______
THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL CAUSE
Subtask 23-73-47-420-050
A. Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) B
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2), (3) and
(4).
condition.
(5) Carefully install the DEU B (1) into the mounting tray (6). Make sure
that the DEU B (1) is correctly aligned to prevent damage to the
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (2) and (3) to the DEU B (1) and
safety with the locking springs (7).
Subtask 23-73-47-865-052
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-47-869-050

energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 407
Nov 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-73-47-710-050
D. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on the circuit

R breaker panel 121VU:
- open the circuit breaker DIR

1/2 NORM 151RH.
R 2. In the cockpit, on the circuit In the cockpit, on the ECAM upper

R breaker panel 49VU: display unit:
R - open the circuit breaker DIR - the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT shows.
1/2 ESS 150RH.
- after 10 seconds close the

circuit breaker DIR 1/2 ESS
150RH.

R - close the circuit breaker DIR - the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT goes
R 1/2 NORM 151RH. off.
NOTE : Wait 5 minutes before you start

____
the next test step.
- after 5 minutes the CIDS CAUT light

stays off.
4. On the CFDS MCDU: On the CFDS MCDU:
- push the MENU pushbutton - the MCDU MENU page shows.

switch.

selection key.

related line selection key.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 408
Nov 01/10

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - push the COM related line - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page
R selection key. shows.
R - push the CIDS1 related line - the CIDS 1(ACT) page shows.
selection key.
R - push the TEST related line - the CIDS 1(ACT) TEST page shows.
selection key.
R - push the DEU B related line - the CIDS 1(ACT) CIDS DEU B TEST page
R selection key. shows the message:
R ATA 23-73-47
R TEST IN PROGRESS.
R - after some seconds the message

R changes from
R TEST IN PROGRESS to
R TEST OK.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-47-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the forward utility-area ceiling panel.
- FOR 300RH1
install 221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001)
(3) Install the upper sidewall panel.

- FOR 300RH4
install 242QW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001)
(4) Install the aft utility-area ceiling panel.
- FOR 300RH5, 300RH6

install 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 409
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-73-47-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-47

Page 410
Nov 01/06

SYR
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 23-73-48-000-001
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-46-000-001 Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)

23-73-47-000-001 Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
R External Power
23-73-48-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-48-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-48-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-48-010-050
C. Get Access
(2) Remove the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001), or
the forward utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001),
or the aft utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-48-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-48-020-050
A. Removal of the DEU A/DEU B -Mount
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the DEU mount (1).
(3) Remove the related DEU A (Ref. TASK 23-73-46-000-001) or DEU B

(Ref. TASK 23-73-47-000-001).
(4) Remove the screws (3) and washers (4).
(5) Remove the DEU mount (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 402
Nov 01/10

SYR
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

23-73-48

Page 403
Aug 01/98

SYR
Mount DEU A / DEU B

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
Mount DEU A / DEU B

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 405
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-48-400-001
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-46-400-001 Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
23-73-47-400-001 Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
External Power
Area
23-73-48-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-48-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the stepladder is below the related access panel.
(3) Make sure that the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-
001), or the forward utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-
000-001), or the aft utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-
000-002) is removed.
Subtask 23-73-48-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-48-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-48-420-050
A. Installation of the DEU A/DEU B-Mount

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 407
Nov 01/10
R
SYR
(3) Install the DEU mount (1) with the screws (3) and washers (4).
R (4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector to the DEU mount (1).
(7) Remove the cover (5) from the DEU mount (1).
(8) Set the coding switches to the same position as shown on the label.
(9) Install the cover (5).
(10) Install the related DEU A (Ref. TASK 23-73-46-400-001) or DEU B

(Ref. TASK 23-73-47-400-001).
Subtask 23-73-48-865-052
breaker(s):
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-48-740-050
C. Do the BITE-test of the CIDS.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 408
Nov 01/10

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-48-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001), or
the forward utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001),
or the aft utility-areaceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002).
Subtask 23-73-48-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-48

Page 409
Nov 01/10

SYR
BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 23-73-49-000-001
R Removal of the Printed Circuit Board
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-49-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-49-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-49-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-49-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-49-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-49-020-050
R A. Removal of the Printed Circuit Board (PCB) with Bulbs or LEDs and the
R Passenger Call Switches
(1) Remove the section hose (7) from one side of the mounting rail (6).
(2) Pull and lower the related Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(3).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the PCB (1).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 402
Nov 01/09

SYR
Printed Circuit Board 2038VUA
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-49-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
(5) Put a small screwdriver under one lock-angle (5) of the retainer (4).
(6) Turn the screwdriver to lift the lock-angle (5) until it is released
and stays up.
(7) Do step (5) and (6) again on the opposite side of the retainer (4).
(8) On the side of the retainer (4) that you have access to, use the
screwdriver to push the lock-angle (5) in until the retainer is
released from its retaining groove.
(9) Lift the retainer (4) up and to the side at the same time to release
the retainer from the retaining groove on the opposite side.
(10) Remove the retainer (4).
(11) Do steps (3) thru (10) again for the remaining retainers (4).
R (12) Remove the PCB (1) with the Passenger Call Switches on it from the
R PSIU (3).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 404
Nov 01/09

SYR
TASK 23-73-49-400-001
R Installation of the Printed Circuit Board
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
R 33-25-00-710-001 Operational test of the Passenger Reading Light
R System
23-73-49-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-49-860-051

R
R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the applicable PSIU is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 405
Nov 01/06

SYR
(3) Make sure that the lock-angles (5) are loosely fitted on the
retainers (4).
Subtask 23-73-49-865-052
tagged
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
Subtask 23-73-49-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 406
Nov 01/06

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-49-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-49-420-050
R A. Installation of the Printed Circuit Board (PCB) with Bulbs or LEDs and
R the Passenger Call Switches
R (3) Install the PCB (1) with the Passenger Call Switches on it.
(4) Put the retainers (4) in position.
(5) Apply pressure to the lock-angels (5) on the two sides of the
retainers (4) and push it into the retaining groove.
(6) Click the clip of the lock-angle (5) into the retaining groove.
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connector (2) to the PCB (1).
items.
(11) Lift the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU) (3) and engage it
on the mounting rail (6).
(12) Install the section hose (7) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
(98A25207503000) on the mounting rail (6).
(13) Make sure that the section hose is not stretched.
(14) Move the pulley assembly quickly forward and then rearward to prevent
this.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 407
Nov 01/09

SYR
Subtask 23-73-49-865-050
breaker(s):
1LW, 2LW, 3LW, 4LW, 5LW, 6LW, 154RH, 155RH, 163RH, 164RH, 165RH, 166RH,
167RH, 168RH.
Subtask 23-73-49-860-052
C. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
(1) Energize the passenger reading light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001)
Subtask 23-73-49-710-050
D. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin, on the related On the related PSIU:

Passenger Service Information
Unit (PSIU):
- Push the passenger call - The seat row identification flashes.

pushbutton switch.
- Push to reset the passenger - The seat row identification stays on.
call pushbutton switch again.
- Push all the reading light - All the reading lights come on.
pushbutton switches.
- Push to reset all the reading - All the reading lights go off.
light pushbutton switches
again.
2. In the cockpit, on the overhead On the related PSIU:

panel 25VU:

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 408
Nov 01/09
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Set the SEAT BELTS switch to - The Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) sign comes
R the ON position. on.
R - Set the NO SMOKING switch to - The No Smoking (NS) sign comes on.
R the ON position.
R - Set the SEAT BELTS and the NO - The FSB and NS sign goes off.
R SMOKING switch to the OFF
R position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-49-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-49

Page 409
May 01/07

SYR
R LOUDSPEAKER (555RH,562RH,563RH,564RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-51-000-001
Removal of the Loudspeaker
WARNING : YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU OPEN THE PANELS 2000VU OR 2001VU AS
_______
THESE ARE IN A HIGH VOLTAGE AREA.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-51-991-001 Fig. 401
23-73-51-991-002 Fig. 402
23-73-51-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-51-861-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-51-020-050
R A. Removal of the Loudspeaker
R (1) Remove the loudspeaker from the PSIU and from the forward entrance
R area
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-51-991-001)
(5).
(b) Pull and lower the related PSIU (6) to get access to the
loudspeaker (2).
(c) Disconnect the eletrical connections (1) from the loudspeaker

(d) Release the spring clips (3) and remove the loudspeaker (2).
R
R (2) Remove the loudspeaker from the aft entrance area

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-51-991-001)
(5).
(b) Pull and lower the related PSIU (6) to get access to the
loudspeaker (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
Loudspeaker of the PSIU
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
(c) Disconnect the eletrical connections (1) from the loudspeaker
(d) Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the loudspeaker (2).
Subtask 23-73-51-020-066
B. Removal of the Loudspeaker
(1) Remove the loudspeaker from the circuit breaker panel 2001VU
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-51-991-002)
(a) Release the quick release fasteners (3) and let the circuit
breaker panel 2001VU (4) hang on the detent hook (5).
(b) Release the detent hook (5) and open the circuit breaker panel
2001VU (4).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connections (1) from the loudspeaker

(d) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8) from the loudspeaker
(6).
(e) Remove the loudspeaker (6).
Subtask 23-73-51-020-067-A
C. Removal of the Loudspeaker
(1) Remove the lavatory loudspeaker

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-73-51-991-005)
R (a) Open the service cabinet door (1).
(b) Remove the service box (9).
(c) Remove the screws (8) and the service cabinet door (1).
(d) Remove the screws (2) and the washers (3).
(e) Pull and lower the service cabinet (4).
R (f) Loosen the screw (10) and disconnect the flexible hose (11) from
R the air outlet.
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 404
May 01/10

SYR
Loudspeaker of the circuit breaker panel 2001VU
Figure 402/TASK 23-73-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 405
May 01/98

SYR
R Loudspeaker Lavatory
R Figure 403/TASK 23-73-51-991-005

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 406
Feb 01/00

SYR
R (g) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5).
R (h) Remove the loudspeaker (6) from the pins (7).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 407
May 01/10

SYR
TASK 23-73-51-400-002
Installation of the Loudspeaker
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-51-991-001 Fig. 401
23-73-51-991-002 Fig. 402
23-73-51-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-51-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(1) For loudspeaker in the PSIU:

- Make sure that the applicable PSIU is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 408
May 01/10
R
SYR
R (2) For loudspeaker of the circuit panel 2001VU:
- Make sure that the circuit breaker panel 2001VU hangs on the detent
hook.
R (3) For loudspeaker in the lavatories:

- Make sure that the service cabinet door is open and where
applicable the service cabinet is removed.
Subtask 23-73-51-865-077
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-51-420-050
R A. Installation of the loudspeaker
R (1) Install the loudspeaker in the PSIU and in the forward entrance area
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-51-991-001)

area.
R (c) Install the loudspeaker (2) in the PSIU (6) and make sure that
R the loudspeaker locks in position.
(d) Connect the electrical connections (1) to the loudspeaker

(e) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 409
May 01/07

SYR
(f) Install the section hose (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD to the mounting rail (5).
R NOTE : Make sure that the section hose is not expanded. Move the
____
R pulley assembly forward and rearward to the prevent this.
(2) Install the loudspeaker in the aft entrance area

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-51-991-001)

area.
(c) Install the loudspeaker (2) with the screws (8) and the washers
(9).
(d) Connect the electrical connections (1) to the loudspeaker

(e) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(f) Install the section hose (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
CORD to the mounting rail (5).
R NOTE : Make sure that the section hose is not expanded. Move the
____
R pulley assembly forward and rearward to the prevent this.
Subtask 23-73-51-420-064
B. Installation of the loudspeaker
(1) Install the loudspeaker in the circuit breaker panel 2001VU

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-51-991-002)

area.
(c) Install the loudspeaker (6) with the screws (7) and the washers
(8).
(d) Connect the electrical connections (1) to the electrical

connectors (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 410
May 01/10

SYR
(e) Install the circuit breaker panel 2001VU (4) with the quick
release fasteners (3).
Subtask 23-73-51-420-065-A
C. Installation of the loudspeaker
(1) Install the lavatory loudspeaker

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-73-51-991-005)

area.
R (c) Install the loudspeaker (6) on the pins (7).
(d) Make sure that the loudspeaker (6) locks in position.
(e) Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the loudspeaker (6).
NOTE : Make sure that you connect the electrical connector with
____
the + mark to the loudspeaker connection with the red
mark.
R (f) Lift the service cabinet (4), hold it, connect the flexible hose
R (11) and tighten the screw (10).
R (g) Put the service cabinet (4) in position and install the screws
(2) and the washers (3).
R (h) Install the service cabinet door (1) with the screws (8).
R (i) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
R (j) Install the service box (9).
R (k) Close the service cabinet door (1).
Subtask 23-73-51-865-051
breaker(s):
154RH, 155RH, 163RH, 164RH, 165RH, 166RH, 167RH, 168RH.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 411
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-73-51-869-062
E. Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is

energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
Subtask 23-73-51-710-059
F. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the cabin, on the Programming On the PTP:

and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
- push the DISPL ON membrane - the CIDS menu page shows.

switch.
- push the SYSTEM TEST related - the SYSTEM TEST page shows.
membrane switch.

switch until the message
LOUDSPEAKERS shows.
- push the LOUDSPEAKERS related - the LOUDSPEAKERS TEST page shows.

membrane switch.
NOTE : At some seat rows the passenger
____
call and seat row numbering
lights can go off.
- push the LOUDSPEAKER ON related

membrane switch.

- you hear a tone.
- push the RET related membrane - the tone stops.

switch.
- push the CONT related membrane On the PTP:

switch.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 412
May 01/10
R
SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the PAX CALL LAMPS related - the PAX CALL LAMPS TEST page shows.
membrane switch.
R - after some seconds the page shows the

R message:
R PAX CALL LAMPS
R ATA 23-73-14
R TEST OK.
In the cabin:
- all extinguished passenger call and

seat row numbering lights come on.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-51-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 413
May 01/07

SYR
Loudspeaker of the lavatory service cabinet panel
Figure 404/TASK 23-73-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 414
May 01/07
R
SYR
Loudspeaker of the lavatory service cabinet door
Figure 405/TASK 23-73-51-991-004

EFF :

ALL 23-73-51

Page 415
May 01/07

SYR
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT (581RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-62-000-001
R Removal of the Return to Seat sign
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-62-991-001 Fig. 401
23-73-62-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-861-056

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-62-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-62-020-050
R A. Removal of the Return to Seat sign from the upper service cabinet door
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-62-991-001)
(1) Lift the handle (7) to release the latch.
(2) Open the lower service cabinet door (6).
(3) Remove the upper cover (1) (where applicable).
(4) Remove the screws (5), the washers (4) and the upper service cabinet
door (8).
(5) Find the Return To Seat (RTS) sign (3).
(6) Disconnect the electrical connectors (10).
(7) Release the spring clips (2) and remove the RTS sign (3).
Subtask 23-73-62-020-056
R B. Removal of the Return to Seat sign from the service cabinet door
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-62-991-002)
(1) Lift the handle (6) to release the latch.
(2) Open the service cabinet door (5).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 402
Nov 01/08

SYR
Return to Seat Sign
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-62-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
Return To Seat Sign
Figure 402/TASK 23-73-62-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
(3) Find the Return To Seat (RTS) sign (4).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2).
(5) Release the spring clips (3) and remove the RTS sign (4).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 405
Nov 01/06
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-62-000-006
Removal of the Return to Seat sign (LED)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific blanking caps

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-62-991-006 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-861-059

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 406
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-73-62-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-62-020-057
A. Removal of the LED Return To Seat-Sign

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-73-62-991-006)
(1) Open the service cabinet door (1).
R (2) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3), the screws (2) and the
R restrainers (5).
(3) Remove the screws (6) and (7) and lower the service cabinet (8).
R (5) Disconnect the electrical connector razor (13) from the razor socket
R (12).
R Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
R (6) Remove the screws (9) and the passenger service unit (11).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 407
May 01/10

SYR
R Return To Seat-Sign with LEDs
Figure 403/TASK 23-73-62-991-006

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 408
Nov 01/03

SYR
TASK 23-73-62-400-001
Installation of the Return to Seat sign
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-62-991-001 Fig. 401
23-73-62-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the service cabinet door is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 409
Nov 01/08
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-62-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-62-420-050
R A. Installation of the Return to Seat sign in the upper service cabinet door
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-62-991-001)
R (3) Install the RTS sign (3) in the service unit (9).
R
NOTE : Make sure that you hear a click when the RTS sign locks in
____
position.
(4) Install the upper service cabinet door (8) with the washers (4) and
the screws (5).
(5) Install the upper cover (1) (where applicable).
items.
(7) Close the lower service cabinet door (6).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 410
Nov 01/08

SYR
Subtask 23-73-62-420-056
R B. Installation of the Return to Seat sign in the cabinet door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-62-991-002)
R (3) Install the RTS sign (4) in the service unit (1).
R
NOTE : Make sure that you hear a click when the RTS sign locks into
____
position.
items.
(5) Close the service cabinet door (5).
Subtask 23-73-62-865-052
breaker(s):
150RH, 154RH, 155RH, 163RH, 167RH, 168RH
Subtask 23-73-62-869-050
R D. Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is

R energized.
R (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 411
Nov 01/08

SYR
Subtask 23-73-62-710-050
R E. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. In the cockpit, on the overhead In the related lavatory:

R panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch to - the RTS sign comes on.
the ON position.
- set the SEAT BELTS switch to - the RTS sign goes off.
the OFF position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-62-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 412
Nov 01/08

SYR
TASK 23-73-62-400-006
R Installation of the Return to Seat sign (LED)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-62-991-006 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-860-052
(1) Make sure that aircraft electrical circuits are energized. (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Make sure that the service cabinet door is open.
Subtask 23-73-62-865-066
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 413
Nov 01/06

SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-62-420-057
A. Installation of the LED Return To Seat-Sign

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 23-73-62-991-006)
(3) Install the passenger service unit (11) with the screws (9) at the
service cabinet (8).
R (5) Connect the electrical connector razor (13) to the razor socket (12).
R (6) Install the service cabinet (8) with the screws (6) and (7).
R Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
R (7) Install the restrainers (5) with the nuts (4),the washers (3) and the
screws (2).
items.
R (9) Close the service cabinet door (1).
Subtask 23-73-62-865-067
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 414
May 01/10

SYR
R Subtask 23-73-62-869-051
R C. Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is

R energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001).
R Subtask 23-73-62-710-055
R D. Do this operational test.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the SIGNS panel 25VU: In the related lavatory:
R - set the SEAT BELTS switch to - the RTS sign comes on.
R the ON position.
R - set the SEAT BELTS switch to - the RTS sign goes off.
R the OFF position.
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 23-73-62-862-055

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-62

Page 415
Nov 01/98

SYR
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT (534RH,535RH) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________
TASK 23-73-63-000-001
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from the Passenger Service
R Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
23-73-63-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-63-861-052

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 401
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-63-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-63-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-63-020-050
A. Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt (NS/FSB) sign
(1) Removal of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs from the Passenger Service
Information Unit (PSIU)
(2).
(b) Pull and lower the PSIU (3) to get access to the NS/FSB sign (7).
(c) Release the spring clips (4) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and
remove the lens (5).
(d) Put identification on all the electrical wires, before you

disconnect them.
(e) Disconnect the electrical connectors (8) from the NS/FSB sign
(7).
(f) Release the spring clips (6) on both sides of the housing and
remove the NS/FSB sign (7).
R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
(2) Removal of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs from the Passenger Service
(2).
(b) Pull and lower the PSIU (3) to get access to the NS/FSB sign
(10).
(c) Release the spring clips (9) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and lower
the NS/FSB sign (10).
(d) Put identification on all the electrical wires, before you

disconnect them.
(e) Disconnect the electrical connector (11).
(f) Remove the NS/FSB sign housing (10).

R
R (3) Removal of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs from the C/B panels
R 2000VU/2001VU
(a) Release the quick release fasteners (20) and lower the C/B panel
(21).
(b) Release the detent hook (22) and lower one side of the C/B panel
(21).
(c) Release the spring clips (12) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and
remove the lens (13).
(d) Release the spring clips (14) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and
lower the NS/FSB sign (15).
(e) Put identification on all the electrical wires, before you

disconnect them.
(f) Disconnect the electrical connectors (16) from the NS/FSB sign
(15).
(g) Remove the NS/FSB sign (15).

R

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 403
May 01/07

SYR
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 404
May 01/98

SYR
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 405
May 01/98

SYR
R (4) Removal of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs from the C/B panels
R 2000VU/2001VU
(a) Release the spring clips (17) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and
lower the NS/FSB sign (18).
(b) Put identification on all the electrical wires, before you

disconnect them.
(c) Disconnect the electrical connector (19).
(d) Remove the NS/FSB sign (18).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 406
May 01/07

SYR
TASK 23-73-63-400-001
Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in the Passenger Service

R Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-63-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-63-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(2) Make sure that the related PSIU and/or C/B panel is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 407
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-63-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-63-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-63-420-050
A. Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt (NS/FSB) sign
(1) Installation of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs in the Passenger Service

area.
(c) Connect the electrical connectors (8) to the NS/FSB sign (7).
(d) Install the NS/FSB sign (7) in the PSIU (3).
(e) Make sure that the spring clips (6) lock with a click.
(f) Install the lens (5) and make sure that the spring clips (4) lock
with a click.
(g) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(h) Lift the PSIU (3) and engage it in the mounting rail (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 408
May 01/07
R
SYR
(i) Install the section hose (1) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
R
(2) Installation of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs in the Passenger Service

area.
(d) Install the NS/FSB sign (10) in the PSIU (3).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(g) Lift the PSIU (3) and engage it in the mounting rail (2).
(h) Install the section hose (1) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING
R
R (3) Installation of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs in the C/B panel
R 2000VU/2001VU

area.
(d) Install the NS/FSB sign (15) in the C/B panel (21).
(f) Install the lens (13) and make sure that the spring clips (12)
lock with a click.
other items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 409
May 01/07

SYR
(h) Install the C/B panel (21) with the quick release fasteners (20).
R
R (4) Installation of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs in the C/B panel
R 2000VU/2001VU

area.
(d) Install the NS/FSB sign (18) in the C/B panel (21).
(f) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
Subtask 23-73-63-865-052
breaker(s):
R 154RH, 155RH, 163RH, 164RH, 165RH, 166RH, 167RH, 168RH.
Subtask 23-73-63-869-050

energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001)
Subtask 23-73-63-710-050
D. Do this test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 25VU:
- set the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH - all NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT
and the NO SMOKING switch 190RH (NS/FSB) signs come on.
to the ON position.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 410
May 01/07

SYR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- set the SEAT BELTS and NO - all NS/FSB signs go off.
SMOKING switch to the OFF
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-63-862-050

R
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-63

Page 411
May 01/07

SYR
LIGHT - READING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 23-73-64-000-001
Removal of the Reading Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R External Power
23-73-64-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-64-861-052

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 401
Nov 01/06

SYR
Subtask 23-73-64-865-056
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-64-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-64-020-050
A. Removal of the reading light
(1) Remove the bulb of the reading light.
(a) Remove the lens (3) from the reading light (6).
(b) Remove the bulb (4) from the reading light (6).
(2) Remove the reading light.
(a) Remove the section hose from one side of the mounting rail .
(b) Pull and lower the related Passenger Service/Information Unit

(PSIU) (2).
(c) Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) from the reading light
(6).
(d) Remove the spring ring (1) from the reading light (6).
(e) Remove the reading light (6) from the PSIU (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 402
May 01/07

SYR
Reading Light
Figure 401/TASK 23-73-64-991-001

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 403
May 01/98

SYR
TASK 23-73-64-400-001
Installation of the Reading Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-73-64-720-001 Operational test of the Reading Light

External Power
System
23-73-64-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-64-860-050

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
R (2) Make sure that the related Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
is open.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 404
May 01/07

SYR
Subtask 23-73-64-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 23-73-64-991-001)
Subtask 23-73-64-420-051
A. Installation of the reading light
(1) Install the bulb of the reading light.
CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS WITH YOUR FINGERS.

_______
THE OILS FROM YOUR SKIN WILL QUICKLY CAUSE DETERIORATION OF
THE LAMP.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS, CLEAN IT WITH A
LINT-FREE CLOTH.
(a) Install the bulb (4) to the reading light (6).
(b) Install the lens (3) to the reading light (6).
(2) Install the reading light.

area.
(c) Put the reading light (6) in position on the PSIU (2).
(d) Install the spring ring (1) to attach the reading light (6) on
the PSIU (2).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 405
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
(e) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.
(f) Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the reading light (6).
other items.
(h) Lift the PSIU (2) and engage it in the mounting rail .
(i) Install the section hose with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
on the mounting rail.
(j) Make sure that the section hose is not stretched.
R (k) Move the pulley assembly quickly forward and then rearward to
R prevent this.
Subtask 23-73-64-865-058
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-64-710-050
C. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the passenger reading light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001)
(2) Do the functional test of the passenger reading light.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-64-720-001)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 406
Nov 01/07

SYR
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-64-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 407
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
TASK 23-73-64-720-001
Operational test of the Reading Light
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 8PE004363-10 1 ADJUSTING DEVICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(CIDS)
External Power
23-73-64-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-64-861-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 408
May 01/10

SYR
Subtask 23-73-64-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 23-73-64-010-051
C. Get Access
CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS WITH YOUR FINGERS.

_______
THE OILS FROM YOUR SKIN WILL QUICKLY CAUSE DETERIORATION OF THE
LAMP.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS, CLEAN IT WITH A
LINT-FREE CLOTH.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 23-73-64-991-002)
(1) Carefully remove the lens (1) from the reading light (2).
Subtask 23-73-64-480-050
R D. Install the ADJUSTING DEVICE (3) to the housing of the reading light (2)
and turn it cw to lock it.
Subtask 23-73-64-869-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(2) On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the MAIN ON and
POWER READ pushbutton.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 409
May 01/10

SYR
Adjustment of the Reading Light
Figure 402/TASK 23-73-64-991-002

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 410
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 23-73-64-720-050
A. Do this adjustment test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the PSIU 2040VU and 2041VU: On the related reading light:
- push the related pushbutton - the reading light beam will fall on
switch to on. the related passenger seat.
NOTE : Do not adjust the angle of

____ On the related reading light:
the beam light more than - the light points fall to the middle
20 degrees in any of the leading edge at the related
direction. seat.
2. On the PSIU 2040VU and 2041VU:

- adjust the beam light with the
adjusting device.
3. On the PSIU 2040VU and 2041VU: On the related reading light:
- push the related pushbutton - the reading light goes off.

switch to off.
4. Do again this procedure on all

reading lights.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 23-73-64-080-050
A. Turn the adjusting device (3) ccw to release it and remove it from the
reading light (2).
Subtask 23-73-64-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Install the lens (1) to the reading light (2).
items.

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 411
Nov 01/07
R
SYR
Subtask 23-73-64-869-050
C. On the FAP, push the MAIN OFF and POWER READ pushbutton.
Subtask 23-73-64-862-052
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 23-73-64

Page 412
Nov 01/07

SYR

Nammsyra 000014

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nammsyra 000014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

__________

REVISION NO. 31 Aug 01/11

L.E.P. 1- 9 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

23-12-00 MOD.20035P0014 INCORPORATED ALL

23-13-00 MOD.26274P4773 INCORPORATED 001-002,

23-32-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-32-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-33-31 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

23-34-34 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-36-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-51-00 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-51-17 LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL

23-61-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

23-71-00 MOD.20283P0415 INCORPORATED ALL

23-73-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-73-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

23-73-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 23-11-00 10 Nov01/06 23-11-33 406 May01/06

23-12-00 21 May01/07 23-12-11 408 Nov01/09 23-13-00 32 Nov01/10

23-32-00 6 May01/98 23-33-00 22 May01/11 23-33-47 407 May01/11

23-34-35 406 Nov01/99 23-36-22 410 May01/11 23-44-00 502 May01/02

23-51-00 R 26 Aug01/11 23-51-00 402 May01/11 23-51-34 405 May01/06

23-61-42 425 May01/09 23-71-14 404 May01/98 23-72-51 412 Nov01/09

23-73-00 R 48 Aug01/11 23-73-00 R 99 Aug01/11 23-73-00 203 May01/07

23-73-00 503 May01/11 23-73-00 554 May01/06 23-73-00 A505 May01/08

23-73-18 402 Nov01/06 23-73-46 407 Nov01/01 23-73-62 401 Nov01/06

VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

VHF SYSTEM 23-12-00

RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00

RADIO MANAGEMENT 23-13-00

PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM 23-31-00

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER 23-32-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-33-00

PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00

PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00

PASSENGER INFORMATION SYSTEM 23-34-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-36-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-36-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-36-00

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT 23-36-00

COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00

COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM 23-42-00

FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00

FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE 23-43-00

CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00

CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00

CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE 23-44-00

AUDIO MANAGEMENT 23-51-00

AUDIO MANAGEMENT 23-51-00

AUDIO MANAGEMENT 23-51-00

STATIC DISCHARGER 23-61-00

COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00

COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER 23-71-00

ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00

ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING 23-72-00

CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM 23-73-00